1000449711 Catalog 1
2016-10-06
: Pdf 1000449711-Catalog 1 1000449711-Catalog_1 B5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 708
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Volume 3: Solutions for an entire home, building or campus
Systems
LCP128™
Softswitch128®
(XPS)
GRAFIK Eye® 4000
Quantum®
HomeWorks® QS
Components
Keypads
Temperature
Controls
RF wireless
controls
Sensors
Fluorescent ballasts
and LED drivers
Shades
Specification Guides | Lutron solutions for projects of every size
®
Volume 1 (P/N 367-1746)
Basic devices and single-space systems
• Tie multiple dimmers and switches together
with wireless sensors and remote controls
•
•
•
•
•
Commercial
Residential
Perfect for retrofit, renovation,
or new construction
Volume 2 (P/N 367-2066)
Solutions for small/medium rooms
Add integrated control of window shades
and tie in with A/V or other building systems
Wired or wireless communication for retrofit,
renovation, or new construction
Solutions for large/multiple rooms
Expand control to larger spaces and across
multiple rooms—even an entire floor
Wireless components and digital
devices provide for easy reconfiguration
without re-wiring
Volume 3 (P/N 367-2102)
Solutions for an entire home,
building, or campus
• Manage control of daylight and electric
light on any scale
•
•
Homeowners and facility managers can
maximize energy efficiency, comfort,
convenience, and productivity
Display and optimize light and energy
use across the entire system
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Lutron | Table of contents
®
Introduction
02
Expanded table of contents
for systems and components
06
Energy-saving strategies for an entire
home, building, or campus
07
System components
144
Processors
158
Power panels
210
Primary controls
Scalable light management solutions
286
Sub-controls
08
Whole building solutions
422
Energy-saving sensors
09
Whole home, building, or campus solutions
468
Control interfaces
10
Voltages and energy-saving strategies
by system
512
Power interfaces
542
Ballasts and drivers
596
Software applications and
system programming
612
Quantum Select
616
Shading systems
System overviews
Systems for an entire home,
building, or campus
12
Softswitch128® (XPS)
630
Wallplates and accessories
26
LCP128™
670
Ivalo® fixtures
44
GRAFIK Eye® 4000
72
Quantum®
108
HomeWorks® QS
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Appendix
680
Glossary
692
Voltages by country
695
International radio frequencies
698
International backbox styles
701
Power draw units
705
Lutron trademarks
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
1
Lutron | Expanded table of contents for systems and components
®
System overviews
Softswitch® 128 (XPS)
LCP128™
GRAFIK Eye® 4000
Quantum®
HomeWorks® QS
Processors
Quantum light management hub (QP2)
Quantum light management hub (QP3)
HomeWorks QS processor
HomeWorks QS hybrid repeater
HomeWorks QS module interface
Power panels
Softswitch 128 switching panel
LCP128 dimming panel
LCP128 spec grade dimming panel
XP switching panels
LP dimming panels
GP dimming panels
Custom combination panel (CCP)
DCI dimming panels
HomeWorks QS remote power
feed-through panel
HomeWorks QS remote power panel
with breakers
HomeWorks QS adaptive dimming module
HomeWorks QS dimming
remote power module
HomeWorks QS relay remote power module
HomeWorks QS motor remote power module
HomeWorks QS fan remote power module
HomeWorks QS spec grade panel
2
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Primary controls: Main units,
Energi Savr Nodes™, dimmers
and switches
GRAFIK Eye® 4000 series control unit
GRAFIK Eye 4000 series slider control unit
GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
Energi Savr Node™ with EcoSystem®
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V/with Energi Savr
Node Softswitch®
Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail)
Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail)
HomeWorks QS designer dimmers
and switches
HomeWorks QS hybrid seeTouch® keypad
HomeWorks QS tabletop lamp dimmer
HomeWorks QS RF plug-in modules
HomeWorks QS wallbox power module
HomeWorks QS power module
with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
HomeWorks QS DALI power module (DIN-rail)
HomeWorks QS phase adaptive power
module (DIN-rail)
HomeWorks QS switching/0-10 V power
module (DIN-rail)
HomeWorks QS motor control power
module (DIN-rail)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls: Keypads and
wireless controls
Ceiling-mount infrared receiver
Infrared (IR) remote control
Entrance control
Traditional opening wallstation
2-button wallstation
Architectural wallstation
Slim-button wallstation
Large-button wallstation
European-style wallstation
Architrave® wallstation
seeTouch® keypad
seeTouch window treatment keypad
Partition status keypad/wallstation
Keyswitch
Multi-channel theatrical consoles
EcoSystem IR remote control and
IR receiver
QS infrared (IR) eye
Pico® wireless control
Pico wired control
EcoSystem® wallstation
seeTouch QS keypad
International seeTouch QS wallstation
QS Keyswitch
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wired keypad
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wireless keypad
HomeWorks QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
HomeWorks QS International
seeTouch keypad
HomeWorks QS wireless tabletop keypad
HomeWorks QS dynamic keypad
HomeWorks QS visor control transmitter
seeTemp wall control
TouchPRO Wireless® thermostat
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Energy-saving sensors
Radio Powr Savr™ ceiling-mount
wireless occupancy/vacancy sensor
Radio Powr Savr corner, hallway, and
wall-mount occupancy/vacancy sensors
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount
daylight sensors
Wall-mount temperature sensor
Radio shadow sensor
LOS-C series ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
LOS-W series wall-mount occupancy sensor
High-bay occupancy sensor
Photosensor
Daylight sensor
Daylight sensor packages
Infrared partition status sensor
Power packs
Control interfaces
Wallbox contact closure input interface
Contact closure output interface
Contact closure input/output interface
Ethernet interface
RS232 interface
Time clock/programming interface
DMX 512 output interface
DMX 512 input interface
Infrared interface
Daylight controller
AC motor group controller
Sivoia® QED controller
QS contact closure input/output interface
QS RS232/Ethernet interface
QS DMX512 output control interface
QS sensor module
QS motor group controller
Energy meter
Emergency lighting interface
Data link repeater
HVAC controller
HomeWorks QS visor control receiver
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3
Lutron | Expanded table of contents for systems and components
®
4
Power interfaces
Phase-adaptive power module
3-wire fluorescent power module
Phase-adaptive power module
with 3-wire fluorescent input
Switching power module
Power booster
Electronic low-voltage interface
Fluorescent dimming ballast interface
0-10 V interface
Pulse width modulation interface
Synthetic minimum load interface
EcoSystem dimming power module
EcoSystem switching power module
EcoSystem fixture module
EcoSystem 0-10 V interface
Software applications and
system programming
GRAFIK Eye Liason™ software
Q-Admin™ software for lights
Q-Admin™ software for shades
Custom floor plan software
Green Glance® software
Q-Reporting software
BACnet software
Personna PC software
Q-Control+ software
PC Desktop/Laptop software
Q-Manager™ server
HomeWorks® QS software
Ballasts and drivers
EcoSystem® H-series ballasts
Hi-lume® 3D ballasts
EcoSystem ballasts
EcoSystem ballast for
compact fluorescent lamps (CFL)
Hi-lume® ballasts
Tu-Wire® ballasts
Hi-lume A-series LED drivers
EcoSystem LED drivers
Shading systems
Overview of shades
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Quantum Select
Wallplates, accessories
and additional information
Architectural wallplates and accessories
Designer Claro®/Satin Colors®
wallplates and accessories
International accessories
International square wallplate for Pico®
QS link power supplies
Electronic low-voltage transformer
Lamp socket wiring tester
Lockable cover
Enclosure for QS control interfaces
Mounting rack for QS control interfaces
Cable/wiring
Mounting
Ganging and derating
Engraving
Custom control options
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Overview of Ivalo® fixtures
Ivalo
Appendix
Glossary
Voltages by country
International radio frequencies
International backbox styles
Power draw units
Lutron® trademarks
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
5
Lutron |
®
Energy-saving strategies for an
entire home, building or campus
Energy-saving strategies
Strategy
Potential savings1
High-end trim sets the maximum light level,
based on customer requirements, in each space.
10%-20% Lighting 2
Occupancy/vacancy sensing turns lights on when occupants
are in a space and off when people vacate the space.
20%-60% Lighting 3
25%-60% Lighting 4
Dim
Daylight harvesting dims electric lights when daylight
is available to light the space.
10%-20% Lighting 5
Dim
Personal dimming control gives occupants the ability
to set the light level.
Controllable window shading moves shades to reduce
glare and solar heat gain.
10%-30% AC 6
Scheduling provides scheduled changes in light levels
based on time of day.
Variable
Demand response automatically reduces lighting loads
during times of peak electricity usage
30%-50% 7
during peak period
Temperature control automatically sets back the temperature,
so less energy is used when heating or cooling a room.
Variable
80%
Max: 100%
Occupied: On
Full On
Full On
Shade Open
7am: Dim
Full On
Max: 80%
Vacant: Off
Shade Closed
7pm: Off
Dim
1. Although combining savings for a building from individual room strategies is not strictly additive, solutions that utilize all strategies
typically save 60% or more. Glenn Hughes, director of construction for The New York Times Company building in New York
City, reports 75% lighting energy savings using Lutron systems. Jeff Choma, manager of mechanical and electrical systems
at Georgian College in Ontario Canada, reports 70% lighting energy savings using Lutron systems. Lighting energy savings
exceeding 60% are frequently reported by customers using Lutron solutions as part of an overall energy-saving design program.
2. The Illuminating Engineering Society of North America Lighting Handbook (Rea, 2000) recommends use of light reduction
factors that create an initially overlighted space. Savings from high-end trim mitigates these factors as well as other architectural
constraints that cause overlighting.
3. VonNieda B, Maniccia D, & Tweed A. 2000. An analysis of the energy and cost savings potential of occupancy sensors
for commercial lighting systems. Proceedings of the Illuminating Engineering Society. Paper #43.
4. Brambley MR, et al. 2005. Advanced sensors and controls for building applications: Market assessment and potential
R&D pathways. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory: prepared for U.S. Department of Energy.
5. Galasiu AD, et al. 2007. Energy-saving lighting control systems for open-plan offices: A field study. Leukos. 4(1) pg. 7-29.
6. Lutron commissioned study by Herrick Laboratories. Purdue University. 2011.
7. Newsham GR & Birt B. 2010. Demand-responsive lighting: a filed study. Leukos. 6(3) pg. 203-225.
6
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Lutron | Scalable light management solutions
®
Whole building/campus solutions
Commercial
•
Retail stores
•
Auditoriums
•
Hotels
•
Stadiums
•
Restaurants
•
Building exteriors
•
Casinos
•
Colleges/Universities
•
Ballrooms
•
Parking garages
•
Health-care facilities
•
Office buildings
•
Lobbies
•
Office buildings
•
Convention centers
•
Corporate headquarters
Whole home solutions
Residential
•
Medium and large residences
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
7
Lutron | Whole building solutions
®
Systems available for whole building
•
•
•
Softswitch128® (XPS)
Panel-based switching
Easy to install and program
Integrated astronomical time clock
•
•
•
LCP128™
Panel-based switching
and dimming
Easy to install and program
Integrated astronomical time clock
Softswitch128 (XPS)
Offering occupancy sensing,
scheduling, and manual control,
the XPS system offers flexible
lighting control for switching
applications. The Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) controller provides
menu-driven configuration
and allows button-by-button
programming for the entire system.
LCP128
•
•
INTERNATIONAL MODELS AVAILABLE
•
•
•
•
•
•
Restaurants
Retail stores
Banquet rooms
Lobbies
Parking garages
Building exteriors
INTERNATIONAL MODELS AVAILABLE
LCP128 is an easily configured
lighting control system that
offers end-user control of all the
dimmed and switched lighting in
the space. The LCP128 system
maximizes the aesthetics of the
space allowing selection of lighting
scenes manually from intuitive
wallstations or automatically via
time clock scheduling.
GRAFIK Eye 4000
GRAFIK Eye 4000 is a flexible
lighting control solution that
adapts to the needs of the space.
GRAFIK Eye 4000 provides
dimming and switching control
and offers a number of premium
features such as integration with
shading solutions, sequencing
and partitioning.
8
•
GRAFIK Eye® 4000
Dimming, switching
and daylight control
PC-based set-up software
Partition status indication
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
•
•
•
•
•
Restaurants
Retail stores
Banquet rooms
Lobbies
Parking garages
Building exteriors
INTERNATIONAL MODELS AVAILABLE
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ballrooms
Auditoriums
Houses of worship
Museums
Restaurants
Retail spaces
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Lutron | Whole home, building, or campus solutions
®
Systems available for whole home, building, or campus
•
•
•
Quantum®
Dimming, switching and daylight control
Interoperability with other building systems
Load shed and Smart Grid interactivity
•
•
•
Whole building/campus solutions
Quantum
Quantum total light management
maximizes the efficient use of
light to improve comfort and
productivity, simplify operations,
and save energy. The Quantum
system dims or switches all electric
lighting, and simultaneously
controls daylight using automated
shades. In addition, Quantum
easily integrates with building
management systems through
a simple point of contact.
Whole home solutions
HomeWorks QS
HomeWorks QS offers total
home control by incorporating
lights, shades, HVAC, sensors
and appliances for increased
energy-savings.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
HomeWorks® QS
Dimming, switching and daylight control
Interoperability with other home automation
controls or systems
Load shed and Smart Grid interactivity
INTERNATIONAL MODELS AVAILABLE
•
Office buildings
•
Hotels
•
•
•
•
•
Health care
facilities
Convention
centers
Stadiums
Colleges/
Universities
Corporate
headquarters
INTERNATIONAL MODELS AVAILABLE
•
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Medium
and large
residences
9
Lutron | Voltages and energy-saving strategies by system
®
Softswitch128 ® (XPS) (pg. 12)
LCP128™ (pg. 26)
Voltage availability1
100 V
110 V-127 V
127 V (NOM)
120 V
220 V-240 V
230 V (CE)
277 V
347 V
Energy-saving strategies
80%
Max: 100%
High-end trim
Max: 80%
Vacant: Off
Personal
dimming control
Full On
Dim
Occupancy/
vacancy sensing
Full On
Dim
Shade Open
Shade Closed
Occupied: On
Daylight harvesting
2
3
3
Scheduling
7am: Dim
Full On
7pm: Off
Dim
Temperature
control
Controllable
window shades
Demand
response
For voltage requirements by country refer to the chart on pg. 692.
Personal control via infrared (IR) receiver with IR remote control
3
Daylight harvesting via switching only
4
XP switching panel available for 347 V
1
2
10
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
GRAFIK Eye® 4000 (pg. 44)
4
Quantum® (pg. 72)
HomeWorks® QS (pg. 108)
4
2
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
11
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Designed for projects with up to
512 relays, the Softswitch128
(XPS) system provides switching
control of all lighting circuits—
interior and exterior. XPS systems
utilize switching panels with built-in
astronomical time-clock, integrated
visual display lighting programmers,
and Lutron Softswitch 1,000,000
cycle relay technology to provide
code-compliant switching functions.
The system enables efficient and
cost-effective installation and simple
commissioning.
Typical components
LOS-C Series
ceiling-mount sensor
Feature highlights
•
Panel-based switching
•
Scheduling
•
Occupancy/vacancy sensing
•
Daylight harvesting
Typical applications
•
Retail stores
•
Lobbies
•
Parking garages
•
Building exteriors/landscape
seeTouch®
keypad
12
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Daylight sensor
package
Softswitch128 (XPS)
switching panel
Contact closure
input/output interfaces
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
13
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Typical system components and communication
Primary controls
Softswitch128 (XPS)
switching panel
Third-party
devices
HVAC equipment
(by others)
Sensors
LOS C-Series
ceiling-mount
occupancy
sensor
14
LOS W-Series
wall-mount
occupancy
sensor
Daylight
sensor
package
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Security system
(by others)
Touchscreen
(by others)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls
seeTouch®
keypad
Large-button
wallstation
Slim-button
wallstation
Architrave™
wallstation
European-style
wallstation
Keyswitch
Architectural
wallstation
2-button
wallstation
Ceiling-mount
infrared (IR)
receiver
IR remote
control
Control interfaces
Ethernet
interface
RS232 interface
Emergency
lighting interface
Contact closure
output interface
Contact closure
input/output
interface
Wallbox contact
closure input
interface
For illustration purposes only, consult specification submittals and/or installation
instructions for wiring information.
Wired communication
Infrared (IR) communication
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
15
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Understanding how to build
a Softswitch128 (XPS) system
1. Power panel selection
Select power panel(s) based on number
of relays being switched
2. Design choices
Choose wallstations and sensors based on
the functionality required and the aesthetic
desired to compliment the space.
Power panels
The main devices in the system that handle the
power and control for lighting loads and distribute
commands to sub-controls, sensors, control
interfaces and lighting loads.
Softswitch128 switching panel
•
3. Integration/connecting to
third-party devices
Utilize control interfaces to connect to
third-party devices and systems, such
as touchscreens, A/V equipment and
security systems.
4. Shades
Connect to third-party motorized shades
via contact closure output.
5. Software and programming
Softswitch128 (XPS) can be programmed
through button-presses via the Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) controller located within the
power panel.
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
277 V
Switching panel for up to 48
switching circuits with integrated
astronomical time clock and LCD
controller for programming
LCD controller provides easyto-use, menu-based control and
configuration of the entire system
Feed and load wiring only, no other
wiring or assembly required
Mini:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 24.50 in (622 mm)
D: 4.21 in (105 mm)
Standard:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 59.5 in (1511 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Large:
W: 23.50 in (597 mm)
H: 63.50 in (1613 mm)
D: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Extra large:
W: 23.50 in (597 mm)
H: 82.50 in (2096 mm)
D: 6.30 in (160 mm)
16
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Softswitch128
power panel
summary
Softswitch128 switching panel
Load voltages
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
347 V
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
Panel / module voltage
120/277 V
120/277 V
347 V
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
Frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
16 A;
0.5 HP
16 A;
1.5 HP
16 A
16 A;
0.5 HP
16 A
0.5 HP
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® Fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
Motor loads
Fan loads
Maximum load per circuit
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
17
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Sub-controls
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
Ceiling-mount infrared (IR) receiver
•
•
POWERED BY
•
OMX link
•
•
Provides control of lighting via
IR handheld remote controls by
providing access point
Compatible with all Lutron®
IR remote controls
Available in white
Diameter: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Depth: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Profile: 0.75 in (20 mm)
POWERED BY
•
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
BACKBOX
Off button turns all lights off
•
Available in White and Black
W: 1.50 in (38 mm)
H: 5.69 in (145 mm)
D: 0.88 in (22 mm)
•
•
POWERED BY
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
OMX link
U.S. style
18
Provides toggle functionality for
any zone(s) in the system
Available in White
W: 2.86 in (73 mm)
H: 4.60 in (117 mm)
D: 1.31 in (33 mm)
Profile: 0.23 in (6 mm)
2-button wallstation
BACKBOX
Battery
Simple wallstation with one tap
button with or without status LED
U.S. style
Models available with four or eight
scene control
•
•
•
Allows scene selection and
all off functionality
Infrared (IR) remote control
•
Traditional opening wallstation
•
•
Simple, intuitive wallstation ideal
for use in entryways
Status LEDs indicate which
wallstation button has
been activated
Functionality includes scene
selection and all off
Available in 17 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Architectural wallstation
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
Models available with four
programmable buttons
that can be used for scene
selection, zone toggle or to
enable/disable time clock
Select models available with all
off and infrared (IR) receiver
Available in 17 finishes, insert
or non-insert style
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Slim-button wallstation
•
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
Large-button wallstation
•
POWERED BY
•
Features large easy-to-use buttons
•
Available in 17 finishes
•
OMX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
European-style wallstation
•
Large buttons provide
on/off functionality
•
Available in 17 finishes
15-button (2-gang)
W: 4.56 in (116 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
5-scene with off:
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
8-scene with off (2-gang):
W: 4.56 in (116 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Models available with 5, 10, or 15
slim buttons to select scenes
5-button and 10-button:
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Models available to select five
or eight scenes plus all off
functionality
POWERED BY
Models available with 2, 4, or 8
programmable buttons plus all
off functionality
Select models offer IR receiver
allowing convenient control of
lights via IR remote control
OMX link
•
Features large, rounded buttons
BACKBOX
•
Available in 17 finishes
Round or square
•
•
Mounts in UK/German
single-gang backbox
W: 3.38 in (86 mm)
H: 3.38 in (86 mm)
D: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
19
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Sub-controls (continued)
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
seeTouch® keypad
•
POWERED BY
•
OMX link
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
•
Models available with 1-7
programmable buttons that can
be used for scene selection,
zone toggle or to enable/disable
time clock
Select models available with all off
and infrared receiver
Backlit buttons or text make it
easy to find and operate keypad
in low-light conditions
Available in 40 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Keyswitch
•
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
20
•
Architrave wallstation
Provides scene selection or
enable/disable time clock
functionality
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
•
BACKBOX
Lutron supplied
•
•
Models available with two or four
programmable buttons that can
be used for scene selection, zone
toggle or to enable/disable time
clock
Four button models are available
with slim or large buttons
Two button model available with
slim buttons only
Available in 16 finishes
Slim-button:
W: 1.75 in (44 mm)
H: 4.50 in (114 mm)
D: 1.75 in (44 mm)
Profile: 0.13 in (3 mm)
Large-button:
W: 1.50 in (38 mm)
H: 5.16 in (131 in)
D: 1.99 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.13 in (3 mm)
Limits access to lighting control,
ideal for public spaces
Available in 17 finishes, insert
or non-insert style
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Sensors
Wired sensors add convenience by
detecting occupancy/vacancy and
daylight adjusting accordingly.
Wired LOS-C and LOS-W series
occupancy sensors
•
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
•
•
Wired high-bay occupancy sensors
•
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Sensor technology options include
passive infrared, ultrasonic and
dual technology
Wall-mount and ceiling-mount
models available
Available in White
Ceiling-mount:
Diameter: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (38 mm)
Wall-mount:
W: 2.70 in (69 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
D: 3.90 in (99 mm)
•
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
•
•
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Passive infrared sensor designed
for use in high-bay applications
Maximum mounting
height 45 ft (14 m)
Surface-mount and end-mount
models available
Available in White
180° and 360° surface-mount:
Diameter: 4 in (102 mm)
Depth: 1.5 in (38 mm)
180° end-mount:
W: 4.00 in (102 mm)
H: 4.50 in (114 mm)
D: 1.50 in (38 mm)
360° end-mount:
W: 3.60 in (91 mm)
H: 4.40 in (112 mm)
D: 2.00 in (51 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
21
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Sensors (continued)
Wired sensors add convenience by
detecting occupancy/vacancy and
daylight adjusting accordingly.
Daylight sensor package
•
•
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
Allow system to switch lights on/
off in response to ambient daylight
level setting
Package includes a wired power
pack, daylight sensor, and
daylight controller
Package available in 120 or 277 V;
sensor options: indoor, outdoor,
atrium/skylight
Indoor sensor:
W: 1.28 in (33 mm)
H: 1.15 in (29 mm)
Outdoor sensor:
W: 1.85 in (47 mm)
H: 1.35 in (34 mm)
Atrium/Skylight sensor:
W: 2.25 in (57 mm)
H: 1.28 in (33 mm)
22
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Control interfaces
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron® lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration
Contact closure output interface
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
•
Provides eight dry contact
closure outputs
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
•
Compatible with motorized
projection screens, window
treatments and A/V equipment
that have contact closure output
Offers both normally open and
normally closed contacts
W: 5.75 in (146 mm)
H: 10.75 in (273 mm)
D: 2.00 in (50 mm)
Wallbox contact closure input interface
•
Contact closure input/output interface
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
Interfaces with third-party
low-voltage switches to provide
an alternative keypad aesthetic
Diameter: 2.31 in (59 mm)
Depth: 0.81 in (20 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
Compatible with motion/
occupancy sensors, movable
walls, security systems and other
products that have contact closure
input/output
Outputs provide both normally
open and normally closed contacts
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
RS232 interface
Provides seven contact
closure inputs
Mounts behind third-party
low-voltage switch in backbox
•
Provides five inputs and five dry
contact closure outputs
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
•
Allows integration with
touchscreen, PC, A/V system
or other digital equipment that
supports RS232 communication
Control and monitor
switching panel
Monitor lighting scenes
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
23
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Control interfaces (continued)
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration
Ethernet interface
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
•
•
Data link repeater
Allows integration with
touchscreen, PC, A/V system
or other digital equipment that
supports TC/ICP communication
over Ethernet
Control and monitor
switching panel
Monitor lighting scenes
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
•
Allows power panel links to
be extended beyond their
maximum distances
Extends the maximum distance
and increases the power of the
OMX link
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Emergency lighting interface
•
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link or
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
•
24
Turns all or designated lighting
loads to “full on” output or other
programmed emergency light level
Senses the normal line-voltage on
all phases of power
Provides inputs for a Fire Alarm
Control Panel
UL 924 listed as “Emergency
Lighting and Power Equipment”
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | Softswitch128 (XPS)
®
Software and programming
The Softswitch128 (XPS) system is programmed at
the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) controller located
within the power panel.
Button-press programming via Softswitch128
LCD controller
•
•
•
Programming performed directly
at the Softswitch128 panel for
easy access
Program wallstations to recall light
patterns, toggle any switch leg(s),
activate delay-to-off and activate
contact closures on a button by
button basis
Set-up up to 500 user-defined
time clock events within
seven daily schedules and 40
holiday schedules
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
25
Small building solutions | LCP128™
LCP128 control system allows
control of up to 128 lighting
circuits—dimmed and switched—
into one simple system. LCP128
systems use prewired panels
with integrated visual display
programmers and built-in
astronomical time clock, allowing for
easy and cost-effective installation
and commissioning.
Typical components
Ceiling-mount
infrared receiver
Feature highlights
•
Panel-based dimming and switching
•
Preset scene control
•
Scheduling
•
Audio visual integration
Typical applications
•
Restaurant
•
Retail stores
•
Banquet room
•
Lobbies
seeTouch
keypad
26
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Wired LOS-W
wall-mount
occupancy sensor
Hi-lume 3D
ballast
LCP128
dimming panel
Infrared
remote control
3-wire fluorescent
power module
RS232
interface
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
27
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Typical system components and communication
Primary controls
LCP128 dimming
panel
LCP128 spec grade
dimming panel
Sensors
Third-party devices
LOS C-Series
ceiling-mount
occupancy
sensor
28
LOS W-Series
wall-mount
occupancy
sensor
Wired high-bay
occupancy
sensor
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
A/V equipment
(by others)
Multi-channel
theatrical console
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls
seeTouch®
keypad
Large-button
wallstation
Slim-button
wallstation
Keyswitch
Architectural
wallstation
Ceiling mount
infrared (IR)
receiver
Architrave™
wallstation
IR remote
control
European-style
wallstation
Traditional
opening
wallstation
Control interfaces
Ethernet
interface
RS232 interface
Contact closure
input/output
interface
DMX512 input
interface
Wallbox contact
closure input
interface
Contact closure
output interface
Emergency
lighting interface
Data link
repeater
For illustration purposes only, consult specification submittals and/or installation
instructions for wiring information.
Wired communication
Infrared (IR) communication
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
29
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Understanding how to build
an LCP128 system
1. Power panel selection
Select power panel(s) based on load type and
size and the method of control required.
2. Design choices
Choose wallstations and sensors based on
functionality required and the aesthetic desired
to compliment the space.
Power panels
The main devices in the system that handle the
power for lighting loads and distribute commands
to sub-controls, sensors, control interfaces and
lighting loads.
LCP128 dimming panel
•
3. Integration/connecting to
third-party devices
Utilize control interfaces to connect to thirdparty devices and systems, such as security
systems, A/V equipment and stageboards.
•
•
4. Shades
Connect to third-party motorized shades
via contact closure output.
5. Software and programming
LCP128 can be programmed through
button-presses.
Combination dimming and
switching panel for up to
36 circuits with integrated
astronomical time clock and
LCD controller for programming
LCD controller provides easyto-use menu-based control and
configuration of the entire system
Feed and load wiring only, no other
wiring or assembly required
Mini:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 24.50 in (622 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-40 V
230 V CE
277 V
Standard:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
LCP128 spec grade dimming panel
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
277 V
30
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
•
Combination dimming and
switching panel for up to
24 circuits with integrated
astronomical time clock and
LCD controller for programming
LCD controller provides easyto-use menu based control and
configuration of the entire system
Feed and load wires only, no other
wiring or assembly required
W: 28.00 in (711 mm)
H: 37.00 in (940 mm)
D: 12.00 in (304 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | LCP128™
LCP128 power
panel summary
LCP128 dimming panel
Electronic low-voltage
dimming module
Dimming modules
Load voltages
1
2
DALI broadcast only
Reverse phase only. Forward
phase loads will require a power
booster for proper dimming
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
PB-CE
PB-AU
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
PA
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
ELVI-CE
3F
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
ELVI-AU
FDBI-AU
FDBI-AU
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® Fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM1
TVM1
TVM1
TVM1
TVM1
PA
PB-CE,
ELVI-CE
PB-AU,
ELVI-AU
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
2
2
PB-CE
PB-AU
TVI
TVI, PWM
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads (switched or speed control) SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
220-240 V
(CE)
220-240 V
(CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
25 W
40 W
40 W
10 W
10 W
Maximum load per circuit
16 A
10 A
16 A
10 A
10 A
Maximum load per module
16 A
13 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
Panel / module voltage
Frequency
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power
module pg. 516
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface
(AU) pg. 524
ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface
(CE) pg. 524
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast
interface (AU) pg. 526
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
PWM: Pulse width modulation
interface pg. 530
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
31
Small building solutions | LCP128™
LCP128 power panel
summary
LCP128 dimming panel
Adaptive dimming modules
Load voltages
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
3F
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
FDBI-AU
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® Fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
2
CFL/LED (screw-base)
2
2
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
HID
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads (switched or speed control)
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
10 W
10 W
10 W
Maximum load per circuit
10 A
8A
8A
Maximum load per module
16 A
13 A
16 A
Panel / module voltage
Frequency
1
DALI broadcast only
2
Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete list of LEDs compatible with this module
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
32
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
LCP128 dimming panel
Fan speed module Motor module
Switching module
LCP128 spec grade
dimming panel
Load voltages
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
120 V, 110-127 V,
127 V (NOM),
220-240 V,
230 V (CE), 347 V
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
Dimmed loads
3
3
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, PWM
TVM, PWM
TVM 1
TVM 1
3
3
Switched loads
(AC loads only)
3
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
120 V
120 V
100-277 V (CE)
120 V
277 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
0.25 A
—
—
10 W
10 W
2A
5 A;
0.5 HP
16 A; 0.5 HP (120 V),
1.5 HP (277 V),
0.5 HP (220-240 V)
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
(see per circuit rating)
—
—
Forward phase only. Not all ELV transformers and dimmable CFL/LED dim properly with forward phase
control; may require phase-adaptive power module for proper dimming; for reverse phase, a phase-adaptive
power module will be required
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524 ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522 PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
33
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Sub-controls
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
Ceiling-mount infrared (IR) receiver
•
•
POWERED BY
•
OMX link
•
•
Provides control of lighting via
IR handheld remote controls by
providing access point
•
•
•
POWERED BY
Battery
•
•
Allows scene selection, raise/lower
scenes and all off functionality
Compatible with all Lutron IR
remote controls
Available in White
Diameter: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Depth: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Profile: 0.75 in (20 mm)
IR remote control
•
Traditional opening wallstation
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
BACKBOX
Provides toggle functionality for
any zone(s) in the system
Available in White
W: 2.86 in (73 mm)
H: 4.60 in (117 mm)
D: 1.31 in (33 mm)
Profile: 0.23 in (6 mm)
U.S. style
2-button wallstation
Models available with four or eight
scene control
•
Offers master raise/lower and
all off buttons
•
Available in White and Black
W: 1.50 in (38 mm)
H: 5.69 in (145 mm)
D: 0.88 in (22 mm)
POWERED BY
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
OMX link
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
34
•
Simple wallstation with one tap
button with or without status LED
•
Simple, intuitive wallstation ideal
for use in entryways
Status LEDs indicate which
wallstation button has
been activated
Functionality includes scene
selection, raise/lower, and all off
Available in 17 finishes
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Architectural wallstation
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
BACKBOX
•
U.S. style
•
Models available with four
programmable buttons that can be
used for scene selection, scene or
zone toggle or to enable/disable
time clock
Select models available with all
off and/or raise/lower buttons and
infrared (IR) receiver
Available in 17 finishes, insert or
non-insert style
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
•
POWERED BY
Features large easy-to-use buttons
•
Available in 17 finishes
•
OMX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
European-style wallstation
•
Large buttons provide either on/off
or raise/lower functionality
•
Available in 17 finishes
15-button:
W: 4.56 in (116 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
5-scene with off and 3-scene
with raise/lower and off:
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
8-scene with off and 5-scene with
raise/lower and off:
W: 4.56 in (116 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Models available with 5, 10, or 15
slim buttons to select scenes
5-button and 10-button:
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Models available to select 3, 5, 6
or eight scenes plus raise/lower
and all off functionality
•
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Slim-button wallstation
•
Large-button wallstation
POWERED BY
OMX link
BACKBOX
Round or square
Models available with 2, 4, or 8
programmable buttons plus raise/
lower and all off functionality
Select models offer IR receiver
allowing convenient control of
lights via IR remote control
•
Features large, rounded buttons
•
Available in 17 finishes
•
•
Mounts in UK/German
single-gang backbox
W: 3.38 in (86 mm)
H: 3.38 in (86 mm)
D: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
35
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Sub-controls (continued)
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
Architrave wallstation
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
•
BACKBOX
Lutron supplied
•
•
seeTouch® keypad
Models available with two or four
programmable buttons that can be
used for scene selection, zone or
scene toggle or to enable/disable
time clock
Four button models are available
with slim or large buttons
Two button available with slim
buttons only
Available in 16 finishes
•
POWERED BY
•
OMX link
BACKBOX
•
U.S. style
Slim-button:
Width: 1.75 in (44 mm)
Height: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.75 in (44 mm)
Profile: 0.13 in (3 mm)
•
•
Large-button:
Width: 1.50 in (38 mm)
Height: 5.16 in (131 mm)
Depth: 1.99 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.13 in (3 mm)
Multi-channel theatrical consoles
•
POWERED BY
•
External
transformer
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
•
•
Available with 12 or 24 channels
12-channel:
W: 15.41 in (391 mm)
H: 10.13 in (257 mm)
D: 2.87 in (73 mm)
Select models available with all
off and/or raise/lower buttons and
infrared receiver
Backlit buttons or text make it
easy to find and operate keypad
in low-light conditions
Available in 40 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Keyswitch
Fully featured and simple
to operate, the consoles
were designed and built for
professional use
Simultaneous DMX, microplex,
and analog output
Models available with 1-7
programmable buttons that can
be used for scene selection,
zone toggle or to enable/disable
time clock
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
•
Provides scene selection or
enable/disable time clock
functionality
Limits access to lighting control,
ideal for public spaces
Available in 17 finishes, insert or
non-insert style
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
24-channel:
W: 25.38 in (645 mm)
H: 10.13 in (257 mm)
D: 2.87 in (73 mm)
36
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Ballasts and Drivers
Ballasts and drivers are required to control fluorescent
and/or LED lighting via the LCP128 or LCP128 spec
grade dimming panel.
EcoSystem ballast
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 10%
Models available for T8, T8
reduced wattage, T5, T5 reduced
wattage and T5HO lamps
Wired sensors can connect directly
to the ballast
Available with EcoSystem® digital
link or 3-wire control
EcoSystem ballasts for compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL)
•
•
POWERED BY
Hi-lume 3D ballast
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Available with EcoSystem® digital
link or 3-wire control
•
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
Hi-lume ballast
•
Continuous flicker free dimming
from 100% to 5% for T4 compact
fluorescent lamps
Available with 3-wire control
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 0.3% for T8, T5
and T5HO lamps, and 5% for T5
twin-tube and T5HO 80 W lamps
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
277 V
•
Continuous flicker free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for T5HO
lamps and T4 compact
fluorescent lamps
Available with 3-wire control
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
37
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Ballasts and Drivers (continued)
Ballasts and drivers are required to control fluorescent
and/or LED lighting via the LCP128 or LCP128 spec
grade dimming panel.
Tu-wire® ballast
•
•
•
POWERED BY
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 5%
Models available for T8 lamps and
T4 compact fluorescent lamps
Available with Tu-wire® control
120 V
110-127 V
Hi-lume® A-Series LED driver
•
•
POWERED BY
•
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
38
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for LED light
engines up to 40 W, constant
current or constant voltage
Available with EcoSystem® digital
link, 3-wire or 2-wire forward
phase control
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Sensors
Wired sensors add convenience by
detecting occupancy/vacancy and
daylight adjusting accordingly.
Wired LOS-C and LOS-W series
occupancy sensors
•
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
•
•
Wired high-bay occupancy sensors
•
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Sensor technology options include
passive infrared, ultrasonic and
dual technology
Wall-mount and ceiling-mount
models available
Available in White
Ceiling-mount:
Diameter: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (38 mm)
Wall-mount:
W: 2.70 in (69 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
D: 3.90 in (99 mm)
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
•
•
•
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Passive infrared sensor designed
for use in high-bay applications
Maximum mounting height
45 ft (14 m)
Surface-mount and end-mount
models available
Available in White
180° and 360° surface-mount:
Diameter: 4.00 in (102 mm)
Depth: 1.50 in (38 mm)
180° end-mount:
W: 4.00 in (102 mm)
H: 4.50 in (114 mm)
D: 1.50 in (38 mm)
360° end-mount:
W: 3.60 in (91 mm)
H: 4.40 in (112 mm)
D: 2.00 in (51 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
39
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Sensors (continued)
Wired sensors add convenience by
detecting occupancy/vacancy and
daylight adjusting accordingly.
Daylight sensor package
•
•
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
Allow system to switch lights
on/off in response to ambient
daylight level setting
Package includes a wired power
pack, daylight sensor, and
daylight controller
Package available in 120 or 277 V;
sensor options: indoor, outdoor,
atrium/skylight
Indoor sensor:
W: 1.28 in (33 mm)
H: 1.15 in (29 mm)
Outdoor sensor:
W: 1.85 in (47 mm)
H: 1.35 in (34 mm)
Atrium/Skylight sensor:
W: 2.25 in (57 mm)
H: 1.28 in (33 mm)
40
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Control interfaces
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron® lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration. Interfaces may also provide
connection points for other Lutron devices.
Contact closure output interface
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
•
Provides eight dry contact
closure outputs
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
•
Compatible with motorized
projection screens, window
treatments and A/V equipment
that have contact closure output
Offers both normally open and
normally closed contacts
W: 5.75 in (146 mm)
H: 10.75 in (273 mm)
D: 2.00 in (50 mm)
Wallbox contact closure input interface
•
Contact closure input/output interface
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
Interfaces with third-party
low-voltage switches to provide
an alternative keypad aesthetic
Diameter: 2.31 in (59 mm)
Depth: 0.81 in (20 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
Compatible with motion/
occupancy sensors, movable
walls, security systems and other
products that have contact closure
input/output
Outputs provide both normally
open and normally closed contacts
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
RS232 interface
Provides seven contact
closure inputs
Mounts behind third-party
low-voltage switch in backbox
•
Provides five inputs and five dry
contact closure outputs
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
•
Allows integration with
touchscreen, PC, A/V system
or other digital equipment that
supports RS232 communication
Control and monitor
switching panel
Monitor lighting scenes
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
41
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Control interfaces (continued)
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron® lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration
Ethernet interface
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
•
Allows integration with
touchscreen, PC, A/V system
or other digital equipment that
supports TC/ICP communication
over Ethernet
Control and monitor
switching panel
Monitor lighting scenes
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
DMX512 input interface
•
•
POWERED BY
•
OMX link
or external
transformer
(12‑24 V DC)
•
42
Emergency lighting interface
•
•
•
POWERED BY
OMX link or
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
Supports up to 32 consecutive
channel levels from the entire
range of 512 channels
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (84 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
Senses the normal line-voltage on
all three phases of power
Provides inputs for a Fire Alarm
Control Panel
UL 924 listed as "Emergency
Lighting and Power Equipment"
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Data link repeater
Provides an interface between
DMX512/1190 compatible stage
lighting console and the system
Control can be shared
between systems
•
Turns all or designated lighting
loads to “full on” output or other
programmed emergency light level
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-27 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
•
Allows power panel links to
be extended beyond their
maximum distances
Extends the maximum distance
and increases the power of the
OMX link
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (64 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | LCP128™
Software and programming
The LCP128 system is programmed at the Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) controller located within the
power panel.
Button-press programming via
Softswitch128 LCD controller
•
•
•
Programming performed directly at
the LCP128 panel for easy access
Program wallstations to recall
scenes, raise/lower circuits,
activate delay-to-off and activate
contact closures on a button-bybutton basis
Set-up up to 500 user-defined
time clock events within
seven daily schedules and
40 holiday schedules
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
43
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
GRAFIK Eye 4000 lighting control
system is designed to provide dimming,
switching, and daylight control. The
system consists of pre-wired panels,
GRAFIK Eye control units, wallstations,
and control interfaces. The system
is ideal for multi-use areas and
partitionable spaces.
Typical components
Wired
photosensor
Feature highlights
•
Preset scene control
•
Daylight harvesting
•
Partitioning
•
Shade integration
Typical applications
•
Ballrooms
•
Auditoriums
•
Houses of worship
•
Museums
GRAFIK Eye 4500
main unit
44
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sivoia® QED shade
Daylight controller
GP dimming
panel
Large-button
wallstation
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Time clock / programming
interface
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
45
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Typical system components and communication
Primary controls
GRAFIK Eye 4100/4500 control unit
GRAFIK Eye 4000 Series slider control unit
Shading systems
Sivoia® QED
controller
Sivoia QED
panel power
supply
Sivoia QED
roller shade
Power panels
GP dimming panel
46
LP dimming panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
XP switching panel
DCI dimming panel
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls
seeTouch®
keypad
Large-button
wallstation
Architrave™
wallstation
European-style
wallstation
Slim-button
wallstation
Architectural
wallstation
Control interfaces
Contact closure
input/output
interface
RS232
interface
Daylight controller
Sensors
LOS C-Series
occupancy
sensors
DMX512 output
interface
Time clock /
programming
interface
Third-party devices
Wired
photosensor
Infrared
partitioning
sensor
Multi-channel
theatrical
console
PC desktop
Wired communication
Infrared (IR) communication
For illustration purposes only, consult specification submittals and/or installation instructions
for wiring information.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
47
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Understanding how to build
a GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
1. Power panel selection
Select power panels based on load type and
size, and the method of control required.
2. Design choices
Choose control units, wallstations, and sensors
based on functionality required and the
aesthetic desired to compliment the space
Power panels
The power panels provide remote dimming
and switching capability for all common light
sources, including incandescent, fluorescent,
LED, CFL, halogen, and neon/cold cathode.
GP dimming panel
•
•
3. Integration/connecting to
third-party devices
Utilize control interfaces to connect to
third-party devices and systems, such
as touchscreens, A/V equipment and
theatrical equipment.
•
POWERED BY
100 V
120 V
110‑127 V
127 V NOM
4. Shades
Wired Sivoia® QED shading solutions offer
convenient control of daylight at the touch
of a button.
5. Software and programming
GRAFIK Eye 4000 can be programmed
through PC-based software or button-presses.
220‑2 40 V
230 V CE
277 V
•
Panel is typically used for highperformance architectural dimming
Provides power and dimming for
up to 144 circuits
Feed-through or branch circuit
breakers panels are available
Mini:
W: 11.00 in (279 mm)
H: 21.13 in (537 mm)
D: 6.25 in (160 mm)
Standard:
W: 28.00 in (711 mm)
H: 37.00 in (940 mm)
D: 12.00 in (304 mm)
Large (GP36):
W: 26.13 in (653 mm)
H: 87.00 in (2175 mm)
D: 14.13 in (360 mm)
Large:
W: 52.31 in (1308 mm)
H: 87.00 in (2175 mm)
D: 14.13 in (360 mm)
Extra Large:
W: 52.31 in (1308 mm)
H: 87.00 in (2175 mm)
D: 28.25 in (720 mm)
48
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
XP switching panel
•
•
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110‑127 V
127 V NOM
220‑2 40 V
230 V CE
277 V
347 V
LP dimming panel
Million-cycle switching panel
employs Lutron patented
Softswitch technology
•
Provides power and switching
for up to 48 switching legs
•
Feed-through or branch circuit
breaker panels are available
Mini:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 24.50 in (622 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Standard:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110‑127 V
127 V NOM
220‑2 40 V
230 V CE
•
Panel is typically used for
commercial dimming projects
with numerous small loads
Provides power and dimming for
up to 32 dimming legs (up to eight
modules, four outputs per module)
Panels include branch
circuit breakers
Mini:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 24.50 in (622 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Standard:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Large:
W: 23.50 in (597 mm)
H: 63.50 in (1613 mm)
D: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Extra Large:
W: 23.50 in (597 mm)
H: 82.50 in (2096 mm)
D: 6.30 in (160 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
49
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Power panels (continued)
The power panels provide remote dimming
and switching capability for all common light
sources, including incandescent, fluorescent,
LED, CFL, halogen, and neon/cold cathode.
Custom combination panel (CCP)
•
•
•
POWERED BY
•
120 V
110‑127 V
220‑2 40 V
230 V CE
•
50
DCI dimming panel
Combination dimming and
switching panel that is ideal
for projects with numerous
small loads
Provides power and
dimming for up to 32
dimming / switching legs
Choose modules based on
load type and control required
Panels include branch
circuit breakers
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110‑127 V
•
•
Dimming panel featuring direct
current that is ideal for projects
that require no radio frequency
interference
Provides power and dimming
for up to three circuits
Lamps are free of flicker and
audible noise throughout the entire
dimming range
W: 28.00 in (711 mm)
H: 37.00 in (940 mm)
D: 12.00 in (304 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
GRAFIK Eye 4000
power panel summary
1
2
Foward phase only. Not all ELV transformers and
dimmable CFL/LEDs dim properly with forward phase
control; may require phase-adaptive power module or
electronic low voltage interface for proper dimming.
For reverse phase, a phase adaptive power module
or electronic low-voltage interface will be required.
DALI broadcast only
GP panel
Load voltage
120 V,
110‑127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
230 V
(CE)
220‑240 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
1
1
1
1
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® Fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM 2
TVM 2
TVM 2
TVM 2
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
1
1
1
1
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads
SW, TVI, PWM SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Panel / module voltage
120 V
277 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
10 W
10 W
10 W
10 W
Maximum load per circuit
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
—
—
—
—
Frequency
Maximum load per module
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
51
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
GRAFIK Eye 4000
power panel summary
(cont.)
* DALI broadcast only
DCI
dimming
panel
LP panel
Load voltage
120 V,
110‑127 V
120 V,
110‑127 V,
127 V (NOM)
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
PA
ELVI-CE
ELVI-AU
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
3F
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
FDBI-AU
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® Fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM *
TVM *
TVM *
PA
PB-CE,
ELVI‑CE
PB-AU,
ELVI‑AU
HID
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
Panel / module voltage
120 V
120 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
Frequency
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
10 W
25 W
40 W
40 W
Maximum load per circuit
10 A; 1200 W
16 A
10 A
16 A
Maximum load per module
10 A; 1200 W
16 A
13 A
16 A
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
52
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
XP switching panel
Load voltage
120 V, 110‑127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
347 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
120/277 V
120/277 V
347 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
—
—
—
—
—
16 A; 0.5 HP
16 A; 1.5 HP
16 A
16 A; 0.5 HP
16 A; 0.5 HP
(see per circuit rating)
(see per circuit rating)
(see per circuit rating)
(see per circuit rating)
(see per circuit rating)
Dimmed loads
Switched loads
EVLI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524 ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522 PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
53
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
GRAFIK Eye 4000 power
panel summary (cont.)
1
2
3
DALI broadcast only
Reverse phase only. Forward phase loads will
require power booster for proper dimming.
Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this module.
Custom Combination Panel
Dimming modules
Load voltage
120 V,
110‑127 V
230 V (CE)
Electronic low-voltage
220‑240 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
PB-CE
PB-AU
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
PA
ELVI-CE
3F
ELVI-AU
FDBI-AU
FDBI-AU
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® Fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
PA
PB-CE,
ELVI-CE
PB-AU,
ELVI-AU
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
2
2
PB-CE
PB-AU
TVI
TVI, PWM
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads (switched or speed control)
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
220‑240 V
(CE)
220‑240 V
(CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
25 W
40 W
40 W
10 W
10 W
Maximum load per circuit
16 A
10 A
16 A
10 A
10 A
Maximum load per module
16 A
13 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
Panel / module voltage
Frequency
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
54
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Custom Combination Panel
Adaptive dimming modules
Load voltage
120 V,
110‑127 V
230 V (CE)
Fan speed module Motor module Switching module
220‑240 V
120 V
120 V
120 V, 110‑127 V,
220‑240 V, 230 V (CE),
277 V, 347 V
Dimmed loads
3F
FDBI-AU
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
3
3
3
Switched loads
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
220‑240 V (CE)
220‑ 240 V
(CE)
120 V
120 V
100‑277 V
(CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
10 W
10 W
10 W
0.25 A
—
—
10 A
8A
8A
2A
5 A; 0.5 HP
16 A; 0.5 HP (120 V),
1.5 HP (277 V),
0.5 HP (220‑240 V)
16 A
13 A
13 A
8A
16 A
(see per circuit rating)
(AC loads only)
EVLI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524 ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522 PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
55
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Primary controls
The main devices in a lighting control system
that distribute commands to sub-controls,
sensors, and control interfaces.
GRAFIK Eye 4000/4500 control unit
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
•
Models available to control up
to 24 zones of lighting
Provides push-button recall of
four preset light scenes plus off
on control unit
Stores up to 12 additional userprogrammable scenes
Available in 42 finishes
2-zone:
W: 5.56 in (141 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
3-zone:
W: 7.25 in (184 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
4-, 6-, 8-, 16-, and 24-zone:
W: 8.94 in (227 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
56
GRAFIK Eye 4000 Series slider control unit
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
•
•
Models available to control up
to 8 zones of lighting
Provides push-button recall of a
single lighting scene plus off on
control unit
Stores up to 11 additional userprogrammable scenes
Allows full-range dimming plus
slide-to-off utilizing zone sliders
Available in nine finishes
3- and 4-zone:
W: 6.69 in (168 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
6- and 8-zone:
W: 8.31 in (211 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Sub-controls
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
Ceiling-mount infrared (IR) receiver
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
•
•
•
Provides control of lighting via
IR handheld remote controls by
providing an access point
•
•
•
POWERED BY
•
Allows scene selection, raise/lower
scenes and all off functionality
Compatible with all Lutron IR
remote controls
Available in White
Diameter: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Depth: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Profile: 0.75 in (20 mm)
IR remote control
•
Entrance control
•
•
POWERED BY
GRAFIK Eye
main unit
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
One button control toggles the
connected GRAFIK Eye control
unit between Scene 1 and Off
Connects direct to the GRAFIK
Eye control unit
Ideal for projects that utilize the
maximum number of keypads/
wallstations
Available in 17 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
2-button wallstation
Models available with four or eight
scene control
•
Offers master raise/lower and
all off buttons
•
Available in White and Black
W: 1.50 in (38 mm)
H: 5.69 in (145 mm)
D: 0.88 in (22 mm)
Battery
POWERED BY
GRX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
•
•
Simple, intuitive wallstation ideal
for use in entry ways
Status LEDs indicate which
wallstation button has
been activated
Functionality includes scene
selection, raise/lower, partitioning
and all off
Available in 17 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
57
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Sub-controls (continued)
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
Architectural wallstation
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
BACKBOX
•
U.S. style
•
Models available with four
programmable buttons that can be
used for scene selection, scene or
zone toggle or to enable/disable
time clock
Select models available with all
off and/or raise/lower buttons and
infrared (IR) receiver
Available in 17 finishes, insert or
non-insert style in
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
POWERED BY
Features large easy-to-use buttons
•
Available in 17 finishes
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
European-style wallstation
•
•
Available in 17 finishes
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
5-scene with off and 3-scene with
raise/lower and off:
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
8-scene with off and 5-scene with
raise/lower and off:
W: 4.56 in (116 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Large buttons provide either on/off
or raise/lower functionality
5-button and 10-button:
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Models available to select 3, 5, 6
or eight scenes plus raise/lower
and all off functionality
•
GRX link
Models available with 5, 10, or 15
slim buttons to select scenes
15-button:
W: 4.56 in (116 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
58
•
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Slim-button wallstation
•
Large-button wallstation
POWERED BY
GRX link
Select models offer IR receiver
allowing convenient control of
lights via IR remote control
•
Features large, rounded buttons
•
Available in 17 finishes
BACKBOX
Round or square
Models available with 2, 4, or 8
programmable buttons plus raise/
lower and all off functionality
•
•
Mounts in UK/German single-gang
backbox
W: 3.38 in (86 mm)
H: 3.38 in (86 mm)
D: 1.0 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
seeTouch keypad
•
POWERED BY
•
GRX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
•
•
Architrave wallstation
Models available with 1-7
programmable buttons that can
be used for scene selection,
zone toggle or to enable/disable
time clock
Select models available with all
off and/or raise/lower buttons and
infrared receiver
Backlit buttons or text make it
easy to find and operate keypad
in low-light conditions
Available in 40 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
seeTouch window treatment keypad
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
BACKBOX
•
U.S. style
•
•
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
•
BACKBOX
Lutron® supplied
•
Models available with four
programmable buttons that can be
used for scene selection, zone or
scene toggle or to enable/disable
time clock
Offers all off button and is available
with slim or large buttons
Available in 16 finishes
Slim-button:
Width: 1.75 in (44 mm)
Height: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.75 in (44 mm)
Profile: 0.13 in (3 mm)
Large-button:
Width: 1.50 in (38 mm)
Height: 5.16 in (131 mm)
Depth: 1.99 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.13 in (3 mm)
Allows control of one or more
window treatment zones
simultaneously on GRAFIK Eye
control unit
Can control Sivoia QED and
AC motorized treatments
(interface required)
Offers Open, Close, Preset
and other functionalities
Available in 20 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
59
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Sub-controls (continued)
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
Keyswitch
Partition status keypad/wallstation
•
•
POWERED BY
•
GRX link
BACKBOX
•
U.S. style
Provides scene selection, enable/
disable time clock, partitioning,
sequencing and other functionality
POWERED BY
External
transformer
•
•
•
•
Limits access to lighting control,
ideal for public spaces
Available in 17 finishes, insert or
non-insert style
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Multi-channel theatrical consoles
•
•
Fully featured and simple
to operate, the consoles
were designed and built for
professional use
Available with 12 or 24 channels
Simultaneous DMX, microplex,
and analog output
POWERED BY
•
GRX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
Coordinates lighting for up to four
movable walls (five rooms)
Available in three wallstation styles
– seeTouch, Architectural and
European-style
seeTouch and Architectural
wallstations are available with
custom-engraved faceplates
with project floor plan
seeTouch (without customengraved faceplate):
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm),
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Architectural (without customengraved faceplate):
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
European-style:
W: 3.38 in (86 mm)
H: 3.38 in (86 mm)
D: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
12-channel:
W: 15.41 in (391 mm)
H: 10.13 in (257 mm)
D: 2.87 in (73 mm)
24-channel:
W: 25.38 in (645 mm)
H: 10.13 in (257 mm)
D: 2.87 in (73 mm)
60
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Ballasts and Drivers
Ballasts and drivers are required to control fluorescent
and/or LED lighting via the LCP128 dimming panel
with or LCP128 spec grade dimming.
EcoSystem ballast
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
•
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 10%
Models available for T8, T8
reduced wattage, T5, T5 reduced
wattage, and T5HO lamps
Wired sensors can connect directly
to the ballast
Available with EcoSystem® digital
link or 3-wire control
EcoSystem ballasts for compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL)
•
•
POWERED BY
Hi-lume 3D ballast
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
120 V
127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Available with EcoSystem digital
link or 3-wire control
Hi-lume ballast
•
Continuous flicker free dimming
from 100% to 5% for T4 compact
fluorescent lamps
Available with EcoSystem digital
link or 3-wire control
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 0.3% for T8, T5 and
T5HO lamps, and 5% for T5
twin-tube and T5HO 80 W lamps
•
POWERED BY
•
Continuous flicker free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for T5HO lamps
and T4 compact fluorescent lamps
Available with 3-wire control
120 V
110-277 V
277 V
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
61
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Ballasts and Drivers (continued)
Ballasts and drivers are required to control fluorescent
and/or LED lighting via the LCP128 dimming panel
with or LCP128 spec grade dimming.
Tu-wire ballast
Hi-lume A-Series LED driver
•
•
POWERED BY
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 5%
•
Models available for T8 lamps and
T4 compact fluorescent lamps
Available with Tu-wire control
•
POWERED BY
120 V
120 V
110-277 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for LED light
engines up to 40 W, constant
current or constant voltage
Available with EcoSystem digital
link, 3-wire, or 2-wire forward
phase control
220-240 V
277 V
62
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Sensors
Wired sensors add convenience by detecting
occupancy/vacancy, daylight and partitioning and
adjusting accordingly.
Wired LOS-C and LOS-W series
occupancy sensors
•
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
•
•
•
Wired high-bay occupancy sensors
•
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Sensor technology options include
passive infrared (IR), ultrasonic and
dual technology
Connects to system via contact
closure input interface (power
pack required)
Wall-mount and ceiling-mount
models available
Available in White
Ceiling-mount:
Diameter: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (38 mm)
Wall-mount:
W: 2.70 in (69 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
D: 3.90 in (99 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
POWERED BY
•
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
•
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Passive IR sensor designed for use
in high-bay applications
Maximum mounting
height 45 ft (14 m)
Surface-mount and end-mount
models available
Available in White
180° and 360° surface-mount:
Diameter: 4 in (102 mm)
Depth: 1.5 in (38 mm)
180° end-mount:
W: 4.00 in (102 mm)
H: 4.50 in (114 mm)
D: 1.50 in (38 mm)
360° end-mount:
W: 3.60 in (91 mm)
H: 4.40 in (112 mm)
D: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
63
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Sensors (continued)
Wired sensors add convenience by detecting
occupancy/vacancy, daylight and partitioning and
adjusting accordingly.
Daylight sensor package
•
•
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
Infrared (IR) partition sensor
Allow system to switch lights on/
off in response to ambient daylight
level setting
Package includes a wired power
pack, daylight sensor, and
daylight controller
Package available in 120 or
277 V; sensor options: indoor,
outdoor, atrium/skylight
Indoor sensor:
W: 1.28 in (33 mm)
H: 1.15 in (29 mm)
Outdoor sensor:
W: 1.85 in (47 mm)
H: 1.35 in (34 mm)
Atrium/Skylight sensor:
W: 2.25 in (57 mm)
H: 1.28 in (33 mm)
•
POWERED BY
•
external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
IR transmitter/receiver pair
detects open/closed status of
partition and coordinates lighting
preset functions
Sensors must be mounted in
a position where the partition
separates the transmitter and
receiver when the partition
is closed
Requires contact closure input/
output interface for operation
•
Surface mounted
•
Available in White
•
Diameter: 4.56 in (159 mm)
Depth: 2.69 in (68 mm)
Profile: 1.50 in (38 mm)
Wired photosensor
•
•
POWERED BY
•
Daylight controller
64
•
Monitors ambient daylight levels
and communicates to daylight
controller (required)
Allows controller to adjust lighting
automatically
Available in White
Diameter: 1.18 in (30 mm)
Depth: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.69 in (17 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Control interfaces
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration. Interfaces may also
provide connection points for other Lutron devices.
Contact closure output interface
•
•
•
POWERED BY
•
GRX link
or external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
Provides eight dry contact
closure outputs
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
or external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
•
•
Compatible with motorized
projection screens, window
treatments and A/V equipment
that have contact closure output
Offers both normally open and
normally closed contacts
W: 5.75 in (146 mm)
H: 10.75 in (273 mm)
D: 2.00 in (50 mm)
Wallbox contact closure input interface
•
Contact closure input/output interface
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
or external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
Interfaces with third-party lowvoltage switches to provide an
alternative keypad aesthetic
Diameter: 2.31 in (59 mm)
Depth: 0.81 in (20 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
Compatible with motion/
occupancy sensors, movable
walls, security systems and other
products that have contact closure
input/output
Outputs provide both normally
open and normally closed contacts
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
RS232 interface
Provides seven contact
closure inputs
Mounts behind third-party lowvoltage switch in backbox
•
Provides five inputs and five
dry contact closure outputs
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
or external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
•
Allows integration with
touchscreen, PC, A/V system
or other digital equipment that
supports RS232 communication
Control and monitor
switching panel
Monitor lighting scenes
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
65
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Control interfaces (continued)
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration. Interfaces may also
provide connection points for other Lutron devices.
Ethernet interface
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
or external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
•
Allows integration with
touchscreen, PC, A/V system
or other digital equipment that
supports TC/ICP communication
over Ethernet
Control and monitor
switching panel
Monitor lighting scenes
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Time clock/programming interface
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
or external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
66
•
•
DMX512 output interface
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
or external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
Acts as a programming interface
for GRAFIK Eye 4500 control units
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
Converts GRAFIK Eye zone
intensities into DMX512
channel settings
Each zone is assigned to a
DMX512 channel
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (84 mm)
Infrared interface
Integrates the system with a
PC or other digital equipment
that supports RS232 or TCP/IP
communication
Built-in astronomical time clock
provides ability to schedule
lighting events
•
Allows GRAFIK Eye control
unit to operate lighting and
other equipment that uses the
DMX512 protocol
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
or external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
Allows auxiliary systems equipped
with an infrared (IR) emitter to
control the system by accessing
functions using IR codes
Two types of codes available:
Lutron standard and Lutron PRO
W: 1.75 in (45 mm)
H: 4.10 in (105 mm)
D: 0.90 in (23 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Sivoia QED controller
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
•
Provides programming and control
of one group of Sivoia QED
window treatments
Allows window treatments to
be controlled independently
or to be incorporated into the
lighting scenes
Available in 17 finishes
POWERED BY
•
110-127 V
127 V NOM
120 V
•
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
BACKBOX
•
•
W: 12.00 in
H: 7.90 in (200 mm)
D: 2.75 in (70 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Automatically selects preset
scenes in response to
ambient daylight
Features range qualification
time which eliminates lighting
level fluctuations
Works with up to three Lutron
wired photosensors or one 0-10 V
photosensor by others
Available in White
W: 8.94 in (227 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Emergency lighting interface
4-channel AC motor controller that
provides capability to seamlessly
integrate AC motorized window
treatments into the system
Allows window treatments to
be controlled independently
or to be incorporated into the
lighting scenes
•
U.S. style
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
AC motor group controller
•
Daylight controller
•
•
•
POWERED BY
GRX link
or
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
•
Turns designated lighting loads
to “full on” output or other
programmed emergency light level
Senses the normal line-voltage on
all three phases of power
Provides inputs for a Fire Alarm
Control Panel
UL 924 listed as "Emergency
Lighting and Power Equipment"
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
67
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Control interfaces (continued)
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration. Interfaces may also
provide connection points for other Lutron devices.
Data link repeater
•
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V
68
Allows power panel links to
be extended beyond their
maximum distances
Links may be extended 2,000 ft
(600 m) for every repeater added
W: 5.0 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Shades
Sivoia QED wired shading systems offer
convenient control of daylight at the touch
of a button.
Sivoia QED shades
•
•
Shades offer ultra-quiet precision
control of daylight
•
Styles include:
– Roller shades
– Tensioned shades
– Roman shades with CERUS®
safety technology
– Drapery tracks
– Kirbé® vertical drapery systems
– Venetian blinds
•
Sivoia QED power supply
(individual and smart panel)
•
•
24 V DC supply that provides
power to shade and drapery
drive units
Simple wiring scheme 4-conductor
low voltage link to provide power
and communication to Sivoia QED
wired electronic drive units
4-conductor panel is available in
120 V and 230 V models
Includes a wide variety of fabric
offerings to meet every need
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
69
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
Software and programming
GRAFIK Eye 4000 systems can be programmed
via PC-based software or through button-press
programming at the panel or wallstation.
Button-press programming
via panel or wallstation
•
•
•
70
GRAFIK Eye Liaison software
•
Assign circuits to zones on the on
the control units via the buttons of
the panel circuit selector
•
Use the keypad/wallstation buttons
to assign the keypads/wallstations
to the control units
•
DIP-switches are used to setup the address and functionality
of the keypads/wallstations and
control interfaces
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Windows-based utility that allows
the programming of a GRAFIK Eye
4500 series main unit
Programming functionality includes
setting scenes, addressing control
units and scheduling events
Allows the extraction of system
information and the back-up of
programming data
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Small building solutions | GRAFIK Eye 4000
®
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
71
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Quantum Total Light Management
maximizes the efficient use of light
to improve comfort and productivity,
simplify operations, and save energy.
The Quantum system dims or
switches all electric lighting,
while simultaneously controlling
daylight using automated shades.
Typical components
Radio Powr Savr™
daylight sensor
Feature highlights
•
•
•
•
Dimming, switching and
shade control
Energy management
Wired and wireless sensors,
keypads and shades
Building management
system integration
Typical applications
•
Office buildings
•
Healthcare facilities
•
Convention centers
•
Hotels
•
Colleges/Universities
Pico® wireless
control
72
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Radio Powr Savr™
occupancy/vacancy sensor
Energi Savr Node™
with EcoSystem
Quantum® light
management hub (QP2)
seeTouch® QS
keypad
Sivoia® QS
wired shades
Green Glance®
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
73
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Typical system components and communication
Primary controls
Primary controls
Quantum light
management hub (QP2)
GRAFIK Eye® QS
with EcoSystem
main unit
Energi Savr
Node™ with
EcoSystem
Shading systems
Power panels
Sivoia® QS
panel power
supply
Sivoia
QS wired
shades
Third-party
GP dimming
panel
LP dimming
panel
XP switching
panel
Apple® iPad mobile
digital device1
(WiFi router
required)
Building
Management
System
For illustration purposes only, consult specification submittals and/or installation
instructions for wiring information.
Apple, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
1
74
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls
seeTouch®
QS keypad
EcoSystem®
wallstation
International seeTouch
QS keypad
Pico® wireless
controls
RS232
interface
Contact closure
interface
DMX512
interface
Control interfaces
QS sensor
module
Ballasts and drivers
(up to 64 digital ballasts or drivers communicate via each EcoSystem digital link)
EcoSystem ballast
EcoSystem H-Series ballast
Hi-Lume® A-Series LED driver
Sensors
Radio Powr Savr™
wireless occupancy/
vacancy sensor
Radio Powr Savr
wireless daylight
sensor
Radio Shadow
Sensor
Wired communication
Wireless Radio Frequency (RF) communication
Infrared (IR) communication
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
75
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Understanding how to build
a Quantum system
1. Power panel and primary control selection
Select power panels and/or primary controls
based on load type and size and the method
of control desired.
Processors
The processor is the heart of the lighting control
system providing intelligence and offering
a centralized connection point for control
and communication.
Quantum light management hub (QP2)
2. Design choices
Choose control units, wallstations and sensors
based on functionality required and the
aesthetic desired to compliment the space.
3. Integration/connecting to third-party devices
Utilize control interfaces or native BACnet to
connect to third-party devices and systems,
such as Building Management Systems
and touchscreens.
4. Shades
Wired and wireless shading systems
offer convenient control of daylight.
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
5. Software and programming
Quantum is programmed through PC-based
software. The system offers a number of
software enhancements to simplify operations
and increase occupant comfort and productivity.
•
•
Provides a centralized connection
point for EcoSystem® ballasts/
drivers/modules, dimming and
switching panels and Lutron®
QS devices
Contains up to two Quantum
processors with two links each that
can be individually configured to
communicate with:
– Quantum bus supply
– Lutron power panels
– Lutron QS devices
Each hub supports up to eight
EcoSystem loops; each loop can
have up to 64 Ecosystem ballasts/
drivers/modules
W: 15.75 in (400 mm)
H: 31.50 in (800 mm)
D: 5.81 in (148 mm)
Quantum light management hub (QP3)
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
76
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Provides a centralized connection
point for dimming and switching
panels and Lutron QS devices
Contains one Quantum processor
with two links; each link can
be individually configured to
communicate with:
– Lutron power panels
– Lutron QS devices
Enables a Quantum system to
cost-effectively scale from a
single-floor to a whole campus
W: 9.25 in (235 mm)
H: 13.25 in (337 mm)
D: 3.16 in (80 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Power panels
The power panels provide remote dimming and
switching capability for all common light sources,
including incandescent, fluorescent, LED, CFL,
and neon/cathode.
GP dimming panel)
•
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
277 V
•
LP dimming panel
Panel is typically used for highperformance architectural dimming
•
Provides power and dimming for
up to 144 circuits
•
Feed-though or branch circuit
breaker panels are available
Mini:
W: 11.00 in (279 mm)
H: 21.13 in (537 mm)
D: 6.25 in (160 mm)
Standard:
W: 28.00 in (711 mm)
H: 37.00 in (940 mm)
D: 12.00 in (304 mm)
Large (GP36):
W: 26.13 in (653 mm)
H: 87.00 in (2175 mm)
D: 14.13 in (360 mm)
•
Panel is typically used for
commercial dimming panels projects
with numerous small loads
Provides power and dimming
for up to 32 dimming legs (up to
8 modules, four outputs per module)
Panels include branch
circuit breakers
POWERED BY
Mini:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 24.50 in (622 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
Standard:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
•
Large:
W: 52.31 in (1308 mm)
H: 87.00 in (2175 mm)
D: 14.13 in (360 mm)
Extra large:
W: 52.31 in (1308 mm)
H: 87.00 in (2175 mm)
D: 28.25 in (720 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
77
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Power panels (continued)
The power panels provide remote dimming and
switching capability for all common light sources,
including incandescent, fluorescent, LED, CFL,
and neon/cathode.
XP switching panel
•
•
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
277 V
347 V
Custom combination panel (CCP)
Million-cycle switching panel
employs Lutron patented
Softswitch technology
•
Provides power and switching for
up to 48 switching legs
•
Feed-though or branch circuit
breaker panels available
Mini:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 24.50 in (622 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Standard:
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Large:
W: 23.50 in (597 mm)
H: 63.50 in (1613 mm)
D: 6.30 in (160 mm)
•
•
POWERED BY
•
120 V
110-127 V
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
•
•
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Provides power and dimming for
up to 32 dimming/switching legs
Choose modules based on load
type and control required
Panels include branch
circuit breakers
W: 15.88 in (403 mm)
H: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
D: 4.21 in (107 mm)
DCI dimming panel
Extra large:
W: 23.50 in (597 mm)
H: 82.50 in (2096 mm)
D: 6.30 in (160 mm)
78
Combination dimming and
switching panel that is ideal for
projects with numerous small loads
Dimming panel featuring direct
current that is ideal for projects
that require no radio frequency
interference
Provides power and dimming for
up to three circuits
Lamps are free of flicker and
audible noise throughout the entire
dimming range
W: 28.00 in (711 mm)
H: 37.00 in (940 mm)
D: 12.00 in (304 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Quantum power
panel summary
1
2
Foward phase only. Not all ELV transformers and
dimmable CFL/LEDs dim properly with forward phase
control; may require phase-adaptive power module or
electronic low voltage interface for proper dimming.
For reverse phase, a phase adaptive power module
or electronic low-voltage interface will be required.
DALI broadcast only
GP panel
Load voltage
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
1
1
1
1
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM
2
TVM
2
TVM
2
TVM 2
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
1
CFL/LED (screw-base)
1
1
1
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
Motor loads
SW, TVI,
PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads
SW, TVI,
PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
277 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
10 W
10 W
10 W
10 W
Maximum load per circuit
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
—
—
—
—
Panel / module voltage
Frequency
Maximum load per module
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
79
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Quantum power
panel summary (cont.)
DCI dimming
panel
LP panel
Load voltage
* DALI broadcast only
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
PA
ELVI-CE
ELVI-AU
120 V,
110‑127 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
3F
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
FDBI-AU
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM*
TVM*
TVM*
PA
PB-CE,
ELVI-CE
PB-AU,
ELVI-AU
HID
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
120 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
60 Hz
Minimum load
25 W
40 W
40 W
10 W
Maximum load per circuit
16 A
10 A
16 A
10 A; 1200 W
Maximum load per module
16 A
13 A
16 A
10 A; 1200 W
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
Panel / module voltage
Frequency
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
80
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
XP switching panel
Load voltage
120 V, 110‑127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
347 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
120/277 V
120/277 V
347 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
—
—
—
—
—
16 A; 0.5 HP
16 A; 1.5 HP
16 A
16 A; 0.5 HP
16 A; 0.5 HP
(see per circuit rating)
(see per circuit rating)
(see per circuit rating)
(see per circuit rating)
(see per circuit rating)
Dimmed loads
Switched loads
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
81
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
GRAFIK Eye 4000 power
panel summary (cont.)
1
2
3
DALI broadcast only
Reverse phase only. Forward phase loads will
require a power booster for proper dimming.
Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this module.
Custom Combination Panel
Dimming modules
Load voltage
120 V, 110‑127 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
PA
ELVI-CE
ELVI-AU
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
3F
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
FDBI-AU
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
PA
PB-CE, ELVI-CE
PB-AU, ELVI-AU
HID
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads (switched or speed control)
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
25 W
40 W
40 W
Maximum load per circuit
16 A
10 A
16 A
Maximum load per module
16 A
13 A
16 A
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
Panel / module voltage
Frequency
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
82
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Custom Combination Panel
Electronic low-voltage modules Adaptive dimming modules
Switching module
Load voltage
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
120 V,
110‑127 V
230 V (CE)
220‑240 V
120 V, 110‑127 V,
220‑240 V, 230 V (CE),
277 V, 347 V
Dimmed loads
PB-CE
PB-AU
FDBI-AU
3F
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM
TVM, PWM
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
2
PB-CE
2
3
FDBI-AU
3
3
PB-AU
Switched loads
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
220‑240 V (CE)
220‑240 V (CE)
120 V
220‑240 V (CE)
220‑ 240 V
(CE)
100‑277 V (CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
10 W
10 W
10 W
10 W
10 W
—
10 A
10 A
10 A
8A
8A
16 A; 0.5 HP (120 V),
1.5 HP (277 V),
0.5 HP (220‑240 V)
16 A
16 A
16 A
13 A
13 A
(see per circuit rating)
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
83
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Primary controls
The main devices in a lighting control system that
distribute commands to sub-controls, sensors,
control interfaces and lighting loads.
GRAFIK Eye® QS main unit
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
110-127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
•
•
Preset control of 3, 4, or 6
lighting zones and 0, 1, 2, or 3
shade groups
Pico® wireless controls and Radio
Powr SavrTM sensors communicate
via radio frequency to wireless
units (wired only models available)
Provides wired inputs to
occupancy/vacancy and daylight
sensors, and includes an
integrated astronomical time clock
Available in 41 finishes
W: 9.38 in (239 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.38 in (10 mm)
BACKBOX
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
110-127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
BACKBOX
U.S. style
U.S. style
84
GRAFIK Eye QS with EcoSystem®/DALI main unit
•
•
•
Preset control of 6, 8, or 16
lighting zones and 0, 1, 2, or 3
shade groups
Able to control digital dimming
ballasts and/or drivers directly
without the need for interfaces
Pico wireless controls and Radio
Powr Savr sensors communicate
via radio frequency to wireless
units (wired only models available)
Provides wired inputs to
occupancy/vacancy and daylight
sensors, and includes an
integrated astronomical time clock
Available in 41 finishes
W: 9.38 in (239 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.38 in (10 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Quantum primary
control summary
GRAFIK Eye® QS main units
Load voltage
* Requires 120 V control input
120 V, 110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V*
220-240 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
PA
Magnetic low-voltage
PA
PA
PA
ELVI-AU
3F
3F
FDBI-AU
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVI
TVI
TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
PWM
PWM
PWM
PA
PA
PB-AU, ELVI-AU
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
SW, TVI, PWM
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI, PWM
Fan loads
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI, PWM
120-127 V/
220-240 V
120-127 V/
220-240 V
120-127 V/
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
25
25
40
800 W,
600 W (MLV)
2000 W,
1600 (MLV)
800 W,
600 W (MLV)
2000 W,
1600 (MLV)
1200 W,
960 W (MLV)
3000 W,
2400 W (MLV)
Panel / module voltage
Frequency
Minimum load
Maximum load per circuit
Maximum load per module
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
85
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Quantum primary
control summary (cont.)
GRAFIK Eye® QS main units
GRAFIK Eye
QS with DALI
main units
Load voltage
* Requires 120 V control input
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
ELVI-CE
ELVI-AU
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
FDBI-AU
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
/
/
/
TVI
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
TVI
PWM
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
PB-CE, ELVI-CE
PB-AU, ELVI-AU
HID
TVI
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads (switched or speed control)
TVI
TVI, PWM
Main unit voltage
230 V (CE)
230 V (CE)
230 V (CE)
Frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
40
40
—
500 W,
400 W (MLV)
3-zone: 1500 W,
1200 W (MLV);
4-zone: 2000 W,
1600 W (MLV);
6-zone: 2300 W
500 W,
400 W (MLV)
3-zone: 1500 W,
1200 W (MLV);
4-zone: 2000 W,
1600 W (MLV);
6-zone: 2300 W
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
Minimum capacity per zone
Maximum capacity per zone
Unit capacity
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
86
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
—
64 DALI ballasts
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
WBX: Phase adaptive power module with 3-wire input pg. 518
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
GRAFIK Eye® QS with EcoSystem main units
Load voltage
120 V, 110-127 V,
127 V NOM
277 V*
347 V*
220-240 V
Dimmed loads
PA
PA
PA
PA
ELVI-AU
3F, BMF, BMJ
3F, BMF, BMJ
FDBI-AU
TVI, LMF
TVI, LMF
TVI
PWM
PWM
PWM
PA
PA
PB-AU, ELVI-AU
Switched loads
XPJ, SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI, PWM
XPJ, SW, TVI, PWM
XPJ, SW, TVI, PWM
TVI, PWM
XPJ, SW, TVI, PWM
XPJ, SW, TVI, PWM
TVI, PWM
120-127 V/
220-240 V
120-127 V/
220-240 V
120-127 V/
220-240 V
120-127 V/
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
25
25
25
40
800 W,
600 W (MLV)
800 W,
600 W (MLV)
800 W,
600 W (MLV)
1200 W,
960 W (MLV)
2000 W,
1600 W (MLV)
2000 W,
1600 W (MLV)
2000 W,
1600 W (MLV)
3000 W,
2400 W (MLV)
BMJ: EcoSystem dimming power module pg. 534
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
XPJ: EcoSystem switching power module pg. 536
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
BMF: EcoSystem fixture module pg. 538
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
LMF: 0-10 V to EcoSystem interface pg. 540
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
87
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Primary controls (continued)
The main devices in a lighting control system that
distribute commands to sub-controls, sensors,
control interfaces and lighting loads.
Energi Savr NodeTM with EcoSystem
•
•
•
POWERED BY
Panel:
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
DIN-rail:
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
Provides control of up to 64 or 128
EcoSystem® compatible devices
Energi Savr Node with Softswitch/
Energi Savr Node for Switching
•
Wired communication with
keypads/wallstations, sensors and
control interfaces via the QS link
Wireless communication with
Pico® wireless sensors and Radio
Powr SavrTM sensors via a QS
sensor module
Panel:
W: 9.25 in (162 mm)
H: 13.25 in (335 mm)
D: 3.16 in (80 mm)
DIN-rail;
W: 6.36 in (162 mm)
H: 3.53 in (90 mm)
D: 2.39 in (61 mm)
•
•
POWERED BY
Panel:
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
DIN-rail:
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
•
Energi Savr Node for DALI
•
POWERED BY
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
•
•
88
Provides control of two
loops of DALI compliant digital
addressable loads; up to
128 DALI compatible devices
Controls up to four zones of
lighting fixtures
Provides easy integration of
occupancy sensors, daylight
sensors, and digital light controls
for switching applications
Wired communication with
keypads/wallstations, sensors and
control interfaces via the QS link
Wireless communication with
Pico wireless sensors and Radio
Powr Savr sensors via a QS
sensor module
Panel:
W: 9.25 in (235 mm)
H: 13.25 in (337 mm)
D: 3.16 in (80 mm)
DIN-rail:
W: 6.36 in (162 mm)
H: 3.53 in (90 mm)
D: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Each DALI loop can control
a maximum of 16 zones
Wired communication with
keypads/wallstations, sensors and
control interfaces via the QS link
Wireless communication with
Pico wireless sensors and Radio
Powr Savr sensors via a QS
sensor module
W: 6.36 in (162 mm)
H: 3.53 in (90 mm)
D: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V
•
•
•
POWERED BY
Panel:
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
DIN-rail:
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
•
Energi Savr Node phase adaptive
Controls up to four zones of
lighting fixtures
Provides easy integration of
occupancy sensors, daylight
sensors, and digital light controls
in 0-10 V dimming applications
Wired communication with
keypads/wallstations, sensors and
control interfaces via the QS link
Wireless communication with
Pico® wireless sensors and Radio
Powr SavrTM sensors via a QS
sensor module
Panel:
W: 9.25 in (235 mm)
H: 13.25 in (337 mm)
D: 3.16 in (80 mm)
DIN-rail:
W: 6.36 in (162 mm)
H: 3.53 in (90 mm)
D: 2.39 in (61 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
POWERED BY
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
•
•
Provides control of dimmable
CFL/LED loads in addition to
incandescent/halogen, electronic
low-voltage, magnetic
low-voltage, and neon cold
cathode light sources
Has four multi-functional
inputs that are compatible with
occupancy/vacancy sensors,
daylight sensors,infrared (IR)
receivers, or IEC PELV switches
Wired communication with
keypads/wallstations, sensors and
control interfaces via the QS link
Wireless communication with
Pico wireless sensors and Radio
Powr Savr sensors via a QS
sensor module
W: 8.50 in (216 mm)
H: 3.54 in (90 mm)
D: 2.99 in (76 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
89
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Quantum primary
control summary
Energi Savr NodeTM with EcoSystem®
Load voltage
1
2
120 V,
110‑127 V,
127 V NOM
277 V
220-240 V
Incandescent/halogen
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
Magnetic low-voltage
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
Electronic low-voltage
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
BMJ, BMF
BMJ, BMF
BMJ, BMF
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
BMJ + WBX
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
LMF
LMF
LMF
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
BMJ + WBX
XPJ
XPJ
XPJ
Motor loads
XPJ
XPJ
XPJ
Fan loads
XPJ
XPJ
XPJ
Energi Savr Node voltage
120-277 V
120-277 V
120-277 V
120-277 V
Frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
To control 347 V loads, use Energi Savr Node with
EcoSystem fed by 120 V
Does not provide interlock between outputs
347 V1
Dimmed loads
/
/
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
Maximum capacity per loop/zone
64 EcoSystem 64 EcoSystem 64 EcoSystem 64 EcoSystem
devices
devices
devices
devices
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
XPJ: EcoSystem switching power module pg. 536
90
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
BMJ: EcoSystem dimming power module pg. 534
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Energi Savr
Node with
EcoSystem
(DIN-rail)
Energi Savr
Node for DALI
(DIN-rail)
Energi Savr Node with Softswitch
Load voltage
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
220-240 V
347 V
Dimmed loads
Switched loads
2
2
2
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
120-277 V
120-277 V
120-277 V
120-127 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
64 EcoSystem
devices
64 DALI
devices
16 A; 0.5 HP
16 A; 0.5 HP
16 A; 0.5 HP
16 A
LMF: EcoSystem to 0-10 V interface pg. 540
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
WBX: Phase adaptive power module with 3-wire input pg. 518
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
91
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Quantum primary
control summary (cont.)
Energi Savr
NodeTM for
switching
(DIN-rail)
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V
Load voltage
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
220-240 V
Energi Savr Node voltage
220-240 V
(CE)
120-277 V
120-277 V
120-277 V
Frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
10 A
16 A, 50 mA
(0-10 V);
0.5 HP
16 A, 50 mA
(0-10 V);
1.5 HP
16 A, 50 mA
(0-10 V);
1.5 HP
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete list of
LEDs compatible with this module.
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
/
/
/
Fluorescent and LED (0‑10 V)
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
Motor loads
Fan loads
Maximum capacity per loop/zone
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
92
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
TVI: 0-10 V interface pg. 528
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Energi Savr Node
for 0-10 V (DIN-rail)
Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail)
Load voltage
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
Dimmed loads
FDBI-AU
TVI
TVI
PWM
*
*
Switched loads
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
10 A, 50 mA
(0-10 V)
Zone: 1: 800 W, 600 W (MLV/NCC); Zone: 1: 800 W, 600 W (MLV/NCC);
Zone 2-4: 500 W, 375 W
Zone 2-4: 500 W, 375 W
(MLV/NCC)
(MLV/NCC)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
93
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Sub-controls
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
EcoSystem® IR remote control and IR receiver
•
•
POWERED BY
Battery
•
•
•
Allows user to adjust the lights from
minimum to maximum and set and
recall a favorite scene
•
Available in White
IR remote control:
W: 1.51 in (38 mm)
H: 4.61 in (117 mm)
D: 0.55 in (14 mm)
•
POWERED BY
•
Battery
Models available with four or eight
scene control
Offers master raise/lower and
all off buttons
Available in White and Black
W: 1.50 in (38 mm)
H: 5.69 in (145 mm)
D: 0.88 in (22 mm)
IR receiver:
Diameter: 1.18 in (30 mm)
Depth: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: .0.69 in (17 mm
Pico wireless control
•
•
•
POWERED BY
•
•
94
•
Infrared (IR) remote control
communicates via IR signal to the
IR receiver
QS IR Eye
QS link, 1/2 PDU
IR remote control
Provides IR control via Lutron IR
remote controls and IR integration
•
•
Allows control via third-party
IR remotes
Integrates shade and lighting
devices via a single IR eye
Available in White
Diameter: 1.19 in (30 mm)
Depth: 0.75 in (19 mm)
Cord length: 7.25 in (184 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
POWERED BY
•
Battery
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
•
Controls scenes and zones of light
Four button configurations
available with options for preset
and raise/lower
Available in five finishes
Can be a wall-mount, tabletop,
car visor or hand-held control
W: 1.30 in (33 mm)
H: 2.60 in (66 mm)
D: 0.31 in (8 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Pico wired control
•
•
•
POWERED BY
•
20 V DC from
ESN, or ballast/
module with input
or
QS link, 1 PDU
seeTouch QS keypad
Controls scenes and zones of light
•
Four button configurations
available with options for preset
and raise/lower
Available in five finishes
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.98 in (40 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
•
POWERED BY
QS link, 1 PDU
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
BACKBOX
•
U.S. style
EcoSystem wallstation
•
•
•
POWERED BY
20 V DC from
ESN, or ballast/
module with input
or
QS link, 1 PDU
(with QSM)
•
•
Infrared (IR) receiver allowing
convenient control of lights
via IR remote control
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.56 in (40 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
BACKBOX
U.S. style
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Select models available with all off
and/or raise/lower buttons and
IR receiver
Backlit buttons or text make it
easy to find and operate keypad
in low-light conditions
Available in 41 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
International seeTouch QS keypad
4-button model with scene
and zone toggle functionality
Available in four finishes
Models available with 1-7
programmable buttons that can
be used for scene selection, zone
toggle, sequencing and partitioning
•
POWERED BY
QS link, 1 PDU
•
BACKBOX
Round or square
•
•
Models available with 2-7
programmable buttons that can
used for scene selection, zone
toggle, sequencing and partitioning
Select models available with all off
and/or raise/lower buttons and
IR receiver
Backlit buttons or text make it
easy to find and operate keypad
in low-light conditions
Available in 12 finishes
W: 3.38 in (86 mm)
H: 3.38 in (86 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
95
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Sub-controls (continued)
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
QS keyswitch
Multi-channel theatrical consoles
•
•
POWERED BY
•
QS link, 1 PDU
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
Provides key-only access
to lighting controls; ideal
for public spaces
Can recall preset light levels,
fine tune, enable/disable,
open/close, and start/stop
•
POWERED BY
120 V
•
•
Available in eight finishes
W: 2.72 in (69 mm)
H: 4.57 in (116 mm)
D: 1.77 in (45 mm)
Profile: 0.28 in (7 mm)
•
Fully featured and simple
to operate the consoles
were designed and built for
professional use
Available with 12 or 24 channels
Simultaneous DMX, microplex,
and analog output
12-channel:
W: 15.41 in (391 mm)
H: 10.13 in (257 mm)
D: 2.87 in (73 mm)
24-channel:
W: 25.38 in (645 mm)
H: 10.13 in (257 mm)
D: 2.87 in (73 mm)
96
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Ballast and drivers
Ballasts and drivers are required to dim fluorescent
and/or LED lighting and to control via processor,
power panel, and/or primary control.
EcoSystem ballast
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 10%
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
277 V
347 V
•
•
Models available for T8, T8
reduced wattage, T5, T5 reduced
wattage and T5HO lamps
Wired sensors can connect
directly to the ballast
Available with EcoSystem®
digital link or 3-wire control
EcoSystem H-Series ballast
•
EcoSystem ballasts for compact fluorescent
lamps (CFL)
•
POWERED BY
Hi-lume 3D ballast
•
Models available for T8, T5,
and T5HO lamps
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Available with EcoSystem digital
link or 3-wire control
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Available with EcoSystem
digital link
Continuous flicker free dimming
from 100% to 5% for T4 compact
fluorescent lamps
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 0.3% for T8, T5
and T5HO lamps, and 5% for
T5 twin-tube and T5HO 80 W lamps
Available with EcoSystem digital
link or 3-wire control
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
97
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Ballast and drivers
Ballasts and drivers are required to dim fluorescent
and/or LED lighting and to control via processor,
power panel, and/or primary control.
Hi-lume ballast
Hi-lume A-Series LED driver
•
•
•
POWERED BY
Continuous flicker free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for T5HO lamps
and T4 compact fluorescent lamps
Available with 3-wire control
Tu-wire ballast
POWERED BY
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for LED light
engines up to 40 W, constant
current or constant voltage
Available with EcoSystem digital
link, 3-wire or 2-wire forward
phase control
EcoSystem LED driver
•
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 5%
•
Models available for T8 lamps and
T4 compact fluorescent lamps
Available with Tu-wire® control
•
POWERED BY
220-240 V
230 V CE
120 V
110-127 V
98
•
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
120 V
110-127 V
277 V
POWERED BY
•
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for LED light
engines up to 25 W, constant
current or constant voltage
Available with EcoSystem
digital link
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Sensors
Wired and wireless sensors add convenience
by detecting occupancy/vacancy, daylight, and
partitioning and adjust the light accordingly.
Wireless
Radio Powr Savr™ wireless
occupancy/vacancy sensor
•
•
POWERED BY
Battery
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
(ceiling mount only)
868 MHz
(ceiling mount only)
868 limited
channel MHz
(ceiling mount only)
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off
based on space occupancy
Models available as occupancy/
vacancy or vacancy only
Passive infrared (PIR) with Lutron®
exclusive XCT technology
•
10-year battery life
•
Available in White
•
Ceiling-mount:
Diameter: 3.57 in (91 mm)
Depth: 1.13 in (29 mm)
Wall-mount:
W: 1.80 in (46 mm)
H: 4.35 in (110 mm)
D: 1.35 in (34 mm)
Radio Powr Savr wireless daylight sensor
•
POWERED BY
•
Battery
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
Ability to disable on a
scene-by-scene basis
•
Ceiling-mounted
•
10-year battery life
•
Diameter: 1.60 in (41 mm)
Depth: 0.70 in (17 mm)
Radio Shadow wireless sensor
•
POWERED BY
•
Battery
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
•
•
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Automatically adjusts lighting
zones based on amount of daylight
entering a space
Enhances the performance
of Hyperion® solar-adaptive
shading systems
Maximizes available views and
occupant comfort when shadows
are cast on building or when
cloudy conditions prevail
10-year battery life
Diameter: 1.60 in (41 mm)
Depth: 0.70 in (17 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
99
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Sensors (continued)
Wired and wireless sensors add convenience
by detecting occupancy/vacancy, daylight, and
partitioning and adjust the light accordingly.
Wired
Wired LOS-C and LOS-W series
occupancy sensor
•
•
POWERED BY
20 V DC from
ESN, GRAFIK
Eye QS main unit,
power pack, or
ballast/module
with sensor
connection
or
QS link, 2 PDUs
•
•
•
Wired high-bay occupancy sensors
•
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Sensor technology options include
passive infrared (IR), ultrasonic and
dual technology
Wall-mount and ceiling-mount
models available
Available in White
Ceiling-mount:
Diameter: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (38 mm)
Wall-mount:
W: 2.70 in (69 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
D: 3.90 in (99 mm)
•
POWERED BY
20 V DC from
ESN, GRAFIK
Eye QS main unit,
power pack, or
ballast/module
with sensor
connection
or
QS link, 2 PDUs
•
•
•
•
Automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Passive IR sensor designed for use
in high-bay applications
Maximum mounting
height 45 ft (14 m)
Surface-mount and end-mount
models available
Available in White
180° and 360° surface-mount:
Diameter: 4.00 in (102 mm)
Depth: 1.5 in (38 mm)
180° end-mount:
W: 4.00 in (102 mm)
H: 4.50 in (114 mm)
D: 1.50 in (38 mm)
360° end-mount:
W: 3.60 in (91 mm)
H: 4.40 in (112 mm)
D: 2.00 in (51 mm)
100
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Wired daylight sensor
•
POWERED BY
20 V DC
from ESN or
ballast/module
with sensor
connection
or
QS link, ½ PDU
•
Automatically adjusts lighting
zones based on amount of daylight
entering a space
Ability to disable on a
scene-by-scene basis
•
Includes integral infrared receiver
•
Ceiling-mounted
•
Available in White
•
Diameter: 1.18 in (30 mm)
Depth: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.69 in (17 mm)
Daylight sensor package
•
•
•
POWERED BY
20-24 V DC from
power pack
•
IR Partition Sensor
Allow system to switch lights on/
off in response to ambient daylight
level setting
•
POWERED BY
•
External
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
IR transmitter/receiver pair
detects open/closed status of
partition and coordinates lighting
preset functions
Sensors must be mounted in
a position where the partition
separates the transmitter and
receiver when the partition
is closed
Requires QS contact closure
input/output interface or seeTouch®
QS keypad for operation
•
Surface-mounted
•
Available in White
•
W: 4.56 in (159 mm)
H: 2.69 in (68 mm)
D: 1.50 in (38 mm)
Package includes a wired power
pack, daylight sensor, and
daylight controller
Package available in 120 or 277 V;
sensor options: indoor, outdoor,
atrium/skylight
Indoor sensor:
W: 1.28 in (33 mm)
H: 1.15 in (29 mm)
Outdoor sensor:
W: 1.85 in (47 mm)
H: 1.35 in (34 mm)
Atrium/Skylight sensor:
W: 2.25 in (57 mm)
H: 1.28 in (33 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
101
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Control interfaces
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron® lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration.
QS contact closure interface
•
•
POWERED BY
QS link 3 PDUs
or
external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
•
Provides five contact closure
inputs and five contact
closure outputs
POWERED BY
QS link 3 PDUs
or
external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
•
•
102
•
Allows integration with third-party
equipment, such as motion/
occupancy sensors, time clocks
and movable walls
POWERED BY
Features include scene selection,
partitioning, occupancy sensing,
zone toggle, panic, control lockout,
and after-hours start/stop
QS link 2 PDUs
or
external
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
•
Allows zones on a
GRAFIK Eye® QS to control
DMX512-controlled devices
Any zone on the GRAFIK Eye QS
can be mapped to either a single
DMX512 channel or to three RGB
DMX512 channels
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
QS RS232/Ethernet interface
•
QS DMX512 output interface
Allows integration with a
touchscreen, PC, A/V system,
or other digital equipment that
supports RS232 communication,
or TCP/IP communication
over Ethernet
Monitor lighting scenes and levels,
and shade positions
Features include raise and
lower areas and zones, and
scene activation
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
QS sensor module
•
•
POWERED BY
QS link 3 PDUs
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
•
•
Integrates additional Lutron
wireless and wired sensors and
controls through the QS link
Connects up to four Lutron wired
sensors or controls and ten
each of the wireless devices—
occupancy/vacancy sensors,
daylight sensors and Pico®
wireless controls
Junction box or ceiling-mount
options available
Diameter: 4.04 in (103 mm)
Depth: 0.74 in (19 mm)
Profile: 0.43 in (11 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Emergency lighting interface
•
•
POWERED BY
External
transformer
(24 V DC)
•
•
•
Turns all or designated lighting
loads to “full on” output or
other programmed emergency
light levels
Senses the normal line-voltage
on all three phases of power
Provides inputs for a Fire Alarm
Control Panel
UL 924 listed as "Emergency
Lighting and Power Equipment"
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V
•
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
277 V
347 V
•
•
•
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Data link repeater
•
Energy meter
•
Links may be extended 2,000 ft
(600 m) for every repeater added
POWERED BY
Models available for 120 V and
220-240 V (CE)
120-240 V
120-240 V (CE)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Each meter includes one set of
three split-core current sensors
Metered data contributes to
LEED certification
Meter:
W: 7.00 in (178 mm)
H: 7.50 in (191 mm)
D: 3.25 in (83 mm)
QS motor group controller (DIN-rail)
Allows power panel links to
be extended beyond their
maximum distances
W: 5.00 in (127 mm)
H: 7.75 in (197 mm)
D: 2.5 in (64 mm)
Provides accurate, real time
energy measurement of lighting,
HVAC, and/or plug loads coupled
with verification capability via
Quantum software
•
•
Allows seamless integration
with AC blinds, shades, louvers,
projection screens, or any
compatible AC motors
Provides four independently
controllable AC raise/lower outputs
from one common AC input feed
W: 6.40 in (162 mm)
H: 3.50 in (90 mm)
D: 2.40 in (61 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
103
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Shades
Sivoia® QS wired shading systems offer convenient
control of daylight at the touch of a button and
can be controlled via Hyperion® solar adaptive
shading software.
Sivoia QS wired shades
•
•
External
transformer
(12-24 V DC)
•
•
104
Shades offer ultra-quiet precision
control of daylight
•
Styles include:
– Roller shades
– Tensioned shades
– Roman shades with CERUS®
safety technology
– Drapery tracks
– Kirbé® vertical drapery systems
– Venetian blinds
FREQUENCY
Sivoia QS power supply
Includes a wide variety of fabric
offerings to meet every need
•
12-24 V supply that provides
power to shade and drapery
drive units
Various form factors available
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
Wired shades communicate
via the QS link
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
105
Whole building solutions | Quantum
®
Software and programming
Quantum is programmed through PC-based
software. The system offers a number of software
enhancements to simplify operations and increase
occupant comfort and productivity.
Q-adminTM software for lights
•
Allows facility staff to manage
the electric light and daylight in
the space to maximize energy
efficiency, comfort and productivity
Q-admin software for shades
•
Allows facility staff to manage
the motorized window
treatments in the space to
maximize energy efficiency,
comfort and productivity
Custom floorplan software
•
106
Provides a simple, intuitive
graphical user interface to
control lighting and shades
via the Q-admin software
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
BACnet software
•
Enables third-party building
management systems to control,
monitor and manage lights and
shades within the system
DALI Emergency Ballast Management software
•
Provides the ability to monitor,
manage and test DALI emergency
devices that are connected to
the system
Q-Reporting software
•
Creates detailed reports on lighting
power and energy usage to
simplify operations
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Green Glance® software
•
Allows real-time and historical
lighting energy data to be
displayed on an LCD display
or computer monitor
Personna® PC
•
Allows the occupants of the
building personal control of their
lighting and window treatments
from any device that can run
web browser
Q-Control +
•
•
Allows control and programming of
the system via an Apple iPad mobile
device
Provides mobile control and
monitoring of area lighting and
window treatments
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
107
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
HomeWorks QS is designed for
residential applications, integrating
control of all light. The system
also integrates with third-party
equipment to provide control of
HVAC and A/V systems. And it
does all that while saving energy.
Designer-style
seeTouch® keypad
Ivalo® lighting
Feature highlights
•
Preset multi-room scenes
•
Smart device control
•
Temperature control
•
Astronomical time clock
•
PC-based programming
•
Demand response capable
Remote
power feedthrough panel
108
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Pico® wireless controls
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Processor
Dynamic
keypad
Designer dimmers
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Radio Powr SavrTM
occupancy/vacancy sensor
Wireless tabletop
keypad
Sivoia® QS
wireless shades
Hybrid repeater
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
109
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Typical system components and how they communicate
Processors
Processor
Hybrid repeater
Primary controls
Power panels
GRAFIK Eye® QS
main unit
Plug-in modules
Dimmers
and switches
Hybrid
keypad
Tabletop
lamp dimmer
Wallbox
power module
Sensors
Power module
(DIN-rail)
Remote power
panel with remote
power modules
Spec grade panel
Shades
Radio Powr Savr™ wireless
ceiling-mount, and corner-,
hallway- and wall-mount
occupancy/vacancy sensor
Wireless
temperature
sensor
QS power
supply
Sivoia® QS wired/
wireless shades
For illustration purposes only, consult specification submittals and/or installation
instructions for wiring information.
110
P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls
seeTouch® keypads
Dynamic
keypad
Pico®
wireless
control
Tabletop
keypad
Car visor
control
transmitter
TouchPRO®
Wireless
thermostat
seeTemp®
wall control
Control interfaces
Contact closure
RS232
DMX
Visor control receiver
HVAC controller
Third-party devices
A/V equipment
(by others)
IR remote control
(by others)
Security system
(by others)
Touch panel control
(by others)
Home control and app
(mobile device by others)
Garage door opener
(by others)
Wired communication
Wireless Radio Frequency (RF) communication
Infrared (IR) communication
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
HVAC equipment
(by others)
For individual product capacities, wireless
ranges, and specific wiring/communication
information, see the component pages
beginning on pg. 210.
P/N 367-2102 REV A
111
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
How to build a
HomeWorks QS system
1. Select a design option
Determine if the system will have a centralized
(powered remotely, minimized wall clutter),
localized (switches replaced by system
dimmers/switches) or a hybrid of the two
Processors
The processor is the heart of the lighting control
system providing intelligence and offering
a centralized connection point for control
and communication.
Processor
•
2. Determine control station plan
Choose the location of keypads/wallstations
based on the habits of the residents, then select
the control station aesthetic to compliment
the space
3. Add convenience and expand functionality
Complete the design with tabletop keypads,
lamp dimmers and plug-in modules.
4. Integration/connecting to third-party devices
Utilize controllers and control interfaces to
connect to third-party devices and systems,
such as HVAC and A/V systems
5. Shades
Wired and wireless shading systems offer
convenient control of daylight.
6. Software and programming
HomeWorks QS is programmed through
PC‑based software. The system also offers a
convenient mobile app, allowing the control of
the lights, shades and HVAC remotely.
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
Contains two links each that
can be individually configured to
communicate with:
— HomeWorks/HomeWorks QS
power panels
— HomeWorks QS wired devices
— HomeWorks QS wireless devices
Two-built in Ethernet links
W: 4.25 in (108 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Hybrid repeater
•
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
112
•
Provides control and communication
to HomeWorks QS components
•
•
Adds radio frequency (RF)
communication to a HomeWorks
QS system
Extends the range of the RF
signals of the wireless devices
Up to four repeaters can be
added to the RF link of a
HomeWorks QS processor
W: 4.25 in (108 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Module Interface
•
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V (CE)
•
Controls up to eight remote power
modules (RPMs) in a remote power
panel enclosure
Manages the communication
between the RPMs and the
HomeWorks QS processor
Compatible with all HomeWorks
QS RPMs
W: 13.13 in (333 mm)
H: 3.00 in (76 mm)
D: 3.63 in (92 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
113
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Power Panels
The power panels provide remote dimming and
switching capability for all common light sources,
including incandescent, fluorescent, LED, CFL,
and neon/cathode.
Remote power feed-through panel
•
•
•
Can house up to 8 remote power
modules (RPMs) in any combination,
one module interface, up to two
processors or interfaces and two
power supplies
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
•
•
•
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
May be distributed throughout the
home for added wiring flexibility
2-module:
W: 15.13 in (384 mm); H: 24.00 in
(610 mm); D: 4.13 in (105 mm)
8-module (international):
W: 16.88 in (427 mm); H: 63.00 in
(1600 mm); D: 4.00 in (102 mm)
•
•
•
Circuits rated for 16 A
Large (36):
W: 26.13 in (653 mm); H: 87.00 in
(2175 mm); D: 14.13 in (360 mm)
Available with standard, arc-fault and
international breakers
Dimming remote power module
Provides power and dimming
for up to 72 circuits
Standard:
W: 28.00 in (711 mm); H: 37.00 in
(940 mm); D: 12.00 in (304 mm)
Can house up to 8 remote power
modules (RPMs) in any combination,
1-module interface, and breakers
8-module:
W: 15.13 in (384 mm); H: 59.00 in
(1500 mm); D: 4.13 in (105 mm)
POWERED BY
Panel is typically used
for high‑performance
architectural dimming
Large (48-72):
W: 52.31 in (1308 mm); H: 87.00 in
(2175 mm); D: 14.13 in (360 mm)
114
•
5-module:
W: 14.38 in (365 mm)
H: 32.00 in (810 mm)
D: 4.25 in (105 mm)
Spec grade panel
•
•
May be distributed throughout the
home for added wiring flexibility
8-module:
W: 14.38 in (365 mm)
H: 59.00 in (1500 mm)
D: 4.25 in (105 mm)
POWERED BY
Remote power panel with breakers
Controls up to 4 circuits of lighting
Mounts in HomeWorks QS
remote power feed-through
or breaker panel
W: 3.88 in (98 mm)
H: 7.00 in (178 mm)
D: 3.50 in (89 mm)
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Adaptive dimming remote power module
•
•
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
Controls up to 4 circuits of lighting
•
Automatically selects leading edge
or trail edge dimming
•
Mounts in HomeWorks QS
remote power feed-through
or breaker panel
•
W: 3.88 in (98 mm)
H: 7.00 in (178 mm)
D: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Motor remote power module
•
•
•
POWERED BY
Relay remote power module
POWERED BY
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
W: 3.88 in (98 mm)
H: 7.00 in (178 mm)
D: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Fan speed remote power module
•
Mounts in HomeWorks QS
remote power feed-through
or breaker panel
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
Mounts in HomeWorks QS
remote power feed-through
or breaker panel
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
Controls up to 4 circuits of
3-wire AC motor loads
W: 3.88 in (98 mm)
H: 7.88 in (200 mm)
D: 2.80 in (73 mm)
Controls up to 4 circuits of switched
lighting, fans or motor loads
•
•
POWERED BY
Provides four-speed control
to 4 circuits of ceiling fans
Mounts in HomeWorks QS
remote power feed-through
or breaker panel
W: 3.88 in (98 mm)
H: 7.88 in (200 mm)
D: 2.80 in (73 mm)
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
115
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
HomeWorks QS power
panel summary
Spec grade panel
1
2
Foward phase only. Not all ELV transformers and
dimmable CFL/LEDs dim properly with forward phase
control; may require phase-adaptive power module or
electronic low voltage interface for proper dimming.
For reverse phase, a phase adaptive power module
or electronic low-voltage interface will be required.
DALI broadcast only
Load voltages
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
1
1
1
1
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-wire® fluorescent
Fluorescent and LED (0-10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM 2
TVM 2
TVM 2
TVM 2
LED (2-wire forward adaptive)
1
CFL/LED (screw-base)
1
1
1
Neon/cold cathode*
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
Motor loads
SW, TVI,
PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads
SW, TVI,
PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
277 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
10 W
10 W
10 W
10 W
Maximum load per circuit
16 A
16 A
16 A
16 A
—
—
—
—
Panel/module voltage
Frequency
Maximum load per module
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
116
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Dimming modules
Load voltages
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
ELVI-CE
ELVI-AU
Dimmed loads
PA
3F
FDBI-AU
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
PA
PB-CE, ELVI-CE
PB-AU, ELVI-AU
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
25 W
40 W
40 W
16 A
10 A
16 A
16 A
13 A
16 A
Switched loads
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
117
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
HomeWorks QS power
panel summary (cont.)
Adaptive dimming modules
Load voltages
1
2
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
DALI broadcast only
Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this module.
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
FDBI-AU
3F
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-wire® fluorescent
Fluorescent and LED (0-10 V)
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
TVM, TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
TVM, PWM
TVM
TVM, PWM
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
TVM 1
TVM 1
TVM 1
LED (2-wire forward adaptive)
2
CFL/LED (screw-base)
2
2
Neon/cold cathode*
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
HID
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
Fan loads (switched or speed control)
SW, TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120 V
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum load
10 W
10 W
10 W
Maximum load per circuit
10 A
8A
8A
Maximum load per module
16 A
13 A
13 A
Panel/module voltage
Frequency
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
118
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Fan speed
module
Motor module
Switching module
Load voltages
120 V
120 V, 110-127 V,
127 V (NOM), 230 V (CE),
277 V, 347 V
120 V
220-240 V
(AC loads only)
(AC loads only)
120 V
120 V
220-240 V
100-277 V (CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
0.25 A
—
—
—
Dimmed loads
Switched loads
2A
5 A; 0.25 HP
5 A; 0.25 HP
16 A; 0.5 HP (12 V),
1.5 HP (277 V),
0.5 HP (220-240 V)
8A
16 A
16 A
(see per circuit rating)
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
119
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Primary controls
The main devices in a lighting control system that
distribute commands to sub-controls, control
interfaces and lighting loads.
Designer dimmer
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
277 V
Designer switch
Dimmers incorporate advanced
features such as fade on/fade off,
delay fade off, and rapid full on
•
Remote dimmer available
•
Available in 26 finishes
•
•
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
Mounts in standard 1-gang
U.S. backbox
Can be mounted with other
devices in multi-gang wallplate
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
•
•
•
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
120
Functions as a standard switch
•
Remote switch available
•
Available in 26 finishes
•
POWERED BY
•
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
277 V
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
Mounts in standard 1-gang
U.S. backbox
Can be mounted with other
devices in multi-gang wallplate
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Tabletop lamp dimmer
Hybrid keypad
POWERED BY
•
•
•
•
Functions as a dimmer and keypad
combined into a single device
•
Fine tune scenes by pressing and
holding raise/lower buttons
Available in 26 finishes
Mounts in standard 1-gang
U.S. backbox
Can be mounted with other
devices in multi-gang wallplate
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
•
Fine tune scenes by pressing and
holding raise/lower buttons
•
Available in Snow and Midnight
•
Easy to install, no wiring required
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
Lamp dimmers incorporate
advanced features such as fade
on/fade off, delay fade off, and
rapid full on
•
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Plug-in dimming or appliance module
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
•
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
•
Wallbox power module
Dimming module functions like
a lamp dimmer, incorporating
advanced control features
Appliance module switches up
15 A of general purpose load
Available in Snow and Midnight
Modules can be hidden discreetly
behind furniture
W: 2.25 in (57 mm)
H: 3.25 in (83 mm)
Depth: 1.23 in (31 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
FREQUENCY
•
•
Controls up to six zones of lighting
Provides cost effective solution for
lower wattage loads
Available in White
W: 9.44 in (240 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.38 in (10 mm)
434 MHz
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
121
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
HomeWorks QS
primary control summary
HomeWorks QS
dimmer
HomeWorks
QS switch
HomeWorks QS
hybrid keypad
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM),
277 V
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
Load voltages
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with the HomeWorks
QS adaptive dimmer.
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
WBX
Magnetic low-voltage
WBX
Electronic low-voltage
WBX
PA
3F
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-wire® fluorescent
Fluorescent and LED (0-10 V)
TVI
TVI
TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
PWM
PWM
PWM
WBX
PA
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
LED (2-wire phase adaptive)
CFL/LED (screw-base)
*
PA
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
SW, TVI, PWM
HID
SW, TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM
Fan loads
SW, TVI, PWM
Appliance loads
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
WBX: Phase adaptive power module with 3-wire input
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
122
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
HomeWorks QS
wallbox power module
HomeWorks QS
tabletop lamp
dimmer
HomeWorks QS
plug-in dimming
module
HomeWorks QS
plug-in appliance
module
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
Load voltages
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
220-240 V
Dimmed loads
PA
PA
PA
PA
ELVI-AU
3F
3F
FDBI-AU
TVI
TVI
TVI
PWM
PWM
PWM
PA
PA
PB-AU,
ELVI-AU
Switched loads
SW, TVI,
PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI, PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
SW, TVI,
PWM
TVI, PWM
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
TVM: Ten-volt module in panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
123
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
124
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Primary controls (continued)
The main devices in a lighting control system that
distribute commands to sub-controls, control
interfaces and lighting loads.
GRAFIK Eye® QS main unit
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
•
•
Preset control of 3, 4, or 6
lighting zones
Wireless units communicate
via radio frequency to Pico®
wireless controls, Radio Powr
SavrTM sensors and Sivoia® QS
Wireless shades (wired only
models available)
Available in 41 finishes
W: 9.38 in (239 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.38 in (10 mm)
BACKBOX
U.S. style
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
125
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
HomeWorks QS
primary control summary
(cont.)
GRAFIK Eye® QS main units
Load voltages
120 V,
110-127 V,
127 V (NOM)
277 V
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
PA
Magnetic low-voltage
PA
PA
PA
3F
3F
Fluorescent and LED (0-10 V)
TVI
TVI
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
PWM
PWM
PA
PA
Electronic low-voltage
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-wire® fluorescent
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
LED (2-wire forward adaptive)
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode
Switched loads
SW, TVI, PWM
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
Motor loads
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
Fan loads
SW, TVI, PWM
SW, TVI, PWM
120-127 V/
220-240 V
120-127 V/
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Minimum capacity per zone
25
25
Maximum capacity per zone
800 W, 600 W (MLV)
800 W, 600 W (MLV)
2000 W, 1600 W (MLV)
2000 W, 1600 W (MLV)
Main unit voltage
Frequency
Unit capacity
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
126
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3F: 3-wire fluorescent power module pg. 516
PA: Phase adaptive power module pg. 514
SW: Switching power module pg. 520
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
GRAFIK Eye® QS main units
Load voltages
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
ELVI-CE
ELVI-AU
Dimmed loads
ELVI-AU
FDBI-AU
FDBI-AU
TVI
TVI
TVI
PWM
PWM
PB-AU, ELVI-AU
PB-CE, ELVI-CE
PB-AU, ELVI-AU
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
120-127 V/
220-240 V
230 V (CE)
230 V (CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
40
40
40
1200 W, 960 W (MLV)
500 W, 400 W (MLV)
500 W, 400 W (MLV)
3000 W, 2400 W (MLV)
3-zone: 1500 W, 1200 W (MLV)
4-zone: 2000 W, 1600 W (MLV)
6-zone: 2300 W
3-zone: 1500 W, 1200 W (MLV)
4-zone: 2000 W, 1600 W (MLV)
6-zone: 2300 W
Switched loads
ELVI-AU: Electronic low-voltage interface (AU) pg. 524
PB-AU: Power booster pg. 522
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
ELVI-CE: Electronic low-voltage interface (CE) pg. 524
PB-CE: Power booster (CE) pg. 522
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
127
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Primary controls (continued)
The main devices in a lighting control system that
distribute commands to sub-controls, control
interfaces and lighting loads.
Power module with EcoSystem® (DIN-rail)
•
•
POWERED BY
220-240 V
•
•
Provides control of two EcoSystem
loops, up to 128 EcoSystem
compatible devices
EcoSystem technology available in
fluorescent dimming ballasts, LED
drivers and fixture modules
DIN-rail mount
•
POWERED BY
220-240 V
230 V CE
128
•
•
POWERED BY
220-240 V
230 V CE
W: 6.36 in (162 mm)
H: 3.53 in (90 mm)
D: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Switching/0-10 V power module (DIN-rail)
•
DALI power module (DIN-rail)
W: 6.36 in (162 mm)
H: 3.53 in (90 mm)
D: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
•
Each DALI loop can control
a maximum of 16 zones
DIN-rail mounted
W: 6.36 in (162 mm)
H: 3.53 in (90 mm)
D: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Phase adaptive power module (DIN-rail)
Controls up to 4 16 A zones of
lighting fixtures (switched relay
or 0-10 V dimming)
DIN-rail mounted
•
Provides control of two buses
of DALI compliant digital
addressable loads, up to
128 DALI compatible devices
•
POWERED BY
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
•
Provides control of dimmable
CFL/LED loads in addition to
incandescent/halogen, electronic
low-voltage, magnetic low‑voltage,
and neon cold cathode light sources
DIN-rail mounted
W: 8.50 in (216 mm)
H: 3.54 in (90 mm)
D: 2.99 in (76 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Motor remote power module (DIN-rail)
•
•
POWERED BY
120-240
120-240 V (CE)
•
•
Provides four independently
controllable AC raise/lower outputs
from one common AC input feed
Allows seamless integration of AC
blinds, shades, louvers projection
screens, or any compatible
AC motor
DIN-rail mounted
W: 6.40 (162 mm)
H: 3.50 in (90 mm)
D: 2.40 in (61 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
129
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
HomeWorks QS
primary control summary
(cont.)
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this module.
HomeWorks QS
power module
with EcoSystem
(DIN-rail)
HomeWorks QS
switching power
module
(DIN-rail)
HomeWorks QS
Switching/0-10 V
power module
(DIN-rail)
Load voltages
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
64 EcoSystem
devices
16 A;
1.5 HP
16 A;
50 mA (0-10 V)
1.5 HP
Dimmed loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
Fluorescent and LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent and LED (EcoSystem®)
Tu-wire® fluorescent
Fluorescent and LED (0-10 V)
Fluorescent and LED (PWM)
Fluorescent and LED (DALI)
LED (2-wire phase adaptive)
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Neon/cold cathode*
Switched loads
Non-dim lighting (loads above)
HID
Motor loads
Fan loads
Power module voltage
Frequency
Maximum capacity per loop/zone
Power interfaces
Compatible load control (no interfaces)
130
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
PWM: Pulse width modulation interface pg. 530
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
HomeWorks QS phase
adaptive power module
(DIN-rail)
HomeWorks QS motor
HomeWorks QS DALI
control power module
power module (DIN-rail) (DIN‑rail)
Load voltages
230 V (CE)
220-240 V
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
220-240 V,
230 V (CE)
Dimmed loads
FDBI-AU
TVI
TVI
PWM
*
*
Switched loads
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
TVI
TVI, PWM
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
220-240 V (CE)
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Zone 1: 800 W, 600 W
(MLV/NCC),
Zone 2-4: 500 W, 375 W
(MLV/NCC)
Zone 1: 800 W, 600 W
(MLV/NCC),
Zone 2-4: 500 W, 375 W
(MLV/NCC)
64 DALI devices
1.5 A
TVI: 0‑10 V interface pg. 528
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
(AC loads only)
FDBI-AU: Fluorescent dimming ballast interface (AU) pg. 526
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
131
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Sub-controls
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
Infrared (IR) remote control
•
•
•
POWERED BY
•
Battery
Models available with 4 or 8
scene control
•
•
POWERED BY
QS link,
1 PDU
•
BACKBOX
U.S. style
•
•
132
•
•
Offers master raise/lower
and all off buttons
Available in White and Black
W: 1.50 in (38 mm)
H: 5.69 in (145 mm)
D: 0.88 in (22 mm)
Architectural-style seeTouch keypad
•
Pico´® wireless control
POWERED BY
Battery
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
Available in 19 finishes
W: 2.75 in (70 mm)
H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
D: 1.06 in (28 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
Four button configurations
available with options for preset
and raise/lower
Available in 5 finishes
Can be a wall-mount, tabletop,
car visor or hand-held control
W: 1.30 in (33 mm)
H: 2.60 in (66 mm)
D: 0.31 in (8 mm)
International seeTouch keypad
•
Available in insert or
non-insert style
Backlit buttons or text make
it easy to find and operate
keypad in low-light conditions
•
FREQUENCY
Models available with 1-7
programmable buttons
Select models available
with raise/lower buttons
and infrared receiver
•
Controls scenes or zones of light
•
POWERED BY
•
QS link,
1 PDU
BACKBOX
Round or square
•
•
Models available with 2-10
programmable buttons
Select models available with
raise/lower buttons and
infrared receiver
Backlit buttons or text make
it easy to find and operate
keypad in low-light conditions
Available in 12 finishes
W: 3.38 in (86 mm)
H: 3.38 in (86 mm)
D: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Designer-style seeTouch wired keypad
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
FREQUENCY
•
•
•
434 MHz
Designer-style seeTouch wireless keypad
Models available with 1-7
programmable buttons
•
Select models available with
raise/lower buttons and
infrared receiver
Backlit buttons or text make
it easy to find and operate
keypad in low-light conditions
Available in 27 finishes
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.31 in (33 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
277 V
•
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
Models available with 1-7
programmable buttons
Select models available with
raise/lower buttons
Backlit buttons or text make
it easy to find and operate
keypad in low-light conditions
Available in 27 finishes
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.31 in (33 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
BACKBOX
U.S. style
Wireless tabletop keypad
•
•
POWERED BY
•
Battery or
external
transformer
(9 V DC)
•
FREQUENCY
•
434 MHz
Dynamic keypad
Models available with 5,10
or 15 programmable buttons
with raise/lower
•
Select models available master
on/off buttons
Backlit buttons or text make
it easy to find and operate
keypad in low-light conditions
Available in Snow and Midnight
W: 3.56 in (90 mm)
H: 3.25 in (83 mm)
Top Depth: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Bottom Depth: 0.75 in (19 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
•
POWERED BY
QS link 6 PDUs
or
external
transformer
(20‑24 V DC)
•
•
Provides the functionality of
multiple keypads in an easy to
navigate, intuitive arrangement
Includes a capacitive touch
interface and three hard buttons
Available in White and Black
Mounts on wall using
mounting frame
W: 2.38 in (60 mm)
H: 5.13 in (130 mm)
Profile: 0.50 in (13 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
133
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Sub-controls (continued)
Sub-controls are accessory components
that provide additional control locations for
increased convenience.
seeTemp® wall control
•
•
•
POWERED BY
24 V AC
low‑voltage
or
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
•
•
TouchPRO Wireless thermostat
Provides control and monitoring
of a single HVAC zone
•
Can be placed at preferred
control locations
Celsius and Fahrenheit
models available
Available in 26 finishes
W: 2.94 in (75 mm)
H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
D: 1.21 in (31 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
•
POWERED BY
24 V AC lowvoltage
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
•
•
Designed by Honeywell and utilizes
Lutron reliable Clear Connect radio
frequency (RF) technology to allow
seamless HVAC integration
Installs like a conventional
thermostat
Available in White
W: 6.56 in (167 mm)
H: 4.94 in (125 mm)
Profile: 1.44 in (37 mm)
Visor control transmitter
•
POWERED BY
Battery
•
Visor clip included
•
Homelink compatible
•
FREQUENCY
390 MHz
134
Allows lights , shades, HVAC and
other equipment to be controlled
from the car at a touch of a button
W: 3.25 in (83 mm)
H: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.75 in (19 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Ballasts and drivers
Ballasts and drivers are required to dim fluorescent
and/or LED lighting. The EcoSystem® digital link
allows for rezoning without rewiring.
EcoSystem ballast
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 10%
Models available for T8, T8
reduced wattage, T5, T5 reduced
wattage and T5HO lamps
Wired sensors can connect directly
to the ballast
Available with EcoSystem digital
link or 3-wire control
EcoSystem ballasts for compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL)
•
•
POWERED BY
EcoSystem H-Series ballast
•
•
POWERED BY
•
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
277 V
347 V
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Models available for T8, T5,
and T5HO lamps
Available with EcoSystem
digital link
Hi-lume 3D ballast
•
Continuous flicker free dimming
from 100% to 5% for CFLs
Available with EcoSystem digital
link or 3-wire control
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 1%
POWERED BY
QS link 6 PDUs
or
external
transformer
(20‑24 V DC)
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 0.3% for T8,
T5 and T5HO lamps, and 5%
for T5 twin‑tube and T5HO
80 W lamps
Available with EcoSystem digital
link or 3-wire control
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
135
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Ballasts and drivers (continued)
Ballasts and drivers are required to dim fluorescent
and/or LED lighting. The EcoSystem® digital link
allows for rezoning without rewiring.
Tu-wire ballast
Hi-lume ballast
•
•
POWERED BY
•
Continuous flicker free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for T5HO lamps
and T4 CFLs
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 5%
Models available for T8 lamps
and T4 CFLs
Available with Tu-wire control
POWERED BY
120 V
Hi-lume A-Series LED driver
•
•
POWERED BY
136
•
Available with 3-wire control
120 V
277 V
120 V
110-127 V
127 V NOM
220-240 V
277 V
•
•
EcoSystem LED driver
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for LED light
engines up to 40 W, constant
current or constant voltage
Available with EcoSystem digital
link, 3-wire or 2-wire forward
phase control
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
•
POWERED BY
220-240 V
230 V CE
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming
from 100% to 1%
Models available for LED light
engines up to 25 W, constant
current or constant voltage
Available with EcoSystem
digital link
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Sensors
Wired and wireless sensors add convenience
by detecting occupancy/vacancy, daylight, and
partitioning and adjust the light accordingly.
Wireless
Radio Powr SavrTM wireless
occupancy/vacancy sensors
•
•
POWERED BY
Battery
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
(ceiling-mount only)
868 MHz
(ceiling-mount only)
868 limited
channel MHz
(ceiling-mount only)
Sensor automatically turns
lighting on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Models available as occupancy/
vacancy or vacancy only
Passive infrared (PIR) with Lutron®
exclusive XCT technology
•
10-year battery life
•
Available in White
•
Ceiling-mount:
Diameter: 3.57 in (91 mm)
Depth: 1.13 in (29 mm)
Wall-mount:
W: 1.80 in (46 mm)
H: 4.35 in (110 mm)
D: 1.35 in (34 mm)
Radio Powr Savr wireless daylight sensor
•
POWERED BY
•
Battery
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
Ability to disable on a
scene-by-scene basis
•
Ceiling-mounted
•
10-year battery life
•
Available in White
•
Diameter: 1.60 in (41 mm)
Depth: 0.70 in (17 mm)
Wireless wall-mount temperature sensor
•
•
POWERED BY
Battery
Detects temperature and transmits
information to HVAC controller
Use up to four wireless
temperature sensors to average
temperature readings
FREQUENCY
•
5-year battery life
434 MHz
•
Available in Snow and Midnight
•
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Sensor automatically adjusts
lighting zones based on amount
of daylight entering a space
Diameter: 1.63 in (41 mm)
Depth: 0.75 in (17 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
137
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Sensors (continued)
Wired and wireless sensors add convenience
by detecting occupancy/vacancy, daylight, and
partitioning and adjust the light accordingly.
Wired
Wired LOS-C and LOS-W series
occupancy sensors
•
•
POWERED BY
20 V DC from
ESN, GRAFIK
Eye QS main unit,
power pack, or
ballast/module
with input
or
QS link, 2 PDUs
•
•
•
Sensor automatically turns lighting
scenes/zones on and/or off based
on space occupancy
Sensor technology options include
passive infrared, ultrasonic and
dual technology
Wall-mount and ceiling-mount
models available
Available in White
Ceiling-mount:
Diameter: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (38 mm)
Wall-mount:
W: 2.70 in (69 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
D: 3.90 in (99 mm)
138
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Control interfaces
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration. Interfaces may also provide
connections points for other Lutron® devices.
QS contact closure interface
•
•
POWERED BY
QS link 3 PDUs
or
external
transformer
(12–24 V DC)
•
Provides five contact closure
inputs and five contact
closure outputs
Allows integration with third-party
equipment, such as motion/
occupancy sensors, time clocks
and movable walls
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
QS DMX512 output interface
•
•
•
POWERED BY
QS link 2 PDUs
or
external
transformer
(12–24 V DC)
QS RS232/Ethernet interface
•
POWERED BY
QS link 2 PDUs
or
external
transformer
(12–24 V DC)
•
Zones can be mapped to either a
single DMX512 channel or to three
separate DMX512 channels
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
Monitor lighting scenes, levels
and shade positions
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
HVAC controller
Allows control DMX512controlled devices
W: 4.26 in (108 mm)
H: 5.26 in (134 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
•
Allows integration with a
touchscreen, PC, A/V systems,
or other digital equipment that
supports RS232 communication,
or TCP/IP communication
over Ethernet
•
•
POWERED BY
24 V AC lowvoltage
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
•
Connects to and controls
mechanical HVAC equipment
Can utilize either a wireless or
wired temperature sensor
Provides the ability to adjust
heating and cooling systems
any time of the day
W: 4.25 in (108 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
139
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Control interfaces (continued)
Use control interfaces to combine Lutron lighting
controls with other third-party devices and systems
for advanced integration. Interfaces may also provide
connections points for other Lutron® devices.
Visor control receiver
•
•
POWERED BY
External
transformer
(9 V DC)
FREQUENCY
•
Allows the control of lights,
shades, HVAC and other
equipment from the visor
control transmitter
Includes 2 contact closure
inputs and four contact
closure outputs
W: 4.25 in (108 mm)
H: 5.25 in (133 mm)
D: 1.06 in (27 mm)
434 MHz
140
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entire Home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Shades
Sivoia® QS wired and wireless shading systems
offer convenient control of daylight at the touch
of a button.
Sivoia QS wired/wireless shades
•
•
FREQUENCY
434 MHz
434 limited
channel MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 limited
channel MHz
•
•
Sivoia QS power supply individual and smart panel)
Shades offer ultra-quiet precision
control of daylight
Styles include:
– Roller shades
– Tensioned shades
– Roman shades with CERUS®
safety technology
– Drapery tracks
– Kirbé® vertical drapery systems
– Venetian blinds
– Insulating honeycomb shades
•
•
12-24 V supply that provides
power to shade and drapery
drive units
Various form factors available
POWERED BY
120 V
110–127 V
110–127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
Includes a wide variety of fabric
offerings to meet every need
Wired shades communicate via
the QS link; wireless shades
communicate via Lutron® reliable
Clear Connect® RF technology
Insulating Honeycomb shade power
•
•
•
•
POWERED BY
120 V
110–127 V
110–127 V NOM
220-240 V
230 V CE
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
Universal input voltage 120‑240 V
@ 50/60 Hz
Electronic over-current and overtemperature protection
Class 2 12 V supply that can
power up to 10 insulating
honeycomb shades
Simple wiring scheme uses
2-conductor low voltage link to
provide power
Energy efficient – International
Efficiency Level V, Energy Star 2.0
& CeC compliant
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
141
Entire home solutions | HomeWorks QS
®
Software and programming
HomeWorks QS is programmed through
PC‑based software.
HomeWorks QS software
•
•
•
142
Design and program the system
through this PC-based software
Provides commissioning
support through communication
diagnostics
Create customized report
packages—bill of material, load
schedule, wiring and engraving
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Home Control +
•
•
•
Provides the ability to control and
monitor your HomeWorks QS
system right from your mobile
device—at home or while away
Use the app to control and monitor
lights, shades and HVAC
Full two-way functionality allows
the app to update in real time as
you change the lights in the space.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
P/N 367-2102 REV A
143
Processors
The processor is the heart of the
lighting control system providing
intelligence and offering a
centralized connection point for
control and communication. The
processor communicates with
all components of the system,
including the primary controls,
power panels and control interfaces
Whole building
Quantum®
light management hub (QP2)
pg. 146
Quantum®
light management hub (QP3)
pg. 150
144
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
HomeWorks QS
processor
pg. 153
HomeWorks QS
module interface
pg. 156
HomeWorks QS
hybrid repeater
pg. 155
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
145
Processors | Quantum light management hub (QP2)
®
15.75 in (400 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
31.50 in (800 mm)
•
•
•
5.81 in
(148 mm)
depth
•
•
Direct lighting loads*
•
Fluorescent (EcoSystem®)
LED (EcoSystem)
•
•
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Contains up to two Quantum processors with two
links each that can be individually configured to
communicate with:
– Quantum bus supply*
(limited to one link per hub—Link A)
– Lutron power panels
– Lutron QS devices
Each hub supports up to eight internal EcoSystem
loops, (two per Quantum bus supply*); each loop
can have a combination of 64 EcoSystem ballasts,
drivers, and modules, plus a maximum of
16 daylight sensors, 32 occupancy sensors, and
64 infrared (IR) devices
Designed to control, manage and monitor lighting
and shade systems in a building or a whole campus
Supports both astronomic and time-of-day events
to automatically control the lights and shades in
the system
Allows for simple reconfiguration of a space
without rewiring
Width: 15.75 in (400 mm)
Height: 31.50 in (800 mm)
Depth: 5.81 in (148 mm)
Surface mount
Communication and wiring
•
146
Models available for 120 V, 230 V (CE) and
220- 240 V (non-CE)
Dimensions and mounting
Shown above: Quantum light
management hub (QP2) (QP2-2P8CSE-120)
* Quantum bus supply / EcoSystem
loops available in 120 V and 220-240 V
(non-CE) models only, not available in
230 V (CE) models.
Provides a centralized connection point for
EcoSystem ballasts / drivers / modules,* dimming and
switching panels and Lutron QS devices, including
Energi Savr Node™ modules, GRAFIK Eye® QS main
units, and Sivoia® QS shades
•
•
Ability to connect to additional Quantum light
management hubs (QP2 or QP3)
Light management hubs communicate via Ethernet
EcoSystem loop* may be wired NEC Class 1 or
IEC PELV / NEC Class 2
QS and power panel links are wired low-voltage
IEC PELV / NEC Class 2
Link B, C, and D each supply 32 power draw units
to the QS link
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Processors | Quantum light management hub (QP2)
®
Explanation of features
1
Features
1 Line voltage input
•
•
2
2 Power panel
switch
•
3 Quantum bus
supplies
•
4 Factory
configured
Quantum bus
supply link
•
3
4
5
•
6
•
7
Quantum light management
hub (QP2) with cover removed
5 Configurable links
•
6 Accessory device
•
7 Quantum
processor
•
120 V, 230 V (CE) or
220 -240 V (non-CE)
Normal / emergency feed
Disconnects power to all
components in the hub
Up to four modules,
two EcoSystem loops per
module maximum
Link A
If no Quantum bus supply
link can be configured in
field to power panel or
Lutron QS
Supplies no power draw
units (PDUs)
Power panel or Lutron QS
5-port unmanaged
Ethernet port
Two maximum
Download specification submittal – 120 V
Download specification submittal – 240 V
Download specification submittal – 230 V (CE)
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
147
Processors | Quantum light management hub (QP2)
®
Available models
Model numbers
Quantum light management hub (QP2)
120 V, normal / emergency feeder
50 / 60 Hz 15 A
Quantum light
management hub (QP2)
No Quantum processor,
no EcoSystem loop
QP2-0P0CSE-120
1 Quantum processor
no EcoSystem loop
QP2-1P0CSE-120
1 Quantum processor
2 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P2CSE-120
1 Quantum processor
4 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P4CSE-120
1 Quantum processor
6 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P6CSE-120
1 Quantum processor
8 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P8CSE-120
2 Quantum processors
no EcoSystem loop
QP2-2P0CSE-120
2 Quantum processors
2 EcoSystem loops
QP2-2P2CSE-120
2 Quantum processors
4 EcoSystem loops
QP2-2P4CSE-120
2 Quantum processors
6 EcoSystem loops
QP2-2P6CSE-120
2 Quantum processors
8 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P8CSE-120
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
148
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Processors | Quantum light management hub (QP2)
®
Model numbers
Quantum light management hub (QP2)
230 V (CE), normal / emergency feeder
50 / 60 Hz 10 A
Quantum light management hub (QP2)
220-240 V (non-CE), normal / emergency feeder
50 / 60 Hz 10 A
1 Quantum processor,
no EcoSystem loop
No Quantum processor,
no EcoSystem loop
QP2-0P0CSE-240
1 Quantum processor
no EcoSystem loop
QP2-1P0CSE-240
1 Quantum processor
2 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P2CSE-240
1 Quantum processor
4 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P4CSE-240
1 Quantum processor
6 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P6CSE-240
1 Quantum processor
8 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P8CSE-240
2 Quantum processors
no EcoSystem loop
QP2-2P0CSE-240
2 Quantum processor
2 EcoSystem loops
QP2-2P2CSE-240
2 Quantum processor
4 EcoSystem loops
QP2-2P4CSE-240
2 Quantum processor
6 EcoSystem loops
QP2-2P6CSE-240
QP2-1P0CSE-230
2 Quantum processors
no EcoSystem loop
QP2-2P0CSE-230
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
2 Quantum processor
8 EcoSystem loops
QP2-1P8CSE-240
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
149
Processors | Quantum light management hub (QP3)
®
9.25 in (235 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
13.25 in (337 mm)
•
•
•
3.16 in
(80 mm)
depth
Shown above: Quantum light management
hub (QP3) (QP3-1PL-100-240)
•
Provides a centralized connection point for dimming
and switching panels, and Lutron QS devices,
including Energi Savr Node™ modules, GRAFIK Eye®
QS main units, and Sivoia® QS shades
Model available for 100 -240 V; CE rated
Contains one Quantum processor with two links that
can be individually configured to communicate with:
– Lutron power panels
– Lutron QS devices
Designed to control, manage, and monitor lighting
and shade systems in a building or a whole campus
Enables a Quantum system to cost-effectively scale
from a single-floor to a whole campus
Supports both astronomic and time-of-day events
to automatically control the lights and shades in
the system
Allows for simple reconfiguration of a space
without rewiring
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 9.25 in (235 mm)
Height: 13.25 in (337 mm)
Depth: 3.16 in (80 mm)
Surface mount
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
Ability to connect to additional Quantum light
management hubs (QP2 or QP3)
Light management hubs communicate via Ethernet
QS and power panel links are wired low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
Link A and B each supply 32 power draw units
to the QS link
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
150
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Processors | Quantum light management hub (QP3)
®
Explanation of features
1
1 Line voltage input
•
100 – 240 V
•
Normal / emergency feed
500-10561 Rev. B
2
Features
H
H
N
N
N
G
G
2 Configurable links
3
•
Link 1 and 2
•
Power panel or Lutron QS
3 Ethernet port
•
4 Quantum
processor
•
5 Power supply
•
4
5
Quantum light management
hub (QP3) with cover removed
•
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
10/100 full duplex
for connection to
Quantum server
One processor per hub,
two configurable links
per processor
24 V DC, 2 A low voltage
IEC PELV/ NEC
Class 2 wiring
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
151
Processors | Quantum light management hub (QP3)
®
Available models
Model numbers
Quantum light management hub (QP3)
100 – 240 V, normal / emergency feeder
50 / 60 Hz 1 A
1 Quantum processor
QP3-1PL-100-240
Compatible with the Quantum system.
Quantum light
management hub (QP3)
152
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Processors | HomeWorks QS processor
®
4.25 in (108 mm)
Features and capabilities
•
•
Each processor has two links that can be
individually configured to communicate with:
5.25 in (133 mm)
– HomeWorks/HomeWorks QS power panels
(16 addresses/256 zones)
– HomeWorks QS wired devices—QS link
(99 devices/512 zones)
– HomeWorks QS wireless devices—RF link
(99 devices/100 zones)
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
Provides control and communication to
HomeWorks QS systems components
•
All processors on a project must be connected
to a single network; the same network connected
to the HomeWorks QS software and all
integration equipment
Requires 24 V DC QS power supply for operation
Dimensions and mounting
Shown above: HomeWorks QS processor
(HQP6-2)
•
•
Width: 4.25 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.25 in (133 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mounts in 21 in or 14 in HomeWorks QS low-voltage
enclosure or in 8-module power panel
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Two built-in ethernet links allow communication to
HomeWorks QS software, integration with thirdparty systems, and between multiple processors
Power panel and QS wired device links are wired
low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
Uses eight power draw units
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
153
Processors | HomeWorks QS processor
®
Explanation of features
1
Features
1 Ethernet
connections
•
2 Power input
•
3 Links
•
2
Two RJ45 Ethernet
connections with
built-in switch
One 5-pin removable
terminal block
Two 5-pin removable
terminable blocks
3
HomeWorks QS processor
HomeWorks QS processor top view
HomeWorks QS processor bottom view
Model numbers
Processor
QS processor
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
154
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
HQP6-2
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Processors | HomeWorks QS hybrid repeater
®
4.25 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Each hybrid repeater covers a total area of
approximately 2,500 ft2 (232 m2); multiple
hybrid repeaters may be necessary to provide
adequate coverage
5.25 in (133 mm)
•
Adds wireless radio frequency (RF) communication
to a HomeWorks QS system and extends the range
of the RF signals of the wireless devices
Up to four repeaters can be added to each
RF link of a HomeWorks QS processor
Available in White (WH)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
Width: 4.25 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.25 in (133 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Plug-in transformer with a 5 ft (1.5 m) cord
provided or can be powered from a link
Shown above: HomeWorks QS
hybrid repeater (HQR-REP-120)
Mount on wall, ceiling or level surface
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
•
•
First hybrid repeater of the RF link communicates
with the HomeWorks QS processor via low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wire
Subsequent repeaters may be wired on the link
or may communicate to the processor via RF
Model numbers
Communicates via Lutron® reliable Clear Connect®
RF technology
434 MHz
Operates at 434 MHz, 434 limited channel MHz,
865 MHz, 868 MHz or 868 limited channel MHz
434 limited channel MHz
HQQ-REP
865 MHz
HQN-REP
868 MHz
HQK-REP
868 limited channel MHz
HQM-REP
Each repeater has an RF range of 30 ft (9 m)
between repeater and wireless devices or 60 ft (18 m)
between repeaters
434 MHz (Brazil)
HQR-REP-120
HQR-REP-BA
Uses three power draw units when powered
from a link
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
155
Processors | HomeWorks QS module interface
®
3.00 in (76 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
13.13 in (133 mm)
•
•
Controls up to eight remote power modules (RPMs)
in a remote power panel enclosure
Manages the communication between the RPMs
and the HomeWorks QS processor
Provides a manual override button, allowing
programmed lighting scenes to be activated from
a designated override switch
Models available fro 120 V and 230 V (CE)
@ 50/60 Hz
Compatible with HomeWorks QS remote power
modules; dimming, switching, adaptive dimming,
switching, fan speed and motor
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
3.63 in
(92 mm)
depth
Shown above:
HomeWorks QS
module interface
(HWI-MI-120)
Width: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Height: 13.13 in (333 mm)
Depth: 3.63 in (92 mm)
Mounts in a HomeWorks QS remote power
feed‑through or breaker panel
Communication and wiring
•
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to the HomeWorks QS processor
on the power panel link
Each power panel link on a HomeWorks QS
processor can have up to 16 addresses; each
module interface counts as one address toward
the limit
Model numbers
Module interface
120 V
HWI-MI-120
230 V (CE)
HWI-MI-230
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Download specification submittal
156
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
157
Power panels
Power panels are available as
dimming and switching panels to
provide architectural lighting control
of premiere spaces, buildings, and
campus environments.
Softswitch128 ®
switching panel
pg. 166
LCP128™
dimming panel
pg. 170
158
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
LCP128
spec-grade
dimming panel
pg. 175
LP dimming
panel
pg. 182
XP switching
panel
pg. 178
GP dimming panel
pg. 185
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
159
Power panels
Power
panels|
160
Custom
combination
panel (CCP)
pg. 189
HomeWorks QS
remote power
feed-through panel
pg. 197
DCI dimming panel
pg. 194
HomeWorks QS
remote power
panel with breakers
pg. 199
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power interfaces
panels | |
HomeWorks QS
adaptive dimming
module
pg. 201
HomeWorks QS relay
remote module
pg. 203
HomeWorks QS fan
remote power module
pg. 205
HomeWorks QS
dimming remote
power module
pg. 202
HomeWorks QS
motor remote
power module
pg. 204
HomeWorks QS
spec grade panel
pg. 206
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
161
Power panels | Choosing a panel
Panel type
Voltage
Softswitch128®
switching
pg. 166
120 V/277 V,
230 V (CE),
220-240 V,
347 V
Panel feed type
Number of circuits
Feed-through
Main lugs
Main breaker
4-48 (feed-through)
Feed-through
Main lugs
Main breaker
Isolation switch
4-36
(1-9 modules)
Feed-through
Main lugs
Main breaker
Dual tap main lugs
8-24
Feed-through
Main lugs
Main breaker
4-48
(feed-through)
Main lugs
Main breaker
Isolation switch
4-32
(1-8 modules)
4-42 (panels with breakers)
50/60 Hz
LCP128TM
dimming
pg. 170
120 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
LCP128 spec
grade dimming
pg. 175
120 V, 277 V
XP switching
pg. 178
120 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V,
277 V, 347 V
50/60 Hz
4-42
(panels with breakers)
50/60 Hz
LP dimming
pg. 182
120 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V
50/60 Hz
162
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Thermal magnetic
circuit breaker
Load rating
Lamp noise
suppression
Load type*
Compatible
system
1 per circuit (main
lug panels only)
16 A continuous/
circuit
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
HID, Motor
No choke
required
Softswitch128
1 per module
1 per circuit
(switching
modules only)
Load rating based
on module,
see pg. 171 for
more details
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
CFL, Non-dim,
HID, Motor, Fan
High-grade choke
LCP128
1 per circuit
16 A continuous/
circuit
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
CFL, Non-dim,
HID, Motor
Highest-grade
choke
LCP128
1 per circuit
(main lug
panels only)
16 A continuous/
circuit
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
HID, Motor
No choke
required
GRAFIK Eye® 4000
1 per module
16 A continuous/
module (120 V
and 220-240 V)
13 A continuous
module (230 V CE)
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
CFL, Non-dim
HID, Motor
High-grade choke
Quantum®
GRAFIK Eye 4000
Quantum
* Control interface may be required to control loads listed
Load type key:
INC=incandescent/halogen, MLV=magnetic low-voltage, ELV=electronic low-voltage, FL=fluorescent
(3-wire, Tu-wire, 0-10 V, PWM, DALI), NCC=neon/cold cathode, LED=LED (3-wire, 0-10 V, PWM, DALI,
2-wire phase adaptive), CFL=CFL/LED (screw-base), Non-dim=Non-dim lighting, HID=HID,
Motor=Motor loads, Fan=Fan speed control
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
163
Power panels | Choosing a panel
Panel type
Voltage
GP dimming
pg. 185
100 V, 120 V,
230 V (CE),
220-240 V, 277 V
Panel feed
type
Number of circuits
3-144
50/60 Hz
Feed-through
Main lugs
Main breaker
Dual tap main lugs
Isolation switch
DCI dimming
panel
pg. 194
120 V
Main breaker
1-3
Custom
combination
dimming panel
pg. 189
120 V, 277 V (CE),
220-240 V
Main lugs
Isolation switch
4-36
(1-9 modules)
Remote power
feed-through
panel with
modules
pg. 197
120 V, 220 V (CE),
220-240 V
Feed-through
4-32
(1-8 modules)
Remote power
panel with
breakers
and modules
pg. 199
120 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V
Feed-through
Main lugs
(120 V only)
4-32
(1– 8 modules)
HomeWorks
QS spec grade
dimming
pg. 206
120 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V
Feed-through
Main lugs
Main breaker
Dual tap main lugs
Isolation switch
8-24
164
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Thermal
magnetic
circuit breaker
Load rating
Lamp noise
suppression
Load type
Compatible
system
1 per circuit
16 A continuous/
circuit
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
CFL, Non-dim,
HID, Motor
Highest-grade
choke
GRAFIK Eye 4000
Quantum
1 per circuit
1200 W
continuous/circuit
INC
No choke
inaudible
GRAFIK Eye 4000
Quantum
1 per module;
1 per circuit
(switching
modules only)
Load rating
based on module,
see pg. 190 for
more details
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
CFL, Non-dim,
HID, Motor, Fan
High-grade choke
GRAFIK Eye 4000
Quantum
N/A
Load rating based
on module, see
pgs. 201-205 for
more details
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
CFL, Non-dim,
HID, Motor, Fan
High-grade choke
HomeWorks QS
N/A
Load rating based
on module, see
pgs. 201-205 for
more details
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
CFL, Non-dim,
HID, Motor, Fan
High-grade choke
HomeWorks QS
1 per circuit
16 A continuous/
circuit
INC, MLV, ELV,
NCC, FL, LED,
CFL, Non-dim,
HID, Motor
Highest-grade
choke
HomeWorks QS
* Control interface may be required to control loads listed
Load type key:
INC=incandescent/halogen, MLV=magnetic low-voltage, ELV=electronic low-voltage, FL=fluorescent
(3-wire, Tu-wire, 0-10 V, PWM, DALI), NCC=neon/cold cathode, LED=LED (3-wire, 0-10 V, PWM,
DALI, 2-wire phase adaptive), CFL=CFL/LED (screw-base), Non-dim=Non-dim lighting, HID=HID,
Motor=Motor loads, Fan=Fan speed control
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
165
Power panels | Softswitch128 switching panel
®
15.88 in (403 mm)
Direct lighting loads
59.50 in (1511 mm)
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
Fluorescent
LED
HID
Motor loads
Fan loads
15 A receptacles
Model numbers
Rough-in panels-feed-through*
Empty tub
4.21 in
(107 mm)
depth
Shown above: Standard size
Softswitch128 switching panel
(XPS24-1204ML-20)
Mini-size, 8-16 circuits
TUB16
Standard size, 20-48 circuits
TUB48
Base plate, 120/277 V
8 circuits
SINT8-FT
12 circuits
SINT12-FT
16 circuits
SINT16-FT
20 circuits
SINT20-FT
24 circuits
SINT24-FT
28 circuits
SINT28-FT
32 circuits
SINT32-FT
36 circuits
SINT36-FT
40 circuits
SINT40-FT
44 circuits
SINT44-FT
48 circuits
SINT48-FT
Compatible with the Softswitch128 (XPS) system
* Rough-in panels are ordered and delivered as two
parts: empty tub and pre-wired base plate.
Download specification submittal for 120 V
Download specification submittal for 230 V
Download specification submittal for 220-240 V
166
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | Softswitch128 switching panel
®
Dimensions and mounting
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Switching panel for up to 48 circuits with
integrated astronomical time clock and Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) controller for programming
•
Switching circuits rated for 16 A
Models available for 120 V/277 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V, and 347 V at 50/60 Hz1
•
All voltages indicated are phase-to-neutral
LCD controller mounted in the panel, provides
easy-to-use, menu-based control and
configuration of the entire system
Two user-configurable contact closure inputs built
into the controller provide for easy interface with
occupancy sensors
Patented Softswitch® technology eliminates
arcing at mechanical contacts when loads are
switched, extending relay life to an average of
1,000,000 cycles
Astronomical time clock provides automated
selection of lighting scenes
•
•
•
•
Feed-through (120 V/277 V only), branch circuit
breaker, and rough-in panels are available
Rough-in panels are ordered and delivered as two
parts: an empty tub and a pre-wired baseplate
that includes switching modules, terminal blocks,
LCD controller/time clock, power supply and
panel cover
Normal or emergency panel capability2
1
2
Mini:
Width: 15.88 in (403 mm)
Height: 24.50 in (622 mm)
Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Standard:
Width: 15.88 in (403 mm)
Height: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Large:
Width: 23.50 in (597 mm)
Height: 63.50 in (1613 mm)
Depth: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Extra large:
Width: 23.50 in (597 mm)
Height: 82.50 in (2096 mm)
Depth: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Mini XP and standard size panels can be
surface or recess mounted
Large and extra large panels can be surface
mounted only
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wired communication connects panel to other
system components
Line (mains) voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
Connect up to 16 Softswitch128 panels for up
to 512 switched outputs
Please contact Lutron for details on 480 V,
phase-to-phase switching
Standard size feed-through panels are available
with internal separation allowing emergency
circuits to be wired into the same enclosure,
please contact Lutron for more details
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
167
Power panels | Softswitch128 switching panel
®
Explanation of features
Feature
1
1 Terminal blocks
•
2 Switching
modules
•
3 Low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring
•
4 LCD controller
•
2
3
4
•
5
•
6
Standard size
Softswitch128
switching panel
with cover removed
5 Branch circuit
breakers
•
6 Power feed wiring
•
•
168
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
For Lighting load circuit
connections
Patented Softswitch®
circuit eliminates
arcing at mechanical
contacts when loads
are switched, extending
relay life to an average of
1,000,000 cycles
Connection for
communication to other
system components
Menu based control
and configuration of the
entire system
Two integrated userconfigurable contact
closure inputs
Integrated astronomical
time clock
Each circuit is
protected by thermal
magnetic breakers
120 V, 277 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V, or 347 V
Main breaker feeds
(120 V only) or standard
main lug
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | Softswitch128 switching panel
®
Available models
How to build a standard model number1
XPS24 - 1204ML - 20
Number
of circuits
Feed
type
Voltage
Mini panel
Large panel
Standard
panel
Extra large
panel
Number of circuits:
8 for 8 circuits
12 for 12 circuits
16 for 16 circuits
20 for 20 circuits
24 for 24 circuits
28 for 28 circuits
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Panel type
32 for 32 circuits
36 for 36 circuits
40 for 40 circuits
42 for 42 circuits
44 for 44 circuits (feed-through only)
48 for 48 circuits (feed-through only)
Voltage:
Omit for 120/277 V dual-voltage
120 for 120 V
277 for 277 V
Feed type2:
FT for feed-through (120/277 V dual-voltage only)
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire (120 V or 277 V only)
Panel feed3:
Omit for feed-through.
ML for main lugs
Branch circuit breaker rating:
Omit for feed-through.
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers4
Compatible with the Softswitch128 system
1
2
3
4
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Please contact Lutron for availability and assistance specifying
appropriate model numbers for 230 V (CE), 220-240 V, 347 V, and
480 V panels.
1-phase 3-wire (split phase) panel feed option available, please
contact Lutron for information.
Main breaker panel feed option available for 120 V, please contact
Lutron for more information
20 A branch circuit breakers have a 16 A continuous load rating.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
169
Power panels | LCP128™ dimming panel
15.88 in (403 mm)
Direct lighting loads
(requires modules to control loads,
see pg. 171 for module information)
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
Tu-wire fluorescent
LED (2-wire forward phase)
CFL/LED (screw-base)1
Non-dim lighting
AC motors loads
Motor loads
Fan loads
/
59.50 in (1511 mm)
Lighting loads requiring an interface
/
/
/
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)2
Fluorescent/LED (PWM)2
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
4.21 in
(107 mm)
depth
Shown above: Standard size
LCP128 dimming panel
•
Combination dimming and switching panel for up
to 36 circuits with integrated astronomical time
clock and Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) controller for
programming
Models available for 120 V, 230 V (CE) or
220-240 V at 50/60 Hz
All voltages indicated are phase-to-neutral
LCD controller mounted in the panel provides
easy-to-use, menu-based control and configuration
of the entire system
Two user-configurable contact closure inputs built
into the controller provide for easy interface with
occupancy sensors
1
2
Download specification submittal for all models
Download specification submittal for 220-240 V
170
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with the adaptive
dimming module.
0-10 V and PWM ballasts and drivers may also
be controlled by adding 10-volt module (TVM)
to panel. TVM will also allow control of DALI
ballasts and drivers with broadcast commands
only. Please contact Lutron for more information
if control of these loads are required.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | LCP128™ dimming panel
•
•
•
•
•
Quiet fan speed control (120 V only):
– Ceiling fan, four speed
– Four circuits; 8 A per module, 2 A per circuit
Astronomical time clock provides automated
selection of lighting scenes
Provides square law dimming curves for smooth
linear control specifically for each light source
Lighting levels remain constant throughout changes
in power line conditions with Lutron patented RTISS
filter circuit
Feed-through or branch circuit breaker panels
are available
Modules required to control listed load types,
choose module based on load type and
control required:
Dimming:
– Incandescent/halogen, magnetic low-voltage,
electronic low-voltage1, neon/cold cathode,
CFL/LED (screw-base)1, 2-wire fluorescent,
3-wire fluorescent1, 3-wire LED1, 0 –10 V
fluorescent1, 0 –10 V LED1, PWM fluorescent1,
PWM LED1 or non-dim lighting
– 1-, 2-, or 4-circuits (1- and 2-circuits 120 V only);
16 A per module (120 V, 220-240 V), 13 A per
module/10 A per circuit (230 V CE)
Electronic low-voltage
(230 V CE/220-240 V only):
– Incandescent/halogen, electronic low-voltage,
or CFL/LED (screw-base)1
– 4-circuits; 16 A per module/10 A per circuit
Adaptive dimming:
– Incandescent/halogen, magnetic low-voltage,
electronic low-voltage, neon/cold cathode, CFL/
LED (screw-base)2, 2-wire fluorescent, 3-wire
fluorescent1, 3-wire LED1, 0 –10 V fluorescent1,
0-10 V LED1, PWM fluorescent1,
PWM LED1 or non-dim lighting1
– 4-circuits; 16 A per module/10 A per circuit
(120 V), 13 A per module/8 A per circuit
(230 V CE, 220-240 V)
Switching:
– Non-dim lighting, motor loads or
15 A receptacles
– Four circuits; 16 A per circuit
Motor:
– AC motor and non-dim incandescent lighting
– 4-circuits; 16 A per module, 5 A per circuit
10-volt (TVM)3:
– 0-10 V fluorescent, 0 –10 V LED, PWM fluorescent,
PWM LED, DALI fluorescent, or DALI LED
– Two consecutive circuits; 50 mA per channel,
750 mA per system
Dimensions and mounting
•
Mini:
Width: 15.88 in (403 mm)
Height: 24.50 in (622 mm)
Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Standard:
Width: 15.88 in (403 mm)
Height: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
•
Surface or recess mounted
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wired communication connects panel to other
system components
Line (mains) voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
Connect up to eight panels (standard and/or spec
grade) for up to 128 dimmed/switched outputs
1
2
3
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Interface required
Reverse phase only. Forward phase loads will
require a power booster for proper dimming.
One dimming or switching module must be
present for every two TVMs included in panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
171
Power panels | LCP128™ dimming panel
Explanation of features
Feature
1
2
3
1 Terminal blocks
•
2 Modules
•
3 Low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring
•
4 LCD controller
•
4
•
•
5
5 Branch circuit
breakers
•
6 Power feed wiring
•
6
Standard size LCP128
dimming panel with
cover removed
•
Lighting load
circuit connections
Choose module based
on load type and control
required
Connection for
communication to other
system components
Menu based control
and configuration of the
entire system
Two integrated userconfigurable contact
closure inputs
Integrated astronomical
time clock
Each input circuit is
protected by thermal
magnetic breakers
120 V, 230 V (CE), or
220-240 V
Main breaker feeds
(120 V only) or standard
main lug
Available models
Mini panel
172
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Standard panel
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | LCP128™ dimming panel
How to build a 120 V model number1
LCP - 2X2D1A8T - 1204ML - 20
Module (quantity
and type)
Feed
type
Voltage
Module (quantity and type):
_X_S_D_Q_A_M_F_T
List modules in the order shown above. Insert the
quantity before each module code. Omit codes for
modules not used in panel. See Note at right for
limits on numbers of modules per panel.
X for 4-circuit switching (relay) (XP)
S for 1-circuit dimming
D for 2-circuit dimming
Q for 4-circuit dimming
A for 4-circuit adaptive dimming
M for 4-circuit motor
F for 4-circuit quiet fan speed
T for 0-10 V (TVM)
Voltage:
120 for 120 V
Feed type:
FT for feed-through
3 for 1-phase, 3-wire (split phase)
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Panel feed
Note:
Module quantities are limited as follows (TVMs do not
count toward maximum quantity):
Standard-Size Branch Circuit Breaker panels:
Max. # in panel—9
Max. # with TVMs—8
Max. # with XP modules —7
Max. # with XP modules and TVMs—5
Max. # of TVMs—12
Standard-Size Feed-Through panels:
Max. # in panel—9
Max. # with TVMs—8
Max. # of TVMs—12
Mini-Size Branch Circuit Breaker panels (no XP modules):
Max. # in panel—3
Mini-Size Feed-Through panels:
Max. # in panel (with XP modules)—3
Max. # in panel (all XP modules)—4
Panel feed2:
Omit for feed through
ML for main lugs
Branch circuit breaker rating:
Omit for feed-through
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers
Compatible with the LCP128 system
1
2
3
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Model number information provided for
general use only. Please contact Lutron for
availability and assistance specifying appropriate
model numbers.
Main breaker panel feed option available for
120 V, please contact Lutron for more information
20 A branch circuit breakers have a 16 A
continuous load rating
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
173
Power panels | LCP128™ dimming panel
How to build a 230 V (CE) or 220-240 V model number*
CCP - 2X1U1E1A6T - 2304IS - CE - LCP
Module (quantity
and type)
Feed
type
Voltage
Suffix
Panel feed
Module (quantity and type):
_X_U_E _A_M_T
List modules in the order shown above. Insert the
quantity before each module code. Omit codes for
modules not used in panel. See Note at right for
limits on numbers of modules per panel.
X for 4-circuit switching (relay) (XP)
U for 4-circuit dimming
E for 4-circuit electronic low-voltage dimming
A for 4-circuit adaptive dimming
M for 4-circuit motor
T for 0 -10 V (TVM)
Voltage:
230 for 230 V (CE)
240 for 220-240 V
Feed type:
FT for feed-through
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Panel feed:
Omit for feed through
IS for isolation switch
Suffix:
CE for 230 V (CE)
AU for 220-240 V
Compatible with the LCP128 system
* Model number information provided for
general use only. Please contact Lutron for
availability and assistance specifying appropriate
model numbers.
174
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | LCP128™ spec grade dimming panel
28.00 in (711 mm)
•
•
•
37.00 in (940 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Shown above: LCP128 spec grade
dimming panel (LCP24-1204ML-20)
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage1
Neon/cold cathode
Tu-wire fluorescent
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)1
Non-dim lighting
Lighting loads that require an interface
/
/
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)2
Fluorescent/LED (PWM)2
Motor loads
Fan loads
12.00 in
(304 mm)
depth
•
•
•
•
•
•
Features and capacities
Combination dimming and switching panel for up
to 24 circuits with integrated astronomical time
clock and Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) controller
for programming
Circuits rated for 16 A
Models available for 120 V or 277 V input power
at 50/60 Hz power
All voltages indicated are phase-to-neutral
LCD controller mounted in the panel, provides
easy-to-use, menu-based control and configuration
of the entire system
Two user-configurable contact closure inputs built
into the controller provide for easy interface with
occupancy sensors and daylight sensors
Astronomical time clock provides automated
selection of lighting scenes
Provides square law dimming curves for smooth
linear control, specifically for each light source
Lighting levels remain constant throughout changes
in power line conditions with Lutron patented RTISS
filter circuit
Feed-through or branch circuit breaker panels
are available
Dimensions and mounting
Width: 28.00 in (711 mm); Height: 37.00 in (940 mm);
Depth: 12.00 in (304 mm)
Surface mounted
Communication and wiring
Low voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wired communication connects panel to other
system components
Line (mains) voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
Connect up to eight panels (standard and/or spec
grade) for up to 128 dimmed/switched outputs
1
2
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Forward phase only. Not all electronic lowvoltage transformers and dimmable CFL/
LEDs dim properly with forward phase control
dimmers. Contact Lutron for compatibility;
may require phase-adaptive power module for
proper dimming. For reverse phase, a phase
adaptive power module will be required.
0-10 V and PWM ballasts and drivers may also
be controlled by adding 10-volt module (TVM) to
panel. TVM will also allow control of DALI ballasts
and drivers with broadcast commands only.
Please contact Lutron for more information
if control of these loads is required.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
175
Power panels | LCP128™ spec grade dimming panel
Explanation of features
1
2
3
4
5
6
Feature
1 Power feed wiring
•
•
2 Terminal block
•
3 Branch circuit
breakers
•
4 Filter chokes
(behind breakers)
•
5 Low-voltage
control wiring
•
6 Dimming card
•
7
LCP128 spec grade dimming panel
with cover removed
•
7 LCD controller
•
•
•
176
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
120 V or 277 V
Main breaker feeds or
standard main lug
Lighting load circuit
connections
Each circuit is protected
by UL®-listed thermal
magnetic breakers
Highest performance
chokes minimize radio
frequency interference
(RFI) and lamp noise
Connection for
communication to other
system components
Provide square law
dimming curves for
smooth linear control
specifically for each
light source
Lighting levels remain
constant throughout
changes in power
line conditions with
our patented RTISS
filter circuit
Menu-based control
and configuration of
the entire system
Two integrated
user- configurable
contact closure inputs
Integrated astronomical
time clock
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | LCP128™ spec grade dimming panel
Available models
How to build a standard model number
Branch Circuit Breaker Model Numbers
LCP24 - 1204ML - 20
Number of
circuits
Spec grade
panel
Feed
type
Voltage
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Panel feed
Number of circuits:
8 for 8 circuits
12 for 12 circuits
16 for 16 circuits
20 for 20 circuits
24 for 24 circuits
Voltage:
120 for 120 V
277 for 277 V
Feed type:
2 for 1-phase, 2-wire
3 for 1-phase, 3-wire (split phase)
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Feed type:
ML for main lugs
DTML for dual tap main lugs
Mxxx for main breaker (xxx = breaker size in amps)
Branch circuit breaker rating:
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers
Compatible with the LCP128 system
1
2
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Feed-through panels available, please contact Lutron
for more information
20 A branch circuit breakers have a 16 A continuous load rating
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
177
Power panels | XP switching panel
15.88 in (403 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
59.50 in (1511 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mini: Width: 15.88 in (403 mm);
Height: 24.50 in (622 mm); Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Standard: Width: 15.88 in (403 mm);
Height: 59.50 in (1511 mm); Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Large: Width: 23.50 in (597 mm);
Height: 63.50 in (1613 mm); Depth: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Extra large: Width: 23.50 in (597 mm);
Height: 82.50 in (2096 mm); Depth: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Mini and standard size panels can be surface or
recess mounted
Large and extra large panels can be surface
mounted only
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Available with 2Link circuit selector, which allows
both theatrical and architectural lighting controls
in one system
Dimensions and mounting
•
178
Patented Softswitch® technology eliminates
arcing at mechanical contacts when loads are
switched, extending relay life to an average of
1,000,000 cycles
Normal or emergency panel capability*
Direct lighting loads
Download specification submittal for 120 V
Download specification submittal for 230 V
Download specification submittal for 220-240 V
All voltages indicated are phase-to-neutral
•
•
* Standard size feed-through panels are available
with internal separation allowing emergency circuits
to be wired into the same enclosure, please contact
Lutron for more details
Models are available with 120 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V, 277 V, or 347 V input power at 50/60 Hz
Feed-through or branch circuit breakers are available
Shown above: Standard size XP switching panel
(XP12-1204ML-15)
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
Fluorescent
LED
HID
Motor loads
Fan loads
15 A receptacles
Switching circuits rated for 16 A
•
•
4.21 in
(107 mm)
depth
Panel that provides power and switching for up to
48 switching circuits
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wired communication connects panel to other
system components
Line (mains) voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
Panels work with GP dimming panels, DCI dimming
panels, LP dimming panels, and CCP panels
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | XP switching panel
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Terminal blocks
•
2 Switching modules
•
3 Low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring
•
4 Branch circuit
breakers
•
5 Power feed wiring
•
Lighting load circuit
connections
2
3
4
5
Standard size XP
switching panel with
cover removed
•
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Patented Softswitch®
circuit eliminates
arcing at mechanical
contacts when loads
are switched, extending
relay life to an average of
1,000,000 cycles
Connection for
communication to other
system components
Each circuit is protected
by thermal magnetic
breakers
120 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V, 277 V,
or 347 V
Main breaker feeds
(120 V only) or standard
main lug
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
179
Power panels | XP switching panel
Available models
How to build a standard
feed-through panel model number*
XP12 - 230FTML
Number of
circuits
Mini panel
Feed
type
Voltage
Standard panel
Number of circuits:
4 for 4 circuits
8 for 8 circuits
12 for 12 circuits
16 for 16 circuits
20 for 20 circuits
24 for 24 circuits
28 for 28 circuits
Large panel
Extra large
panel
Panel feed
32 for 32 circuits
36 for 36 circuits
40 for 40 circuits
42 for 42 circuits
44 for 44 circuits
48 for 48 circuits
Voltage:
Omit for 120/277 V dual-voltage
230 for 230 V (CE)
Feed type:
FT for feed through
Panel feed:
Omit for 120/277 V dual-voltage
ML for main lugs
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and Quantum® systems.
* Please contact Lutron for availability and assistance with specifying
model numbers for 220-240 V and 347 V feed-through panels
180
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | XP switching panel
How to build a standard
branch circuit breaker model number1
XP12 - 1204ML - 15
Number of
circuits
Feed
type
Voltage
Number of circuits:
4 for 4 circuits
8 for 8 circuits
12 for 12 circuits
16 for 16 circuits
20 for 20 circuits
24 for 24 circuits
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Panel feed
28 for 28 circuits
32 for 32 circuits
36 for 36 circuits
40 for 40 circuits
42 for 42 circuits
Voltage:
120 for 120 V
277 for 277 V
Feed type2:
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Panel feed3:
ML for main lugs
Branch circuit breaker rating:
15 for 15 A branch circuit breakers4
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers5
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and Quantum® systems.
1
2
3
4
5
Please contact Lutron for availability and assistance with
specifying appropriate model numbers for 230 V (CE), 220-240 V
and 347 V branch circuit breaker panels
1-phase 3-wire (split phase) panel feed option available, please
contact Lutron for more information
Main breaker panel feed option available for 120 V, please contact
Lutron for more information
15 A branch circuit breakers have 12 A continuous load rating
20 A branch circuit breakers have 16 A continuous load rating
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
181
Power panels | LP dimming panel
15.88 in (403 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
59.50 in (1511 mm)
•
•
•
•
Panel that provides power and dimming for up to
32 dimming legs (up to eight dimming modules;
four outputs per module)
Models available for 120 V, 230 V (CE), or 220-240 V
input power at 50/60 Hz
All voltages indicated are phase-to-neutral
120 V and 220-240 V: 16 A per module; 230 V (CE):
13 A per module, 10 A per leg
Panels include branch circuit breakers
Available with 2Link circuit selector, which allows
both theatrical and architectural lighting controls in
one system
Dimensions and mounting
•
4.21 in
(107 mm)
depth
Standard:
Width: 15.88 in (403 mm)
Height: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Shown above: Standard LP dimming
panel (LP7/28-1204ML-20)
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Tu-wire fluorescent
LED (2-wire forward phase)
Neon/cold cathode
Non-dim lighting
•
/
/
/
/
Download specification submittal for 120 V
Download specification submittal for 230 V
Download specification submittal for 220-240 V
182
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Surface or recess mounted
Communication and wiring
•
•
Lighting loads requiring an interface
Electronic low-voltage
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)*
Fluorescent/LED (PWM)*
CFL/LED (screw-base)
Motor loads
Fan loads
Mini:
Width: 15.88 in (403 mm)
Height: 24.50 in (622 mm)
Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wired communication connects panel to
other system components
Line (mains) voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
Panels work with GP dimming panels, DCI dimming
panels, XP switching panels and CCP panels
* 0-10 V and PWM ballasts and drivers may also
be controlled by adding 10-volt module (TVM) to
panel. TVM will also allow control of DALI ballasts
and drivers with broadcast commands only.
Please contact Lutron for more information
if control of these loads are required.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | LP dimming panel
Explanation of features
Feature
1 Terminal blocks
•
2 Dimming modules
•
3 Low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring
•
4 Branch circuit
breakers
•
5 Power feed wiring
•
1
2
•
3
Lighting load
circuit connections
Up to eight modules
(four outputs each) for up
to 32 dimming legs
Connection for
communication to other
system components
Each input circuit is
protected by thermal
magnetic breakers
120 V, 230 V (CE),
or 220-240 V
Main breaker feeds
(120 V only) or standard
main lug
4
5
Standard size LP dimming
panel with cover removed
Download specification submittal for 120 V
Download specification submittal for 230 V
Download specification submittal for 220-240 V
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
183
Power panels | LP dimming panel
Available models
How to build a standard model number
LP7/28 - 1204ML - 20
Mini panel
Standard panel
Number of
dimming modules /
dimming legs
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Panel feed
Feed type
Voltage
Number of dimming modules/dimming legs:
1/4 for 1 module, 4 legs
2/8 for 2 modules, 8 legs
3/12 for 3 modules, 12 legs
4/16 for 4 modules, 16 legs
5/20 for 5 modules, 20 legs
6/24 for 6 modules, 24 legs
7/28 for 7 modules, 28 legs
8/32 for 8 modules, 32 legs
Voltage:
120 for 120 V
230 for 230 V (CE)
240 for 220-240 V
Feed type:
2 for 1-phase, 2-wire
3 for 1-phase, 3-wire (split phase)
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Panel feed:1
ML for main lugs
IS for isolation switch (230 V CE/220-240 V only)
Branch circuit breaker rating:
15 for 15 A branch circuit breakers (120 V only)2
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers (120 V only)3
13 for 13 A branch circuit breakers (230 V CE only)
16 for 16 A branch circuit breakers (220-240 V only)
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and Quantum® systems.
1
2
3
184
Main breaker panel feed option available for 120 V,
please contact Lutron for more information
15 A branch circuit breakers have a 12 A continuous load rating
20 A branch circuit breakers have a 16 A continuous load rating
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | GP dimming panel
28 in (711 mm)
•
•
•
•
37 in (940 mm)
•
•
•
Shown above: GP standard size
dimming panel (GP8-1204ML-20)
12 in
(304 mm)
depth
•
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage1
Neon/cold cathode
Tu-wire fluorescent
/
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)1
Non-dim lighting
Lighting loads requiring an interface
/
/
•
•
•
•
Features and capacities
Panel that provides power and dimming for up to
144 circuits
Circuits rated for 16 A
Models available for 100 V (Japan)3, 120 V, 230 V (CE),
220-240 V or 277 V at 50/60 Hz
All voltages indicated are phase-to-neutral
Feed-through or branch circuit breaker panels
are available
Available with 2Link circuit selector, which allows both
theatrical and architectural lighting controls in one system
Dimensions and mounting
Mini: Width: 11 in (279 mm);
Height: 21.13 in (537 mm); Depth: 6.25 in (160 mm)
Standard: Width: 28 in (711 mm);
Height: 37 in (940 mm); Depth: 12 in (304 mm)
Large (GP36): Width: 26.13 in (653 mm);
Height: 87 in (2175 mm); Depth: 14.13 in (360 mm)
Large: Width: 52.31 in (1308 mm);
Height: 87 in (2175 mm); Depth: 14.13 in (360 mm)
Extra large: Width: 52.31 in (1308 mm);
Height: 87 in (2175 mm); Depth: 28.25 in (720 mm)
Mini and standard panels can be
surface mounted only
Large and extra large panels can be floor mounted only
Communication and wiring
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wired communication connects panel to other
system components
Line (mains) voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
Panels work with XP switching panels, DCI dimming
panels, LP dimming panels, and CCP panels
1
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)2
Fluorescent/LED (PWM)2
Motor loads
Fan loads
2
Download specification submittal for 120 V
Download specification submittal for 230 V
Download specification submittal for 220-240 V
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
3
Forward phase only. Not all electronic low-voltage
transformers and dimmable CFL/LEDs dim properly
with forward phase control dimmers. Contact Lutron
for compatibility; may require phase-adaptive power
module or electronic low-voltage interface for proper
dimming. For reverse phase, a phase adaptive
power module or electronic low-voltage interface will
be required.
0-10 V and PWM ballasts and drivers may also
be controlled by adding 10-volt module (TVM) to
panel. TVM will also allow control of DALI ballasts
and drivers with broadcast commands only. Please
contact Lutron for more information if control of these
loads is required
Please contact Lutron for more information on Japan
panel availability
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
185
Power panels | GP dimming panel
Explanation of features
Feature
1
1 Terminal block
•
2 Filter chokes
(behind breakers)
•
3 Branch circuit
breakers
•
4 Power feed wiring
•
2
3
4
5
6
•
Standard size GP dimming panel with
cover removed
5 Low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring
•
6 Dimming card
•
•
186
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Lighting load circuit
connections
Highest performance
chokes minimize radio
frequency interference
(RFI) and lamp noise
Each circuit is
protected by thermal
magnetic breakers
100 V (Japan), 120 V,
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
or 277 V
Main breaker feeds
(120 or 277 V) or standard
main lug
Connection for
communication to other
system components
Provides square law
dimming curves for
smooth linear control
specifically for each
light source.
Lighting levels remain
constant throughout
changes in power line
conditions with our
patented RTISS®
filter circuit
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | GP dimming panel
Available models
GP 3-4 mini
panel
GP 8-24
standard
size panel
GP 36 large
size panel
GP 48-72 large
size panel
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
GP 144 extra
large size panel
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
187
Power panels | GP dimming panel
How to build a standard
120 V or 277 V
model number
GP12 - 1204ML - 20
Number of
switch legs
Feed
type
Voltage
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Voltage:
120 for 120 V
277 for 277 V
Feed
type
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Voltage Panel feed
Suffix
Number of load circuits:
3 for 3 circuits
4 for 4 circuits
8 for 8 circuits
12 for 12 circuits
16 for 16 circuits
20 for 20 circuits
24 for 24 circuits
Voltage:
230 for 230 V (CE)
240 for 220-240 V
Feed type:
FT for feed-through
2 for 1-phase, 2-wire
3 for 1-phase, 3-wire (split phase)
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Panel feed:
ML for main lugs only
DTML for dual tap main lugs
Mxx for main breaker with xx = breaker size in Amps
Branch circuit breakers:
15 for 15 A branch circuit breakers1
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers2
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and
Quantum® systems.
2
Number of
switch legs
Panel feed
Number of load circuits:
24 for 24 circuits
3 for 3 circuits
36 for 36 circuits
4 for 4 circuits
48 for 48 circuits
8 for 8 circuits
60 for 60 circuits
12 for 12 circuits
72 for 72 circuits
16 for 16 circuits
144 for 144 circuits
20 for 20 circuits
1
How to build a standard
230 V (CE) or 220-240 V
model number
GP12 - 2304IS - 10CE
Feed type:
FT for feed-through
2 for 1-phase, 2-wire (split phase)
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Panel feed:
IS for isolation switch
Branch circuit breakers:
10 for 10 A branch circuit breakers
16 for 16 A branch circuit breakers
(220-240 V only)
Suffix:
CE for 230 V (CE)
AU for 220-240 V
15 A branch circuit breakers have a 12 A
continuous load rating
20 A branch circuit breakers have a 16 A
continuous load rating
188
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | Custom combination panel (CCP)
15.88 in (403 mm)
Direct lighting loads
(Requires modules to control loads;
see pg. 190 for module information)
59.50 in (1511 mm)
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
Tu-wire fluorescent
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)1
Non-dim lighting
AC motors loads
Motor loads
Fan loads
Lighting loads requiring an interface
/
/
/
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)2
Fluorescent/LED (PWM)2
4.21 in
(107 mm)
depth
Shown above: Standard
size custom combination panel
1
2
Download specification submittal for 120 V
Download specification submittal for 230 V
Download specification submittal for 220-240 V
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with the adaptive
dimming module.
0-10 V and PWM ballasts and drivers may also
be controlled by adding 10-volt module (TVM)
to panel. TVM will also allow control of DALI
ballasts and drivers with broadcast commands
only. Please contact Lutron for more information
if control of these loads is required
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
189
Power panels | Custom combination panel (CCP)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Combination dimming and switching panel that
provides power and dimming /switching for up to 32
dimming/switching legs
Switching:
– Non-dim lighting, motor loads or
15 A receptacles
– 4-circuits; 16 A per circuit
Models available for 120 V, 230 V (CE) or 220-240 V
at 50/60 Hz
Quiet fan speed control (120 V only):
– Ceiling fan, four speed
– 4-circuits; 8 A per module, 2 A per circuit
All voltages indicated are phase-to-neutral
Provides square law dimming curves for smooth
linear control specifically for each light source
Motor:
– AC motor and non-dim incandescent lighting
– 4-circuits; 16 A per module, 5 A per circuit
Lighting levels remain constant throughout changes
in power line conditions with Lutron patented RTISS
filter circuit
10-volt (TVM)3:
– 0 -10 V fluorescent, 0 –10 V LED, PWM
fluorescent, PWM LED, DALI fluorescent,
or DALI LED
– Two consecutive circuits; 50 mA per channel,
750 mA per system
Panels include input branch circuit breakers
Available with a 2Link circuit selector, which allows
both theatrical and architectural lighting controls in
one system
Modules required to control listed load types,
choose module based on load type and
control required:
Dimming:
– Incandescent/halogen, magnetic low-voltage,
electronic low-voltage1, neon/cold cathode,
CFL/LED (screw-base)1, Tu-wire fluorescent,
2-wire forward phase LED, 3-wire fluorescent1,
3-wire LED1, 0 -10 V fluorescent1, 0 -10 V LED1,
PWM fluorescent1, PWM LED1 or non-dim
lighting
– 4-circuits;16 A per module
Electronic low-voltage (230 V CE/220-240 V
non-CE only):
– Incandescent/halogen, electronic low-voltage
or CFL/LED (screw-base)2
– 4-circuits; 16 A per module, 10 A per circuit
Adaptive dimming:
– Incandescent/halogen, magnetic low-voltage,
electronic low-voltage, neon/cold cathode, CFL/
LED (screw-base), Tu-wire fluorescent, 2-wire
forward phase LED, 3-wire fluorescent1, 3-wire
LED1, 0 –10 V fluorescent1, 0 -10 V LED1, PWM
fluorescent1, PWM LED1 or non-dim lighting1
– 4-circuits; 16 A per module, 10 A per circuit
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 15.88 in (403 mm)
Height: 59.50 in (1511 mm)
Depth: 4.21 in (107 mm)
Surface or recess mounted
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wired communication connects panel to
other system components
Line (mains) voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
Panels work with GP dimming panels,
DCI dimming panels, LP dimming panels,
and XP switching panels
1
2
3
190
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Interface required
Reverse phase only. Forward phase loads will
require a power booster for proper dimming
One dimming or switching module must be
present for every two TVMs included in panel
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | Custom combination panel (CCP)
Explanation of features
Feature
1
2
1 Low-voltage
control wiring for
TVM loads
•
2 Terminal blocks
•
3 Modules
•
4 Low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring
•
5 Branch circuit
breakers
•
6 Feedwiring
•
3
4
5
6
Allows for proper
voltage spacing
For lighting load
circuit connections
Have different modules
for different load types
Connection for
communication to other
system components
Each input circuit is
protected breakers by
thermal magnetic breakers
Standard main lug or main
breaker feeds
(120 V only)
CCP panel with
cover removed
Available models
Standard panel
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
191
Power panels | Custom combination panel (CCP)
How to build a 120 V model number1
CCP - 2X2L1A8T - 1204ML - 20
Module (quantity
and type)
Feed
type
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Voltage Panel feed
Module (quantity and type):
_X_L_A_M_F_T
List modules in order shown above. Insert the
quantity before each module code. Omit codes
for modules not used in panel. See note at right
for limits on numbers of modules per panel
X for 4-circuit switching (relay) (XP)
L for 4-circuit dimming
A for 4-circuit adaptive dimming
M for 4-circuit motor
F for 4-circuit quiet fan speed
T for 10 V (TVM)
Note:
Module quantities are limited as follows (TVMs
do not count toward maximum quantity):
Max. # in panel—9
Max. # with TVMs—8
Max. # with XP modules—7
Max. # with XP modules and TVMs—5
Max. # of TVM—12
Voltage:
120 for 120 V
Feed type:
3 for 1-phase, 3-wire (split phase)
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Panel feed:
ML for main lugs
Branch circuit breakers:
15 for 15 A branch circuit breakers2
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers3
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and Quantum® systems.
1
2
3
Model number information provided for
general use only. Please contact Lutron for
availability and assistance specifying appropriate
model numbers.
15 A branch circuit breakers have a 12 A
continuous load rating
20 A branch circuit breakers have a 16 A
continuous load rating
192
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | Custom combination panel (CCP)
How to build a 230 V (CE) or 220-240 V model number*
CCP - 2X2L1E8T - 2304IS - CE
Module (quantity
and type)
Feed
type
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Voltage Panel feed
Module (quantity and type):
_X_L_E_A_M_T
List modules in order shown above. Insert the
quantity before each module code. Omit codes for
modules not used in panel. See note at right for
limits on numbers of modules per panel
X for 4-circuit switching (relay) (XP)
L for 4-circuit dimming
E for 4-circuit electronic low-voltage dimming
A for 4-circuit adaptive dimming
M for 4-circuit motor
T for 10 V (TVM)
Voltage:
230 for 230 V (CE)
240 for 220-240 V
Feed type:
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Panel feed:
IS for isolation switch
Branch circuit breakers:
CE for 13 A branch circuit breakers (230 V CE only)
AU for 16 A branch circuit breakers (220-240 V only)
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and Quantum® systems.
* Model number information provided for
general use only. Please contact Lutron for
availability and assistance specifying appropriate
model numbers.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
193
Power panels | DCI dimming panel
27.63 in (700 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
37.25 in (946 mm)
Each module rated for 1200 W
•
Voltage indicated is phase-to-neutral
•
•
•
Shown above: DCI dimming panel
(DC12-1202M-20)
Ideal for Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
facilities* and sound studios
Meets recommended electrical noise levels of
MRI system manufacturers
Lamps are free of flicker and audible noise
throughout the entire dimming range
Available with 2Link circuit selector, which
allows both theatrical and architectural lighting
controls in one system
Dimensions and mounting
•
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Models available for 120 V at 60 Hz with up to
three dimming modules
•
•
12 in
(304 mm)
depth
Dimming panel featuring direct current, thus
not producing radio frequency interference
(RFI) that is normally associated with standard
phase-control incandescent dimming
•
Width: 27.63 in (700 mm)
Height: 37.25 in (946 mm)
Depth: 12 in (304 mm)
Surface mount only
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
194
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wired communication connects panel to other
system components
Line (mains) Voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
Panels work with GP dimming panels,
LP dimming panels, XP switching panels
and CCP panels
* Special facility filters are required for
MRI applications, consult factory for
specific information
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | DCI dimming panel
Explanation of features
Feature
1
2
1 Input feed
•
2 Terminal blocks
•
3 Low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring
•
4 Branch breakers
•
5 Output fuse
•
Terminal blocks provided
to land feed wires
Lighting load
circuit connections
Connection for
communication to other
system components
3
4
5
DCI dimming panel with cover removed
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Each circuit is protected
by UL®-listed thermal
magnetic breakers
In series with both the
output load wires, over
current for the DC load to
protect dimming module
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
195
Power panels | DCI dimming panel
Available models
How to build a model number
DCI2 - 1202M - 20
Number of
modules
Feed
type
Voltage
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Panel feed
Dimming panel
Number of modules:
1 for 1 module
2 for 2 modules
3 for 3 modules
Voltage:
120 for 120 V
Feed type:
2 for 1-phase, 2-wire
Panel feed:
M for main breaker1
Branch circuit breaker rating:
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers2
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and
Quantum® systems.
1
2
196
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
One 20 A main breaker per module
20 A branch circuit breakers have a 16 A
continuous local rating
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | HomeWorks QS remote power feed-through panel
®
14.38 in (365 cm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
59.00 in (1500 cm)
•
•
•
Models available for 120 V or 220-240 V (CE)
@ 50/60 Hz
Available in two sizes: 5-module or 8-module
May be distributed throughout the home for added
flexibility during installation of the line-voltage wiring
Can house up to eight remote power modules (only
seven if using TVM modules1) in any combination,
one module interface, up to two processors or
interfaces, and two power supplies
Allows for passive cooling, mount in a place where
the vented cover will not be blocked
DIN-rail mounted terminal blocks are provided with
bypass jumpers installed
Includes 24 ground termination points
Enclosure is manufactured from 16-gauge
galvanized sheet metal
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
5-module:
Width: 14.38 in (365 mm)
Height: 32.00 in (810 mm)
Depth: 4.25 in (105 mm)
8-module:
Width: 14.38 in (365 mm)
Height: 59.00 in (1500 mm)
Depth: 4.25 in (105 mm)
May be surface- or recess-mounted
4.25 in
(105 cm)
depth
Shown above: HomeWorks QS
8-module remote power
feed-through panel (HWI-PNL-8)
1
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
0-10 V and PWM ballasts and drivers may also
be controlled by adding 10-volt module (TVM) to
panel. TVM will also allow control of DALI ballasts
and drivers. Please contact Lutron for more
information if control of these loads is required.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
197
Power panels | HomeWorks QS remote power feed-through panel
®
Explanation of features
Feature
1
1 Remote power
modules
•
2 Terminal blocks
•
3 Module interface
•
4 Processor
•
2
Used to control lighting,
motor and fan loads
(sold separately)
For feed and lighting load
circuit connections
Manages communication
between remote
power modules and
the processor (sold
separately)
Provides control
and communication
system components
(sold separately)
Model numbers
3
4
Remote power feed-through panel
5-module, 120 V
5-module, 230 V (CE)/220-240 V
HomeWorks QS remote
power feed-through panel
with cover removed
198
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
8-module, 120 V
HWI-PNL-5
HWI-PNL-5-CE
HWI-PNL-8
8-module, 230 V (CE)/220-240 V
HWI-PNL-8-CE
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | HomeWorks QS remote power panel with breakers
®
15.13 in (384 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
59.00 in (1500 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
•
4.13 in
(105 mm)
profile
Shown above: HomeWorks QS
8-module remote power
panel with breakers
(HWBP-8D-15-120L3)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
May be distributed throughout the home for added
flexibility during installation of the line-voltage wiring
Models available for 120/240 V @ 50/60 Hz with
15 A or 20 A breakers (international models available
with 20 A only)
Available in two sizes: 2-module or 8-module
(international models available for 8-modules only)
International breakers are CE rated
Standard and international breaker panels include
factory-installed wiring from standard breakers to
the terminal blocks.
Arc-fault breaker panels include commercialgrade combination Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter
(AFCI) breakers
Standard and arc-fault breaker panels include
24 ground termination points
International breaker panels include 24 ground
termination points
DIN-rail mounted terminal blocks are provided
with bypass jumpers installed
Require only one feed from the main
distribution panel
Enclosure is manufactured from 16-gauge
galvanized sheet metal
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
Can house up to eight remote power modules, one
module interface and breakers (no processor)
•
2-module:
Width: 15.13 in (384 mm)
Height: 24.00 in (610 mm)
Depth: 4.13 in (105 mm)
8-module:
Width: 15.13 in (384 mm)
Height: 59.00 in (1500 mm)
Depth: 4.13 in (105 mm)
8-module (international):
Width: 16.88 in (427 mm)
Height: 63.00 in (1600 mm)
Depth: 4.00 in (102 mm)
May be surface- or recess-mounted
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
199
Power panels | HomeWorks QS remote power panel with breakers
®
Explanation of features
Feature
1 Remote power
modules
•
2 Terminal blocks
•
3 Breakers
•
1
Used to control lighting,
motor and fan loads
(sold separately)
For feed and lighting load
circuit connections
2
•
4 Module interface
3
•
4
15 or 20 A
Standard, arc-fault or
international (CE)
Manages communication
between remote power
modules and processor
(sold separately)
HomeWorks QS 8-module
remote power panel with
breakers with cover removed
Model numbers
2-module, standard breakers
8-module, arc-fault breakers
1-phase, 3-wire, 15 A
120/240 V
HWBP-2S-15-120L3
1-phase, 3-wire, 15 A
120/240 V
HWAP-8D-15-120L3
1-phase, 3-wire , 20 A
120/240 V
HWBP-8D-15-120L3
1-phase, 3-wire, 20 A
120/240 V
HWAP-8D-20-120L3
3-phase, 4-wire, 15 A
120/208 V
HWBP-2S-15-120L4
3-phase, 4-wire, 15 A
120/208 V
HWAP-8D-15-120L4
3-phase, 4-wire, 20 A
120/208 V
HWBP-2S-20-120L4
3-phase, 4-wire, 20 A
120/208 V
HWAP-8D-20-120L4
8-module, standard breakers
International breakers
1-phase, 3-wire, 15 A
120/240 V
HWBP-8D-15-120L3
1-phase, 3-wire, 20 A
120/240 V
HWBP-8D-20-120L3
1-phase, 3-wire, 20 A
input breakers
120/240 V
3-phase, 4-wire, 15 A
120/208 V
HWBP-8D-15-120L4
3-phase, 4-wire, 20 A
120/208 V
HWBP-8D-20-120L4
200
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
PBK8-40-13-CE
1-phase, 3-wire, 20 A
PBK8-40-13-10-CE
input and output breakers
120/240 V
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | HomeWorks QS adaptive dimming module
®
3.88 in (98 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
7.00 in (178 mm)
•
Controls up to four circuits of incandescent/
halogen, magnetic low-voltage, neon/cold
cathode, and Tu-wire® fluorescent lighting
Automatically selects leading edge or
trail edge dimming
Maximum load per 120 V module is 16 A,
10 A per circuit
Maximum load per 220-240 V (CE) module is 13 A,
8 A per circuit
Operating voltages
•
Models available for 120 V or 220-240 V (CE)
@ 50 / 60 Hz
Dimensions and mounting
•
3.50 in
(89 mm)
profile
Width: 3.88 in (98 mm)
Height: 7.00 in (178 mm)
Depth: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Electronic low-voltage
Magnetic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
LED (2-wire forward phase)
Tu-Wire fluorescent
CFL/LED (screw-base)*
Shown above: Adaptive dimming module
(HW-RPM-4A-120)
/
Model numbers
Adaptive remote power dimming modules
120 V
HW-RPM-4A-120
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
HW-RPM-4A-230
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this module
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
201
Power panels | HomeWorks QS dimming remote power module
®
3.88 in (98 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Controls up to four circuits of incandescent/
halogen, magnetic low-voltage, neon/cold cathode,
Tu-wire® fluorescent, and non-dim lighting
Maximum load per 120 V/220-240 V module is 16 A
Maximum load per 230 V (CE) module is 13 A,
10 A per circuit
7.00 in (178 mm)
Operating voltages
•
Models available for 120 V, 230 V (CE), or 220-240 V
@ 50 / 60 Hz
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
3.50 in
(89 mm)
profile
Width: 3.88 in (98 mm)
Height: 7.00 in (178 mm)
Depth: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Mounts in a HomeWorks QS remote power
feed-through or breaker panel
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
Tu-Wire fluorescent
LED (2-wire forward phase)
Non-dim lighting
Shown above: Dimming module
(HW-RPM-4U-120)
Model numbers
Dimming remote power modules
120 V
HW-RPM-4U-120
230 V (CE)
HW-RPM-4U-230-CE
220-240 V
HW-RPM-4U-240
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Download specification submittal
202
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | HomeWorks
HomeWorks
QSQS
relay
switching
remote power
relay power
module
module
®
®
3.88 in (98 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
Controls up to four circuits of switched lighting,
fans, or motor loads
Maximum load per circuit is 16 A
Operating voltages
•
Available for 100-277 V (CE) @ 50/60 Hz
7.00 in (178 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
•
Width: 3.88 in (98 mm)
Height: 7.00 in (178 mm)
Depth: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Direct lighting loads
Non-dim lighting
HID
Motors loads
Fan loads
15 A receptacles
3.50 in
(88.90 mm)
profile
Shown above: HomeWorks QS
relay remote power module
(HW-RPM-4R)
Model numbers
Relay remote power module
100-277 V (CE)
HW-RPM-4R
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
203
Power panels | HomeWorks QS motor remote power module
®
3.88 in (98 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
7.88 in (200 mm)
•
Controls up to four circuits of 3-wire AC motors
for applications such as shades, draperies
and curtains
Utilizes two mechanically
interlocked relays for directional control that
prevents simultaneous operation of both outputs
Maximum load per module is 16 A, per circuit
5 A (0.25 HP)
Operating voltages
•
Models available for 120 V or 220-240 V @ 50 / 60 Hz
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
2.80 in
(73 mm)
depth
Width: 3.88 in (98 mm)
Height: 7.88 in (200 mm)
Depth: 2.80 in (73 mm)
Mounts in a HomeWorks QS remote power
feed-through or breaker panel
Direct lighting loads
AC motor loads
Non-dim lighting
Shown above: HomeWorks QS
remote power motor module
(HW-RPM-4M)
Model numbers
Motor remote power modules
120 V
HW-RPM-4M-120
220-240 V
HW-RPM-4M-230
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Download specification submittal
204
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | HomeWorks QS fan remote power module
®
3.88 in (98 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
Provides four-speed control for up to four circuits of
ceiling fans
Maximum load per module is 8 A, 2 A per circuit
Operating voltages
7.88 in (200 mm)
•
Available for 120 V @ 50 / 60 Hz
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 3.88 in (98 mm)
Height: 7.88 in (200 mm)
Depth: 2.80 in (73 mm)
Mounts in a HomeWorks QS remote power
feed-through or breaker panel
Direct lighting loads
Fan loads (speed control)
2.80 in
(73 mm)
depth
Shown above: HomeWorks QS
remote power fan module
(HW-RPM-4FSQ-120)
Model numbers
Fan remote power modules
120 V
HW-RPM-4FSQ-120
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
205
Power panels | HomeWorks QS spec grade panels
®
28.00 in (711 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
37.00 in (940 mm)
•
12.00 in
(304 mm)
depth
•
Shown above: HomeWorks QS standard
size spec grade panel (HS24-1204ML-20)
Direct lighting loads
/
/
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)2
Fluorescent/LED (PWM)2
Motors loads
Fan loads
Download specification submittal
206
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Standard:
Width: 28.00 in (711 mm)
Height: 37.00 in (940 mm)
Depth: 12.00 in (304 mm)
Large (36):
Width: 28.00 in (711 mm)
Height: 87.00 in (2175 mm)
Depth: 14.13 in (360 mm)
Large (48-72):
Width: 52.31 in (1308 mm)
Height: 87.00 in (2175 mm)
Depth: 14.13 in (360 mm)
Communication and wiring
•
Lighting loads requiring an interface
Models available for 120 V @ 50/60 Hz,
phase-to-neutral
Dimensions and mounting
•
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage1
Neon/cold cathode
Tu-Wire fluorescent
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
/
CFL/LED (screw-base)1
Non-dim lighting
Panel that provides power and dimming
for up to 72 circuits rated for 16 A
•
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 standard
wires communication panels connect panels
to the QS processor
Line (mains) voltage: feed and load wiring only,
no other wiring or assembly required
HomeWorks QS system can have up to
16 addresses and 256 zones on the power;
each panel and assigned zones count toward
the limit
Forward phase only. Not all electronic
low‑voltage transformers and dimmable
CFL/LEDs dim properly with forward
phase control dimmers. Contact Lutron for
compatibility; may require phase adaptive power
module or electronic low-voltage interface for
proper dimming. For reverse phase, a phase
adaptive power module or electronic low-voltage
interface will be required.
2
0-10 V and PWM ballasts and drivers may also
be controlled by adding 10-volt module (TVM)
to panel. TVM will also allow control of DALI
ballasts and drivers with broadcast commands
only. Please contact Lutron for more information
if control of these loads is required.
1
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Power panels | HomeWorks QS spec grade panels
®
Explanation of features
Feature
1
1 Terminal block
•
2 Filter chokes
(behind breakers)
•
3 Branch circuit
breakers
•
4 Power feed wiring
•
2
3
4
5
6
HomeWorks spec grade panel
with cover removed
•
5 Low-voltage
IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring
•
6 Dimming card
•
•
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Lighting load circuit
connections
Highest performance
chokes minimize radio
frequency interference
(RFI) and lamp noise
Each circuit is protected
by UL®-listed thermal
magnetic breakers
120 V
Main breaker feeds or
standard main lug
Connection for
communication to other
system components
Provide square law
dimming curves for
smooth linear control UL
listed specifically for each
light source
Lighting levels remain
constant throughout
changes in power
line conditions with
our patented RTISS™
filter circuit
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
207
Power panels | HomeWorks QS spec grade panels
®
Available models
How to build a model number
HS12 - 1204ML - 20
Feed
type
Number of
load circuits
HomeWorks QS spec
grade standard size panel
Branch circuit
breaker rating
Panel feed
Voltage
Number of load circuits:
3 for 3 circuits
24 for 24 circuits
4 for 4 circuits
36 for 36 circuits
8 for 8 circuits
48 for 48 circuits
12 for 12 circuits
60 for 60 circuits
16 for 16 circuits
72 for 72 circuits
20 for 20 circuits
HomeWorks QS spec grade 36 large size panel
Voltage:
120 for 120 V
HomeWorks QS spec
grade 36 large size panel
Feed type:
2 for 1-phase, 2-wire
3 for 1-phase, 3-wire (split phase)
4 for 3-phase, 4-wire
Panel feed:
ML for main lugs only
DTML for dual tap main lugs
Mxx for main breaker with xx = breaker size in Amps
Branch circuit breakers:
15 for 15 A branch circuit breakers1
20 for 20 A branch circuit breakers2
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
HomeWorks QS spec
grade 48-72 large size panel
208
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
1
15 A branch circuit breakers have a 12 A
continuous load rating
2
20 A branch circuit breakers have a 16 A
continuous load rating
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
209
Primary
Primarycontrols
controls
|
A primary control is the main device
in a lighting control system that
coordinates communication and
distributes commands such as
preset scene levels to sub-controls,
sensors and shades.
Primary control options include:
•
GRAFIK Eye main units
•
Energi Savr Node™ modules
•
Dimmers
•
Plug-in modules
•
Lamp dimmers
®
Whole building
GRAFIK Eye® 4000
series control unit
pg. 213
GRAFIK Eye 4000 Series
slider control unit
pg. 220
GRAFIK Eye QS
main unit
pg. 225
Wireless Radio Frequency (RF) communication
Infrared (IR) communication
210
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Energi Savr NodeTM
with EcoSystem®
pg. 237
Energi Savr Node™ for
0-10 V/Energi Savr Node
for Switching (DIN-rail)
pg. 249
Energi Savr Node for
0-10 V/with Energi Savr
Node Softswitch®
pg. 240
Energi Savr Node
phase adaptive
(DIN-rail)
pg. 252
Energi Savr Node with
EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
pg. 243
Energi Savr Node
for DALI (DIN-rail)
pg. 246
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
211
Primary
Primarycontrols
controls
|
Whole home
HomeWorks® QS
designer dimmers
and switches
pg. 255
HomeWorks QS
wallbox power module
pg. 271
HomeWorks QS
phase adaptive power
module (DIN-rail)
pg. 278
HomeWorks QS
hybrid seeTouch®
keypad
pg. 260
HomeWorks QS
power module with
EcoSystem® (DIN-rail)
pg. 272
HomeWorks QS
switching/0-10 V power
module (DIN-rail)
pg. 281
HomeWorks QS
tabletop lamp dimmer
pg. 265
HomeWorks QS
DALI power module
(DIN-rail)
pg. 275
HomeWorks QS
motor control power
module (DIN-rail)
pg. 284
HomeWorks QS
RF plug-in modules
pg. 268
Wireless Radio Frequency (RF)
communication
Infrared IR communication
212
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye 4000 series control unit
®
8.94 in (227 mm)
1.94 in
(49 mm)
depth
4.56 in (116 mm)
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: GRAFIK Eye 4100 control unit in White with translucent top (GRX-4108-T-WH)
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
213
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye 4000 series control unit
®
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Serves as a control unit for up to 24 zones
of lighting
Dimensions and mounting
•
Loads are controlled through GP, XP, LP, DCI and/or
CCP power panels (see pgs. 158-209)
Allows set up of lighting scenes using buttons on
the control unit
•
Provides push-button recall of four preset lighting
scenes plus off on control unit
Stores up to 12 additional user-programmable scenes
Scenes can be recalled via a keypad/wallstation
and/or control interface
•
Light levels fade smoothly between scenes
Fade time can be set differently for each scene,
between 0-59 second or 1-60 minute
Provides lockout options to prevent
accidental changes
•
Includes built-in infrared (IR) receiver for control with
an IR remote control (sold separately) (see pg. 290)
•
4500 model allows PC-based programming through
GRAFIK Eye Liaison software and control of Sivoia
QED and 3-wire AC motorized window treatments
(control interface required)
•
•
Operates at 24 V DC off the link
•
•
Engraving available
•
•
•
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3-zone:
Width: 7.25 in (184 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
4-, 6-, 8-, 16- and 24-zone:
Width: 8.94 in (227 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
2-zone control unit mounts into a 2-gang U.S.
backbox, 3.50 in (89 mm) deep
3-zone control unit mounts into a 3-gang U.S.
backbox, 3.50 in (89 mm) deep
4-, 6-, 8-, 16- and 24-zone control units mount into
a 4-gang U.S. backbox, 3.50 in (89 mm) deep
Communication and wiring
•
214
2-zone:
Width: 5.56 in (141 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to panels and other
system components
Counts as one of the eight control units allowed
in a GRAFIK Eye 4000 system; up to 64 zones
per system
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye 4000 series control unit
®
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: GRX-4108-T- WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White F
Black B
LA
Light Almond F
Black B
BR
Brown F
Black B
BL
Black F
Black B
AL
Almond F
Black B
BE
Beige F
Black B
GLA
Light Almond F
Black B
GAL
Almond F
Black B
IV
Ivory F
Black B
GR
Gray F
Black B
Designer gloss finishes†
GWH
White F
Black B
GIV
Ivory F
Black B
Color code indicates faceplate color.
* Finishes available with matching top only
** F
inishes available with translucent top only.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
215
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye 4000 series control unit
®
Available finishes
Architectural metal finishes†
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SW
Snow F
Black B
LS
Limestone F
Black B
BI
Biscuit F
Black B
ES
Eggshell F
Black B
PD
Palladium F
Black B
TP
Taupe F
Black B
ST
Stone F
Black B
BG
Bluestone F
Black B
PL
Plum F
Black B
TQ
Turquoise F
Black B
GS
Goldstone F
Black B
DS
Desert Stone F
Black B
GB
Greenbriar F
Black B
MS
Mocha Stone F
Black B
TC
Terracotta F
Black B
SI
Sienna F
Black B
HT
Hot F
Black B
MR
Merlot F
Black B
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
Satin finishes *
MN
Midnight F
Black B
216
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye 4000 series control unit
®
Explanation of features
1
2
7
6
5
4
3
0.31 in
(8 mm)
1.94 in
(49 mm)
GRAFIK Eye 4500 series 24-zone control unit with top open
Features
1 Multiple lighting
zones
2 Master override
buttons
3 Scene control
buttons
4 Infrared (IR)
receiver
5 Zone control
scene buttons
•
•
•
•
Controls 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16 or 24 zones
of lighting
Temporarily raise/lower light levels
of an entire scene
1-4 scenes and off
Allows IR connectivity to handheld IR
remotes (50 ft range, line-of-sight); IR input
located on front of control unit
•
Raise/lower each zone of lights
•
LEDs indicate light level
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
217
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye 4000 series control unit
®
Available models
Model numbers
GRAFIK Eye 4100 series control unit—through
button-press programming
GRX-4102-A-XX1-E1
2-zone
2-zone (Japan)
2-zone
2-zone, translucent top
GRX-4102-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4102-T-XX1-E1
2-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4102-T-JA-XX1-E1
3-zone
GRX-4103-A-XX1-E1
3-zone (Japan)
3-zone, translucent top
3-zone
GRX-4103-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4103-T-XX1-E1
3-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4103-T-JA-XX1-E1
4-zone
GRX-4104-A-XX1-E1
4-zone (Japan)
4-zone, translucent top
GRX-4104-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4104-T-XX1-E1
4-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4104-T-JA-XX1-E1
4-zone
6-zone
GRX-4106-A-XX1-E1
6-zone (Japan)
6-zone, translucent top
GRX-4106-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4106-T-XX1-E1
6-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4106-T-JA-XX1-E1
8-zone
GRX-4108-A-XX1 -E1
8-zone (Japan)
6-zone
8-zone, translucent top
GRX-4108-A-JA-XX1 -E1
GRX-4108-T-XX1-E1
8-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4108-T-JA-XX1-E1
16-zone
GRX-4116-A-XX1-E1
16-zone (Japan)
16-zone, translucent top
8-zone
GRX-4116-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4116-T-XX1-E1
16-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4116-T-JA-XX1-E1
24-zone
GRX-4124-A-XX1-E1
24-zone (Japan)
24-zone, translucent top
GRX-4124-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4124-T-XX1-E1
24-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4124-T-JA-XX1-E1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
16-zone
24-zone
XX1: Gloss, Architectural matte, metal and Satin
Color codes, see pg. 216
E1: Engraving form required with order. If
engraving not desired, omit “E”
218
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye 4000 series control unit
®
GRAFIK Eye 4500 series control unit—PC-based
programming and motorized window treatment control*
2-zone
2-zone (Japan)
2-zone, translucent top
GRX-4502-A-XX1-E1
GRX-4502-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4502-T-XX1-E1
2-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4502-T-JA-XX1-E1
3-zone
3-zone (Japan)
3-zone, translucent top
GRX-4503-A-XX1-E1
GRX-4503-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4503-T-XX1-E1
3-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4503-T-JA-XX1-E1
4-zone
4-zone (Japan)
4-zone, translucent top
GRX-4504-A-XX1-E1
GRX-4504-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4504-T-XX1-E1
4-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4504-T-JA-XX1-E1
6-zone
6-zone (Japan)
6-zone, translucent top
GRX-4506-A-XX1-E1
GRX-4506-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4506-T-XX1-E1
6-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4506-T-JA-XX1-E1
8-zone
8-zone (Japan)
8-zone, translucent top
8-zone, translucent top(Japan)
16-zone
16-zone(Japan)
16-zone, translucent top
GRX-4508-A-XX1--E1
GRX-4508-A-JA-XX1--E1
GRX-4508-T-XX1-E1
GRX-4508-T-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4516-A-XX1-E1
GRX-4516-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4516-T-XX1-E1
16-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4516-T-JA-XX1-E1
24-zone
24-zone (Japan)
24-zone, translucent top
GRX-4524-A-XX1-E1
GRX-4524-A-JA-XX1-E1
GRX-4524-T-XX1-E1
24-zone, translucent top (Japan) GRX-4524-T-JA-XX1-E1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
XX1: Gloss, Architectural matte, metal and Satin
Color codes, see pg. 216
E1: Engraving form required with order. If
engraving not desired, omit “E”
* Control interface required for motorized
window treatment control
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
219
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye® 4000 series slider control unit
8.31 in (208 mm)
1.94 in
(49 mm)
depth
4.56 in (116 mm)
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: GRAFIK Eye 4100 8-zone slider control unit in White (GRXSLD-4108-WH)
Download specification submittal
220
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye® 4000 series slider control unit
Dimensions and mounting
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Serves as a control unit for up to eight zones
of lighting
Loads are controlled through GP, XP, LP, DCI
and/or CCP power panels (see pg. 158-209)
Allows set up of lighting scenes using buttons on
the control unit
•
Provides push-button recall of a single lighting
scene plus off on control unit
Stores up to 11 additional user-programmable
scenes plus two panic scenes
Scenes can also be recalled via a keypad/
wallstation and/or control interface
•
•
Allows full range dimming plus slide-to-off utilizing
zone sliders
•
Provides a user-selective master slider
•
Light levels fade smoothly between scenes
•
•
Operates at 24 V DC off the link
•
Engraving available
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
6- and 8-zone:
Width: 8.31 in (208 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
3- and 4-zone control unit mounts into a 3-gang
U.S. wallbox, 3.50 in (90 mm) deep
6- and 8-zone control units mount into a 4-gang
U.S. wallbox, 3.50 in (90 mm) deep
Communication and wiring
•
Fade time can be set differently for each scene,
between 0-59 second or 1-60 minute
•
3- and 4-zone:
Width: 6.69 in (168 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
wired communication to panels and other system
components
Counts as one of the eight control units allowed
in a GRAFIK Eye 4000 system; up to 64 zones
per system
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
221
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye® 4000 series slider control unit
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Slider buttons S
Buttons B
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: GRXSLD-4108-WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White F, S, B
BE
Beige F, B
Black S
IV
Ivory F, B
Black S
GR
Gray F. B
Black S
BR
Brown F, B
Black S
BL
Black F, S, B
Architectural metal finishes
BB
Bright Brass F
Black S, B
222
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black S, B
SB
Satin Brass F
Black S, B
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye® 4000 series slider control unit
Explanation of features
1
2
3
Shown above: GRAFIK Eye 4100 8-zone slider control unit in White
0.31 in
(8 mm)
1.94 in
(49 mm)
Features
1 Multiple lighting
zones
•
2 Scene 1 and
Off buttons
•
3 Zone control
sliders
•
Controls 3, 4, 6, or
8 zones of lighting
Ability to recall a
favorite lighting
scene and turn all
lights off
Raise or lower each
group of lights
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
223
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye® 4000 series slider control unit
Available models
Model numbers
GRAFIK Eye 4000 series slider control units
3-zone
GRXSLD-4103-XX1
3-zone, (Japan)
3-zone
4-zone
GRXSLD-4104-XX1
4-zone, (Japan)
6-zone
8-zone
GRXSLD-4104-JAXX1
GRXSLD-4106-XX1
6-zone, (Japan)
4-zone
GRXSLD-4103-JAXX1
GRXSLD-4106-JAXX1
GRXSLD-4108-XX1
8-zone, (Japan)
GRXSLD-4108-JAXX1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system
6-zone
8-zone
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finish color
codes, see pg. 222
224
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
9.38 in (239 mm)
2.00 in
(51 mm)
depth
4.69 in (119 mm)
0.38 in
(10 mm)
profile
Shown above: GRAFIK Eye QS main unit with two shade columns in White with Gray stripe.
Models with 2-3 shade columns require base unit and faceplate kit to be ordered separately
Base unit (QSGRJ-3P) and faceplate kit (QSGFP-2-WH) shown above.
Load summary
GRAFIK Eye QS
GRAFIK Eye QS with EcoSystem®
GRAFIK Eye QS for DALI
Direct lighting loads
Direct lighting loads
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
LED (2-wire forward phase)
Neon/cold cathode
Non-dim lighting
Cree® LR4/LR6 LED
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
/
Fluorescent/LED
(EcoSystem)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
LED (2-wire forward phase)
Neon/cold cathode
Non-dim lighting
Lutron electronic low-voltage
transformer (240 V only)
Cree® LR4/LR6 LED
Download specification submittal for
GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
Download specification submittal for
GRAFIK Eye QS main unit with EcoSystem/DALI
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Fluorescent/LED (DALI)
* For 230 V applications, Lutron ELV transformers
may be used without an interface, see pg. 656.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
225
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Models available for 120 V, 230 V (CE) and
220-240 V (non-CE) @ 50/60 Hz
Communication and wiring
•
Connect wired occupancy sensors directly to
the GRAFIK Eye QS main unit or to the QS
sensor module
•
GRAFIK Eye QS with EcoSystem® models provide
direct connections to EcoSystem ballasts, drivers,
and modules without the need for interfaces
•
GRAFIK Eye QS with DALI models provide direct
connections to DALI ballasts and drivers without the
need for interfaces
•
Large, rounded buttons are easy to use
Backlit buttons or text make it easy to find and
operate control in low-light conditions
•
High-end trim adjustment sets maximum
light/energy level for each zone
Built-in astronomic time clock with
after hours mode
•
Preset light and shade control allows you to adjust
the total light level for any task or activity
Controls available with up to three columns
of shade buttons; each column can operate
one shade group
Shade operations can be linked to scenes
For information on engraving, text symbols,
or backlit buttons/backlit text, see pgs. 667-668
•
Width: 9.38 in (239 mm)
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.38 in (10 mm)
Mounts in a 4-gang U.S. backbox,
3.50 in (89 mm) deep
226
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Wireless devices must be located within a 30 ft
range of the main unit; add a QS sensor module to
extend RF range
Wireless models available for operation at 434 MHz,
434 limited channel MHz, 865 MHz, 868 MHz, or
868 limited channel MHz band
Communicates to ballasts, modules, and LED
drivers on the EcoSystem digital link, and via
low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wire to QS
components on the QS link
Each QS link on a Quantum or HomeWorks® QS
processor can have up to 99 devices and 512
switch legs; each GRAFIK Eye QS unit and each
assigned zone count toward the limit
Supplies three power draw units on the QS link in
Quantum system
Line-voltage load capacity
Total unit maximum capacity:
•
2000 W/VA for 120-127 V @ 50/60 Hz
•
3000 W/VA for 220-240 V @ 50/60 Hz
•
Phase control CE models:
– 3-zone 1500 W/VA
– 4-zone 2000 W/VA
– 6-zone 2300 W/VA
Dimensions and mounting
•
GRAFIK Eye QS wireless main unit can
communicate with up to 30 wireless devices via
Lutron® reliable Clear Connect RF technology
Individual triac zone maximum capacity:
•
25-800 W/VA for 120-127 V @ 50/60 Hz
•
40-1200 W/VA for 220-240 V @ 50/60 Hz
•
CE models: 40-500 W/VA for 230 V @ 50 Hz
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Stripe S
Buttons B
Engraving E
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: QSGRJ-3P-WH)
Architectural matte finishes*
WH
White F, B
Gray S, E
LA
Light Almond F, B
Almond S
Gray E
BR
Brown F, B
Black S
White E
BL
Black F, B
Gray S
White E
AL
Almond F, B
Light Almond S
Gray E
BE
Beige F, B
Ivory S
Gray E
IV
Ivory F, B
Beige S
Gray E
GR
Gray F, B
Black S
White E
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black S, B
White E
Architectural metal finishes*
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black S, B
White E
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black S, B
White E
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black S, B
White E
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black S, B
White E
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black S, B
White E
BB
Bright Brass F
Black S, B
White E
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black S, B
White E
SB
Satin Brass F
Black S, B
White E
QB
Antique Brass F
Black S, B
White E
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black S, B
White E
Color code indicates faceplate color. Models include stripe and button kit in coordinating
colors as shown.
* All finishes are available with translucent top. Specify “T” in model number before color code. For translucent
top models, stripe color will complement the selected faceplate color. Example shown above, TWH.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
227
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Satin finishes*
SW
Snow F, B
Gray S, E
LS
Limestone F
Gray S, B, E
BI
Biscuit F, B
Eggshell S
Gray E
ES
Eggshell F, B
Beige S
Gray E
PD
Palladium F
Gray S, B, E
TP
Taupe F, B
Gray S, E
ST
Stone F
Gray S, B, E
BG
Bluestone F
Gray S, B
White E
PL
Plum F
Taupe S, B
White E
SG
Sea Glass F
Gray S, B, E
TQ
Turquoise F
Gray S, B
White E
GS
Goldstone F
Ivory S, B
Gray E
DS
Desert Stone F
Taupe S, B
Gray E
GB
Greenbriar F
Gray S, B
White E
MS
Mocha Stone F
Taupe S, B
White E
TC
Terracotta F
Taupe S, B
White E
SI
Sienna F
Brown S, B
White E
HT
Hot F
Taupe S, B
White E
MR
Merlot F
Taupe S, B
White E
MN
Midnight F
Gray S
Black B
White E
Examples of matte, metal and satin products with translucent top specified
TWH
White F, S, B
Translucent top
Gray E
TBC
Bright Chrome F
Translucent top
Black S, B
White E
TLS
Limestone F
Translucent top
Gray S, B, E
Color code indicates faceplate color. Models include stripe and button kit in coordinating
colors as shown.
*All finishes are available with translucent top. Specify “T” in model number before color code. For translucent
top models, stripe color will complement the selected faceplate color. Example shown above, TWH.
Text engraving color varies by button color. Lighter colored buttons use gray text and darker colored
buttons use white text. Visit www.lutron.com/engraving or see pg. 667 for additional information.
228
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
5
6
7
4
8
3 2
9
1
GRAFIK Eye QS with EcoSystem® main unit with top open
0.38 in
(10 mm) 1.98 in (51 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
229
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Explanation of features
Features
Quantum®
1 Scene control
buttons
•
•
•
2 RF transceiver
•
3 Infrared (IR) receiver
•
4 Shade control
buttons
•
•
•
5 Backlit zone buttons
•
•
•
1-4 scenes and off
•
Buttons available with configurable
fade times
Can be configured to control
any lights wired to devices on the
QS link
Communicates with Radio Powr
SavrTM sensors, Pico® wireless
controls, Sivoia® QS wireless shades
and other wireless GRAFIK Eye QS
main units (30 ft range)
•
•
HomeWorks® QS
Buttons can be programmed
via software and act as
HomeWorks® QS keypads
Can also be used for local scenes
Able to communicate via wireless link or
QS wired link with other system
devices including sensors
and keypads
Allows IR connectivity to handheld IR remotes (50 ft range line-of-sight);
IR receiver located on the front of the main unit
Each shade control has open,
preset, close, raise/lower for one
shade or a group of shades
Models available with 0, 1, 2, or 3
shade columns
•
•
Buttons can be programmed via
software and act as HomeWorks QS
keypads for any function
Can also be used for local scenes
Can also be used for local scenes
main units (30 ft range)
Non-EcoSystem® models available with 3, 4, or 6 line voltage zones
EcoSystem/DALI models available
with 6, 8, or 16 zones
EcoSystem models also have three
line voltage zones
In GRAFIK Eye QS with EcoSystem/
DALI, button toggles between zones
1-8 and 9-16
•
•
Zone buttons can control lights wired to
the main unit
Zones can be programmed to
function as HomeWorks QS dimmer
or switch and assigned to any scene
or keypad button
EcoSystem and DALI models not
available for use with HomeWorks QS
6 Page button
•
7 Astronomic
time clock
•
8 Information display/
user interface
•
Energy savings (as % of energy used)
•
Lighting levels
•
Programming information
•
Temporarily raise/lower light levels of an entire scene
9 Master override
backlit buttons
230
Time clock disabled in Quantum®
system; time clock programmed
through Quantum software
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
•
Time clock disabled in HomeWorks
QS system; use system time clock
in processor
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
•
•
•
Available models
How to select a model number
Non-EcoSystem/DALI models are available
with 3, 4, or 6 lighting zones
GRAFIK Eye QS main units can be ordered in two ways:
1
EcoSystem® and DALI models are available
with 6, 8, or 16 lighting zones
or
All models are available with 0, 1, 2, or 3
shade columns
0 shade columns
2 shade columns
Main unit
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
+
Base unit
Faceplate kit
1
Main unit: Order a main unit when the installation
requires 0 or 1 shade group and unit finish desired
is White.
2
Base unit and faceplate kit: Order a base
unit and a faceplate kit individually when the
installation requires two or three shade zones,
or if a finish other than White is preferred.
1 shade column
3 shade columns
2
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
231
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Model numbers
for 120-127 V, 220-240 V devices
GRAFIK Eye QS wireless main unit
120-127 V, 220-240 V @ 50/60 Hz
(434 MHz)
GRAFIK Eye QS base unit
120-127 V, 220-240 V @ 50/60 Hz
(wireless models operate at 434 MHz)
3 lighting zones
3 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRJ-3P-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRJ-3P-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRJ-3P-1WH
Matte white, translucent top,
1 shade zone
Wired
QSGRJ-3P-1TWH
4 lighting zones
QSGRJ-4P-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRJ-4P-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRJ-4P-1WH
QSGRJ-4P-1TWH
6 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRJ-6P-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRJ-6P-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRJ-6P-1WH
QSGRJ-3P
QSGRJ-3PBA
QSGR-3P
4 lighting zones
Wireless
Wireless (Brazil)
Wired only
Matte white, 0 shade zones
Matte white, translucent top,
1 shade zone
Wireless
Wireless (Brazil)
QSGRJ-4P
QSGRJ-4PBA
QSGR-4P
6 lighting zones
Wireless
Wireless (Brazil)
QSGRJ-6P
QSGRJ-6PBA
Wired only
QSGR-6P
Base units require a faceplate kit for operation.
120 V units are standard phase control, 800 W/
channel, 2000 W total (220-240 V units are
1200 W/channel, 3000 W total).
Compatible with HomeWorks QS and
Quantum systems
Matte white, translucent top,
QSGRJ-6P-1TWH
1 shade zone
TWH models include translucent top; stripe color
will complement base unit.
120 V units are standard phase control, 800 W/
channel, 2000 W total (220-240 V units are
1200 W/channel, 3000 W total).
Compatible with HomeWorks® QS and
Quantum® systems
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
232
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Model numbers
for 120-127 V, 220-240 V devices (continued)
GRAFIK Eye QS wireless main unit
with EcoSystem®
120-127 V and 220-240 V @ 50/60 Hz
(434 MHz)
GRAFIK Eye QS with EcoSystem base unit
120-127 V and 220-240 V @ 50/60 Hz
(wireless models operate at 434 MHz or 434 limited
channel MHz)
6 lighting zones
6 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRJ-6E-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRJ-6E-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRJ-6E-1WH
Matte white, translucent top,
1 shade zone
QSGRJ-6E
Wireless-434 limited channel MHz
QSGRQ-6E
Wired
QSGRJ-6E-1TWH
8 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRJ-8E-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRJ-8E-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRJ-8E-1WH
Matte white, translucent top,
1 shade zone
Wireless-434 MHz
QSGRJ-8E-1TWH
16 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRJ-16E-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRJ-16E-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRJ-16E-1WH
QSGR-6E
8 lighting zones
Wireless-434 MHz
QSGRJ-8E
Wireless-434 limited channel MHz
QSGRQ-8E
Wired
QSGR-8E
16 lighting zones
Wireless-434 MHz
QSGRJ-16E
Wireless-434 limited channel MHz
QSGRQ-16E
Wired
QSGR-16E
Base units require a faceplate kit for operation.
120 V units are standard phase control, 800 W/
channel, 2000 W total (220-24 V units are 1200 W/
channel, 3000 W total).
Compatible with the Quantum system
Matte white, translucent top,
QSGRJ-16E-1TWH
1 shade zone
TWH models include translucent top; stripe color
will complement base unit.
120 V units are standard phase control, 800 W/
channel, 2000 W total (220-240 V units are
1200 W/channel, 3000 W total).
Compatible with the Quantum® system
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
233
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Model numbers
for 230 V devices
GRAFIK Eye QS wireless main unit
230 V (CE) (868 MHz)
3 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRK-3PCE-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRK-3PCE-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRK-3PCE-1WH
Matte white, translucent top,
1 shade zone
QSGRK-3PCE-1TWH
GRAFIK Eye QS base unit
230 V @ 50 Hz
(wireless models operate at 434 limited channel MHz,
865 MHz, 868 MHz, or 868 limited channel)
3 lighting zones
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
QSGRK-3PCE
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
limited channel MHz
QSGRM-3PCE
Wired (CE)
QSGR-3PCE
4 lighting zones
4 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRK-4PCE-WH
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
QSGRK-4PCE
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRK-4PCE-TWH
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
limited channel MHz
QSGRM-4PCE
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRK-4PCE-1WH
Wired (CE)
Matte white, translucent top,
1 shade zone
QSGRK-4PCE-1TWH
6 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRK-6PCE-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRK-6PCE-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRK-6PCE-1WH
Matte white, translucent top, QSGRK-6PCE-1TWH
1 shade zone
TWH models include translucent top; stripe color
will complement base unit.
Standard phase control 500 W/channel,
1500-2300 W total based on number of zones.
Compatible with HomeWorks® QS and
Quantum® system
QSGR-4PCE
6 lighting zones
Wireless (CE) - 865 MHz
QSGRN-6PCE
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
QSGRK-6PCE
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
limited channel MHz
QSGRM-6PCE
Wireless (CE) - 434 MHz
QSGRQ-6PCE
limited channel MHz
Wired (CE)
QSGR-6PCE
Base units require a faceplate kit for operation.
Standard phase control 500 W/channel,
1500-2300 W total based on number of zones.
Compatible with HomeWorks QS and
Quantum system
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
234
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Model numbers
for 230 V devices
GRAFIK Eye QS wireless main unit with DALI
230 V (CE) @ 50/60 Hz
(868 MHz)
6 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRK-6D-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRK-6D-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRK-6D-1WH
Matte white, translucent top,
1 shade zone
6 lighting zones
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
limited channel MHz
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
Wired (CE)
QSGRM-6D
QSGRK-6D
QSGR-6D
8 lighting zones
QSGRK-6D-1TWH
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
limited channel MHz
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
Wired (CE)
8 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRK-8D-WH
Matte white, translucent top,
0 shade zones
QSGRK-8D-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRK-8D-1WH
Matte white, translucent top
1 shade zone
GRAFIK Eye QS with DALI base unit
230 V (CE) @ 50/60 Hz
(wireless models operate at 868 MHz and 868 MHz
limited channel MHz)
QSGRK-8D-1TWH
16 lighting zones
Matte white, 0 shade zones
QSGRK-16D-WH
Matte white, translucent top
0 shade zones
QSGRK-16D-TWH
Matte white, 1 shade zone
QSGRK-16D-1WH
QSGRM-8D
QSGRK-8D
QSGR-8D
16 lighting zones
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
limited channel MHz
Wireless (CE) - 868 MHz
QSGRM-16D
QSGRK-16D
Wired (CE)
QSGR-16D
Base units require a faceplate kit for operation.
Compatible with the Quantum system
Matte white, translucent top
QSGRK-16D-1TWH
1 shade zone
TWH models include translucent top; stripe color
will complement base unit.
Compatible with the Quantum® system
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
235
Primary controls | GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
®
Faceplate and button kit
model numbers
Stripe and button kits
Stripe kits
Stripe kit
f
3-button
s
3-button with raise/lower
QSGB-3BRL-XX2-EEE1
replacement kit (shade buttons)
b
seeTouch® QS
Faceplate kit
QSGS-XX1
GRAFIK Eye QS
f faceplate color option
s stripe color option
b button color option
5-button
5-button replacement kit
(scene buttons)
QSGB-5B-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with all GRAFIK Eye QS models
0 shade zones
QSGFP-XX1-EEE1
Faceplate kit
Faceplate kit, translucent top
QSGFP-T-XX1-EEE1
1 shade zone
QSGFP-1-XX1-EEE1
Faceplate kit
Faceplate kit, translucent top
QSGFP-1T-XX1-EEE1
2 shade zones
QSGFP-2-XX1-EEE1
Faceplate kit
Faceplate kit, translucent top
QSGFP-2T-XX1-EEE1
3 shade zones
Faceplate kit
QSGFP-3-XX1-EEE1
Faceplate kit, translucent top QSGFP-3T-XX1-EEE1
Faceplate kit includes coordinating stripe insert
and buttons; base unit required for operation.
Compatible with all GRAFIK Eye QS models
XX1: Architectural matte, metal and Satin
Colors® codes, see pgs. 632
2
XX : Architectural matte color codes,
see pg. 632
EEE1: Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
236
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem
TM
®
9.25 in (235 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
13.25 in (337 mm)
•
•
•
3.16 in
(80 mm)
depth
Shown above: Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem
(QSN-2ECO-S)
•
•
Direct lighting loads
Fluorescent/LED (EcoSystem)
Combines fine tuning, daylight harvesting,
occupancy/vacancy sensing, personal control
and contact closure integration in one panel
Directly connect to and provide power for
wired sensors and controls
Expand the system by linking nodes together
and sharing sensors and controls via the
QS link
Connect to Radio Powr SavrTM wireless
sensors and Pico® wireless controls via the
QS sensor module
Width: 9.25 in (235 mm)
Height: 13.25 in (337 mm)
Depth: 3.16 in (80 mm)
Surface-mount
Approved for installation in spaces
designed for air handling per NEC
article 300.22(c)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Powers one or two EcoSystem digital links
Dimensions and mounting
•
/
Provides control of up to 64 or 128
EcoSystem ballasts, modules and/or LED
drivers (depending on the models; 64 per link)
•
Communicates to ballasts, modules, and LED
drivers on the EcoSystem digital link, and via
low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wire to QS
components on the QS link
Requires QS sensor module for wireless
communication
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can
have up to 99 devices and 512 switch legs;
each Energi Savr Node unit and each assigned
zone counts toward the limit
Supplies thirty power draw units on the
QS link*
*Limitations apply when multiple Energi Savr
Node devices are linked together.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
237
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem
TM
®
Explanation of features
1
2
Features
1 Control power
•
2 EcoSystem digital links
•
•
3 Emergency contact
closure input
•
4
4 Programmable contact
closure input
•
5
5 Wired daylight sensors
•
3
6
Energi Savr Node
with EcoSystem
(cover removed)
seeTouch®
QS keypad
QS
sensor
module
Wired occupancy
sensors
Wired EcoSystem and
Pico® wallstations or
infrared (IR) receivers
6 QS link
•
•
•
•
238
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
120-277 V
Up to 64 EcoSystem
ballasts, modules or
drivers per link
Models available with
one or two links
Force all lights to
100% (by default)
To select scene, enable
after hours, or enable
a demand response
Up to four wired
sensors
Up to four wired
sensors
Up to four inputs
Link to additional wired
controls, sensors, and
interfaces
Connect to Radio
Powr Savr wireless
sensors and Pico
wireless controls via
QS sensor module
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem
TM
Available models
®
Model numbers
Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem
120 V, 240 V and 277 V models @ 50/60 Hz
EcoSystem with one digital link
Energi Savr Node
with EcoSystem
QSN-1ECO-S
EcoSystem with two digital links
QSN-2ECO-S
Compatible with the Quantum® system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
239
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V/
Energi Savr Node with Softswitch
TM
®
9.25 in (235 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
13.25 in (337 mm)
•
•
•
3.16 in
(80 mm)
depth
•
•
Direct lighting loads
/
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)
Non-dim lighting
HID
Motor loads
Fan loads
15 A receptacles
Expand the system by linking nodes together
and sharing sensors and controls via the
QS link
Connect to Radio Powr SavrTM wireless
sensors and Pico® wireless controls via QS
sensor module
Directly connect to and provide power for
wired sensors and controls
Softswitch relay is rated for 16 A continuous
use, which is the maximum continuous load
for a 20 A overcurrent protection device
Width: 9.25 in (235 mm)
Height: 13.25 in (337 mm)
Depth: 3.16 in (80 mm)
Surface mount
Approved for installation in spaces
designed for air handling per NEC
article 300.22(c)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
of Energi Savr Node with Softswitch
Provides easy integration of occupancy
sensors, daylight sensors, and digital
light controls
Dimensions and mounting
•
Shown above: Energi Savr Node for
0-10 V (QSN-4T16-S)
Controls up to four 16 A circuits of lighting
loads (switched relay or 0-10 V dimming)
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/
NEC Class 2 wire to QS components on the
QS link
Requires QS sensor module for
wireless communication
Each QS link on a Quantum processor
can have up to 99 devices and 512 switch
legs; each Energi Savr Node unit and each
assigned zone count toward the limit
Supplies fourteen power draw units on
the QS link*
*Limitations apply when multiple Energi Savr
Node devices are linked together.
240
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V/
Energi Savr Node with Softswitch
TM
®
Explanation of features
1
2
Features
Energi Savr
Node
programming
interface
1 Control power
•
2 Switched load
outputs
•
•
3 QS link
3
seeTouch® QS
QS keypad sensor
module
7
6
5
4
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V
(cover removed)
•
4 Emergency
contact closure input
•
5 Programmable
contact closure input
•
6 Wired daylight
sensors
•
Wired occupancy
sensors
Wired EcoSystem®
and Pico wallstations
or IR receivers
Wired IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 dry contact
switches
7 0-10 V channels
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
•
•
•
•
120-277 V
Four feed-through
Softswitch relays
120-277 V, 347 V
Link to additional wired
controls, sensors,
and interfaces
Connect to Radio
Powr SavrTM wireless
sensors and Pico®
wireless controls via
QS sensor module
Force all lights to
100% (by default)
To select scene, enable
after-hours, or enable
a demand response
Up to four wired
sensors
Up to four wired
sensors
Up to four inputs
Up to four dry contact
closure inputs
Four dimming zones
(0-10 V only)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
241
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V/
Energi Savr Node with Softswitch
TM
®
Available models
Model numbers
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V
120 V, 220-240 V and 277 V models @ 50/60 Hz
Energi Savr Node
for 0-10 V
Energi Savr Node
with Softswitch
0-10 V control (120-277 V)
0-10 V control (120-277 V, 347 V)
QSN-4T16-S
QSN-4T16-S-347
Compatible with the Quantum® system
Energi Savr Node with Softswitch
120 V, 220-240 V and 277 V models @ 50/60 Hz
Softswitch (120-277 V)
QSN-4S16-S
Softswitch (120-277 V, 347 V)
QSN-4S16-S-347
Compatible with the Quantum system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
242
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
TM
®
6.36 in (162 mm)
3.53 in (90 mm)
2.39 in
(61 mm)
depth
Shown above: Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem (DIN-rail) (QSNE-2ECO-D)
Direct lighting loads
/
Fluorescent/LED (EcoSystem)
Dimensions and mounting
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Provides control of up to 128 EcoSystem ballasts,
modules, and/or drivers
(up to 64 per EcoSystem digital link)
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
•
9 DIN-wide device
Communication and wiring
Powers two EcoSystem digital links
Combines fine tuning, daylight harvesting,
occupancy/vacancy sensing, personal control,
and contact closure integration in one control
Expand the system by linking nodes together and
sharing sensors and controls via the QS link
Directly connect to and provide power for wired
sensors and controls
•
•
•
Connect to wireless sensors and controls via
QS sensor module
•
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Width: 6.36 in (162 mm)
Height: 3.53 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Communicates to ballasts, modules, and LED
drivers on the EcoSystem digital link, and via
low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wire to QS
components on the QS link
Requires QS sensor module for wireless
communication
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 99 devices and 512 switch legs; each Energi
Savr Node unit and each assigned zone counts
toward the limit
Supplies three power draw units on the QS link*
*Limitations apply when multiple Energi Savr
Node devices are linked together.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
243
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
TM
®
Explanation of features
1
2
3
Features
1 Wired daylight
sensors
Wired occupancy
sensors
Wired EcoSystem
wallstations, IR
receivers, or IEC
PELV contact
switches
•
Up to four wired sensors
•
Up to four wired sensors
•
Up to four inputs
4
Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
2 QS link
•
•
3 EcoSystem
digital links
•
•
4 Mains wiring
244
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
Link to additional wired
controls, sensors, and
interfaces
Connect to Radio Powr
SavrTM wireless sensors
and Pico® wireless
controls via QS
sensor module
Up to 64 EcoSystem
ballasts, modules, and
drivers per link
Available with two links
Wiring from distribution
panel to module
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
TM
Available models
®
Model numbers
Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
EcoSystem
QSNE-2ECO-D
Compatible with the Quantum® system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
245
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail)
TM
6.36 in (162 mm)
3.53 in (90 mm)
2.39 in
(61 mm)
depth
Shown above: Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail) (QSNE-2DAL-D)
Direct lighting loads
/
Fluorescent/LED (DALI)
Dimensions and mounting
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
Provides power for either one or two loops of DALI
compliant digitally addressable loads (up to 64
ballasts/LED drivers per loop)
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
•
9 DIN-wide device
Communication and wiring
Each DALI loop can control a maximum of 16 zones
Expand the system by linking nodes together and
sharing sensors via the QS link
•
Default configuration requires no commissioning
•
Directly connect to and provide power for wired
sensors and controls
•
•
Download specification submittal
246
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Width: 6.36 in (162 mm)
Height: 3.53 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to QS components on the QS link
Requires QS sensor module for wireless
communication
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 99 devices and 512 switch legs; each Energi
Savr Node QS unit and each assigned zone counts
toward the limit
Supplies three power draw units on the QS link*
*Limitations apply when multiple Energi Savr
Node devices are linked together.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail)
TM
Explanation of features
1
2
3
Features
1 Wired daylight
sensors
Wired occupancy
sensors
Wired or IR
receivers
2 QS link
•
Up to four wired sensors
•
Up to four wired sensors
•
Up to four inputs
•
4
•
Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
3 DALI bus
•
4 Mains wiring
•
Link to additional
controls, sensors, and
interfaces on the QS link
Connect to Radio Powr
SavrTM sensors and Pico®
wireless controls via QS
sensor module on the
QS link
Connect to DALI loop
Wiring from distribution
panel to module
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
247
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail)
TM
Available models
Model numbers
Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail)
DALI
QSNE-2DAL-D
Compatible with the Quantum system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
248
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls |
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V/
Energi Savr Node for Switching (DIN-rail)
TM
6.36 in (162 mm)
3.53 in (90 mm)
2.39 in
(61 mm)
depth
Shown above: Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V (QSNE-4T10-D)
Dimensions and mounting
Direct lighting loads
/
•
•
•
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)
Non-dim lighting
HID
•
Width: 6.36 in (162 mm)
Height: 3.53 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Features and capacities
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
Controls up to four 16 A circuits of lighting loads
(switched relay or 0-10 V dimming)
•
9 DIN-wide device
Communication and wiring
Directly connect to and provide power for wired
sensors and controls
•
Expand the system by linking nodes together and
sharing sensors and controls via the QS link
•
•
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to QS components on the QS link
Requires QS sensor module for
wireless communication
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 99 devices and 512 switch legs; each Energi
Savr Node and each assigned zone counts toward
the limit
Supplies fourteen power draw units on the QS link*
*Limitations apply when multiple Energi Savr
Node devices are linked together.
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
249
Primary controls |
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V/
Energi Savr Node for Switching (DIN-rail)
TM
Explanation of features
1
2
3
4
Features
1 Wired daylight
sensors
Wired occupancy
sensors
Wired IR receivers
5
6
•
•
•
2 Emergency contact
closure input
•
3 QS link
•
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V
•
250
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Up to two wired sensors
Up to two wired
occupancy sensors
Up to two inputs
Forces all lights to 100%
(by default)
Link to additional wired
controls, sensors, and
interfaces
Connect to Radio Powr
SavrTM sensors and Pico®
wireless controls via QS
sensor module
Four dimming zones
(0-10 V)
4 0-10 V channels
•
5 Mains wiring
•
6 Switched load
outputs
•
Four feed-through relays
•
220-240 V
Wiring from distribution
to bus supply
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls |
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V/
Energi Savr Node for Switching (DIN-rail)
Available models
TM
Model numbers
Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V (DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
Energi Savr Node
for 0-10 V
Energi Savr Node
for Switching
0-10 V
QSNE-4T10-D
Compatible with the Quantum system
Energi Savr Node for Switching (DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
Switching
QSNE-4S10-D
Compatible with the Quantum system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
251
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail)
TM
8.50 in (216 mm)
3.54 in (90 mm)
2.99 in
(76 mm)
depth
Shown above: Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail) (QSNE-4A-D)
Dimensions and mounting
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Electronic low-voltage
Magnetic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
CFL/LED (screw-base)1
•
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
•
12 DIN-wide device
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Controls up to four zones of dimmable CFL/
LED loads in addition to incandescent, halogen,
electronic low-voltage, magnetic low-voltage, and
neon cold cathode light sources
(Zone 1: 800 W, Zone 2, 3, and 4: 500 W)
No minimum load requirement; one load type
per zone
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Automatically selects leading edge or trailing
edge dimming
Four multi-functional inputs that are compatible
with wired occupancy/vacancy sensors, daylight
sensors, IR receivers, or IEC PELV switches
Width: 8.50 in (216 mm)
Height: 3.54 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.99 in (76 mm)
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to QS components on the QS link
Requires QS sensor module for wireless
communication
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 99 devices and 512 switch legs; each Energi
Savr Node and each assigned zone counts toward
the limit
Supplies four power draw units on the QS link2
Connect to Radio Powr SavrTM wireless sensor and
Pico® wireless controls via QS sensor module
Expand the system by linking nodes together and
sharing sensors and controls via the QS link
Download specification submittal
252
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
1
Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a
complete list of LEDs compatible with
this module*
2
Limitations apply when multiple Energi Savr
Node devices are linked together.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail)
TM
Explanation of features
1
2
3
4
Features
1 Multi-function
inputs
•
2 Emergency contact
closure input
•
3 QS link
•
5
Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail)
•
4 Mains wiring
•
5 Phase adaptive
outputs
•
•
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Four sensor inputs link
to occupancy/vacancy
or daylight sensors, IR
receivers, or IEC PELV
contact switches for
energy savings
Force all lights to 100%
(by default)
Link to additional wired
controls, sensors, and
interfaces
Connect to Radio Powr
SavrTM wireless sensors
and Pico® wireless
controls via QS
sensor module
Wiring from distribution
panel to module
Zone 1—800 W,
Zones 2-4—500 W
220—240 V
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
253
Primary controls | Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail)
TM
Available models
Model numbers
Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
Energi Savr Node phase adaptive (DIN-rail)
Phase adaptive
Compatible with the Quantum® system
QSNE-4A-D
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
254
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS designer dimmers and switches
®
2.94 in (75 mm)
1.13 in
(30 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
4.69 in (119 mm)
•
•
•
Functions much like standard dimmers and
switches, but can also be controlled as part of
a lighting control system
Dimmers incorporate advanced features such as
fade on/fade off, long fade off, and rapid full on
Light levels can be fine tuned by pressing and
holding the dimming rocker until the desired
light level is reached
Can be installed in single-pole or
multi-location applications
Up to nine remote dimmers/switches may be
connected to a single dimmer/switch for
multi-location control
Coordinating Claro, Satin Color® and Stainless Steel
wallplates available separately, see pg. 640
Dimensions and mounting
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
•
Shown actual size: HomeWorks QS designer
dimmer in White(HQRD-6D-WH) with 1-gang
Claro® wallplate in White (CW-1-WH)
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Electronic low-voltage
/
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
LED (2-wire forward phase)
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
/ CFL/LED (screw-base)*
Neon/cold cathode
Non-dim lighting
HID
Motor loads
Fan loads
Width: 2.94 in (75 mm)
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 1.13 in (30 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
•
•
•
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
Radio Frequency (RF) technology to other Lutron
wireless devices
Operates at 434 MHz
Must be located within 30 ft (9 m) of a
hybrid repeater
Operates at 120 V @ 50/60 Hz; dual voltage
120-277 V @ 50/60 Hz models available for
fluorescent/LED dimming and non-dim lighting
A HomeWorks QS system can have up to
99 devices per RF link
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a
complete list of LEDs compatible with
the adaptive dimmer.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
255
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS designer dimmers and switches
®
Available finishes
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: HQRD-6D-WH)
Gloss finishes*
LA
Light Almond
WH
White
AL
Almond
IV
Ivory
GR
Gray
BR
Brown
BL
Black
Satin finishes*
SW
Snow
LS
Limestone
BI
Biscuit
ES
Eggshell
PD
Palladium
TP
Taupe
ST
Stone
BG
Bluestone
PL
Plum
TQ
Turquoise
GS
Goldstone
DS
Desert Stone
GB
Greenbriar
MS
Mocha Stone
TC
Terracotta
SI
Sienna
HT
Hot
MR
Merlot
MN
Midnight
SS**
Stainless Steel
(wallplate only)
* Coordinating wallplates only available separately. For wallplate information, see pg. 642.
** Stainless Steel wallplate includes black plastic trim/adapter, visible from side. Match with separate
Black (BL) or Midnight (MN) controls.
256
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS designer dimmers and switches
®
Explanation of features
Features
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Dimming rocker
•
3 Tapswitch
•
4 FASS™
•
1
2
3
4
HomeWorks QS designer dimmer
0.31 in
(8 mm)
Indicate light level;
glow softly as night light
when light is off (not
available on remote
dimmers/switches)
Press up to brighten,
down to dim
Tap on/off
Front Accessible Service
Switch to disconnect
power from the load
for service
1.13 in
(30 mm)
1
3
4
HomeWorks QS designer switch
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
257
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS designer dimmers and switches
®
Available models
Dimmers
Incandescent/halogen or
Electronic low-voltage (ELV) dimmer
Designer
dimmer
Single-pole/multi-location adaptive1 HQRD-6NA-XX1
120 V 600 W/600 VA3
The HQRD-6NE has been discontinued.
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Designer
switch
Incandescent/halogen or
Dimmable LED bulbs (screw-base) dimmer
Remote
dimmer
Single-pole/multi-location adaptive1 HQRD-6NA-XX1
120 V 600 W/600 VA3
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Remote
switch
Incandescent/halogen or
Dimmable CFL bulbs (screw-base) dimmer
Model numbers
Dimmers
Incandescent/halogen or
Magnetic low-voltage (MLV) dimmers
Single-pole/multi-location
120 V 600 W/600 VA2
HQRD-6D-XX1
Single-pole/multi-location1
120 V 600 W/600 VA
HQRD-6ND-XX1
Single-pole/multi-location
120 V 1000 W/1000 VA2
HQRD-10D-XX1
Single-pole/multi-location1
120 V 1000 W/1000 VA4
HQRD-10ND-XX1
Single-pole/multi-location adaptive1 HQRD-6NA-XX1
120 V 600 W/600 VA3
The stated W (Watt) rating is the maximum
incandescent lamp load. Ratings for MLV loads
represent the maximum of the total lamp wattage
plus MLV transformer loss (typically 20%).
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Single-pole/multi-location adaptive1 HQRD-6NA-XX1
120 V 600 W/600 VA3
For a list of approved screw-in, dimmable LED lamps,
see www.lutron.com/LEDtool
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
3-wire fluorescent/Hi-lume A-Series LED dimmer
HQRD-F6AN-DV-XX1
Single-pole/multi-location1
120/277 V 6 A3
For use with Hi-lume 3D, EcoSystem H-Series, and
EcoSystem ballasts.
Also compatible with Hi-lume A-Series LED driver
For more information on Hi-lume A-Series LED
drivers, visit www.lutron.com/HilumeLED
Low-end trim available via advanced programming.
Requires minimum load of 0.05 A
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
XX1: Gloss and Satin color codes, see pg. 256
(Wallplates not included, order separately,
see pg. 642)
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
258
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Requires neutral wire connection.
Requires minimum load of 50 W.
3
Requires minimum load of 5 W.
4
Requires minimum load of 10 W.
1
2
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS designer dimmers and switches
®
Model numbers
Remote dimmers
Remote dimmer
Multi-location
120 V
HQD-RD-XX1
Multi-location
HQD-RD-277-XX1
277 V
For multi-location control, add up to nine remote
dimmers to a single HomeWorks QS dimmer.
277 V model for use with HQRD-F6AN-DV-XX.
Switches and remote switches
Switch
Multi-location/single-pole1
120 V 8 A light or
.25 HP motor 5.8 A motor3
HQRD-8ANS-XX1
Dual-voltage,
HQRD-8S-DV-XX1
2
two wire electronic switch
120/277 V 8 A light, 0.10 HP 3 A motor1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Remote switch
Multi-location
120 V
HQD-RS-XX1
Multi-location
HQD-RS-277-XX1
277 V
For multi-location control, add up to nine remote
switches to a single HomeWorks QS switch.
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
277 V model for use with HQRD-8S-DV-XX.
XX1: Gloss and Satin color codes, see pg. 256
(Wallplates not included, order separately,
see pg. 642)
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Requires neutral wire connection.
Requires shunt capacitor.
3
Requires minimum load of 10 W / 0.08 A.
4
Requires minimum load of 40 W / 0.04 A.
1
2
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
259
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS hybrid seeTouch keypad
®
®
2.94 in (75 mm)
1.25 in
(32 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
4.69 in (119 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown actual size: 5-button hybrid seeTouch
keypad in White (HQRD-H5BRL-WH) and 1-gang
Claro® wallplate in White (CW-1-WH)
Keypads incorporate advanced features such as
fade on/fade off and rapid full on
Scenes can be fine-tuned by pressing and holding
the raise/lower buttons to adjust lights or shades
Backlit buttons or backlit text
Available with neutral wire terminal that allows
keypads to be installed in either two-wire or neutral
wire installations (neutral wire recommended)
Coordinating Claro, Satin Color® and Stainless Steel
wallplates only available separately, see pg. 640
For information on engraving, text symbols,
or backlit buttons/backlit text, see pgs. 667-668
Operates at 120 V
Maximum load 450 W/450 VA 2-wire or
neutral wire, 120 V
•
Minimum load with neutral 15 W/15 VA
•
Minimum load without neutral 50 W/50 VA
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
Hybrid keypads function as a dimmer and a keypad
combined into a single device, and eliminate the
need for extra wiring
Width: 2.94 in (75 mm)
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts into a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect® RF
technology to other Lutron wireless devices
•
Operates at 434 MHz
•
Must be located within 30 ft (9 m) of a hybrid repeater
•
HomeWorks QS system can have up to 99 devices
per radio frequency (RF) link
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for button kits
260
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS hybrid seeTouch keypad
®
®
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Engraving E
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: HQRD-H6BRL-WH)
Gloss finishes*
LA
Light Almond
F, B
Gray E
Satin finishes*
AL
Almond F, B
Gray E
IV
Ivory F, B
Gray E
GR
Gray F, B
White E
BR
Brown F, B
White E
BL
Black F, B
White E
SW
Snow F, B
Gray E
LS
Limestone F
Gray B
White E
BI
Biscuit F, B
Gray E
ES
Eggshell F, B
Gray E
PD
Palladium F
Gray B
TP
Taupe F, B
Gray E
ST
Stone F
Gray B, E
BG
Bluestone F
Gray B
White E
PL
Plum F
Taupe B
White E
TQ
Turquoise F
Gray B
White E
GS
Goldstone F
Ivory B
Gray E
DS
Desert Stone F
Taupe B
Gray E
GB
Greenbriar F
Gray B
White E
MS
Mocha Stone F
Taupe B
White E
TC
Terracotta F
Taupe B
White E
SI
Sienna F
Brown B
White E
HT
Hot F
Taupe B
White E
MR
Merlot F
Taupe B
White E
MN
Midnight F, B
White E
SS **
Stainless Steel F
Black B
White E
WH
White F, B
Gray E
* Coordinating wallplates only available separately. For wallplate information, see pg. 642.
** Stainless Steel wallplate includes black plastic trim/adapter, visible from side. Match with separate
Black (BL) or Midnight (MN) controls.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
261
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS hybrid seeTouch keypad
®
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
2
3
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Programmable
buttons
•
3 Raise/lower
buttons
•
•
Show status of lights
or shades assigned
to button
Five buttons
Buttons provide zone,
scene, and shade control
Lights increase or
decrease in intensity
or shades/draperies
move towards the
open/close limit
HomeWorks QS hybrid
seeTouch keypad
0.31 in 1.25 in
(8 mm) (32 mm)
262
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS hybrid seeTouch keypad
®
®
Available models
3-button with
raise/lower
4-scene with
raise/lower
3-button and
2-button with
raise/lower dual
2-button dual
keypad with
raise/lower
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
5-button with
raise/lower
6-button with
raise/lower
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
263
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS hybrid seeTouch keypad
®
®
Model numbers
Incandescent/halogen or
Magnetic low-voltage (MLV) dimmers
Engraved replacement kits
RKD-H3BSRL-XX1-E1
3-button with
raise/lower keypad and
120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
HQRD-H3BSRL-XX1
3-button with
raise/lower keypad and
120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
RKD-H4S-XX1-E1
4-button with
raise/lower keypad and
120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
HQRD-H4S-XX1
4-button with
raise/lower keypad and
120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
RKD-H5BRL-XX1-E1
5-button with
raise/lower keypad and
120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
HQRD-H5BRL-XX1
5-button with
raise/lower keypad and
120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
RKD-H6BRL-XX1-E1
6-button with
raise/lower keypad and
120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
HQRD-H6BRL-XX1
6-button with
raise/lower keypad and
120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
(434 MHz)
3-button, 2-button with
HQRD-H1RLD-XX1
raise/lower dual group keypad
and 120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
2-button with raise/lower
HQRD-H2RLD-XX1
dual group keypad
and 120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
2-wire or neutral dimmer.
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
3-button, 2-button with
RKD-H1RLD-XX1-E1
raise/lower dual group keypad
and 120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
2-button with raise/lower
RKD-H2RLD-XX1-E1
dual group keypad
and 120 V, 450 W/450 VA dimmer
Compatible with HomeWorks QS hybrid
seeTouch keypads
XX1: Gloss and Satin Color® codes, see pg. 261
(Wallplates not included, order separately,
see pg. 642)
E1: Complete an engraving sheet for each
button kit. If no engraving is desired,
remove the “-E” from the model number.
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
264
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS tabletop lamp dimmer
®
2.44 in (62 mm)
Features and capacities
•
0.94 in
(24 mm)
top depth
3.25 in (83 mm)
0.69 in
(18 mm)
bottom depth
•
On a single-tap, lights fade on or off
•
On a double-tap, lights go to full on
•
When on, press and hold to engage the delayed
long fade to off
•
Cord is 6 ft (1.8 m) long
•
Minimum load is 10 W
•
Can be programmed to switch
•
Available in Snow (SW) and Midnight (MN)
Dimensions and mounting
•
Width: 2.44 in (62 mm)
Height: 3.25 in (83 mm)
Top Depth: 0.94 in (24 mm)
Bottom Depth: 0.69 in (18 mm)
Communication and wiring
•
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Non-dim lighting
Incorporates advanced features such as fade on/
fade off, delayed long fade off, and rapid full on
•
Shown above: HomeWorks QS tabletop
lamp dimmer in Snow (HQR-3LD-SW)
(full cord length not shown)
Direct lighting loads
Light levels can be fine-tuned to the desired level
•
•
•
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
Radio Frequency (RF) technology to other Lutron®
wireless devices
Operates at 434 MHz
Must be located within 30 ft (9 m) of a
hybrid repeater
Easy to install, no mounting required
HomeWorks QS system can have up to
99 devices per RF link
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
265
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS tabletop lamp dimmer
®
Explanation of features
Features
1 Status
LEDs
1
2 Dimming
rocker
2
3 Tapswitch
•
•
•
Indicates light level;
glows softly as night
light when light is off
Press up to brighten,
down to dim
Tap on/off
3
HomeWorks QS tabletop lamp dimmer
0.94 in
(24 mm)
0.69 in
(18 mm)
266
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS tabletop lamp dimmer
®
Available finishes
Model numbers
Satin finish
HomeWorks QS tabletop lamp dimmers
(120 V @ 50/60 Hz; 434 MHz)
Dimming/switching
Plug-in lamp dimmer
HQR-3LD-XX1
300 W (incandescent/halogen)
200 W/300 VA (MLV)
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
SW
Snow
MN
Midnight
Available models
HomeWorks QS
tabletop lamp dimmer
XX1: Available in Snow (SW) and Midnight (MN)
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
267
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS RF plug-in modules
®
2.25 in (57 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
3.25 in (83 mm)
•
Appliance module switches up to 15 A of general
purpose load; it features Lutron patented
Softswitch® technology to prevent the relay contacts
from arcing, extending the life of the switch
Appliance module may be used with (but is not
limited to) task lighting, monitors, printers and fans
•
Male plug on 24 in (610 mm) cord
•
Female receptacle on 6 in (150 mm) cord
•
10 W minimum load for dimming module
•
1.23 in
(31 mm)
depth
Dimming module functions much like standard lamp
dimmers, and incorporates advanced features such
as fade on/fade off, delayed long fade off, and rapid
full on
•
Use the plug-in appliance module to eliminate
energy use by products /appliances in the off
position, such as vampire loads
Available in Snow (SW) and Midnight (MN)
Dimensions and mounting
•
Shown actual size: HomeWorks QS radio
frequency (RF) plug-in dimming module
(HQR-3PD-1-SW) (full cord length not shown)
•
Width: 2.25 in (57 mm)
Height: 3.25 in (83 mm)
Depth: 1.23 in (31 mm)
Module can be hidden discretely behind furniture
Communication and wiring
Direct lighting loads
•
Plug-in dimming module (dimming mode)
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
•
•
Plug-in dimming module (switching mode)
Non-dim lighting
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
RF technology to other Lutron wireless devices
Operates at 434 MHz
Must be located within 30 ft (9 m) of a
hybrid repeater
HomeWorks QS system can have up to
99 devices per RF link
Plug-in appliance module
General purpose
Non-dim lighting
HID
Motor loads
Fan loads
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
268
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS RF plug-in modules
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Raise button
•
3 Toggle button
•
4 Lower button
•
2
3
4
Indicate light level; glow
softly as night light when
load is off
Press to brighten
Press to toggle on/off;
double-tap for full on;
press and hold while
on for delayed long
fade to off
Press to dim
Back of HomeWorks QS RF
plug-in dimming module
(full cord length not shown)
1.23 in (31 mm)
3
Back of HomeWorks QS RF
plug-in appliance module
(full cord length not shown)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Dimming module
(with 2-prong plug)
Appliance module
(with 3-prong plug)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
269
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS RF plug-in modules
®
Available finishes
Model numbers
Matte finishes
HomeWorks QS RF plug-in dimming and
appliance modules
(120 V @ 50/60 Hz; 434 MHz)
Dimming/switching
300 W/300 VA
HQR-3PD-1-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
Appliance module
SW
Snow
General purpose switching
HQR-15APS-1-XX1
0.50 HP or 15 A
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
MN
Midnight
Available models
Dimming module
(2-prong plug)
Appliance module
(3-prong plug)
XX1: Available in Snow (SW) and Midnight (MN)
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
270
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS wallbox power module
®
9.44 in (240 mm)
2.00 in
(51 mm)
depth
4.69 in (119 mm)
Shown above: 6-zone wallbox power module
(HQRJ-WPM-6D-120)
0.38 in
(10 mm)
profile
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Tu-wire® fluorescent
LED (2-wire forward phase)
Neon/cold cathode
Non-dim lighting
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Controls up to six zones of lighting
Default scene button on the front of the unit that
allows a user to toggle between pre-programmed
scenes
Provides a cost-effective dimming solution
to jobs with lower wattage loads and space
constraints
Reduces overall job cost by 5 -20% when less
than 96 control zones are required
Total unit maximum capacity:
2000 W / VA for 120 V @ 50 / 60 Hz;
3000 W / VA for 220-240 V @ 50 / 60 Hz
Individual zone capacity:
25-800 W / VA for 120 V @ 50 / 60 Hz;
40-1200 W / VA for 220-240 V @ 50 / 60 Hz
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 9.44 in (240 mm)
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Profile: 0.38 in (10 mm)
Mounts in a 4-gang U.S. backbox,
3.5 in (89 mm) deep
Communication and wiring
Model numbers
Wallbox power module
HQRJ-WPM-6D-120
Compatible with the HomeWorks QS system
•
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
Can be configured for wired (QS link)
or wireless (RF link) communication
Radio frequency (RF) option communicates via
Lutron reliable Clear Connect® RF technology
to other Lutron wireless devices, operates at
434 MHz, and must be located within 30 ft (9 m)
of a hybrid keypad
Wired option communicates via low-voltage IEC
PELV/NEC Class 2-wire on the QS link
HomeWorks QS system can have up to 99
devices per RF link and up to 99 devices and
512 zones per QS link; the HomeWorks QS
wallbox power module and its zones count
towards the limit
Does not consume power draw units
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
271
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS power module
with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
®
6.36 in (162 mm)
3.53 in (90 mm)
2.39 in
(61 mm)
depth
Shown above: HomeWorks QS power module with EcoSystem (DIN-rail) (LQSE-2ECO-D)
Direct lighting loads
/
Fluorescent/LED (EcoSystem)
Communication and wiring
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Provides power for two links of EcoSystem ballasts
or drivers (up to 64 mA per link)
Includes QS link for connection to a
HomeWorks QS system
Power module with EcoSystem unit can be used in
a HomeWorks QS system to control and manage
light in an entire home or building
Operates at 230 V (CE) @ 50 / 60 Hz
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
•
Communicates to ballasts, modules, and LED
drivers on the EcoSystem digital link, and via lowvoltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wire to HomeWorks
QS processor components on the QS link
Each QS link on a HomeWorks QS processor can
have up to 99 devices and 512 zones, the power
module with EcoSystem counts as one device
toward the limit and each ballast/driver/module
counts as one zone unless specifically grouped
into zones
Maximum of eight fully loaded EcoSystem digital
links may be connected to a single QS link
Does not consume power draw units
Width: 6.36 in (162 mm)
Height: 3.53 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.39 in (61 mm)
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
•
9 DIN-wide device
Download specification submittal
272
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS power module
with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
®
Explanation of features
1
2
Features
1 QS link
•
2 EcoSystem
digital links
•
•
3 Mains wiring
3
•
Link to additional wired
controls, interfaces,
and processors
Up to 64 EcoSystem
ballasts, modules, and
drivers per link
Available with two links
Wiring from distribution
panel to module
HomeWorks QS power module with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
273
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS power module
with EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
®
Available models
Model numbers
HomeWorks QS power module with EcoSystem
(DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
HomeWorks QS power module with
EcoSystem (DIN-rail)
EcoSystem, two links
LQSE-2ECO-D
Compatible with the HomeWorks QS system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
274
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS DALI power module (DIN-rail)
6.36 in (162 mm)
3.53 in (90 mm)
2.39 in
(61 mm)
depth
Shown above: HomeWorks QS DALI power module (DIN-rail) (LQSE-2DAL-D)
Direct lighting loads
/
Fluorescent/LED (DALI)
Dimensions and mounting
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Provides power for two buses of DALI compliant
digital addressable loads
(up to 64 ballasts/LED drivers per bus)
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
•
9 DIN-wide device
Communication and wiring
Each DALI bus can control a maximum of 16 zones
Includes QS link for connection to a
HomeWorks system
•
Operates at 230 V (CE) @ 50 / 60 Hz
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Width: 6.36 in (162 mm)
Height: 3.53 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to the HomeWorks processor on the
QS link
Each QS link con a HomeWorks QS processor can
have 99 devices and 512 zones; the DALI power
module counts as one device toward the limit and
each ballast/driver counts as one zone unless
specifically grouped into zones
Maximum of eight fully loaded DALI buses may be
connected to a single QS link
Does not consume power draw units
*Limitations apply when multiple Energi Savr
Node devices are linked together.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
275
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS DALI power module (DIN-rail)
Explanation of features
1
2
Features
1 QS link
•
2 DALI bus
•
•
3 Mains wiring
•
Link to additional wired
controls, interfaces, and
processors
Up to 64 DALI ballasts
and LED drivers per bus
Available with two buses
Wiring from distribution
panel to module
3
HomeWorks QS DALI power module (DIN-rail)
276
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks QS DALI power module (DIN-rail)
Available models
Model numbers
HomeWorks QS DALI power module (DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
HomeWorks QS
DALI power module (DIN-rail)
DALI
LQSE-2DAL-D
Compatible with the HomeWorks QS system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
277
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS phase adaptive
power module (DIN-rail)
8.50 in (216 mm)
3.54 in (90 mm)
2.99 in
(76 mm)
depth
Shown above: HomeWorks QS phase adaptive power module (DIN-rail) (LQSE-4A-D)
Dimensions and mounting
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Electronic low-voltage
Magnetic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
CFL/LED (screw-base)*
•
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
•
12 DIN-wide device
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Controls up to four zones of dimmable CFL/
LED loads in addition to incandescent, halogen,
electronic low-voltage, magnetic low-voltage, and
neon/cold cathode light sources
(Zone 1: 800 W; Zone 2, 3, and 4: 500 W)
Communication and wiring
•
•
Automatically selects leading edge or trailing
edge dimming
RTISS technology ensures that each output dims
smoothly and is flicker-free
Width: 8.50 in (216 mm)
Height: 3.54 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.99 in (76 mm)
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to HomeWorks QS processor on
the QS link
Each QS link on a HomeWorks QS processor can
have up to 99 devices and 512 zones; the phase
adaptive power module and each assigned zone
counts towards the limit
Does not consume power draw units
No minimum load requirement; one load type
per zone
Includes QS link for connection to HomeWorks
QS system
Operates at 220-240 V (CE) @ 50 / 60 Hz
Download specification submittal
278
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a
complete list of LEDs compatible with
this module*
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS phase adaptive
power module (DIN-rail)
Explanation of features
1
2
3
Features
1 Emergency contact
closure input
•
2 QS link
•
3 Mains wiring
•
4
HomeWorks QS phase adaptive power module
(DIN-rail)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
4 Phase adaptive
outputs
•
Force all lights to 100%
(by default)
Link to additional wired
controls, interfaces, and
processor
Wiring from distribution
panel to module
220-240 V (CE)
Zone 1 – 800 W,
Zones 2-4 – 500 W
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
279
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS phase adaptive
power module (DIN-rail)
Available models
Model numbers
HomeWorks QS phase adaptive
power module (DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
HomeWorks QS phase adaptive
power module (DIN-rail)
Phase adaptive
LQSE-4A-D
Compatible with the HomeWorks QS system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
280
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS switching/0-10 V
power module (DIN-rail)
6.36 in (162 mm)
3.53 in (90 mm)
2.39 in
(61 mm)
depth
Shown above: HomeWorks QS switching/0-10 V power module (DIN-rail)
(LQSE-4T10-D)
Direct lighting loads
/
•
•
•
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)
Non-dim lighting
HID
Dimensions and mounting
•
Width: 6.36 in (162 mm)
Height: 3.53 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.39 in (61 mm)
Features and capacities
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
Controls up to four 16 A circuits of lighting loads
(switched relay or 0-10 V dimming)
•
9 DIN-wide device
Includes QS link for connection to
HomeWorks QS system
Communication and wiring
•
Operates at 230 V (CE) @ 50 / 60 Hz
•
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to HomeWorks QS processor
on the QS link
Each QS link on a HomeWorks QS processor
can have up to 99 devices and 512 zones; the
switching/0-10 V power module and each assigned
zone counts toward the limit
Does not consume power draw units
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
281
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS switching/0-10 V
power module (DIN-rail)
Explanation of features
1
4
2
3
5
HomeWorks QS switching/0-10 V power module
(DIN-rail)
282
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Features
Forces all lights to 100%
(by default)
1 Emergency contact
closure input
•
2 QS link
•
3 0-10 V channels
•
4 Mains wiring
•
5 Switched load
outputs
•
Four feed-through relays
•
220-240 V
Link to additional wired
controls, interfaces, and
processor
Four dimming zones
(0-10 V)
Wiring from distribution
to bus supply
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS switching/0-10 V
power module (DIN-rail)
Available models
Model numbers
HomeWorks QS switching/0-10 V power module
(DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
HomeWorks QS
switching/0-10
V power module
(DIN‑rail)
HomeWorks QS
switching power
module (DIN‑rail)
0-10 V
LQSE-4T10-D
Compatible with the HomeWorks QS system
HomeWorks QS switching power module
(DIN-rail)
230 V (CE), 220-240 V
Switching
LQSE-4S10-D
Compatible with the HomeWorks QS system
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
283
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS motor control
power module (DIN-rail)
6.40 in (162 mm)
3.50 in (90 mm)
2.40 in
(61 mm)
depth
Shown above: HomeWorks QS motor control power module (DIN-rail) (LQSE-4M-D)
Dimensions and mounting
Direct lighting loads
AC motor loads
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Provides seamless integration of HomeWorks QS
systems with AC blinds, shades, louvers, projection
screens, or any compatible AC motor
Width: 6.40 in (162 mm)
Height: 3.50 in (90 mm)
Depth 2.40 in (61 mm)
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.50 mm)
•
9 DIN-wide device
Provides four independently controllable AC raise/
lower outputs from one common AC input feed;
1.50 A maximum motor load per channel, 6 A
maximum total input current
•
Includes QS link for connection to
HomeWorks QS system
•
Communication and wiring
Operates at 120-240 V (CE) @ 50/60 Hz
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to HomeWorks QS processor on the
QS link
Each QS link on a HomeWorks QS processor can
have 99 devices and 512 zones; the motor control
power module counts as one device and four
zones toward the limits
Does not consume power draw units
Download specification submittal
284
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Primary controls | HomeWorks® QS motor control
power module (DIN-rail)
Explanation of features
4
2
3
Features
1 Mains wiring
•
2 Zone select
buttons
•
3 Raise/lower
buttons
•
•
•
1
5
4 QS link
•
5 Motor load outputs
•
•
Available models
Wiring from distribution
panel to module
Select desired zone
LED indicates which
zone is selected
Raise and lower
selected zones
LEDs indicate which
direction (raise/stop/
lower) is active
Link to additional wired
controls, interfaces
and processors
1.5 A maximum motor
load per channel
Four outputs
Model numbers
HomeWorks QS motor control power module
(DIN-rail)
110-127 V, 230 V (CE), 220-240 V
HomeWorks QS
motor control power
module (DIN-rail)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Motor control
LQSE-4M-D
Compatible with HomeWorks QS International system
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
285
Sub-controls
A sub-control is an accessory
component to a system that
provides additional control locations
for increased convenience and
functionality. The sub-controls in this
guide are specific to each country’s
voltage and frequency requirements.
Please confirm that the products you
have selected match the required
voltages by country on pg. 692
Whole building system
components
Ceiling-mount
infrared receiver
pg. 290
Sub-control options include:
•
Keypads
•
Wallstations
•
Wireless Controllers
•
IR Remote Controls
Infrared (IR)
remote control
pg. 292
Wireless Radio Frequency (RF) communication
Infrared (IR) communication
286
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Entrance
control
pg. 295
Slim-button
wallstation
pg. 309
seeTouch®
keypad
pg. 326
Traditional opening
wallstation
pg. 299
Large-button
wallstation
pg. 313
seeTouch window
treatment keypad
pg. 335
2-button
wallstation
pg. 301
European-style
wallstation
pg. 317
Partition status
keypad/wallstation
pg. 339
Architectural
wallstation
pg. 305
Architrave®
wallstation
pg. 321
Keyswitch
pg. 343
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
287
Sub-controls
Whole building system
components (continued)
Multi-channel
theatrical consoles
pg. 346
Pico® wireless
control
pg. 351
seeTouch®
QS keypad
pg. 366
EcoSystem® IR
remote control
and IR receiver
pg. 347
Pico wired
control
pg. 360
International
seeTouch QS
keypad
pg. 374
QS infrared (IR) eye
pg. 350
EcoSystem®
wallstation
pg. 363
QS Keyswitch
pg. 380
Wireless Radio Frequency (RF) communication
Infrared (IR) communication
288
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Whole home system
components
HomeWorks QS
designer-style
seeTouch wired
keypad
pg. 384
HomeWorks QS
International seeTouch®
keypad
pg. 401
HomeWorks QS
visor control
transmitter
pg. 413
HomeWorks QS
designer-style
seeTouch wireless
keypad
pg. 389
HomeWorks QS
wireless tabletop
keypad
pg. 406
seeTemp®
wall control
pg. 415
HomeWorks QS
Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
pg. 394
HomeWorks® QS
dynamic keypad
pg. 410
TouchPRO Wireless ®
thermostat
pg. 419
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
289
Sub-controls | Ceiling-mount infrared receiver
2.00 in (50 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
Provides control of lighting via IR handheld remote
controls by providing an access point
3.00 in (75 mm)
Allows scene selection, raise/lower scenes and all
off functionality via Lutron IR remote control
•
Works with all Lutron IR remote controls
•
Available in White (WH)
•
OMX models operate at 24 V DC;
GRX models operate at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
0.75 in
(20 mm)
Diameter: 3.50 in (89 mm)
Depth: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Profile: 0.75 in (20 mm)
2.25 in (56 mm)
Mounts in metal collar provided by Lutron;
recess-mounted
3.50 in (87 mm)
Communication and wiring
•
Shown above: OMX ceiling-mount
infrared (IR) receiver (OMX-CIR-WH)
•
•
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/ NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to main control unit
and other system components
OMX models—counts as one wallstation on OMX
link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations and/or
control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can have
up to 16 total keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each ceiling-mount IR receiver counts as
one wallstation
Reception range: 360º, 50 ft (15 m) line-of-sight
range from wireless remote control to receiver
Related components
IR remote control
pg. 292
Download specification submittal for OMX
Download specification submittal for GRX
290
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Ceiling-mount infrared receiver
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 DIP switches
(not shown)
•
2
2 IR lens
•
Utilized to address
Receives signal from
IR remote control
Visible portion
of receiver
Ceiling-mount infrared (IR) receiver
Model numbers
OMX IR receiver
Ceiling-mount IR receiver
Compatible with LCP128™ and
Softswitch128® (XPS) systems.
OMX-CIR-WH
GRX IR receiver
Ceiling-mount IR receiver
GRX-CIR-WH
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
291
Sub-controls | Infrared (IR) remote control
1.50 in (38 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Models available with 4- or 8-scene/
control buttons
Requires compatible infrared receiving device
(wallstation/keypad, QS IR Eye, GRAFIK Eye®
or GRAFIK Eye® QS main unit, or wired daylight
sensor)
Off button turns all lights off
Master raise/lower button brightens or dims
all lighting zones
5.69 in (145 mm)
•
Available in White (WH) and Black (BL)
•
Three AAA alkaline batteries included
•
Engraving available
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 1.50 in (38 mm)
Height: 5.69 in (145 mm)
Depth: 0.88 in (22 mm)
Handheld control
Communication and wiring
•
0.88 in
(22 mm)
depth
•
IR remote control uses IR signals to
communicate with the IR receiver
Transmits signal up to 50 ft (15 m) line-of-sight
range to receiver
Shown actual size: 4-scene
IR remote control in White
(GRX-IT-WH)
Download specification submittal for GRX-IT
Download specification submittal for GRX-8IT
Download engraving sheet for IR remote
292
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Infrared (IR) remote control
Explanation of features
Features
1
2
3
1 Preset buttons
(scenes 1-4)
•
2 Preset buttons
(scenes 5-8)
•
3 Off button
•
4 Master raise/
lower buttons
•
Models available with 1-4
scene buttons
Models available with an
additional 5-8 scene buttons
Turns all lights off
Brightens/dims all
lighting zones
4
8-scene IR
remote control
0.88 in (22 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
293
Sub-controls | Infrared (IR) remote control
Available models
Model numbers
IR remote control
4-scene
4-scene
8-scene
GRX-IT-XX1-E1
8-scene
GRX-8IT-XX1-E1
Compatible with LCP128™, Softswitch128® (XPS),
GRAFIK Eye® 4000, Quantum®, and
HomeWorks® QS systems.
XX1: White (WH) or Black (BL)
Engraving form required with order.
E1:
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
294
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Entrance control
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.38 in
(35 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Ideal for large projects that utilize the maximum
number of keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces, but still require additional points of control
4.56 in (116 mm)
Operates at 12/24 V DC
•
Engraving available
Dimensions and mounting
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communications and wiring
•
•
Shown above: Entrance control in White
(NTGRX-1S-WH)
Operates one GRAFIK Eye control unit
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
One button control, toggles the connected
GRAFIK Eye® control unit between Scene one
and Off
•
•
Wires direct to GRAFIK Eye 4000 control unit via
low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wiring
Up to 10 entrance controls may be wired in parallel
to a single GRAFIK Eye control unit
Does not require an address
Does not count toward maximum number of
keypads/wallstations/control interfaces in a
GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
Download specification submittal
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
295
Sub-controls | Entrance control
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Button B
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: NTGRX-1S-WH)
Architectural matte finishes (Coordinated faceplates included)
WH
White F, B
IV
Ivory F, B
BE
Beige F, B
GR
Gray F, B
TP
Taupe F, B
BR
Brown F, B
Architectural metal finishes (Coordinated faceplates included)
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B, I
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
296
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Entrance control
Explanation of features
Features
1 Button
•
Toggles between
Scene 1 and Off
1
Entrance control
0.31 in 1.38 in
(8 mm) (35 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
297
Sub-controls | Entrance control
Available models
Model numbers
Entrance control
1-button
NTGRX-1S-XX1-E1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
Entrance control
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finishes
E1: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
298
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Traditional opening wallstation
2.86 in (73 mm)
1.31 in
(33 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
4.60 in (117 mm)
•
•
•
•
Simple wallstation with one tap button or one tap
button with status LED
Provides toggle functionality for any zone(s)
in the system
Front accessible DIP switches allow change of
address without removing the unit from the wall
Shipped with or without screwless Fassada®
traditional opening faceplate, which are screwless,
seamless and have no visible hardware
Available in white (WH)
Can be ganged with other traditional opening
wallstations and controls using a multi-gang
faceplate
Operates at 24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
0.23 in
(6 mm)
profile
•
Shown above: 1-button traditional opening
with status LED wallstation in White
(FOMX-1B-SL-WH)
Width: 2.86 in (73 mm)
Height: 4.60 in (117 mm)
Depth: 1.31 in (33 mm)
Profile: 0.23 in (6 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
Counts as one wallstation on OMX link; can have up
to 32 keypads/wallstations and/or control interfaces
Available finishes
Gloss finish
Download specification submittal
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
WH
White
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
299
Sub-controls | Traditional opening wallstation
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Status LED
•
2 Tap button
•
Indicates status of
lights assigned
to button
Tap to turn on/off
2
0.23 in 1.31 in
(6 mm) (33 mm)
1-button traditional opening
with status LED wallstation
Available models
Model numbers
OMX traditional opening wallstation
1-button with faceplate
1-button
1-button with
status LED
FOMX-1B-WH
1-button without faceplate
FOMX-1B-NW-WH
1-button with status LED
with faceplate
FOMX-1B-SL-WH
1-button with status LED
without faceplate
FOMX-1B-SLNW-WH
Compatible with LCP128™ and
Softswitch128® (XPS) systems
Fassada® traditional opening screwless faceplate
1-gang faceplate
FW-1-WH
2-gang faceplate
FW-2-WH
3-gang faceplate
FW-3-WH
4-gang faceplate
FW-4-WH
Compatible with all traditional opening wallstations.
300
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | 2-button wallstation
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.38 in
(35 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: OMX 2-button wallstation
in White (NTOMX-2B-SL-WH)
OMX models offer the following functionality,
dependent upon system:
– Toggle
– Scene selection
– Raise/lower zones
– All off
– Delay to off
– Enable/disable time clock
GRX models offer the following functionality:
– Scene selection
– Entrance or panic wallstation selection
– Fine tuning
– Partitioning
– Zone lockout
– Sequencing
Ideal for use in entryways to turn all lights off
OMX models operate at 24 V DC;
GRX models operate at 12/24 V DC
Engraving available
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communications and wiring
•
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/ NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
OMX models—counts as one wallstation on the
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system can
have up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each 2-button wallstation counts as
one wallstation
Download specification submittal for OMX
Download specification submittal for GRX
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
301
Sub-controls | 2-button wallstation
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: NTOMX-2B-SL-WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White F, B
IV
Ivory F, B
BE
Beige F, B
GR
Gray F, B
BR
Brown F, B
BL
Black F, B
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
Architectural metal finishes
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
302
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | 2-button wallstation
Explanation of features
Feature
1
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Top button
•
3 Bottom button
•
2
3
Indicate which wallstation
button has been activated
Scene select, start
sequencing, or raise
button and other functions
Scene select, stop
sequencing, lower or off
button and other functions
2-button wallstation
0.31 in
(8 mm)
1.38 in
(35 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
303
Sub-controls | 2-button wallstation
Available models
Model numbers
OMX 2-button wallstation
NTOMX-2B-XX1-E1
2-button
2-button (Japan)
NTOMX-2B-JA-XX1-E1
Compatible with LCP128™ and
Softswitch128® (XPS) systems.
2-button
GRX 2-button wallstation
2-button
NTGRX-2B-SL-XX1-E1
2-button (Japan)
NTGRX-2B-SL-JA-XX1-E1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finishes
E1: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E.”
304
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Architectural wallstation
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.38 in
(35 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
•
Offer the following functionality, dependant upon
button configuration and system:
– Toggle
– Scene selection
– Raise/lower zones or scenes
– All off
– Delay to off
– Enable/disable time clock
Slim-button, insert-style aesthetic compliments
GRAFIK Eye® main units and architectural-style
dimmers
Functionality may be selected in the field
OMX models operate at 24 V DC;
GRX models operate at 12/24 V DC
Engraving available
Dimensions and mounting
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
•
Shown above: OMX Architectural 4-scene
wallstation with raise/lower and off in White
(NTOMX-4S-WH)
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communications and wiring
•
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/ NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to main control unit
and other system components
OMX models—counts as one wallstation on the
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can have
up to 16 total keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each Architectural wallstation counts as
one wallstation
Download specification submittal for NTGRX
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-4B
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-4S
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-4SIR
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
305
Sub-controls | Architectural wallstation
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Insert I
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: NTOMX-4S-WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White F, I
Black B
IV
Ivory F, I
Black B
BE
Beige F, I
Black B
GR
Gray F, I
Black B
BR
Brown F, I
Black B
BL
Black F, I
Black B
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B, I
Architectural metal finishes
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B, I
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B, I
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B, I
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B, I
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B, I
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B, I
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B, I
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
306
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Architectural wallstation
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Buttons
•
2
3
4
•
5
Architectural 4-scene
wallstation with raise/lower
and off
0.31 in 1.38 in
(8 mm) (35 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
3 Off
•
4 Raise/lower
buttons
•
5 Insert style
•
Indicate which wallstation
button has been activated
Available with four scene
preset options
Can provide toggle, scene
selection, or enable/
disable time clock and
other functions
Turns all lights off
Brightens/dims all
assigned lighting
Insert style wallstations
use standard decorator
style faceplates for
single and multi-gang
configurations
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
307
Sub-controls | Architectural wallstation
Available models
Model numbers
OMX Architectural wallstations
NTOMX-4B-XX1-E1
4-button
4-button
4-scene with
raise/lower and off
4-button (Japan)
NTOMX-4B-JA-XX1-E1
4-scene with off
NTOMX-4S-NRL-XX1-E1
4-scene with off (Japan)
NTOMX-4NRL-JA-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower
and off
NTOMX-4S-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower
and off (Japan)
NTOMX-4S-JA-XX1-E1
4-scene with infrared
receiver and off
NTOMX-4S-IR-XX1-E1
4-scene with infrared
NTOMX-4SIR-JA-XX1-E1
receiver and off (Japan)
Compatible with LCP128™ and Softswitch128® (XPS).
GRX Architectural wallstations
NTGRX-4B-XX1-E1
4-button
4-scene with
infrared receiver
and off
4-scene with switch
interface, infrared
receiver and off
4-scene
with off
4-button (Japan)
NTGRX-4B-JA-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower
and off
NTGRX-4S-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower
and off (Japan)
NTGRX-4S-JA-XX1-E1
4-scene with infrared
receiver and off
NTGRX-4S-IR-XX1-E1
4-scene with infrared
receiver and off (Japan)
NTGRX-4SIR-JA-XX1-E1
4-scene with switch
interface, infrared receiver
and off
NTGRX-S14S-IR-XX1-E1
4-button master control
NTGRX-4M-XX1-E1
4-button master control
NTGRX-4M-JA-XX1-E1
(Japan)
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
4-button
master control
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finishes,
see pg. 306
E1: Engraving form required. If engraving not
desired, omit “E.”
308
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Slim-button wallstation
2.75 in (70 mm)
0.88 in
(21 mm)
profile
Features and capacities
•
•
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
Slim buttons select scenes
Two large buttons dim and brighten selected
scene or turn lights full on and off, depending on
functionality selected in field
OMX models operate at 24 V DC;
GRX models operate at 12/24 V DC
Engraving available
Dimensions and mounting
5-button and 10-button
•
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
15-button
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
•
Shown above: OMX Slim-button 5-button
wallstation in White (NTOMX-KP5-WH)
•
•
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Mounts in a standard 2-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-KP10
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-KP15
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-KP5
Download specification submittal for NTGR-KP
Download specification submittal for NTGRX-LB
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-LB6
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-LB6-RL
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-LB9
Download specification submittal for NTOMX-LB9-RL
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
Width: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/ NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
OMX models—counts as one wallstation on the
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system can
have up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each slim-button wallstation counts as
one wallstation
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
309
Sub-controls | Slim-button wallstation
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Lutron
button L
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: NTOMX-KP5-WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White F, B
Gray L
IV
Ivory F, B, L
BE
Beige F, B, L
GR
Gray F, B, L
BR
Brown F, B, L
BL
Black F, B, L
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B, L
Architectural metal finishes
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B, L
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B, L
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, L
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B, L
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B, L
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B, L
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, L
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B, L
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B, L
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, L
310
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Slim-button wallstation
Explanation of features
1
Features
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Buttons
•
2
3
4
Indicate which wallstation
button has been activated
Available with 5, 10, or
15 buttons
•
Provide scene selection
3 Lower or full on*
•
Dims all lighting
4 Raise or off*
•
Brightens all lighting
or turns all off
Slim-button 5-button wallstation
0.35 in 0.88 in
(9 mm) (21 mm)
*For Softswitch128® raise/lower buttons act as additional programmable buttons.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
311
Sub-controls | Slim-button wallstation
Available models
Model numbers
OMX slim-button wallstation
5-button
NTOMX-KP5-XX1-E1
5-button (Japan)
5-button
10-button
15-button
NTOMX-KP5-JA-XX1-E1
10-button
NTOMX-KP10-XX1-E1
10-button (Japan)
NTOMX-KP10-JA-XX1-E1
15-button
NTOMX-KP15-XX1-E1
15-button (Japan)
NTOMX-KP15-JA-XX1-E1
Compatible with LCP128™ and
Softswitch128® (XPS) systems.
GRX slim-button wallstation
5-button
NTGRX-KP5-XX1-E1
5-button (Japan)
10-button
NTGRX-KP10-XX1-E1
10-button (Japan)
15-button
NTGRX-KP5-JA-XX1-E1
NTGRX-KP10-JA-XX1-E1
NTGRX-KP15-XX1-E1
15-button (Japan)
NTGRX-KP15-JA-XX1-E1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finishes,
see pg. 310
1
E : Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E.”
312
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Large-button wallstation
2.75 in (70 mm)
Features and capacities
0.88 in
(21 mm)
depth
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
Functionality may be selected in the field
•
Large, easy-to-use buttons
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Offer the following functionality, dependent upon
button configuration and system:
– Toggle
– Scene selection
– Raise/lower zones or scenes
– All off
– Delay off
– Enable/disable time clock
•
OMX models operate at 24 V DC;
GRX models operate at 12/24 V DC
Engraving available
Dimensions and mounting
Shown above: GRX Large-button 5-scene
wallstation with off in White (NTGRX-LB6-WH)
5-scene with off and
3-scene with raise/lower and off
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
0.88 in
(21 mm)
depth
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
8-scene with off and
6-scene with raise/lower and off
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
•
Width: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 0.88 in (21 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 2-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: OMX Large-button 6-scene
wallstation with raise/lower and off in White
(NTOMX-LB9-RL-WH)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/ NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
OMX models—counts as one wallstation on the
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system can
have up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each large-button wallstation counts as
one wallstation
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
313
Sub-controls | Large-button wallstation
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Lutron
button L
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: NTOMX-LB9-WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White F, B
Gray L
IV
Ivory F, B, L
BE
Beige F, B, L
GR
Gray F, B, L
BR
Brown F, B, L
BL
Black F, B, L
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B, L
Architectural metal finishes
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B, L
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B, L
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, L
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B, L
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B, L
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B, L
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, L
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B, L
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B, L
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, L
314
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Large-button wallstation
Explanation of features
1
Features
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Buttons
•
2
3
•
4
3 Raise/lower
buttons*
Large-button 6-scene wallstation
with raise/lower and off
4 Off
•
•
Indicate which wallstation
button has been activated
Available with 3, 5, 6, or 8
buttons
Can provide toggle, scene
selection, or enable/
disable time clock and
other functions
Brightens/dims all
assigned lighting
Turns all lights off
0.31 in 0.88 in
(8 mm) (21 mm)
*For Softswitch128® raise/lower buttons act as additional programmable buttons.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
315
Sub-controls | Large-button wallstation
Available models
Model numbers
OMX large-button wallstation
NTOMX-LB6-XX1-E1
5-scene with off
5-scene with off (Japan)
5-scene
with off
8-scene
with off
NTOMX-LB6-JA-XX1-E1
NTOMX-LB9-XX1-E1
8-scene with off
8-scene with off (Japan)
NTOMX-LB9-JA-XX1-E1
3-scene with
raise/lower and off
NTOMX-LB6-RL-XX1-E1
3-scene with
NTOMX-LB6RLJA-XX1-E1
raise/lower and off (Japan)
6-scene with
raise/lower and off
3-scene with
raise/lower
and off
6-scene with
raise/lower
and off
NTOMX-LB9-RL-XX1-E1
6-scene with
NTOMX-LB9RLJA-XX1-E1
raise/lower and off (Japan)
Compatible with LCP128™ and Softswitch128® (XPS)
systems.
GRX large-button wallstation
5-scene with off
5-scene with off (Japan)
8-scene with off
NTGRX-LB6-XX1-E1
NTGRX-LB6-JA-XX1-E1
NTGRX-LB9-XX1-E1
8-scene with off (Japan)
NTGRX-LB9-JA-XX1-E1
3-scene with
raise/lower and off
NTGRX-LB6-RL-XX1-E1
3-scene with
NTGRX-LB6RLJA-XX1-E1
raise/lower and off (Japan)
6-scene with
raise/lower and off
NTGRX-LB9-RL-XX1-E1
6-scene with
NTGRX-LB9RLJA-XX1-E1
raise/lower and off (Japan)
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finishes,
see pg. 314
1
E : Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E.”
316
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | European-style wallstation
3.38 in (86 mm)
1.00 in
(25 mm)
depth
3.38 in (86 mm)
0.25 in
(6 mm)
profile
Shown above: OMX European-style 8-button
wallstation with infrared receiver/off and
raise/lower in White (EOMX-8S-IR-WH)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
Offer the following functionality:
– Toggle
– Scene selection
– Raise/lower zones or scenes
– All off
– Delay off
– Enable/disable time clock
In addition, the GRX 2-button model allows
for zone lockout, partitioning, sequencing,
fine-tuning and entrance and panic
wallstation selection
Functionality may be selected in the field
Large, rounded buttons allow engraving
to be displayed at an upward angle for
increased readability
OMX models operate at 24 V DC;
GRX models operate at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Height: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Depth: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
Mounts in U.K./German single-gang backbox;
Lutron supplies the backbox (P/N 241-683) with
the wallstation in the U.S.
Communication and wiring
•
•
Download specification submittal for EGRX
Download specification submittal for EOMX-2B
Download specification submittal for EOMX-4B
Download specification submittal for EOMX-4S
Download specification submittal for EOMX-4S-IR
Download specification submittal for EOMX-8S-IR
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/ NEC Class
2 standard wired communication to the main
control unit and other system components
OMX models—counts as one wallstation on
the OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/
wallstations and/or control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system
can have up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/
or control interfaces; each European-style
wallstation counts as one wallstation
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
317
Sub-controls | European-style wallstation
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: EOMX-8S-IR-WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White F, B
IV
Ivory F, B
BE
Beige F, B
GR
Gray F, B
BR
Brown F, B
BL
Black F, B
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
Architectural metal finishes
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
318
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | European-style wallstation
Explanation of features
1
Features
1 Status LEDs
2
3
4
European-style OMX 8-button
wallstation with infrared (IR)
receiver/off and raise/lower
0.25 in
(6 mm)
1.00 in
(25 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
•
2 Programmable
buttons
•
•
3 IR receiver/off
•
•
4 Raise/lower
buttons
•
Indicate which wallstation
button has been activated
Large LEDs to clearly
show status
Available with 2, 4, or
8 buttons
Can provide toggle, scene
selection, or enable/
disable time clock, and
other functions
Offers convenient control
of lights from IR remote
control, see pg. 292
Button turns all lights off
Brightens/dims all
assigned lighting
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
319
Sub-controls | European-style wallstation
Available models
Model numbers
OMX European-style wallstations
2-button
4-button
2-button
EOMX-2B-XX1-E1
4-button
EOMX-4B-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower and off
EOMX-4S-XX1-E1
8-scene with raise/lower and off
EOMX-8S-XX1-E1
4-scene with IR/off
and raise/lower
4-scene with
raise/lower
and off
4-scene with
IR/off and
raise/lower
8-scene with
raise/lower
and off
8-scene with
IR/off and
raise/lower
EOMX-4S-IR-XX1-E1
8-scene with IR/off
EOMX-8S-IR-XX1-E1
and raise/lower
Compatible with LCP128™ and
Softswitch128® (XPS) systems.
GRX European-style wallstations
2-button
EGRX-2B-SL-XX1-E1
4-button
EGRX-4B-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower and off
EGRX-4S-XX1-E1
8-scene with raise/lower and off
EGRX-8S-XX1-E1
4-scene with IR/off,
and raise/lower
EGRX-4S-IR-XX1-E1
8-scene with IR/off,
and raise/lower
EGRX-8S-IR-XX1-E1
4-button master control
EGRX-4M-XX1-E1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
4-button
with master
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finishes,
see pg. 318
1
E : Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E.”
320
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Architrave® wallstation
1.75 in (44 mm)
1.50 in (38 mm)
1.50 in
(38 mm)
depth
1.88 in
(48 mm)
depth
5.16 in (131 mm)
4.50 in (144 mm)
0.13 in
(3 mm)
profile
Shown actual size: OMX
Architrave slim-button 4-scene
wallstation with raise/lower and
off in White (OMX-7B-DW-WH)
0.13 in
(3 mm)
profile
Shown actual size: OMX
Architrave large-button 4-scene
wallstation with raise/lower and
off in White (OMX-4SLB-DW-WH)
Download specification submittal for Architrave
Download specification submittal for OMX-2B-DW
Download specification submittal for OMX-4SLB-DW
Download specification submittal for OMX-7B-DW
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
321
Sub-controls | Architrave® wallstation
•
•
•
•
•
Features and capacities
Dimensions and mounting
Offer the following functionality, dependent upon
button configuration and system:
– Toggle
– Scene selection
– Raise/lower zones or scenes
– All off
– Enable/disable time clock
OMX/GRX slim-button
•
•
Functionality may be selected in the field
Fits into door jamb, door trim or standard switch
location—occupants can adjust
lighting as they enter a room
OMX models operate at 24 V DC;
GRX models operate at 12/24 V DC
Width: 1.75 in (44 mm)
Height: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.50 in (38 mm)
Profile: 0.13 in (3 mm) for GRX
0.25 in (6 mm) for OMX
Mounts in Lutron-supplied backbox (P/N 241-399)
OMX/GRX large-button
•
•
Engraving available
Width: 1.50 in (38 mm)
Height: 5.16 in (131 mm)
Depth: 1.88 in (48 mm)
Profile: 0.13 in (3 mm)
Mounts in Lutron-supplied backbox (P/N 241-663)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
322
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/ NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
OMX models—counts as one wallstation on the
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system can
have up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each Architrave wallstation counts as
one wallstation
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Architrave® wallstation
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: OMX-7B-DW-WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White F
Black B
IV
Ivory
Black B
BE
Beige F
Black B
GR
Gray F
Black B
BR
Brown F
Black B
BL
Black F
Black B
Architectural metal finishes
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
* Finish option only available for Architrave large-button wallstation, not available for slim-button.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
323
Sub-controls | Architrave® wallstation
Explanation of features
Features
1
2
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Buttons
•
•
3
•
4
Architrave slim-button (top)
and large-button (bottom)
4-scene wallstation with
raise/lower and off
3 Off
•
4 Raise/lower
buttons*
•
Indicate which wallstation
button has been activated
OMX models available
with two or four buttons
GRX models available with
four buttons
Can provide toggle, scene
selection, or enable/
disable time clock and
other functions
Turns all lights off
Brightens/dims all
assigned lighting
1
2
3
4
* For Softswitch128® raise/lower buttons act as additional programmable buttons.
324
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Architrave™ wallstation
Available models
Model numbers
OMX Architrave wallstation
2-button slim-button
2-button slim-button
OMX-2B-DW-XX1-E1
4-scene slim-button with
raise/lower and off
OMX-7B-DW-XX1-E1
4-scene slim-button
with off
OMX-7B-NRL-DW-XX1-E1
4-scene large-button with
OMX-4SLB-DW-XX1-E1
raise/lower and off
Compatible with LCP128™ and
Softswitch128® (XPS) systems.
4-scene slim-button
with raise/lower
and off
4-scene slim-button
with off
GRX Architrave wallstation
4-scene slim-button with
raise/lower and off
4-scene slim-button with
raise/lower and off (Japan)
4-scene large-button
with raise/lower
and off
GRX-4S-DW-XX1-E1
GRX-4S-DW-JA-XX1-E1
4-scene large-button with
GRX-4SLB-DW-XX1-E1
raise/lower and off
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finishes,
see pg. 323
1
E : Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E.”
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
325
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
•
•
Shown actual size: OMX seeTouch
non-insert style 4-scene keypad with raise/
lower and off in White (SO-4SN-WH-EGN)
•
Offer the following functionality, dependant upon
button configuration and system:
– Toggle
– Scene selection
– Raise/lower zones or scenes
– All off
– Delay to off
– Enable/ disable time clock
In addition, the GRX 2-button model allows for zone
lockout, partitioning, sequencing, fine tuning and
entrance and panic keypad selection
Functionality may be selected in the field
Front accessible DIP switches allow change of
function without removing the unit from the wall
Standard OMX models include two contact closure
inputs on the back of the keypad; models also
available with an occupancy sensor connection that
supplies power to and receives control signals from
a wired occupancy sensor
OMX models operate at 24 V DC;
GRX models operate at 12/24 V DC
Large, rounded buttons are easy to use
Backlit buttons or text make it easy to find and
operate keypad in low-light conditions
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Download specification submittals
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
326
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
OMX models—counts as one keypad on the OMX
link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations and/or
control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system can
have up to 16 total keypads/wallstations and/or
control interfaces; each seeTouch keypad counts
as one keypad
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Engraving E
Insert I
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: SO-4SI-WH)
Gloss finishes (Available for insert style keypads only; coordinating faceplates included)
GWH
White F, I, B
Gray E
GLA
Light Almond F, I, B
Gray E
Satin finishes (Available for insert style keypads; coordinating faceplates ordered separately)
SW
Snow F, I, B
Gray E
LS
Limestone F, I
Gray B
White E
BI
Biscuit F, I B
Gray E
ES
Eggshell F, I, B
Gray E
PD
Palladium F, I
Gray B
White E
TP
Taupe F, I, B
Gray E
ST
Stone F, I
Gray B
White E
BG
Bluestone F, I
Gray B
White E
PL
Plum F, I
Taupe B
Gray E
SG
Sea Glass F, I
Gray B
White E
TQ
Turquoise F, I
Gray B
White E
GS
Goldstone F, I
Ivory B
Gray E
DS
Desert Stone F, I
Taupe B
Gray E
GB
Greenbriar F, I
Gray B
White E
MS
Mocha Stone F, I
Taupe B
Gray E
TC
Terracotta F, I
Taupe B
Gray E
SI
Sienna F, I
Brown B
White E
HT
Hot F, I
Taupe B
Gray E
MR
Merlot F, I
Taupe B
Gray E
MN
Midnight F, I, B
Gray E
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
327
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
Available finishes
Architectural matte finishes (Available for insert and non-insert style keypads;
coordinating faceplates included)
WH
White F, I, B
Gray E
BE
Beige F, I, B
Gray E
IV
Ivory F, I, B
Gray E
GR
Gray F, I, B
White E
TP
Taupe F, I, B
Gray E
BR
Brown F, I, B
White E
BL
Black F, I, B
White E
Architectural metal finishes (available for insert and non-insert style keypads;
coordinating faceplates included)
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B, I
White E
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B, I
White E
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
White E
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B, I
White E
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
White E
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B, I
White E
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B, I
White E
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
White E
328
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B, I
White E
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B, I
White E
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B, I
White E
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
2 3
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Buttons
•
4
5
•
•
Non-insert style seeTouch
4-scene keypads with
infrared receiver/off and
raise/lower
0.31 in 1.06 in
(8 mm) (27 mm)
3 Backlit buttons
or text
•
4 Infrared receiver
(IR)/off
•
•
5 Raise/lower
buttons
•
Indicate which keypad
button has been activated
OMX models available
with 1-7 buttons
GRX models available
with two or four buttons
Can provide toggle, scene
selection, or enable/
disable time clock and
other functions
Easy to read and use
in low-light conditions
Offers convenient control
of lights from IR remote
control, see pg. 292
Button turns all lights off
Brightens/dims all
assigned lighting
6
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
329
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
Available models
OMX seeTouch keypad model numbers
(Available in insert and non-insert styles,
non‑insert style shown)
Keypads
1-button
Non-insert style
SO-1BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-1BON-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
1-button
2-button
3-button
4-button
SO-1BI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection
SO-1BOI-XX2-EEE1
2-button
Non-insert style
5-button
6-button
7-button
SO-2BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-2BON-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection
SO-2BI-XX2-EEE1
SO-2BOI-XX2-EEE1
3-button
Non-insert style
SO-3BN-XX1-EEE1
4-scene with off
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-3BON-XX1-EEE1
4-button with master
Insert style
SO-3BI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection
SO-3BOI-XX2-EEE1
4-button
Non-insert style
4-scene with raise/lower and off
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-4BON-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SO-4BI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection
4-scene with
infrared receiver/off
and raise/lower
4-scene with
infrared receiver
programming/off
and raise/lower
330
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
SO-4BN-XX1-EEE1
SO-4BOI-XX2-EEE1
XX1: Architectural matte and metal color
codes, see pg. 328
XX 2: Gloss, architectural matte, metal and Satin
color codes, see pgs. 327-328
(Coordinating faceplates not included
with Satin Colors®, order separately,
see pg. 641)
1
EEE : Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
OMX seeTouch keypad model numbers
Keypads (continued)
Keypads with raise/lower and off
5-button
4-scene with raise/lower and off
Non-insert style
SO-5BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
SO-4SN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-5BON-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-4SON-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
Insert style
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection
SO-5BI-XX2-EEE1
SO-5BOI-XX2-EEE1
6-button
Non-insert style
SO-4SI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-4SOI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with LCP128 and Softswitch128 (XPS).
SO-6BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-6BON-XX1-EEE1
Keypads with infrared receiver/off
and raise/lower
Insert style
4-scene with infrared receiver/off and raise/lower
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection
SO-6BI-XX2-EEE1
SO-6BOI-XX2-EEE1
7-button
Non-insert style
SO-7BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-7BON-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SO-7BI-XX2-EEE1
Non-insert style
SO-4SIRN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-4SIRON-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SO-4SIRI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-4SIROI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with LCP128 and Softswitch128 (XPS).
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-7BOI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with LCP128™ and Softswitch128® (XPS).
Keypads with off
4-scene with off
Non-insert style
SO-4NRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-4NRLON-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SO-4NRLI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style with
occupancy sensor connection SO-4NRLOI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with LCP128 and Softswitch128 (XPS).
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
XX1: Architectural matte and metal color
codes, see pg. 328
XX 2: Gloss, architectural matte, metal and Satin
color codes, see pgs. 327-328
(Coordinating faceplates not included
with Satin Colors®, order separately,
see pg. 641)
1
EEE : Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
331
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
GRX seeTouch keypad model numbers
Keypads
Keypads with raise/lower and off
2-button
4-scene with raise/lower and off
SG-2BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
SG-2BI-XX2-EEE1
4-button
SG-4BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
SG-4BI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
Non-insert style
Insert style
SG-4SI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system.
Keypads with infrared receiver/off and
raise/lower
4-scene with infrared receiver/off and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Keypad with master
SG-4SN-XX1-EEE1
SG-4SIRN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SG-4SIRI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system.
4-button with master
SG-4MN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
SG-4MI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system.
Keypad with off
4-scene with off
Non-insert style
SG-4NRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SG-4NRLI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system.
XX1: Architectural matte and metal color
codes, see pg. 328
XX 2: Gloss, architectural matte, metal and Satin
color codes, see pgs. 327-328
(Coordinating faceplates not included
with Satin Colors®, order separately,
see pg.641)
1
EEE : Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
332
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
seeTouch keypad faceplate kit model numbers
Faceplate kits
Faceplate kits with off
1-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
4-scene with off
SR-1BN-XX1-EEE1
SR-1BI-XX -EEE
2
1
2-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
SR-2BN-XX1-EEE1
SR-2BI-XX2-EEE1
3-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
SR-3BN-XX1-EEE1
SR-3BI-XX2-EEE1
4-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
SR-4BN-XX1-EEE1
SR-4BI-XX2-EEE1
5-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
SR-5BN-XX1-EEE1
SR-5BI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style
SR-6BN-XX1-EEE1
SR-6BI-XX2-EEE1
7-button
Non-insert style
SR-7BN-XX1-EEE1
SR-4NRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SR-4NRLI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons, and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
Faceplate kits with raise/lower and off
4-scene with raise/lower and off
Non-insert style
SR-4SN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SR-4SI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons, and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
Faceplate kits with infrared (IR) receiver/off
and raise/lower
4-scene with IR receiver/off
and raise/lower
Non-insert style
6-button
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
SR-4SIRN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SR-4SIRI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons, and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
IR faceplate kits require IR seeTouch keypads with
IR functionality.
Insert style
SR-7BI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons, and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
Faceplate kits with master
4-button with master
Non-insert style
SR-4MN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SR-4MI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons, and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
XX1: Architectural matte and metal color
codes, see pg. 328
XX 2: Gloss, architectural matte, metal and Satin
color codes, see pgs. 327-328
(Coordinating faceplates not included
with Satin Colors®, order separately,
see pg. 642)
1
EEE : Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
333
Sub-controls | seeTouch keypad
®
seeTouch keypad button kit model numbers
Button kits
Button kits with master
1-button
4-button with master
Non-insert style
Insert style
SB-1BN-XX1-EEE1
SB-1BI-XX2-EEE1
2-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
SB-2BN-XX1-EEE1
SB-2BI-XX2-EEE1
3-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
SB-3BN-XX -EEE
1
1
SB-3BI-XX -EEE
2
1
SB-4MN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
SB-4MI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
Button kits with off
4-scene with off
Non-insert style
SB-4NRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SB-4NRLI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
4-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
SB-4BN-XX1-EEE1
SB-4BI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style
SB-5BN-XX1-EEE1
SB-5BI-XX2-EEE1
6-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
SB-6BN-XX1-EEE1
SB-6BI-XX2-EEE1
7-button
Non-insert style
4-scene with raise/lower and off
Non-insert style
5-button
Non-insert style
Button kits with raise/lower and off
SB-7BN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SB-7BI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
SB-4SN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SB-4SI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
Button kits with infrared (IR) receiver/off
and raise/lower
4-scene with IR receiver/off
and raise/lower
Non-insert style
SB-4SIRN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
SB-4SIRI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with seeTouch keypads.
IR button kits require IR seeTouch keypads with
IR functionality.
XX1: Limited architectural matte color codes,
see pg. 328 for corresponding button colors
2
XX : Limited gloss, architectural matte, and
Satin Colors® codes, see pgs. 327-328 for
corresponding button colors
EEE1: Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
334
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch window treatment keypad
®
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: seeTouch non-insert style
dual 3-button window treatment keypad
in White (SG-3WDN-WH-E01)
Offers the following functionality, dependant
on button configuration:
– Open
– Close
– Stop
– Raise/lower
– Preset
Used to control one or more window treatment
zones simultaneously on GRAFIK Eye® control unit
Can control Sivoia® QED and AC motorized
window treatments
Front addressable DIP switches allow change of
address without removing the unit from the wall
Large round buttons are easy to use
Backlit buttons or text make it easy to find and
operate the keypad in low light conditions
Shipped with standard engraving, custom
engraving available
Operate at 24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communications and wiring
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can have up to sixteen
keypads/wallstations and/or control interfaces; each
seeTouch window treatment keypad counts as
one keypad
Download specification submittal (2-button)
Download specification submittal (dual 3-button)
Download specification submittal (3-button)
Download specification submittal (3-button
with raise/lower)
Download specification submittal (5-button
preset with raise/lower)
Download engraving sheet
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
335
Sub-controls | seeTouch window treatment keypad
®
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Insert I
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: SG-3WDN-WH-E01)
Gloss finishes (Available for insert style keypads only; coordinating faceplates included)
GWH
White F, I, B
Gray E
GLA
Light Almond F, I, B
Gray E
Architectural matte finishes (Available for insert and non-insert keypads; coordinating faceplates included)
WH
White F, I, B
Gray E
IV
Ivory F, I, B
Gray E
BE
Beige F, I, B
Gray E
GR
Gray F, I, B
Gray E
TP
BR
Taupe F, B
Brown F, B
(non-insert only) White E
Gray E
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B, I
White E
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B, I
White E
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
White E
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B, I
White E
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B, I
White E
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B, I
White E
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
White E
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B, I
White E
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B, I
White E
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B, I
White E
336
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
BL
Black F, B
White E
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B, I
White E
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch window treatment keypad
®
Explanation of features
Features
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Buttons
•
1
2 3
•
4
5
Non-insert style seeTouch
window treatment keypads
0.31 in 1.06 in
(8 mm) (27 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
3 Backlit button
•
4 Raise/lower
buttons
•
5 Dual button
configurations
•
Indicate which keypad button
has been activated
Available with 2, 3, or 5 scene
preset options
Can provide Open, Stop,
Close or Preset functionality
depending on button
configuration
Easy to read and use in
low-light conditions
Raises/lowers
assigned shades
Keypad functions as two
independently programmable
controllers
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
337
Sub-controls | seeTouch window treatment keypad
®
Available models
Model numbers
(Available in insert and non-insert styles,
insert style shown)
seeTouch window treatment keypads
2-button
3-button
Dual 3-button
3-button with
raise/lower
2-button, non-insert style
SG-2WN-XX1-E01
2-button, insert style
SG-2WI-XX1-E01
3-button, non-insert style
SG-3WN-XX1-E01
3-button, insert style
SG-3WI-XX1-E01
Dual 3-button, non-insert style SG-3WDN-XX1-E01
Dual 3-button, insert style
SG-3WDI-XX1-E01
3-button with raise/lower,
SG-3WRLN-XX1-E01
non-insert style
3-button with raise/lower,
SG-3WRLI-XX1-E01
insert style
5-button preset with
SG-5WRLN-XX1-E01
raise/lower, non-insert style
5-button preset with
SG-5WRLI-XX1-E01
raise/lower, insert style
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
5-button preset
with raise/lower
XX1: Gloss, architectural matte and
metal finishes, see pg. 336
E01: Standard engraving, no engraving form
required. If custom engraving required
replace “E01” with “EGN” and include
engraving form with order.
338
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Partition status keypad/wallstation
6.32 in (161 mm)
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
4.56 in (116 mm)
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: seeTouch® partition status
keypad with custom-engraved faceplate
in White (SG-4PS-CF-WH-E)
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.38 in
(35 mm)
depth
3.38 in (86 mm)
1.00 in
(25 mm)
depth
4.56 in (116 mm)
3.38 in (86 mm)
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
0.25 in
(6 mm)
profile
Shown above: Architectural
partition status wallstation in
White (NTGRX-4PS-WH)
Shown above: European-style
partition status wallstation in White
(EGRX-4PS-WH)
Download specification submittal
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
339
Sub-controls | Partition status keypad/wallstation
Dimensions and mounting
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Coordinates lighting for up to four movable walls
(five rooms)
•
Each toggle button is set-up to operate the main
control unit associated with a moveable wall
When the wall is open to make one large space,
the user presses the toggle button associated
to the wall to turn on the LED; the main control
units assigned to that button will then work
in combination
When the wall is closed to make several smaller
spaces, the user presses the toggle button
associated to the wall to turn off the LED; the
main control unit assigned to that button will
then work independently
•
•
•
The bottom button resets all main control units
Available in three wallstation/keypad styles—
seeTouch®, Architectural and European-style;
seeTouch keypads and Architectural wallstations
are available with custom-engraved faceplate
with floor plan to match project
•
Operates at 12/24 V DC
•
•
•
seeTouch
Without custom-engraved faceplate:
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
With custom-engraved faceplate:
Width: 6.32 in (161 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Architectural
Without custom-engraved faceplate:
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
With custom-engraved faceplate:
Width: 6.32 in (161 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
European-style
Width: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Height: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Depth: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
Mounts in U.K./German 1-gang backbox
(P/N 241-683)
Communication and wiring
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system can have up to 16 total
keypads/wallstations and/or control interfaces; each
partition control counts as one keypad/wallstation
Download specification submittal
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
340
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Partition status keypad/wallstation
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 LEDs
•
2 Toggle buttons
•
2
•
seeTouch® partition status wallstation
3 Reset button
1
•
Visual indicator whether
a wall is deemed open
or closed
Set-up to operate
the main control unit
associated with a
moveable wall
Press to advise main
control units to work
in combination or
independently
Resets all main control
units to independent
operation
2
3
Architectural partition
status wallstation
1
2
3
European-style partition
status wallstation
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
341
Sub-controls | Partition status keypad/wallstation
Available models
Model numbers
(Available in insert and non-insert styles,
non-insert style shown)
seeTouch partition status keypad
seeTouch® partition
status keypad
Insert version without
custom-engraved faceplate
SG-4PSI-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert version without
custom-engraved faceplate
SG-4PSN-XX1-EEE1
Insert version with
custom-engraved faceplate
SG-4PS-CF-XX2-E1
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
Architectural partition status wallstation
Without custom-engraved
faceplate
With custom-engraved
faceplate
Architectural partition
status wallstation
NTGRX-4PS-XX2-E2
NTGRX-4PS-CF-XX2-E2
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system.
European-style partition status wallstation
Partition wallstation
EGRX-4PS-XX3-E2
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system.
European-style partition
status wallstation
XX1: Gloss, architectural matte, metal, and
Satin color codes, see pgs. 327-328
(Coordinating faceplates not included with
Satin colors, order separately, see pg.642)
XX2: Architectural matte and metal color codes,
see pg. 306
XX3: Architectural matte and metal color codes,
see pg. 318
1
EEE : Engraving code required, see pg. 667-668
E1: Engraving form required with order
E2: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
342
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Keyswitch
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.38 in
(35 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Limits access to lighting control system, requires
authorized personnel to use a key
OMX models provide scene selection or enable/
disable time clock functionality
GRX models allow the following functionality:
4.56 in (116 mm)
–
–
–
–
–
–
Scene selection
Entrance or panic wallstation selection
Fine-tuning
Partitioning
Zone lockout
Sequencing
•
Functionality may be selected in the field
•
Ideal for use in public spaces
•
Available in two wallstation styles: Architectural
(non-insert or insert) and European-style
Dimensions and mounting
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: OMX Architectural keyswitch
in 1-gang matte finish faceplate in White
(NTOMX-KS-WH)
Architectural
•
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.38 in (35 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
European-style
•
•
Width: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Height: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Depth: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
Mounts in a U.K./German 1-gang backbox
(P/N 241-683)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
OMX models—counts as one wallstation on the
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX models—GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system can
have up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each keyswitch counts as one wallstation
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
343
Sub-controls | Keyswitch
Explanation of features
Features
1 Keyswitch
•
Limits access to lighting
control system, requires
authorized personnel to
use a key
1
Center position
European-style keyswitch
Left
position
Center position
Right
position
3MOC: 3-position
momentary;
center position
key removal
± 45° travel
Available models
(Architectural keyswitch available in
insert and non-insert styles, non-insert
style shown)
Architectural
keyswitch
344
European-style
keyswitch
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Center position
Left
position
Right
position
3MAC: 3-position
Maintained;
center position
key removal
± 90° travel
Center position
Right
position
2MAC: 2-position
Maintained;
center position
key removal
± 90° travel
Right
position
2MAA: 2-position
maintained;
any position
key removal
± 90° travel
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Keyswitch
Model numbers
OMX Keyswitches
NTOMX-KSN3MOC-XX1-CPN5313-E1
Architectural non-insert style, 3-position momentary,
center position key removal
NTOMX-KSI3MOC-XX1-CPN5313-E1
Architectural insert style, 3-position momentary,
center position key removal
NTOMX-KSN3MAC-XX1-CPN5313-E1
Architectural non-insert style, 3-position maintained,
center position key removal
NTOMX-KSI3MAC-XX1-CPN5313-E1
Architectural insert style, 3-position maintained,
center position key removal
NTOMX-KSN2MAC-XX1-CPN5313-E1
Architectural non-insert style, 2-position maintained,
center position key removal
NTOMX-KSI2MAC-XX1-CPN5313-E1
Architectural insert style, 2-position maintained,
center position key removal
NTOMX-KSN2MAA-XX1-CPN5313-E1
Architectural non-insert style, 2-position maintained,
any position key removal
NTOMX-KSI2MAA-XX1-CPN5313-E1
Architectural insert style, 2-position maintained,
any position key removal
European-style, 3-position momentary,
center position key removal
EOMX-KS-XX2-CPN2783-E1
European-style, 2-position maintained,
center position key removal
Compatible with LCP128™ and Softswitch128® (XPS) systems.
EOMX-KS-XX2-CPN3951-E1
GRX Keyswitches
NTGRX-KSN-XX1-CPN0731-E1
Architectural non-insert style, 3-position momentary,
center position key removal
NTGRX-KSI-XX1-CPN0731-E1
Architectural insert style, 3-position momentary,
center position key removal
NTGRX-KSN-CENTURY-XX1-CPN1115-E1
Architectural non-insert style, 2-position maintained,
center position key removal
NTGRX-KSI-CENTURY-XX1-CPN1115-E1
Architectural insert style, 2-position maintained,
center position key removal
EGRX-KS-XX2-CPN2782-E1
European-style, 3-position momentary,
center position key removal
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
XX1: Architectural matte and metal color codes, see pg. 306
XX2: Architectural matte and metal color codes, see pg. 318
E1: Engraving form required with order. If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
345
Sub-controls | Multi-channel theatrical console
10.13 in
(257 mm
)
2.87 in
(73 mm) depth
25.38 in (645 mm)
Shown above: 24-channel theatrical console (LTC-24)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fully featured and simple to operate these consoles
were designed and built for professional use with
full-size knobs, quick-action bump buttons and
large bright LEDs
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Available with 12 or 24 channels
Two scene preset mode allows manual control
of lighting
Chase memory provides easy-to-program chases,
and makes lights run a continuous pattern
Cue stack and go button allows playback of a show
using one button to advance from scene to scene
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wiring
for communication
Requires 120 V external power supply
DMX512 input interface (LCP128) or 2Link
(12-15 V AC, 1 A) circuit selector panel (GRAFIK
Eye® 4000/Quantum®) required to integrate with
Lutron® lighting control system
Does not count toward any device limits on
a Lutron system
Related components
Simultaneous DMX, microplex, and analog output
Four pages of playback memories provide 48 or
96 locations to store presets
Dimensions and mounting
12-channel
•
Width: 15.41 in (391 mm)
Height: 10.13 in (257 mm)
Depth: 2.87 in (73 mm)
24-channel
•
Width: 25.38 in (645 mm)
Height: 10.13 in (257 mm)
Depth: 2.87 in (73 mm)
DMX512 input interface
(sold separately,
see pg. 482)
Model numbers
Multi-channel theatrical consoles
12-channel
LTC-12
24-channel
LTC-24
Compatible with LCP128™, GRAFIK Eye® 4000, and
Quantum® systems.
346
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | EcoSystem IR remote control and IR receiver
®
1.51 in (38 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
4.61 in (117 mm)
•
•
•
•
Shown actual size:
EcoSystem infrared (IR) remote
control in White (C-FLRC-WH)
•
•
•
Features and capacities
•
Remote control includes on/off, raise/lower and
a favorite level button
•
Using IR technology, the remote control can adjust
lights from minimum to maximum and set and recall
a favorite light level
•
Aim remote at IR receiver and press desired button
•
Available in White (WH)
IR receiver:
Diameter: 1.18 in (30 mm)
Depth: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.69 in (17 mm)
IR receiver mounts easily to ceiling tiles or fixtures
with 0.38 in (10 mm) diameter hole; IR remote is
handheld device
Communication and wiring
•
0.55 in
(14 mm)
depth
IR remote control:
Width: 1.51 in (38 mm)
Height: 4.61 in (117 mm)
Depth: 0.55 in (14 mm)
•
IR remote control uses IR signals to communicate
with the IR receiver
IR receiver responds to IR signals from up
to 8 ft (2.5 m) away when mounted on a
10 ft (3 m) ceiling
Total wire length from IR receiver to device must not
exceed 100 ft (30 m)
IR receiver—20 V DC; IR remote control - battery
(two AAA batteries included)
IR receiver is designed to connect directly to an
EcoSystem ballast or module (with sensor inputs),
QS sensor module, or Energi Savr Node™ module
via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wiring
IR receiver does not connect directly to QS link
Each QS link on a Quantum® processor can have
up to 100 keypads; each IR receiver counts as one
keypad toward the limit when connected to a QS
sensor module or Energi Savr Node module
Uses one-half power draw unit on the QS link when
connected to the QS sensor module; power draw
calculations are not needed for inputs connected
directly to the Energi Savr Node or EcoSystem
ballast/module
Download specification submittal for IR receiver
Download specification submittal for IR
remote control
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
347
Sub-controls | EcoSystem IR remote control and IR receiver
®
Explanation of features
Features
5
1 On button
•
1
2 Off button
•
2
3
3 Dimming
rocker
•
•
4
4 Favorite level
button
5 IR transmitter
•
6 IR receiver
•
7 Status
indicator
•
8 Threaded
mounting
•
EcoSystem infrared (IR)
remote control
Lights brighten smoothly to
full intensity
Tap once—lights dim
smoothly to off
Raise/lower lights
Tap once to recall your
favorite light level
Transmits signal line-of-sight
to receiver
Requires line-of-sight from
IR remote control
Flashes when IR signal is
being received
Use 3/8-16 nut (provided) for
mounting
0.55 in (14 mm)
1.18 in (30 mm)
6
7
0.69 in
(17 mm)
profile
1.25 in
(32 mm)
depth
8
0.69 in (17 mm)
Shown actual size: EcoSystem ceiling-mount
IR receiver in White (EC-IR-WH)
348
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | EcoSystem IR remote control and IR receiver
®
Available models
Model numbers
IR remote control
IR remote control
C-FLRC-WH
IR receiver
EcoSystem
infrared (IR)
remote control
EcoSystem
IR receiver
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
IR Receiver
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
EC-IR-WH
349
Sub-controls | QS infrared (IR) eye
7.25 in (184 mm)
Features and capacities
•
Provides control of shades/drapes and lighting via
IR handheld remote controls by providing an
access point
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Provides access to 16 scenes (plus off) or 16 areas
•
Works with all Lutron handheld IR remote controls
•
•
Allows IR integration via third-party IR remotes
•
•
•
•
•
Integrates shading and lighting devices via a single
IR device
Simple to program and reconfigure as the needs of
the space change
LED provides feedback during programming and
troubleshooting
Operating range: 30 ft (9 m) line of sight
Wiring flexibility allows the IR eye to plug directly
into shading devices or wire into the QS link via
the included harness adapter
Uses one power draw unit on the QS link
Each QS link on the Quantum® processor can have
up to 99 QS devices and 100 keypads; each QS
IR eye counts as one QS device and one keypad
toward the limits
Related components
Available in White (WH)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
Cord length: 7.25 in (184 mm)
IR receiver diameter: 1.19 in (30 mm)
IR receiver depth: 0.75 in (19 mm)
IR remote control
(available separately, see pg. 292)
Wiring harness can easily be configured to exit
the side or out the back to accommodate a variety
of mounting options
Self adhesive mounting disc allows for secure
mounting to any surface
Model numbers
QS IR eye
IR eye
QSE-IR-WH
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Download specification submittal
350
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
1.19 in (30 mm)
0.75 in
(19 mm)
depth
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
1.30 in (33 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
•
2.60 in (66 mm)
0.31 in
(8 mm)
depth
Shown actual size: 3-button with
raise/lower Pico wireless control in
White (PJ-3BRL-GWH-T01)
•
•
•
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Allows master control from any location
without wires
Available in a variety of colors and button
configurations with predetermined button labeling
Buttons can control a single light or shade, or zone
of lights or group of shades
Models available to control lighting and non-lighting
loads, as well as shade group
Simple to install in single-gang or multi-gang
applications with Lutron Claro® or international
faceplates
Can be handheld, mounted to wall using Pico
faceplate adapter kit, mounted on a tabletop
pedestal, or kept on a car visor clip
Communication and wiring
•
•
Width: 1.30 in (33 mm)
Height: 2.60 in (66 mm)
Depth: 0.31 in (8 mm)
•
•
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
Radio Frequency (RF) technology to the
HomeWorks® QS repeater, a GRAFIK Eye® QS
wireless main unit or QS sensor module
Models available for operation at 434 MHz,
434 limited channel MHz, 865 MHz, 868 MHz, and
868 limited channel MHz
RF range is 30 ft (9 m) to compatible
RF devices
Each RF link in a HomeWorks QS system can
have up to 99 wireless devices; each Pico wireless
control counts as one wireless device toward
the limit
Each QS sensor module can communicate with up
to ten Pico wireless controls
Each GRAFIK Eye QS main unit can communicate
with up to 30 wireless devices; each Pico wireless
control counts as one wireless device toward
the limit
Each QS link on the Quantum processor can have
up to 100 keypads; each Pico wireless control
counts as one keypad toward the limit
Battery included
Add wireless controls to a system for increased
convenience and energy savings
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
351
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
Available finishes
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: PJ-3BRL-GWH-T01)
Gloss finishes
WH
White
Matte finishes
WG
White/Gray
IV
Ivory
LA
Light Almond
BL
Black
TAW
Arctic White
TBL
Black
White color palette in all models
2-button
2-button
with raise/
lower
3-button
3-button
with raise/
lower
White/Gray color palette in all models
Pedestal finishes
Gloss finishes
2-button
2-button
with raise/
lower
3-button
3-button
with raise/
lower
WH
White
BL
Black
For engraving information see pg. 356 (434 MHz models), or pg. 359 (868 MHz, 868 limited channel MHz,
865 MHz, and 434 limited channel MHz models).
352
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
Mounting options
Single pedestal for tabletops
Dual pedestal for tabletops
(L-PED1-)
(L-PED2-)
1.45 in
(37 mm)
2.95 in
(75 mm)
3.18 in (81 mm)
1.78 in (45 mm)
Triple pedestal for tabletops
Quad pedestal for tabletops
(L-PED3-)
(L-PED4-)
6.00 in (152 mm)
4.59 in (117 mm)
Wall-mount
(no wallbox required)
2.94 in (75 mm)
3.39 in (86 mm)
Car visor clip
(PICO-CARVISOR-CL)
3.39 in (86 mm)
3.39 in (86 mm)
4.69 in (118 mm)
Pico mounted inside a
1-gang Claro® faceplate
in White (CW-1-WH),
see pg. 640 (adapter plate
required PICO-FP-ADAPT)
3.39 in (86 mm)
Left: Pico mounted inside a 1-gang International
faceplate in Arctic White (PFP-1-B-FAW-M)
Right: Two Picos mounted inside a 2-gang International
faceplate in Arctic White (PFP-2-B-FAW-M)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
353
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 On/Open
•
2 Raise button/
tilt up
•
3
•
2
3
4
5
Lower button/
tilt down
3-button Pico
(with raise/lower)
0.31 in
(8 mm)
354
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
4 Preset button
•
5 Off/Close
•
Press once and lighting
device(s) brighten to
full intensity or shades move
to open
Press and hold for lights
to increase in intensity,
for shades to open, or for
venetian blinds to tilt
Press and hold for lights
to decrease in intensity,
for shades to close, or for
venetian blinds to tilt
Tap once to recall a favorite
lighting or shade level
Tap once and lighting
device(s) will dim to off or
shades will close
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
Available models (434 MHz)
Model numbers (434 MHz)
2-button Pico (434 MHz)
Light icon
PJ-2B-GXX1-I01
Light text
PJ-2B-GXX1-T01
Power icon
2-button
2-button
with raise/lower
PJ-2B-GXX1-I14
3-button Pico (434 MHz)
Light icon
PJ-3B-GXX1-I01
Light text
PJ-3B-GXX1-T01
2-button with raise/lower Pico (434 MHz)
3-button
3-button
with raise/lower
Light icon
PJ-2BRL-GXX1-I01
Light text
PJ-2BRL-GXX1-T01
Shade icon
PJ-2BRL-GXX1-I02
Shade text
PJ-2BRL-GXX1-T02
Drapery icon
PJ-2BRL-GXX1-I08
Drapery text
PJ-2BRL-GXX1-T08
3-button with raise/lower Pico (434 MHz)
Light icon
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-I01
Light text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T01
Shade icon
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-I02
Shade text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T02
Shade 1 text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T05
Shade 2 text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T06
Screen text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T07
Drape icon
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-I08
Drape text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T08
Blackout text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T09
Sheer text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T10
Blind text
PJ-3BRL-GXX1-T13
Compatible with the Quantum® and
HomeWorks® QS systems.
XX1: Available in Gloss finishes: White (WH),
White/Gray (WG), Light Almond (LA),
Ivory (IV), and Black (BL), see pg. 352
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
355
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
Engraving options and model number engraving codes
for 434 MHz models
Light — Text
Light
Light
Light
Light
On
On
On
Off
Off
Preset
On
Off
Off
2-button (T01)
3-button (T01)
Light and Power — Icons
3-button (I01)
2-button (I01)
2-button with
raise/lower (T01)
3-button with
raise/lower (T01)
2-button with
raise/lower (I01)
3-button with
2-button (I14)
raise/lower (I01)
Automated Window Treatments — Text
Automated Window
Treatments — Icons
Shade
Shade
Shade 1
Shade 2
Screen
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Close
Close
Close
Close
Close
2-button
with raise/
lower—
Shade (T02)
3-button
with raise/
lower—
Shade (T02)
3-button
with raise/
lower—
Shade 1 (T05)
3-button
with raise/
lower—
Shade 2 (T06)
3-button
with raise/
lower—
Screen (T07)
Drape
Drape
Blackout
Sheer
Blind
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Close
Close
Close
Close
Close
2-button with
raise/lower—
Drape (T08)
3-button with
raise/lower—
Drape (T08)
356
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
3-button with 3-button with
raise/lower— raise/lower—
Blackout (T09) Sheer (T10)
3-button with
raise/lower—
Blind (T13)
2-button with
raise/lower—
Shade (I02)
3-button with
raise/lower—
Shade (I02)
2-button with
raise/lower—
Drape (I08)
3-button with
raise/lower—
Drape (I08)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
Available models
(865 MHz, 868 MHz,
868 limited channel MHz, and
434 limited channel MHz)
Model numbers (865 MHz)
2-button Pico (865 MHz)
Light
Roller blind
QSRNP-2-TXX1-I03
QSRNP-2-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRNP-2-TXX1-I13
3-button Pico (865 MHz)
2-button
2-button
with raise/lower
Preset
Light
Roller blind
QSRNP-3-TXX1-I03
QSRNP-3-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRNP-3-TXX1-I13
2-button Pico with raise/lower (865 MHz)
Light
Roller blind
QSRNP-2R-TXX1-I03
QSRNP-2R-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRNP-2R-TXX1-I13
3-button Pico with raise/lower (865 MHz)
3-button
3-button
with raise/lower
Light
Roller blind
QSRNP-3R-TXX1-I03
QSRNP-3R-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRNP-3R-TXX1-I13
Compatible with the Quantum® and
HomeWorks® QS systems.
XX1: Available in matte Arctic White (TAW) or
matte Black (TBL), see pg. 352
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
357
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
Model numbers
(868 MHz)
Model numbers
(868 limited channel MHz)
2-button Pico (868 MHz)
2-button Pico (868 limited channel MHz)
Light
Roller blind
QSRKP-2-TXX1-I03
QSRKP-2-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRKP-2-TXX1-I13
3-button Pico (868 MHz)
Light
Roller blind
QSRKP-3-TXX I03
QSRKP-3-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRKP-3-TXX1-I13
1-
2-button Pico with raise/lower (868 MHz)
Light
Roller blind
QSRKP-2R-TXX1-I03
QSRKP-2R-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRKP-2R-TXX1-I13
3-button Pico with raise/lower (868 MHz)
Light
Roller blind
QSRKP-3R-TXX1-I03
QSRKP-3R-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRKP-3R-TXX1-I13
Compatible with the Quantum® and
HomeWorks® QS systems.
QSRMP-2-TXX1-I03
QSRMP-2-TXX1-I04
QSRMP-2-TXX1-I13
Light
Roller blind
Curtain
2-button Pico with raise/lower
(868 limited channel MHz)
Light
Roller blind
QSRMP-2R-TXX1-I03
QSRMP-2R-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRMP-2R-TXX1-I13
3-button Pico with raise/lower
(868 limited channel MHz)
Light
QSRMP-3R-TXX1-I03
Roller blind
QSRMP-3R-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRMP-3R-TXX1-I13
Compatible with the Quantum and
HomeWorks QS systems.
Pedestal and adapter kit (for all Pico models)
Pico tabletop pedestals
Single pedestal
L-PED1-XX1
Dual pedestal
L-PED2-XX1
Triple pedestal
L-PED3-XX1
Quadruple pedestal
L-PED4-XX1
Pico wireless control not included with pedestal,
order separately.
Adapters
Wallplate adapter
PICO-FP-ADAPT
For international wallplate and adapter, call Lutron
customer service for details.
Car visor clip
Car visor clip
PICO-CARVISOR-CL
XX : Available in gloss White (WH),
gloss Black (BL), matte Arctic White (TAW)
or matte Black (TBL), see pg. 352
1
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
358
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Pico wireless control
®
Model numbers
(434 limited channel MHz)
2-button Pico (434 limited channel MHz)
Light
QSRQP-2-TXX1-I03
Roller blind
QSRQP-2-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRQP-2-TXX1-I13
Engraving options and model
number engraving codes for
865 MHz, 868 MHz, 868 limited
channel MHz, and 434 limited
channel MHz models
Light — Icons
3-button Pico (434 limited channel MHz)
Light
QSRQP-3-TXX1-I03
Roller blind
QSRQP-3-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRQP-3-TXX1-I13
Preset
2-button Pico with raise/lower
(434 limited channel MHz)
Light
QSRQP-2R-TXX1-I03
Roller blind
QSRQP-2R-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRQP-2R-TXX -I13
1
3-button Pico with raise/lower
(434 limited channel MHz)
2-button
(I03)
3-button
(I03)
2-button
with raise/
lower (I03)
3-button
with raise/
lower (I03)
Automated Window Treatments — Icons
Light
QSRQP-3R-TXX1-I03
Roller blind
QSRQP-3R-TXX1-I04
Curtain
QSRQP-3R-TXX1-I13
Compatible with the Quantum® and
HomeWorks® QS systems.
Preset
Preset
2-button—
Roller blind
(I04)
2-button—
Curtain
(I13)
3-button—
Roller blind
(I04)*
3-button—
Curtain
(I13)*
3-button
with raise/
lower—
Roller
blind (I04)
3-button
with raise/
lower—
Curtain
(I13)
3-button
with raise/
lower—
Roller
blind (I04)
3-button
with raise/
lower—
Curtain
(I13)
* 3-button not available in QSRMP(868 limited channel MHz) models.
XX1: Available in gloss White (WH),
gloss Black (BL), matte Arctic White (TAW)
or matte Black (TBL), see pg. 352
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
359
Sub-controls | Pico wired control
®
2.94 in (75 mm)
1.98 in
(50 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Control individual fixture or group of fixtures
4-button configurations available with options for
preset and raise/lower buttons
Intuitive icon labeling
Coordinating Claro faceplates and Pico faceplate
adapter available separately
4.69 in (119 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 2.94 in (75 mm);
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm);
Depth: 1.98 in (50 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: Pico wired control in
White (PX-2B-GWH-I01) in a 1-gang
Claro® faceplate (CW-1-WH) with a Pico
faceplate adapter (PICO-FP-ADAPT)
(sold separately)
•
•
•
•
•
Claro faceplate
Pico wired
control
Total wire length from control to device must
not exceed 100 ft (30 m)
Designed to connect directly to an EcoSystem®
ballast or module (with sensor inputs),
QS sensor module or Energi Savr Node™ module
via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wiring
Does not connect directly to QS link
Each QS link on a Quantum® processor can have
up to 100 keypads; each Pico wired control counts
as one keypad toward the limit
Uses one-half power draw unit on the QS link when
connected to the QS sensor module; power draw
calculations are not needed for inputs connected
directly to the Energi Savr Node module or
EcoSystem ballast/module
Faceplate
adapter
Download specification submittal
360
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | Pico wired control
®
Available finishes
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: PX-2B-GWH-I01)
Gloss finishes
(available for most button configurations)
WH
White
WG
White/Gray
IV
Ivory
LA
Light Almond
BL
Black
White/Gray color palette in all models
2-button Light
(I01) labeling
2-button
with raise/lower
Light
(I01) labeling
3-button
Light
(I01) labeling
3-button
with raise/lower
Light
(I01) labeling
3-button
Light (I01)
labeling
3-button with
raise/lower
Light (I01)
labeling
Icon labeling by model
2-button Light
(I01) labeling
2-button with
raise/lower
Light (I01)
labeling
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
361
Sub-controls | Pico wired control
®
Available models
Model numbers
Pico wired control
2-button
2-button with raise/lower
3-button
2-button
2-button
with raise/lower
3-button
with preset
3-button with
preset and
raise/lower
PX-2B-GXX1-I01
PX-2BRL-GXX1-I01
PX-3B-GXX1-I01
3-button with raise/lower
PX-3BRL-GXX1-I01
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
XX1: Available in gloss finishes: White/Gray
(WG), White (WH), Light Almond (LA),
Ivory (IV), and Black (BL), see pg. 361
362
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | EcoSystem wallstation
®
2.94 in (75 mm)
1.45 in
(37 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
4-button control with raise/lower rocker
•
Four presets in addition to All On and All Off
•
Built-in infrared (IR) receiver
•
•
•
Multi-color LED to indicate button presses and
reception of IR signals
Engraving on faceplate available
4.69 in (119 mm)
Coordinating Claro faceplates
available separately
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 2.94 in (75 mm)
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 1.45 in (37 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown actual size: 4-button EcoSystem®
wallstation in White (CC-4BRL-WH) in
a 1-gang Claro® faceplate (CW-1-WH)
(Order separately)
•
•
•
•
•
Total wire length from control to device must not
exceed 100 ft (30 m)
Designed to connect directly to an EcoSystem
ballast or module (with sensor inputs),
QS sensor module or Energi Savr Node™ module
via low-voltage IEC PELV/ NEC Class 2 wiring
Does not connect to QS link directly
Each QS link on a Quantum® processor can have
up to 100 keypads; each EcoSystem wallstation
counts as one keypad toward the limit
Uses one power draw unit on the QS link when
connected to the QS sensor module; power draw
calculations are not needed for inputs connected
directly to the Energi Savr Node module or
EcoSystem ballast/module
Related components
Download specification submittal
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
IR remote control
(available separately, see pg. 292)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
363
Sub-controls | EcoSystem wallstation
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4-button EcoSystem
wallstation
0.31 in 1.25 in
(8 mm) (32 mm)
All On button (programmable)
1 On button
•
2 Preset buttons
•
3 Status LEDs
•
Indicate control is functioning
4 Dimming
rocker
•
Raise/lower lights
5 Infrared
receiver
•
6 Off button
•
7 Faceplate
•
Four buttons each recall lighting
presets
Allows wireless connectivity to
handheld infrared remotes
(maximum 10 ft)
All Off button (programmable)
Lutron Claro® faceplate
(sold separately)
Available finishes
Gloss finishes
364
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
WH
White
LA
Light Almond
IV
Ivory
BL
Black
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | EcoSystem wallstation
®
Available model
Model numbers
Wallstation
4-button with raise/lower
CC-4BRL-XX1
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
4-button
XX1: Available in limited gloss finishes, White
(WH), Light Almond (LA), Ivory (IV) and
Black (BL)
Faceplate not included. Order separately,
see pg. 642.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
365
Sub-controls | seeTouch QS keypad
®
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
•
•
Shown actual size: non-insert style seeTouch
5-button keypad with raise/lower in White
(QSWS2-5BRLN-WH)
Available with 1-7 buttons in insert and
non-insert styles
Standard models available in 14 button
configurations and 41 color options; custom
models also available
Large, backlit, rounded buttons are easy to use
Backlit buttons with engraving make it easy to
find and operate keypad in low-light conditions
Each keypad includes two contact closures inputs
on the back
For information on engraving, text symbols and
backlit buttons/backlit text, see pgs. 667-668
Coordinating Architectural or Claro® faceplates
may be included depending on finish,
see pgs.642-643 for further information
Multi-gang faceplates available; up to 6-gang,
see pg. 642-643
Buttons can be used for scene recall, zone toggle,
zone lockout, fine tuning, panic, sequencing,
partitioning, and shade control
Dual button configurations allow keypad to function
as two independently programmed controllers
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm);
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm);
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm);
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
•
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for metal faceplates
Download engraving sheet for satin faceplates
366
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication on the QS link
Each QS link on a Quantum® processor can have
up to 99 QS devices and 100 keypads; each
seeTouch QS keypad counts as one QS device and
one keypad toward the limits
Uses one power draw unit on the QS link
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch QS keypad
®
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Engraving E
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: QSWS2-2BN-SW)
Satin finishes (Available for insert style keypads; coordinating faceplates ordered separately)
SW
Snow F, B
Gray E
LS
Limestone F
Gray B
White E
BI
Biscuit F, B
Gray E
ES
Eggshell F, B
Gray E
PD
Palladium F
Gray B
White E
TP
Taupe F, B
Gray E
ST
Stone F
Gray B
White E
BG
Bluestone F
Gray B
White E
PL
Plum F
Taupe B
Gray E
SG
Sea Glass F
Gray B
White E
TQ
Turquoise F
Gray B
White E
GS
Goldstone F
Ivory B
Gray E
DS
Desert Stone F
Taupe B
Gray E
GB
Greenbriar F
Gray B
White E
MS
Mocha Stone F
Taupe B
Gray E
TC
Terracotta F
Taupe B
Gray E
SI
Sienna F
Brown B
White E
HT
Hot F
Taupe B
Gray E
MR
Merlot F
Taupe B
Gray E
MN
Midnight F, B
Gray E
Bold color code indicates faceplate color. Models include button kit in coordinating colors
as shown.
Text engraving color varies by button color. Lighter colored buttons use gray text and darker colored
buttons use white text. Visit www.lutron.com/engraving for further information.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
367
Sub-controls | seeTouch QS keypad
®
Architectural matte finishes (Available for insert and non-insert style keypads; coordinating
faceplates included)
WH
White F, B
Gray E
LA
Light Almond
F, B
Gray E
BR
Brown F, B
White E
BL
Black F, B
White E
AL
Almond F, B
Gray E
BE
Beige F, B
Gray E
IV
Ivory F, B
Gray E
TP
Taupe F, B
(non-insert only)
Gray E
GR
Gray F, B
White E
Architectural metal finishes (Available for insert and non-insert style keypads; coordinating
faceplates included)
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B
White E
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
White E
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
White E
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
White E
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
White E
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
White E
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
White E
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
White E
368
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
White E
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
White E
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
White E
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch QS keypad
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Buttons
•
•
2
3
4
5
2 Status LEDs
•
Insert style 5-button seeTouch QS keypad
with infrared receiver and raise/lower
3 Backlit buttons
•
0.31 in 1.09 in
(8 mm) (28 mm)
4 Infrared (IR)
receiver (optional)
•
5 Raise/lower
buttons
•
6 Dual contact
closure inputs
•
6
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Available with 1-7 scene
preset options
Can also provide zone,
partitioning, sequencing,
or shade control, and
other features
Show which keypad button
has been activated
Easy to read and use in
low-light conditions, can
be disabled on a button by
button basis
Offers convenient control
of lights/shades from an IR
remote control, see pg. 292
Brightens/dims assigned
lighting or raises/lowers
assigned shades
Dual contact closure inputs
(CCI) programmable
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
369
Sub-controls | seeTouch QS keypad
®
Available models
Model numbers
(Available in insert and non-insert styles,
non-insert style shown)
Keypads
1-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-1BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2-1BI-XX2-EEE1
2-button
Non-insert style
1, 2, 3, 5, 7-button
Insert style
QSWS2-2BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2-2BI-XX2-EEE1
3-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
2, 3, 5-button with raise/lower
(model numbers on following page)
QSWS2-3BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2-3BI-XX2-EEE1
5-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-5BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2-5BI-XX2-EEE1
7-button
Non-insert style
2, 3, 5-button with infrared receiver and raise/
lower (model numbers on following page)
QSWS2-7BN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2-7BI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Dual configurations
(model numbers on following page)
XX1: Architectural matte and metal color
codes, see pg. 368
2
XX : Architectural matte, metal and Satin
Colors® codes, see pgs. 367-368
(Coordinating faceplates not included
with Satin Colors, order separately,
see pg. 642
1
EEE : Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
370
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch QS keypad
®
Model numbers
Keypads with raise/lower
Dual configuration keypads
2-button with raise/lower
Dual 2-button with raise/lower
QSWS2-2BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-2BRLI-XX2-EEE1
3-button with raise/lower
Insert style
QSWS2-3BRLI-XX2-EEE1
5-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-2RLDN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2-2RLDI-XX2-EEE1
Dual 3-button and 2-button with raise/lower
QSWS2-3BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-1RLDN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2-1RLDI-XX2-EEE1
Dual 3-button
QSWS2-5BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
QSWS2-3BDN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2-5BRLI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Insert style
QSWS2-3BDI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with the Quantum system.
Keypads with infrared (IR) receiver and raise/lower
Faceplate kits
2-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
1-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-2BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2-2BRLIRI-XX2-EEE1
3-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
Insert style
QSWS2R-1BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-1BI-XX2-EEE1
2-button
QSWS2-3BRLIRN-XX -EEE
1
1
QSWS2-3BRLIRI-XX2-EEE1
5-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2R-2BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-2BI-XX2-EEE1
3-button
QSWS2-5BRLIRN-XX -EEE
1
1
Insert style
QSWS2-5BRLIRI-XX -EEE
Compatible with the Quantum system.
2
1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2R-3BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-3BI-XX2-EEE1
5-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2R-5BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-5BI-XX2-EEE1
7-button
Non-insert style
XX1: Architectural matte and metal color
codes, see pg. 368
2
XX : Architectural matte, metal and Satin
color codes, see pgs. 367-368
1
EEE : Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
(Faceplates ship with matte and metal
finishes, but should be ordered separately
for satin finish keypads)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
QSWS2R-7BN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2R-7BI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch QS keypads.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
371
Sub-controls | seeTouch QS keypad
®
Model numbers
Faceplate kits with raise/lower
Dual faceplate kits
2-button with raise/lower
Dual 2-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWS2R-2BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2R-2BRLI-XX2-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2R-3BRLN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-3BRLI-XX2-EEE1
5-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2R-2RLDN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-2RLDI-XX2-EEE1
Dual 3-button and 2-button with raise/lower
3-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
QSWS2R-5BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2R-5BRLI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch QS keypads.
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2R-1RLDN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-1RLDI-XX2-EEE1
Dual 3-button
Non-insert style
QSWS2R-3BDN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2R-3BDI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch QS keypads.
Faceplate kits with infrared (IR) receiver
and raise/lower
2-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2R-2BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-2BRLIRI-XX2-EEE1
3-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2R-3BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2R-3BRLIRI-XX2-EEE1
5-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWS2R-5BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2R-5BRLIRI-XX2-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with seeTouch QS keypads.
IR faceplate kits require IR keypad with IR
functionality.
XX1: Architectural matte and metal color
codes, see pg. 368
2
XX : Architectural matte, metal and Satin
color codes, see pgs. 367-368
EEE1: Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
372
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Insert style keypads may ship with
architectural or designer style faceplates
depending on finish; non-insert style keypads
ship with architectural faceplates.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTouch QS keypad
®
Model numbers
Button kits
Button kits with infrared (IR) receiver
and raise/lower
1-button
QSWS2B-1BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2B-1BI-XX2-EEE1
2-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
2-button
QSWS2B-2BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2B-2BI-XX2-EEE1
QSWS2B-3BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2B-3BI-XX2-EEE1
5-button
QSWS2B-5BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2B-5BI-XX2-EEE1
QSWS2B-2BRLIRI-XX2-EEE1
3-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
3-button
QSWS2B-2BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2B-3BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2B-3BRLIRI-XX2-EEE1
5-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWS2B-5BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2B-5BRLIRI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with seeTouch QS keypads.
IR button kits require IR keypad with IR functionality.
Dual configuration button kits
7-button
Non-insert style
QSWS2B-7BN-XX1-EEE1
Dual 3-button and 2-button with raise/lower
Insert style
QSWS2B-7BI-XX -EEE
Compatible with seeTouch QS keypads.
Non-insert style
Button kits with raise/lower
Dual 2-button with raise/lower
2
1
Non-insert style
2-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWS2B-2BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2B-2BRLI-XX2-EEE1
QSWS2B-3BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
Insert style
QSWS2B-3BRLI-XX2-EEE1
QSWS2B-1RLDI-XX2-EEE1
QSWS2B-2RLDN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2B-2RLDI-XX2-EEE1
Dual 3-button
Non-insert style
3-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2B-1RLDN-XX1-EEE1
QSWS2B-3BDN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2B-3BDI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with seeTouch QS keypads.
5-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWS2B-5BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWS2B-5BRLI-XX2-EEE1
Compatible with seeTouch QS keypads.
XX1: Limited architectural matte color
codes, see pg. 368 for corresponding
button colors
2
XX : Limited gloss, architectural matte, and
Satin Colors® finishes, see pgs. 367-368
for corresponding button colors
EEE1: Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
373
Sub-controls | International seeTouch QS wallstation
®
3.38 in (86 mm)
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
•
•
3.38 in (86 mm)
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
•
Shown actual size: Non-insert style International
seeTouch 8-button keypad with IR and raise/lower
in White (QSWE-8BRLIRN-AW)
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Available with 2-10 buttons in insert and
non-insert styles
Standard models available in 10-button
configurations and 12 color options; custom
models available
Coordinating faceplate included
Models available with group control settings
for a single shade or multiple shades
Product dimensions:
Width: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Height: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Typical backbox dimensions:
Width: 3.00 in (75 mm)
Height: 3.00 in (75 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (35.6 mm)
May be mounted in a 1.40 in round
backbox, used in Europe
Communication and wiring
•
•
Large rounded buttons are easy to use
Each keypad includes two built-in
contact closures inputs on the back
Backlit buttons with optional engraving make
it easy to find and operate wallstation in low
light conditions
Buttons can be used for scene recall, zone
toggle, zone lockout, fine tuning, panic,
sequencing, partitioning, and shade control
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
For information on engraving,
symbols and backlit buttons/backlit text,
see pgs. 667-668
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 standard wired communication
on the QS link
Each QS link on a Quantum® processor
can have up to 99 QS devices and 100
keypads; each International seeTouch QS
wallstation counts as one QS device and
one keypad toward the limits
Uses one power draw unit on the QS link
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
374
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | International seeTouch QS wallstation
®
Available finishes
Buttons B
Engraving E
Faceplate F
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: QWS2B-2BN-AW)
Matte finishes
Metallic finishes
AW
Arctic White
F, B
Gray E
AR
Argentum F
Black B
White E
MC
Mica F
Black B
White E
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
White E
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
White E
Metal finishes
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
White E
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B
White E
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
White E
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
White E
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
White E
AU
Gold Plated F
Black B
White E
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
White E
Bold color code indicates faceplate color. Models include button kit in coordinating colors as shown.
Text engraving color varies by button color. Lighter colored buttons use gray text and darker colored
buttons use white text. Visit www.lutron.com/engraving for further information.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
375
Sub-controls | International seeTouch QS wallstation
®
Explanation of features
1
2
Features
3
4
5
Insert style 8-button International
seeTouch QS wallstation with raise/lower
0.31 in 1.09 in
(8 mm) (28 mm)
1 Preset buttons
for shades*
•
2 Status LEDs
•
3 Preset buttons
for lights*
•
4 Backlit buttons
•
5 Raise/lower
buttons
•
6 Dual contact
closure inputs
•
Enable user to control one
shade or group of shades
Show which keypad button
has been activated
Enable user to control a light
or group of lights
Easy to read and use in
low-light conditions; can
optionally be disabled on a
button-by-button basis
Brighten/dim all assigned
lighting or raise/lower all
assigned shades
Dual contact closure inputs
(CCI) programmable
6
376
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | International seeTouch QS wallstation
®
Available models
Model numbers
(Available in insert and non-insert styles,
non-insert style shown)
Wallstations
2-button
QSWE-2BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWE-2BI-XX1-EEE1
3-button
QSWE-3BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
2, 3, 4-button
Insert style
QSWE-3BI-XX1-EEE1
4-button
QSWE-4BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWE-4BI-XX1-EEE1
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
5, 7-button with raise/lower
Wallstations with raise/lower
5-button with raise/lower
QSWE-5BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
8, 10-button with raise/lower
Insert style
QSWE-5BRLI-XX1-EEE1
7-Button with raise/lower
QSWE-7BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
5, 8-button with infrared
receiver and raise/lower
Dual 3-button
with raise/lower
Insert style
QSWE-7BRLI-XX1-EEE1
8-button with raise/lower
QSWE-8BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWE-8BRLI-XX1-EEE1
10-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWE-10BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWE-10BRLI-XX1-EEE1
Compatible with the Quantum system.
XX1: Matte, metallic and metal color codes,
see pg. 375
EEE1: Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
377
Sub-controls | International seeTouch QS wallstation
®
Model numbers
Wallstations with infrared (IR) receiver
and raise/lower
Faceplate kits with raise/lower
5-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
Insert style
5-button with raise/lower
QSWE-5BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
QSWE-5BRLIRI-XX1-EEE1
8-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWER-5BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWER-5BRLI-XX1-EEE1
7-button with raise/lower
QSWER-7BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
QSWE-8BRLIRN-XX -EEE
1
1
Insert style
QSWE-8BRLIRI-XX1-EEE1
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Insert style
QSWER-7BRLI-XX1-EEE1
8-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWER-8BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Dual wallstations with raise/lower
Insert style
Dual wallstation with 3-button and raise/lower
10-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWE-6BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWE-6BRLI-XX1-EEE1
Compatible with the Quantum system.
Faceplate kits
2-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
Insert style
QSWER-2BI-XX1-EEE1
QSWER-10BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWER-10BRLI-XX1-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with International seeTouch QS
wallstations.
5-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWER-3BN-XX1-EEE1
QSWER-3BI-XX1-EEE1
4-button
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
Faceplate kits with IR receiver and raise/lower
QSWER-2BN-XX1-EEE1
3-button
Non-insert style
QSWER-8BRLI-XX1-EEE1
QSWER-4BN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWER-4BI-XX1-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with International seeTouch QS
wallstations.
QSWER-5BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
QSWER-5BRLIRI-XX1-EEE1
8-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWER-8BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWER-8BRLIRI-XX1-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with International seeTouch QS
wallstations.
IR faceplate kits require IR keypads with IR functionality.
Dual faceplate kits
Dual 3-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
XX1: Matte, metallic and metal color codes,
see pg. 375
1
EEE : Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
378
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
QSWER-6BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWER-6BRLI-XX1-EEE1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable).
Compatible with International seeTouch QS
wallstations.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | International seeTouch QS wallstation
®
Model numbers
Button kits
Button kits with infrared (IR) receiver
and raise/lower
2-button
QSWEB-2BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWEB-2BI-XX1-EEE1
5-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
3-button
QSWEB-3BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWEB-3BI-XX1-EEE1
4-button
QSWEB-4BN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWEB-4BI-XX1-EEE1
Compatible with International seeTouch QS wallstations.
QSWEB-5BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
QSWEB-5BRLIRI-XX1-EEE1
8-button with IR receiver and raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWEB-8BRLIRN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWEB-8BRLIRI-XX1-EEE1
Compatible with International seeTouch QS wallstations.
IR button kits require IR keypads with IR functionality.
Button kits for dual configurations
Button kits with raise/lower
Dual wallstation with 3-button and
3-button with raise/lower
5-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWEB-5BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWEB-5BRLI-XX1-EEE1
QSWEB-6BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWEB-6BRLI-XX1-EEE1
Compatible with International seeTouch QS wallstations.
7-button with raise/lower
QSWEB-7BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWEB-7BRLI-XX1-EEE1
8-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWEB-8BRLN-XX1-EEE1
QSWEB-8BRLI-XX1-EEE1
10-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
QSWEB-10BRLN-XX1-EEE1
Insert style
QSWEB-10BRLI-XX1-EEE1
Compatible with International seeTouch QS
wallstations.
XX1: Available in Arctic White (AW) and
Black (BL), see pg. 375
EEE1: Engraving codes, see pgs. 667-668
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
379
Sub-controls | QS keyswitch
2.72 in (69 mm)
1.77 in
(45 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
Provides key-only access to QS lighting controls,
ideal for public spaces
Supports the following functionalities:
—
—
4.57 in (116 mm)
—
—
—
—
•
Allows fine-tuning (raise/lower level) of a zone
or group of zones
Enables/disables time clock, occupancy sensors,
and daylight sensors
Starts/stops after hours
Opens/closes a shade or group of shades
Start and stop automatic sequencing
Zone control
Coordinating faceplate included
Dimensions and mounting
•
0.28 in
(7 mm)
profile
•
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and mounting
•
Shown actual size: QS keyswitch in White
(QSWS2-KSN3MOC-WH)
Width: 2.72 in (69 mm)
Height: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.77 in (45 mm)
Profile: 0.28 in (7 mm)
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication via the QS link
Each QS link on a Quantum® processor can have
up to 99 QS devices and 100 keypads; each
QS keyswitch counts as one QS device and one
keypad toward the limits
Uses one power draw unit on the QS link
Download specification submittal
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
380
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | QS keyswitch
Explanation of features
Features
1 Keyswitch
•
Provides key-only access
to systems
1
QS keyswitch
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
381
Sub-controls | QS keyswitch
Available finishes
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: QSWS2-KS3IMOC-WH)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White
LA
Light Almond
AL
Almond
IV
Ivory
BE
Beige
Center position
Left
position
BR
Brown
BL
Black
Center position
Right
position
3MOC: 3-position momentary;
center position key removal
± 45° travel
Center position
Left
position
Right
position
3MAC: 3-position Maintained;
center position key removal
± 90° travel
Center position
Right
position
2MAC: 2-position Maintained;
center position key removal
± 90° travel
382
GR
Gray
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Right
position
2MAA: 2-position maintained;
any position key removal
± 90° travel
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | QS keyswitch
Available models
Model numbers
(Available in insert and non-insert styles,
non-insert style shown)
Keyswitch
3-position momentary; center position key removal
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-KS3NMOC-XX1-E1
QSWS2-KS3IMOC-XX1-E1
3-position maintained; center position key removal
Keyswitch
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-KS3NMAC-XX1-E1
QSWS2-KS3IMAC-XX1-E1
2-position maintained; center position key removal
Non-insert style
Insert style
QSWS2-KS2NMAC-XX1-E1
QSWS2-KS2IMAC-XX1-E1
2-position maintained; any position key removal
Non-insert style
QSWS2-KS2NMAA-XX1-E1
Insert style
QSWS2-KS2IMAA-XX1-E1
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
XX1: Architectural matte color codes,
see pg. 382
1
E : Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
383
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wired keypad
®
®
2.94 in (75 mm)
1.31 in
(33 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
4.69 in (119 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: HomeWorks QS designerstyle seeTouch wired 5-button keypad with
raise/lower in White (HQWD-W5BRL-WH)
and 1-gang Claro® faceplate in White
(CW-1-WH)
Available with 1-7 buttons
Models available in 14 button configurations with
options for raise/lower and infrared receiver
Large, backlit button are easy to see
Backlit buttons make it easy to find and operate
the keypad in low-light conditions
Each keypad includes two contact closure
inputs on the back
Functionality determined in the field and
programmed via HomeWorks QS software
Operates at 24 V DC
Coordinating Claro®, Satin Colors® and Stainless
Steel faceplates available separately, see pg. 640
Multi-gang faceplates also available;
up to 6-gang, see pgs. 642-643
For information on engraving, text symbols and
backlit buttons/backlit texts, see pgs. 667-668
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 2.94 in (75 mm)
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 1.31 in (33 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wire to HomeWorks QS processor on
the QS link
Each QS link on a HomeWorks QS processor
can have up to 99 devices; the HomeWorks QS
seeTouch keypad counts as one device toward
the limit
Uses one power draw unit on the QS link
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for button kits
384
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wired keypad
®
®
Available finishes
Buttons B
Engraving E
Faceplate F
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: HQWD-W2RLD-WH)
Gloss finishes*
LA
Light Almond
F, B
Gray E
Satin finishes*
AL
Almond F, B
Gray E
IV
Ivory F, B
Gray E
GR
Gray F, B
White E
BR
Brown F, B
White E
BL
Black F, B
White E
SW
Snow F, B
Gray E
LS
Limestone F
Gray B
White E
BI
Biscuit F, B
Gray E
ES
Eggshell F, B
Gray E
PD
Palladium F
Gray B
White E
TP
Taupe F, B
Gray E
ST
Stone F
Gray B
White E
BG
Bluestone F
Gray B
White E
PL
Plum F
Taupe B
Gray E
TQ
Turquoise F
Gray B
White E
GS
Goldstone F
Ivory B
Gray E
DS
Desert Stone F
Taupe B
Gray E
GB
Greenbriar F
Gray B
White E
MS
Mocha Stone F
Taupe B
Gray E
TC
Terracotta F
Taupe B
Gray E
SI
Sienna F
Brown B
White E
HT
Hot F
Taupe B
Gray E
MR
Merlot F
Taupe B
Gray E
MN
Midnight F, B
White E
SS
Stainless Steel F
Black B (default)
White E
WH
White F, B
Gray E
Coordinating faceplates only available separately. For faceplate information, see pg. 642.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
385
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wired keypad
®
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Programmable
buttons
•
2 Status LEDs
•
3 Infrared (IR)
receiver
•
4 Raise/lower
buttons
•
•
2
3
4
HomeWorks QS
designer-style seeTouch
wired keypad
Available with 1-7 buttons
Buttons provide control of
lights, shades and HVAC
Show which keypad buttons
have been activated
Accepts infrared (IR)
commands from a Lutron®
IR remote or third-party
universal remote
Lights increase or
decrease in intensity or
shades/draperies move
towards the open/close limit
0.31 in 1.31 in
(8 mm) (33 mm)
386
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wired keypad
®
®
Available models
1-button
2-button
3-button
5-button
6-button
7-button
3-button spaced
with raise/lower
4-scene with
raise/lower
5-button with
raise/lower
Dual group with
raise/lower dual
Dual group
4-button
6-button with
raise/lower
5-button with
raise/lower and
infrared receiver
Dual group with
raise/lower
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
387
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wired keypad
®
®
Model numbers
Engraved replacement kits
Keypads
1-button
HQWD-W1B-XX1
1-button
RKD-W1B-XX1-E1
2-button
HQWD-W2BS-XX1
2-button
RKD-W2BS-XX1-E1
3-button
HQWD-W3BS-XX1
3-button
RKD-W3BS-XX1-E1
4-button
HQWD-W4BS-XX1
4-button
RKD-W4BS-XX1-E1
5-button
HQWD-W5B-XX1
5-button
RKD-W5B-XX1-E1
6-button
HQWD-W6B-XX1
6-button
RKD-W6B-XX1-E1
7-button
HQWD-W7B-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
7-button
RKD-W7B-XX1-E1
Keypads with raise/lower
3-button with raise/lower
HQWD-W3BSRL-XX
1
4-scene with raise/lower
HQWD-W4S-XX1
5-button with raise/lower
HQWD-W5BRL-XX1
6-button with raise/lower
HQWD-W6BRL-XX
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
1
Keypads with raise/lower and infrared (IR) receiver
5-button with raise/lower
HQWD-W5BIR-XX1
and IR receiver
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Dual group keypads
Dual group
with raise/lower
HQWD-W2RLD-XX1
Dual group
with dual raise/lower
HQWD-W1RLD-XX1
3-button with raise/lower
RKD-W3BSRL-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower
RKD-W4S-XX1-E1
5-button with raise/lower
RKD-W5BRL-XX1-E1
5-button with raise/lower
and IR receiver
RKD-W5BIR-XX1-E1
6-button with raise/lower
RKD-W6BRL-XX1-E1
Dual group with raise/lower
RKD-W2RLD-XX1-E1
Dual group with
dual raise/lower
RKD-W1RLD-XX1-E1
Dual group
RKD-W3BD-XX1-E1
Includes buttons and insert.
IR replacement kit requires IR keypad with
IR functionality.
Compatible with HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wired keypads.
Dual group
HQWD-W3BD-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
XX1: Gloss and Satin Color® codes, see pg. 385
E1: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
388
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wireless keypad
®
®
2.94 in (75 mm)
1.40 in
(36 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
4.69 in (119 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown actual size: HomeWorks QS designerstyle seeTouch wireless 5-button with raise/
lower keypad n White (HQRD-W5BRL-WH) and
1-gang Claro® faceplate in White (CW-1-WH)
Available with 1-7 buttons
Models available in 14 button configurations with
options for raise/lower
Large, backlit button are easy to use
Backlit buttons or text make it easy to find and
operate the keypad in low-light conditions
Each keypad includes two contact closure inputs
on the back
Functionality determined in the field and
programmed via HomeWorks QS software
Operates at 120 V
Coordinating Claro®, Satin Colors® and Stainless
Steel faceplates available separately, see pg. 640
Multi-gang faceplates also available; up to
6-gang, see pgs. 642-643
For information on engraving, text symbols and
backlit buttons/backlit text, see pgs. 667-668
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 2.94 in (75 mm)
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (36 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
radio frequency (RF) technology to other Lutron
wireless devices
•
Operates at 434 MHz
•
Requires a neutral wire
•
•
Must be located within 30 ft (9 m) of a hybrid
repeater
HomeWorks QS system can have up to
99 devices per RF link
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for button kits
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
389
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wireless keypad
®
®
Available finishes
Buttons B
Engraving E
Faceplate F
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: HQRD-W2RLD-3P-WH)
Gloss finishes*
LA
Light Almond
F, B
Gray E
Satin finishes*
AL
Almond F, B
Gray E
IV
Ivory F, B
Gray E
GR
Gray F, B
White E
BR
Brown F, B
White E
BL
Black F, B
White E
SW
Snow F, B
Gray E
LS
Limestone F
Gray B
White E
BI
Biscuit F, B
Gray E
ES
Eggshell F, B
Gray E
PD
Palladium F
Gray B
White E
TP
Taupe F, B
Gray E
ST
Stone F
Gray B
White E
BG
Bluestone F
Gray B
White E
PL
Plum F
Taupe B
Gray E
TQ
Turquoise F
Gray B
White E
GS
Goldstone F
Ivory B
Gray E
DS
Desert Stone F
Taupe B
Gray E
GB
Greenbriar F
Gray B
White E
MS
Mocha Stone F
Taupe B
Gray E
TC
Terracotta F
Taupe B
Gray E
SI
Sienna F
Brown B
White E
HT
Hot F
Taupe B
Gray E
MR
Merlot F
Taupe B
Gray E
MN
Midnight F, B
White E
SS
Stainless Steel F
Black B (default)
White E
WH
White F, B
Gray E
Coordinating faceplates only available separately. For faceplate information, see pg. 642.
390
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wireless keypad
®
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Programmable
buttons
•
2 Status LEDs
•
•
2
Available with 1-7 buttons
Buttons provide control of
lights, shades and HVAC
Show which keypad buttons
have been activated
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wireless keypad
0.31 in 1.09 in
(8 mm) (28 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
391
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wireless keypad
®
®
Available models
1-button
2-button
3-button
5-button
6-button
7-button
3-button with
raise/lower
4-scene with
raise/lower
5-button with
raise/lower
Dual group
with raise/lower
Dual group
with dual
raise/lower
Dual group
392
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
4-button
6-button with
raise/lower
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch wireless keypad
®
®
Model numbers
Engraved replacement kit
Keypads
1-button
HQRD-W1B-XX1
1-button
RKD-W1B-XX1-E1
2-button
HQRD-W2BS-XX1
2-button
RKD-W2BS-XX1-E1
3-button
HQRD-W3BS-XX1
3-button
RKD-W3BS-XX1-E1
4-button
HQRD-W4BS-XX1
4-button
RKD-W4BS-XX1-E1
5-button
HQRD-W5B-XX1
5-button
RKD-W5B-XX1-E1
6-button
HQRD-W6B-XX1
6-button
RKD-W6B-XX1-E1
7-button
HQRD-W7B-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
7-button
RKD-W7B-XX1-E1
Keypads with raise/lower
3-button with raise/lower
HQRD-W3BSRL-XX
1
4-scene with raise/lower
HQRD-W4S-XX1
5-button with raise/lower
HQRD-W5BRL-XX1
6-button with raise/lower
HQRD-W6BRL-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Dual group keypads
Dual group with raise/lower
HQRD-W1RLD-XX1
Dual group
with dual raise/lower
HQRD-W2RLD-XX1
3-button with raise/lower
RKD-W3BSRL-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower
RKD-W4S-XX1-E1
5-button with raise/lower
RKD-W5BRL-XX1-E1
6-button with raise/lower
RKD-W6BRL-XX1-E1
Dual group with raise/lower
RKD-W1RLD-XX1-E1
Dual group
with dual raise/lower
RKD-W2RLD-XX1-E1
Dual group
RKD-W3BD-XX1-E1
Includes buttons and insert.
Compatible with HomeWorks QS designer-style
seeTouch keypads.
Dual group
HQRD-W3BD-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
XX1: Gloss and Satin Color® codes, see pg. 390
E1: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
393
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
®
®
2.75 in (70 mm)
1.06 in
(28 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
Available with 1-7 buttons in insert and
non-insert style
Models available in 15 button configurations with
options for raise/lower and infrared receiver
Large, backlit buttons are easy to use
Backlit buttons or text make it easy to find and
operate the keypad in low light conditions
Each keypad includes two contact closure inputs
on the back
Functionality determined in the field and
programmed via HomeWrks QS software
Operates at 24 V DC
For information on engraving, text symbols and
backlit buttons/backlit text, see pgs. 667-668
Multi-gang faceplates available
Dimensions and mounting
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: Non-insert HomeWorks QS
Architectural-style seeTouch 5-button
keypad with raise/lower in White
(HQWA-W5BRLN-WH)
•
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (28 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 to HomeWorks QS processor on the
QS link
Each QS link on a HomeWorks QS processor
can have up to 99 devices; the HomeWorks QS
seeTouch keypad counts as one device toward
the limit
Uses one power draw unit on the QS link
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for button kits
394
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
®
®
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Engraving E
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: HQWA-W5BRLI-WH)
Architectural matte finishes (Available for insert and non-insert style keypads; coordinating faceplates included)
WH
White F, B
Gray E
LA
Light Almond
F, B
Gray E
BR
Brown F, B
White E
BL
Black F, B
White E
AL
Almond F, B
Gray E
BE
Beige F, B
Gray E
IV
Ivory F, B
Gray E
GR
Gray F, B
White E
Architectural metal finishes (Available for insert and non-insert style keypads; coordinating faceplates included)
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B
White E
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
White E
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
White E
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
White E
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
White E
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
White E
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
White E
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B
White E
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
White E
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
White E
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
White E
395
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
®
®
Explanation of features
Features
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Programmable
buttons
•
3 Raise/lower
buttons
•
1
2
•
3
Show which keypad buttons have
been activated
Available with 1-7 buttons
Buttons provide control of lights,
shades and HVAC
Lights increase or decrease in
intensity or shades/drapes move
toward the open/close limit
Non-insert HomeWorks
QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
0.31 in
(8 mm)
396
1.06 in
(28 mm)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
®
®
Available models
(Available in insert and non-insert styles, non-insert style shown)
1-button
2-button
3-button
5-button
6-button
7-button
3-button with
raise/lower
4-scene with
raise/lower
5-button with
raise/lower
Dual group with
dual raise/lower
Dual group
4-button
6-button with
raise/lower
5-button with
infrared receiver
and raise/lower
Dual group with
raise/lower
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
397
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
®
®
Model numbers
Keypads
Keypads with raise/lower
1-button
3-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
HQWA-W1BN-XX1
HQWA-W1BI-XX1
2-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
Insert style
HQWA-W2BSN-XX1
HQWA-W2BSI-XX1
Insert style
HQWA-W3BSN-XX1
HQWA-W3BSI-XX1
Insert style
HQWA-W4BSN-XX1
HQWA-W4BSI-XX1
HQWA-W5BN-XX1
HQWA-W5BI-XX1
6-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
Non-insert style
HQWA-W4SN-XX1
Insert style
HQWA-W4SI-XX1
Non-insert style
Insert style
HQWA-W5BRLN-XX1
HQWA-W5BRLI-XX1
6-button with raise/lower
5-button
Non-insert style
HQWA-W3BSRLI-XX1
5-button with raise/lower
4-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
HQWA-W3BSRLN-XX1
4-scene with raise/lower
3-button
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
HQWA-W6BN-XX1
HQWA-W6BI-XX
1
Non-insert style
HQWA-W6BRLN-XX1
Insert style
HQWA-W6BRLI-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Keypads with raise/lower and infrared (IR) receiver
5-button with raise/lower and IR receiver
Non-insert style
HQWA-W5BIRN-XX1
Insert style
HQWA-W5BIRI-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
7-button
Non-insert style
HQWA-W7BN-XX1
Insert style
HQWA-W7BI-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Dual group keypads
Dual group with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
HQWA-W1RLDN-XX1
HQWA-W1RLDI-XX1
Dual group with dual raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
HQWA-W2RLDN-XX1
HQWA-W2RLDI-XX1
Dual group
Non-insert style
HQWA-W3BDN-XX1
Insert style
HQWA-W3BDI-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
XX1: Architectural matte and metal finish
codes, see pg. 395
398
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
®
®
Model numbers
Engraved replacement kits
Engraved replacement kits with raise/lower
1-button
3-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
RKA-W1BN-XX1-E1
RKA-W1BI-XX1-E1
2-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
Insert style
RKA-W2BSN-XX1-E1
RKA-W2BSI-XX1-E1
Insert style
RKA-W3BSN-XX1-E1
RKA-W3BSI-XX1-E1
Insert style
RKA-W4BSN-XX1-E1
RKA-W4BSI-XX1-E1
RKA-W5BN-XX1-E1
RKA-W5BI-XX1-E1
6-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
RKA-W6BN-XX1-E1
RKA-W6BI-XX1-E1
7-button
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
Insert style
RKA-W4SN-XX1-E1
RKA-W4SI-XX1-E1
Non-insert style
Insert style
RKA-W5BRLN-XX1-E1
RKA-W5BRLI-XX1-E1
6-button with raise/lower
5-button
Non-insert style
RKA-W3BSRLI-XX1-E1
5-button with raise/lower
4-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
RKA-W3BSRLN-XX1-E1
4-scene with raise/lower
3-button
Non-insert style
Non-insert style
RKA-W7BN-XX1-E1
Insert style
RKA-W7BI-XX1-E1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable)
Compatible with HomeWorks QS seeTouch keypads.
XX : Architectural matte and metal finish
codes, see pg. 395
E1: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
1
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Non-insert style
RKA-W6BRLN-XX1-E1
Insert style
RKA-W6BRLI-XX1-E1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable)
Compatible with HomeWorks QS seeTouch keypads.
Engraved replacement kits
with raise/lower and infrared (IR) receiver
5-button with raise/lower and IR receiver
Non-insert style
RKA-W5BIRN-XX1-E1
Insert style
RKA-W5BIRI-XX1-E1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable)
Compatible with HomeWorks QS seeTouch keypads.
IR replacement kits require IR keypads with
IR functionality
Insert style faceplate kits include faceplate,
buttons, and insert.
Non-insert style faceplate kits include
faceplate and buttons only.
Replacement kits ordered separately.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
399
Sub-controls |
HomeWorks QS Architectural-style
seeTouch keypad
®
®
Engraved Dual group replacement kits
Dual group with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
RKA-W1RLDN-XX1-E1
RKA-W1RLDI-XX1-E1
Dual group with dual raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
RKA-W2RLDN-XX1-E1
RKA-W2RLDI-XX1-E1
Dual group
Non-insert style
RKA-W3BDN-XX1-E1
Insert style
RKA-W3BDI-XX1-E1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable)
Compatible with HomeWorks QS seeTouch keypads.
XX : Architectural matte and metal finish
codes, see pg. 395
E1: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
1
400
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Insert style faceplate kits include faceplate,
buttons, and insert.
Non-insert style faceplate kits include
faceplate and buttons only.
Replacement kits ordered separately.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS International seeTouch keypad
®
®
3.38 in (86 mm)
1.00 in
(25 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
3.38 in (86 mm)
•
•
•
0.25 in
(6 mm)
profile
Shown above: Non-insert style HomeWorks QS
International seeTouch 8-button keypad with
infrared (IR) receiver and raise/lower in White
(HWIS-8BRLIR-F-WH)
•
•
•
Available with 2-10 buttons in insert and
non-insert style
Models available in 10 button
configurations with options for raise/lower
and IR receiver
Large, rounded buttons are easy to use
Backlit buttons or text make it easy
to find and operate the keypad in low
light conditions
Each keypad includes two contact
closure inputs on the back of the keypad
Operates at 24 V DC
Complete keypad created by ordering
base unit (with or without IR receiver) and
button/faceplate kit
For information on engraving, text
symbols, and backlit buttons/backlit text,
see pgs. 667-668
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Height: 3.38 in (86 mm)
Depth: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Profile: 0.25 in (6 mm)
Mounts in either a round plastic backbox
(EBB-15-RD, order separately) or a
square metal backbox (EBB-15-SQ,
order separately)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Communicates via low-voltage IEC PELV/
NEC Class 2 wire to HomeWorks QS
processor on the QS link
Each QS link on a HomeWorks QS
processor can have 99 devices; the
HomeWorks QS seeTouch keypad counts
as one device toward the limit
Uses one power draw unit on QS link
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
401
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS International seeTouch keypad
®
®
Available finishes
Buttons B
Engraving E
Faceplate F
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: HWIS-8BRL-I-AW)
Matte finishes
Metallic finishes
AW
Arctic White F, B
Gray E
AR
Argentum F
Black B
White E
MC
Mica F
Black B
White E
Metal finishes
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B
White E
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B
White E
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B
White E
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B
White E
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B
White E
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B
Special metal finishes
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B
White E
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B
White E
AU
Gold Plated F
Black B
White E
Color code indicates faceplate color. Models include button kit in coordinating colors as shown.
Text engraving color varies by button color. Lighter colored buttons use gray text and darker colored
buttons use white text. Visit www.lutron.com/engraving for further information.
402
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS International seeTouch keypad
®
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
2
1 Status LEDs
•
2 Programmable
buttons
•
•
3
4
Non-insert style HomeWorks QS
International seeTouch keypad
3 Infrared (IR)
receiver
•
4 Raise/lower
buttons
•
Show which keypad buttons
have been activated
Available with 2-10
button options
Buttons provide control of
lights, shades and HVAC
Accepts IR commands
from a Lutron® remote or
third‑party universal remote
Lights increase or
decrease in intensity or
shades/draperies move
toward the open/close limit
0.25 in 1.00 in
(6 mm) (25 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
403
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS International seeTouch keypad
®
®
Available models
Model numbers
(Insert and non-insert styles, non-insert style shown)
Base units
Keypad without faceplate
or button kit
2-button
3-button
4-button
HQWIS-NB-NONE
Keypad with IR receiver
HQWIS-NBIR-NONE
without faceplate or button kit
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Button/faceplate kit
2-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
5-button with
raise/lower
6-button with
raise/lower
7-button with
raise/lower
HWIS-2B-F-XX1
HWIS-2B-I-XX1
3-button
Non-insert style
Insert style
HWIS-3B-F-XX1
HWIS-3B-I-XX1
4-button
Non-insert style
8-button with
raise/lower
10-button with
raise/lower
5-button with
raise/lower
and infrared
(IR) receiver
8-button with
raise/lower and
IR receiver
HWIS-4B-F-XX1
Insert style
HWIS-5B-I-XX1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable)
Compatible with HomeWorks QS International
seeTouch keypad base units.
XX1: Matte, metallic and metal finish
codes, see pg. 402
404
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS International seeTouch keypad
®
®
Button/faceplate kit with raise/lower
Engraved replacement button kits
5-button with raise/lower
2-button
SIB-2B-XX1-E1
HWIS-5BRL-F-XX1
3-button
SIB-3B-XX1-E1
HWIS-5BRL-I-XX1
4-button
SIB-4B-XX1-E1
Non-insert style
Insert style
5-button with raise/lower
SIB-5BRL-XX1-E1
5-button with raise/lower
and IR receiver
SIB-5BIR-XX1-E1
6-button with raise/lower
SIB-6BRL-XX1-E1
7-button with raise/lower
SIB-7BRL-XX1-E1
HWIS-7BRL-F-XX1
8-button with raise/lower
SIB-8BRL-XX1-E1
HWIS-7BRL-I-XX1
8-button with raise/lower
and IR receiver
SIB-8BIR-XX1-E1
6-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
HWIS-6BRL-F-XX1
HWIS-6BRL-I-XX1
7-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
8-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
Insert style
HWIS-8BRL-F-XX1
HWIS-8BRL-I-XX1
10-button with raise/lower
Non-insert style
HWIS-10BRL-F-XX1
10-button with raise/lower
SIB-10BRL-XX1-E1
IR button/faceplate kits require IR keypad base unit with
IR functionality
Compatible with HomeWorks QS International
seeTouch keypad base units.
Insert style
HWIS-10BRL-I-XX1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable)
Compatible with HomeWorks QS International
seeTouch keypad base units.
Button/faceplate kit with raise/lower and
infrared (IR) receiver
5-button with raise/lower and IR receiver
Non-insert style
Insert style
HWIS-5BIR-F-XX1
HWIS-5BIR-I-XX1
8-button with raise/lower and IR receiver
Non-insert style
HWIS-8BIR-F-XX1
Insert style
HWIS-8BIR-I-XX1
Includes faceplate, buttons and insert (when applicable)
IR button/faceplate kits require IR keypad base unit with
IR functionality
Compatible with HomeWorks QS International
seeTouch keypad base units.
XX1: Matte, metallic and metal finish
codes, see pg. 402
E1: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
405
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS wireless tabletop keypad
®
3.56 in (90 mm)
1.00 in
(25 mm)
top depth
Features and capacities
•
•
3.25 in (83 mm)
•
•
•
0.75 in
(19 mm)
bottom
depth
Shown actual size: HomeWorks QS 10-button with
master on/off and raise/lower tabletop keypad in
Snow (HQR-T10RL-SW)
•
•
•
Available with 5-15 buttons with
raise/lower and options for master
on/off buttons
Programmable to select whole-home,
single-room preset levels or single
zones of lights, shades or HVAC
Functionality determined in the field
and programmed via HomeWorks
QS software
Large, backlit buttons are easy to use
Backlit buttons or text make it easy to
find and operate the keypad in lowlight condition
For information on engraving, text
symbols and backlit buttons/backlit
text, see pgs. 667-668
Keypads can be powered by
DC adapter (included) or with
two AAA batteries
Adjustable keypad backlighting
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 3.56 in (90 mm);
Height: 3.25 in (83 mm);
Top depth: 1.00 in (25 mm);
Bottom depth: 0.75 in (19 mm)
Mounting bracket included for optional
wall-mounting
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for button kits
406
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Communicates via Lutron® reliable
Clear Connect® RF technology to
other Lutron wireless devices
Operates at 434 MHz
Must be located within 30 ft (9 m)
of a hybrid repeater
HomeWorks QS system can have
up to 99 devices per radio frequency
(RF) link
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS wireless tabletop keypad
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Status LEDs
•
2
2 Backlit buttons
or text
•
3 Programmable
buttons
•
3
•
4
HomeWorks QS wireless tabletop keypad
4 Raise/lower
buttons
0.75 in
(19 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
1.00 in
(25 mm)
•
Show status of devices
being controlled
Easy to read and use
in low-light conditions
Press to activate
desired light levels,
shade positions,
or HVAC settings
Available in three
columns for 5, 10
or 15 buttons
Lights increase or
decrease in intensity
or shades/draperies
move towards the
open/close limit
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
407
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS wireless tabletop keypad
®
Available finishes
Model numbers
Satin finishes
Tabletop keypad (434 MHz)
SW
Snow
5-button with master on/off
HQR-T5RL-XX1
and raise/lower
10-button with master on/off
HQR-T10RL-XX1
and raise/lower
15-button with master on/off
HQR-T15RL-XX1
and raise/lower
5-button with column raise/lower
HQR-T5CRL-XX1
10-button with column raise/lower HQR-T10CRL-XX1
15-button with column raise/lower HQR-T15CRL-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
MN
Midnight
Available models
Tabletop keypads (434 MHz - Brazil)
5-button
with master
on/off and
raise/lower
10-button
with master
on/off and
raise/lower
15-button
with master
on/off and
raise/lower
5-button with master on/off
HQR-T5RL-XX1 -BA
and raise/lower
10-button with master on/off
HQR-T10RL-XX1-BA
and raise/lower
15-button with master on/off
HQR-T15RL-XX1-BA
and raise/lower
5-button with master on/off
HQR-T5CRL-XX1-BA
10-button with master on/off HQR-T10CRL-XX1-BA
15-button with master on/off HQR-T15CRL-XX1-BA
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Tabletop keypads (868 MHz)
5-button
with column
raise/lower
10-button
with column
raise/lower
15-button
with column
raise/lower
5-button with master on/off
HQK-T5RL-XX1
and raise/lower
10-button with master on/off
HQK-T10RL-XX1
and raise/lower
15-button with master on/off
HQK-T15RL-XX1
and raise/lower
5-button with master on/off
HQK-T5CRL-XX1
10-button with master on/off
HQK-T10CRL-XX1
15-button with master on/off
HQK-T15CRL-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
XX1: Available in Snow (SW) and Midnight (MN)
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
408
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS wireless tabletop keypad
®
Tabletop keypads (868 limited channel MHz)
Engraved button kits
5-button with master on/off
HQM-T5RL-XX1
and raise/lower
10-button with master on/off
HQM-T10RL-XX1
and raise/lower
15-button with master on/off
HQM-T15RL-XX1
and raise/lower
5-button with master on/off
HQM-T5CRL-XX1
10-button with master on/off
HQM-T10CRL-XX1
15-button with master on/off
HQM-T15CRL-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
5-button with master on/off
LBK-T5RL-XX1-E1
and raise/lower
10-button with master on/off
LBK-T10RL-XX1-E1
and raise/lower
15-button with master on/off
LBK-T15RL-XX1-E1
and raise/lower
5-button with
LBK-T5CRL-XX1-E1
column raise/lower
10-button with
LBK-T10CRL-XX1-E1
column raise/lower
15-button with
LBK-T15CRL-XX1-E1
column raise/lower
Compatible with HomeWorks QS wireless
tabletop keypads.
Tabletop keypads (434 limited channel MHz)
5-button with master on/off
HQQ-T5RL-XX1
and raise/lower
10-button with master on/off
HQQ-T10RL-XX1
and raise/lower
15-button with master on/off
HQQ-T15RL-XX1
and raise/lower
5-button with master on/off
HQQ-T5CRL-XX1
10-button with master on/off
HQQ-T10CRL-XX1
15-button with master on/off
HQQ-T15CRL-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Tabletop keypads (865 MHz)
5-button with master on/off
HQN-T5RL-XX1
and raise/lower
10-button with master on/off
HQN-T10RL-XX1
and raise/lower
15-button with master on/off
HQN-T15RL-XX1
and raise/lower
5-button with master on/off
HQN-T5CRL-XX1
10-button with master on/off
HQN-T10CRL-XX1
15-button with master on/off
HQN-T15CRL-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
Engraved faceplate kits
5-button with master on/off
LFK-T5RL-XX 2 -E1
and raise/lower
10-button with master on/off
LFK-T10RL-XX 2 -E1
and raise/lower
15-button with master on/off
LFK-T15RL-XX 2 -E1
and raise/lower
5-button with
LFK-T5CRL-XX 2 -E1
column raise/lower
10-button with
LFK-T10CRL-XX 2 -E1
column raise/lower
15-button with
LFK-T15CRL-XX 2 -E1
column raise/lower
Includes faceplates and buttons.
Compatible with HomeWorks QS wireless
tabletop keypads.
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
XX1: Available in Snow (SW) and Midnight (MN)
XX2: Architectural matte and metal finishes,
see pg. 395
E1: Engraving form required with order.
If engraving not desired, omit “E”.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
409
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS dynamic keypad
®
2.38 in (60 mm)
2.25 in
(57 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
5.13 in (130 mm)
•
•
Provides the functionality of multiple keypads in an
easy-to-navigate, intuitive arrangement
Control and monitor lighting scenes, individual
lights, or groups of shades in multiple areas of
the home
Capacitive touch interface provides a rich user
experience and flexible control for a single room or
an entire home
Three hard buttons provide instant access to
frequently used lighting functions
Create or modify on-screen buttons easily through
HomeWorks QS software
•
Available for wired or wireless installation
•
Operates at 24 V DC
•
Simple, intuitive control of lights, shades/draperies,
compatible HVAC and A/V equipment from a
single location
Dimensions and mounting
•
0.50 in
(13 mm)
profile
•
Shown above: HomeWorks QS
dynamic keypad in White
(HQ-J-DK420-WH)
•
•
•
•
•
410
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Mounts on the wall using included custom
mounting frame
Communication and wiring
•
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Width: 2.38 in (60 mm)
Height: 5.13 in (130 mm)
Depth: 2.25 in (57 mm)
Profile: 0.50 in (13 mm)
Wired dynamic keypad communicates via lowvoltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wire to HomeWorks
QS processor on the QS link
Wireless dynamic keypad communicates via
Lutron® reliable Clear Connect® radio frequency (RF)
technology to other Lutron wireless devices
Wireless model operates at 434 MHz
Wireless dynamic keypad must be located within
30 ft (9 m) of a hybrid repeater
HomeWorks QS system can have up to 99 devices
per RF link and QS link
Consumes six power draw units on the QS link
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS dynamic keypad
®
Explanation of features
Features
1 Lights
•
2 Shades
•
3 Temperature
•
4 Audio/video
•
5 Energy
•
6 Favorites
•
7 Backlit hard
buttons
•
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
HomeWorks QS dynamic keypad
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
0.50 in
(13 mm)
Control and monitor
lighting scenes or
individual lights in multiple
areas of the home
Control and monitor
individual or groups of
shades/draperies in
multiple areas of the home
View the current
temperature and adjust
set point, system
mode and schedule for
multiple areas
Access custom controls
or A/V equipment
by integrating with
a third-party A/V
control processor
View current energy
saving mode and adjust
“Green” button settings
Quickly access most
frequently used
system functions
Provide instant access
to frequently used
lighting functions
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
411
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS dynamic keypad
®
Available finishes
Model numbers
HomeWorks QS dynamic keypad
Dynamic keypad (434 MHz/wired) HQ-J-DK420-XX1
Dynamic keypad (wired only)
HQ-W-DK420-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system.
WH
White
BL
Black
XX1: Available in White (WH) or Black (BL)
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
412
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS visor control transmitter
®
3.25 in (83 mm)
Features and capacities
•
1.25 in (32 mm)
Shown actual size: HomeWorks QS visor
control transmitter in Snow (LR-3B-H-SW)
0.75 in
(19 mm)
profile
•
•
•
Allows lights, shades, HVAC and other
equipment to be controlled from the car with
just the touch of a button
Can activate up to seven different options
for lights, shades and HVAC
Visor control receiver required
(available separately), see pg. 509
Can remotely control the “keypad”, “security
input” and “output” buttons on the receiver
•
HomeLink® compatible
•
Battery included; 10-year battery life
•
•
Preprinted and blank labels are included
for naming scenes or buttons
Available in Snow (SW)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 3.25 in (83 mm)
Height: 1.25 in (32 mm)
Profile: 0.75 in (19 mm)
Visor clip included
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Related component
•
Utilizes HomeLink to communicate with
the receiver
Operates at 390 MHz
Typical operating distance between a receiver
and transmitter is 150 ft (46 m)
Up to ten transmitters can be used
with a single receiver
HomeWorks QS visor control
receiver, power cord not shown
(available separately, see pg. 509)
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
413
Sub-controls | HomeWorks QS visor control transmitter
®
Explanation of features
1
Features
1 Labels
•
2 Visor control
transmitter
buttons
•
3 Visor clip
•
2
3
HomeWorks QS visor control transmitter
0.75 in (19 mm)
•
Place pre-printed
labels in depression
to name buttons
Press to activate
functions remotely
Combo presses provide
up to seven actions
Removable clip
Model numbers
Transmitter (390 MHz)
Car visor transmitter
LR-3B-H-SW
Compatible with HomeWorks QS systems.
414
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTemp wall control
®
2.94 in (75 mm)
1.21 in
(31 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
4.69 in (119 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown actual size: seeTemp wall control
(LRD-WST-F-WH) in Fahrenheit configuration
and 1-gang Claro faceplate in White
(CW-1-WH)
•
•
•
•
•
•
HVAC controller
(available separately,
see pg. 506)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Celsius and Fahrenheit models available
eco button saves energy by adjusting set points
by a programmed amount
Features flush-mounting and an elegant, slim design
Insert-style allows control to be ganged with other
devices such as dimmers and keypads
Can be used as accessory control for TouchPRO
Wireless® thermostat
Coordinating Claro®, Satin Color® and Stainless
Steel faceplates available separately, see pg. 640
Width: 2.94 in (75 mm)
Height: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Depth: 1.21 in (31 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts into a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
Wireless wall-mount
temperature sensor
(available separately,
see pg. 438)
Can be placed at a preferred control location,
without regard for the local temperature, while
the wireless temperature sensor is placed where
readings will be most accurate
Dimensions and mounting
•
Related components
Provides control and monitoring of a single
HVAC zone
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
radio frequency (RF) technology to other Lutron
wireless devices
Operates at 434 MHz
Must be located within 30 ft (9 m) of a
hybrid repeater
HomeWorks QS system can have up to
99 devices per radio frequency (RF) link
Operates at 24 V or 120 V AC
Wires via line-voltage (requires neutral) or
low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
415
Sub-controls | seeTemp wall control
®
Available finishes
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: LRD-WST-F-WH)
Gloss finishes*
LA
Light Almond
WH
White
AL
Almond
IV
Ivory
GR
Gray
BR
Brown
BL
Black
Satin finishes*
SW
Snow
LS
Limestone
BI
Biscuit
ES
Eggshell
PD
Palladium
TP
Taupe
ST
Stone
BG
Bluestone
PL
Plum
TQ
Turquoise
GS
Goldstone
DS
Desert Stone
GB
Greenbriar
MS
Mocha Stone
TC
Terracotta
SI
Sienna
HT
Hot
MR
Merlot
MN
Midnight
SS **
Stainless Steel
(faceplate only)
* Coordinating faceplates only available separately. For faceplate information, see pg. 642.
** Stainless Steel faceplate includes black plastic trim/adapter, visible from side. Match with separate
Black (BL) or Midnight (MN) controls.
416
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | seeTemp wall control
®
Explanation of features
Features
1
2
3
1 Room
temperature
LEDs
•
2 Set temperature
LEDs
•
4
5
6
•
3 Raise/lower
rocker
•
4 eco button
•
5 Fan buttons
•
6 Flip-down door
•
7 System mode
buttons
•
Column of red LEDs
that display the current
room temperature
Column of green LEDs
that display the current
temperature set point
Set LED turns off when
system is turned off
Press to raise/lower the
set temperature point
7
seeTemp wall control with lid open
0.31 in 1.21 in
(8 mm) (31 mm)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Press to toggle eco
mode on/off
Indicates current fan
setting—button will light
up orange when selected
Covers the system and
fan buttons
Buttons will light up
according to the following:
Heat–red, Cool–blue,
Auto–orange, Off–orange
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
417
Sub-controls | seeTemp wall control
®
Available models
Model numbers
seeTemp wall control
120 V @ 50/60 Hz
24 V~ Class 2
Fahrenheit model (°F)
seeTemp
wall control
LRD-WST-F-XX1
Celsius model (°C)
LRD-WST-C-XX1
Compatible with HomeWorks QS systems.
XX1: Gloss and Satin Color® codes, see pg. 416
(Faceplates not included, order separately,
see pg. 416)
For specific radio frequency by country, refer
to the radio frequency chart on pg. 695.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to the voltage chart on pg. 692.
418
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | TouchPRO Wireless thermostat
®
6.56 in (167 mm)
Features and capacities
•
4.94 in (125 mm)
•
•
1.44 in
(37 mm)
profile
•
Shown above: TouchPRO Wireless thermostat
(LR-HWLV-HVAC)
•
•
TouchPRO Wireless thermostat is designed
by Honeywell® and utilizes Lutron reliable
Clear Connect® radio frequency (RF)
technology to allow heating and cooling
systems to integrate seamlessly with the
HomeWorks QS system
Installs like a conventional thermostat
Allows the ability to adjust heating and
cooling systems any time of the day from
keypads, sensors, mobile devices and
third‑party control systems
Create energy-saving schedules using Home
Control+ app or HomeWorks® QS software
Features an intuitive touch screen interface
Compatible with seeTemp® wall controls,
making it easy to add additional points
of control
•
Operates at 24 V
•
Available in White
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 6.56 in (167 mm);
Height: 4.94 in (125 mm);
Profile: 1.44 in (37 mm);
Mounts to wall (wall bracket included)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Communicates via Lutron reliable
Clear Connect RF technology to other
Lutron® wireless devices
Must be located within 30 ft (9 m) of a
hybrid repeater
Requires 24 V AC low-voltage common
connection from the HVAC equipment or
use the included wiring module for retrofit
applications where no common wire
is available
Operates at 434 MHz
HomeWorks QS system can have up to 99
devices per RF link
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
419
Sub-controls | TouchPRO Wireless thermostat
®
Explanation of features
6
Features
2
1 Temperature
adjustments
•
2 Current set point
•
3 Current time
•
4 More
button
•
1
3
4
7
8
5
•
Displays temperature
set point
Displays current time
Before addressing to a Lutron
system—press the MORE button to
view the wireless connection screen
Also, the MORE button can be
programmed to cycle through the
replacement schedules for the filter
pad, UV lamp, and humidity pad
Press to lock thermostat keypad
for 30 seconds to clean screen
5 Screen cleaning
button
•
6 Current inside
temperature
•
7 Fan setting
button
•
Press to select fan operation
•
On—fan is always on
•
8 System setting
button
•
•
•
•
•
•
420
Press to adjust
temperature settings
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Displays current
inside temperature
Auto—fan runs only when the heating
or cooling system is on
Press to select system type
Heat—thermostat only controls
the heating system
Cool—thermostat only controls
the cooling system
Off—heating and cooling
systems are off
Auto—thermostat automatically
selects heating or cooling depending
on indoor temperature.
Em Heat—thermostat controls
emergency and auxiliary heat (only
for heat pumps with auxiliary heat.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Sub-controls | TouchPRO Wireless thermostat
®
Available models
Model numbers
TouchPRO Wireless thermostat
TouchPRO Wireless thermostat
LR-HWLV-HVAC
Compatible with HomeWorks QS systems.
TouchPRO Wireless thermostat
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
421
Energy-saving sensors
Sensors detect motion, daylight
and temperature to provide
automatic, energy-saving control of
lighting, window shading and other
building systems.
The sensors addressed in this guide
are specific to each country’s voltage
and frequency requirements. Please
confirm that the products you have
selected match the required voltages
(pg. 692) and radio frequency
(pg. 695) listed by country.
Wireless
Radio Powr Savr™ ceiling-mount
occupancy/vacancy sensors
pg. 424
Sensor options include:
•
Occupancy/vacancy sensors
•
Vacancy only sensors
•
Daylight sensors
•
Temperature sensors
Radio Powr Savr corner,
hallway and wall-mount
occupancy/vacancy sensors
pg. 428
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount
daylight sensors
pg. 435
Wall-mount temperature sensor
pg. 438
Radio shadow sensor
pg. 440
422 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
For detailed component information, visit www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
LOS-C series ceiling-mount
occupancy sensor
pg. 443
Daylight sensor
pg. 458
LOS-W series wall-mount
occupancy sensor
pg. 449
Daylight sensor packages
pg. 461
Additional components
High-bay occupancy sensor
pg. 452
Photosensor
pg. 456
Infrared partition status sensor
pg. 464
Power packs
pg. 466
Wireless Radio Frequency (RF)
communication
Infrared (IR) communication
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
For information on Maestro® wallbox
occupancy/vacancy sensors with
dimmers and switches, as well as
LOS-S series wallbox sensors, refer
to the Volume 1: Basic devices and
single-space systems catalog
(P/N 367-1746 REV A)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 423
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount
occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
3.57 in (91 mm)
1.13 in
(29 mm)
depth
•
•
•
Recommended for 8-12 ft (2.4-3.7 m) ceilings
Multiple sensors can be added for extended
coverage—refer to product specification
submittals of receiving device to determine
system limits
For indoor use only, temperature: 32° F-104° F
(0° C-40° C)
•
Battery included; 10-year battery life design
•
Available in White (WH)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
Shown above: Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount wireless
occupancy/vacancy sensor—434 MHz in White
(LRF2-OCR2B-P-WH)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Simple installation with no wiring
•
Passive Infrared (PIR) with exclusive Lutron
XCTTM technology for fine motion detection
360º coverage
•
Occupancy/vacancy has auto-on/auto-off,
manual-on/auto-off or auto-on low light/
auto-off control (low light not supported when
connected to system via QS sensor module)
•
Vacancy model has manual-on/auto-off
control to meet California Title 24 section 119 (j)
requirements
•
Time-out options include 1 minute, 5 minutes,
15 minutes, and 30 minutes
Ability to add additional time out options through
software programming
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
424 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Mount within 60 ft (18 m) line-of-sight
or 30 ft (9.1 m) through walls of the
receiving devices
Can be recess or surface mounted to solid
or drop ceilings (recess mounting bracket
P/N L-CMDPIRKIT, sold separately)
Communication
•
•
Diameter: 3.57 in (91 mm)
Depth: 1.13 in (29 mm)
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear
Connect® Radio Frequency (RF) technology
to the HomeWorks QS repeater, a GRAFIK Eye®
QS wireless main unit or QS sensor module
Models available for operation at 434 MHz,
434 limited channel MHz, 865 MHz, 868 MHz or
868 limited channel MHz
Each RF link in a HomeWorks QS system can
have up to 99 wireless devices; each Radio
Powr Savr occupancy vacancy sensor counts
as one wireless device toward the limit
Each QS sensor module can communicate with
up to ten Radio Powr Savr occupancy sensors
Each GRAFIK Eye QS main unit can
communicate with up to thirty wireless devices;
each Radio Powr Savr occupancy sensor
counts as one wireless device toward the limit
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can
have up to 100 occupancy sensors; each Radio
Powr Savr occupancy sensor counts as one
occupancy sensor toward the limit
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount
occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
Explanation of features
Features
1 Sensor lens
•
2 Sensor test
button
•
3 Lights on/off
button
•
4 Service opening
•
1
Lens will illuminate orange
in response to test mode
Lens will illuminate in
response to motion; tests
placement and coverage
Signals load control to
turn on/off; tests RF range
2
3
4
Used by service personnel
for remote system
configuration
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount wireless
occupancy/vacancy sensor
0.62 in
(16 mm)
0.51 in
(13 mm)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 425
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount
occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
Available models
Model numbers
Wireless occupancy/vacancy sensors
Ceiling-mount (434 MHz)
Occupancy/
vacancy
Vacancy only
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF2-OCR2B-P-WH
Vacancy only
LRF2-VCR2B-P-WH
Ceiling-mount (868 MHz)
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF3-OCRB-P-WH
Ceiling-mount (868 limited channel MHz)
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF4-OCRB-P-WH
Ceiling-mount (865 MHz)
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF5-OCR2B-P-WH
Ceiling-mount (434 limited channel MHz)
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF7-OCR2B-P-WH
Compatible with the Quantum® and HomeWorks QS
systems
For specific radio frequency information
by country, refer to radio frequency chart
on pg. 695.
426 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount
occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
Coverage
Sensor coverage pattern* 8 ft (2.4 m) ceiling shown
Ceiling
8 ft
(2.4 m)
ceilin g
height
Floor
15 ft 12 ft
9 ft
6 ft
3 ft
0 ft
3 ft
6 ft
9 ft
12 ft 15 ft
(4.6 m) (3.7 m) (2.7 m) (1.8 m) (0.9 m) (0 m) (0.9 m) (1.8 m) (2.7 m) (3.7 m) (4.6 m)
Radius of coverage at floor
Sensor
Occupant
18 x 18 ft (5.5 x 5.5 m)
Maximum room dimension
for complete coverage when
mounted on an 8 ft (2.4 m) ceiling
13 ft (4.0 m)
Radius of coverage at floor when
mounted on an 8 ft (2.4 m) ceiling
Detection range for fine motion
Maximum room dimensions
Ceiling height
for complete floor coverage Square feet
8 ft (2.4 m)
18 × 18 ft (5.5 × 5.5 m)
324 ft2 (30.2 m2)
9 ft (2.7 m)
20 × 20 ft (6.1 × 6.1 m)
400 ft2 (37.2 m2)
10 ft (3.0 m)
22 × 22 ft (6.7 × 6.7 m)
484 ft2 (44.9 m2)
12 ft (3.7 m)
26 × 26 ft (7.9 × 7.9 m)
676 ft2 (62.4 m2)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
*Gray shaded areas in the above
illustration represent sensor
detection areas.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 427
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr wall-mount occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
1.80 in (46 mm)
1.35 in
(34 mm)
depth
•
•
•
•
4.35 in (110 mm)
•
Time-out options include: 1 minute,
5 minutes, 15 minutes and 30 minutes
Ability to add additional time out options
through software programming
Recommended mounting height 6-8 ft (1.8-2.4 m)
from floor
Multiple sensors can be added for extended
coverage—refer to product specification submittals
of receiving device to determine system limits
For indoor use only temperature: 32° F-104° F
(0° C-40° C)
•
Battery included; 10-year battery life design
•
Available in White (WH)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
Shown actual size: Radio Powr Savr
wall-mount wireless occupancy/vacancy
sensor—434 MHz in White (LRF2-OWLB-P-WH)
•
•
•
•
•
Simple installation with no wiring
•
Passive Infrared (PIR) with exclusive Lutron XCTTM
technology for fine motion detection
•
Occupancy/vacancy has auto-on/auto-off and
manual on/auto-off
Vacancy model has manual on/auto-off control to
meet California Title 24 Section 119 (j) requirements
•
Three models available:
– Wall-mount: 180° field-of-view
– Corner-mount: 90° field-of-view
– Hallway: Long, narrow field-of-view
•
•
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
428 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Mount within 60 ft (18 m) line-of-sight or 30 ft
(9 m) through walls, of the receiving devices
Temporary mounting hardware (included) allows
for optimum sensor placement and coverage
Communication
Features and capacities
•
Width: 1.80 in (46 mm); Height: 4.35 in (110 mm);
Depth: 1.35 in (34 mm)
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear
Connect® Radio Frequency (RF) technology
to the HomeWorks QS repeater, a GRAFIK Eye® QS
wireless main unit or QS sensor module
Models available for operation at 434 MHz or
434 limited channel MHz
Each RF link in a HomeWorks QS system can have
up to 99 wireless devices; each Radio Powr Savr
occupancy vacancy sensor counts as one wireless
device toward the limit
Each QS sensor module can communicate with up
to ten Radio Powr Savr occupancy sensors
Each GRAFIK Eye QS main unit can communicate
with up to thirty wireless devices; each Radio Powr
Savr occupancy sensor counts as one wireless
device toward the limit
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 100 occupancy sensors; each Radio Powr
Savr occupancy sensor counts as one occupancy
sensor toward the limit
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr wall-mount occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Sensor lens
•
•
2 Model options
•
3 Sensor test button
•
4 Lights on/off button
•
2
Lens varies internally based on model
Lens will illuminate orange in response to
test mode
180° field-of-view, 90° field-of-view for
corner mounting, and hallway sensor for
long, narrow field-of-view
Lens will illuminate in response to motion;
tests placement and coverage
Signals load control to turn on/off;
tests RF range
Radio Powr Savr wall-mount
wireless occupancy/vacancy sensor
3
4
1.35 in (34 mm)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 429
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr wall-mount occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
Available models
Model numbers
Wireless occupancy/vacancy sensors
180° wall mount (434 MHz)
Wall (180°)
Wall (180°)
occupancy/
vacancy
vacancy only
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF2-OWLB-P-WH
Vacancy only
LRF2-VWLB-P-WH
180° wall mount (434 limited channel MHz)
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF7-OWLB-P-WH
90° corner mount (434 MHz)
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF2-OKLB-P-WH
Vacancy only
LRF2-VKLB-P-WH
90° corner mount (434 limited channel MHz)
Corner (90°)
Corner (90°)
Occupancy/vacancy
occupancy/
vacancy
vacancy only
Hallway (434 MHz)
LRF7-OKLB-P-WH
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF2-OHLB-P-WH
Vacancy only
LRF2-VHLB-P-WH
Hallway (434 limited channel MHz)
Occupancy/vacancy
LRF7-OHLB-P-WH
Compatible with the Quantum® and
HomeWorks QS systems
Hallway
Hallway
occupancy/
vacancy
vacancy only
For specific radio frequency information
by country, refer to radio frequency chart
on pg. 695.
430 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr wall-mount occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
Typical mounting illustrations
For illustration purposes only.
Consult specific coverage pattern (pgs. 432-434) to determine appropriate location.
180° field-of-view wall-mount sensor
up to 25 ft (7.6 m)
up to 25 ft (7.6 m)
up to 60 ft (18.3 m)
Sensor
90° field-of-view corner-mount sensor
50 ft (15.2 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
Sensor
Hallway long, narrow field-of-view sensor
Sensor
10 ft (3 m) or more
150 ft (45.7 m)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 431
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr wall-mount occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
180° field-of-view wall-mount sensor coverage
Top view/plan view
25 ft (7.6 m)
20 ft (6.1 m)
15 ft (4.6 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
5 ft (1.5 m)
Minor Motion
0 ft (0 m)
Coverage Area
1500 ft2 (139.4 m2)
5 ft (1.5 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
15 ft (4.6 m)
Major Motion
20 ft (6.1 m)
Coverage Area
3000 ft2 (278.7 m2)
15 ft (4.6 m)
20 ft (6.1 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
35 ft (10.7 m)
40 ft (12.2 m)
45 ft (13.7 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
15 ft (4.6 m)
20 ft (6.1 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
35 ft (10.7 m)
40 ft (12.2 m)
45 ft (13.7 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
60 ft (18.3 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
Side view/section
55 ft (16.8 m)
5 ft (1.5 m)
5 ft (1.5 m)
0 ft (0 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
60 ft (18.3 m)
55 ft (16.8 m)
0 ft (0 m)
7 ft* (2.1 m)
*Sensor mounting shown at 7 ft (2.1 m), mounting height should be between 6 ft and 8 ft (1.6 - 2.4 m).
432 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr wall-mount occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
90° field-of-view corner-mount sensor coverage
Top view/plan view
t
0f
2
5.
)
m
(1
5
Minor Motion
Major Motion
Coverage Area
Coverage Area
1225 ft (113.8 m )
2
35
ft
(1
2
2500 ft2 (232.3 m2)
0.
7m
)
Side view/section
70 ft (21.3 m)
65 ft (19.8 m)
60 ft (18.3 m)
55 ft (16.8 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
45 ft (13.7 m)
40 ft (12.2 m)
35 ft (10.7 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
20 ft (6.1 m)
15 ft (4.6 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
5 ft (1.5 m)
0 ft (0 m)
7 ft* (2.1 m)
*Sensor mounting shown at 7 ft (2.1 m), mounting height should be between 6 ft and 8 ft (1.6 - 2.4 m).
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 433
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr wall-mount occupancy/vacancy sensor
TM
Hallway sensor coverage
Top view/plan view
10 ft
10 ft (3.0(3.0
m)m)
5 ft
5 ft (1.5(1.5
m)
m)
0 ft
0 ft (0(0m)
m)
5 ft
5 ft (1.5(1.5
m)m)
100 ft (30.5 m)
125 ft (38.1 m)
100 ft (30.5 m)
125 ft (38.1 m)
150 ft (45.7 m)
150 ft (45.7 m)
75 ft (22.9 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
150 ft
(45.7 m)
75 ft (22.9 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
0 ft (0 m)
0 ft
(0 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
10 ft
10 ft (3.0(3.0
m)m)
Side view/section
0 ft (0 m)
7 ft* (2.1 m)
Hallway version with coverage of up to 150 ft (45.7 m)
Maximum recommended hallway length
Width of Hall
Length of Hall
6 ft (1.6 m) or less
50 ft (15.2 m)
8 ft (2.4 m)
100 ft (30.5 m)
10 ft (3.06 m) or more 150 ft (45.7 m)
*Sensor mounting shown at 7 ft (2.1 m), mounting height should be between 6 ft and 8 ft (1.6 - 2.4 m).
Designed for mounting at the end of hallway with view down the length of hall, detection at longer distance
is best for motion occurring at right angles to the sensor.
434 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount daylight sensor
TM
1.60 in (41 mm)
0.70 in
(17 mm)
depth
Dimensions and mounting
Diameter: 1.60 in (41 mm);
Depth: 0.70 in (17 mm)
•
Mount within 60 ft (18 m) line-of-sight or 30 ft
(9.1 m) through walls of the receiving devices
•
Built-in test-mode and temporary mounting
hardware (included) allows for optimum sensor
placement and coverage
•
Shown actual size: Radio Powr Savr
wireless daylight sensor—434 MHz
in White (LRF2-DCRB-WH)
Communication
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
Radio Frequency (RF) technology to a GRAFIK Eye®
QS wireless main unit or QS sensor module in a
Quantum® system
•
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Simple installation with no wiring
Detects light level and relays information back to
compatible wireless device
Daylight harvesting automatically dims/switches off
the lights when sufficient daylight is available and
brightens/turns on the lights when the available
daylight is low
•
•
Proportional open loop system allows the signal
to vary during the course of the day
Suitable for use with light levels up to 10,000
foot-candles (fc)
A maximum of one sensor may be assigned to each
preset lighting zone
•
Operates at 434 MHz, 434 limited channel
MHz, 865 MHz, 868 MHz or 868 limited channel
MHz band
Each QS sensor module can communicate with up
to ten wireless daylight sensors; each Radio Powr
Savr daylight sensor counts as one wireless daylight
sensor toward the limit
Each GRAFIK Eye QS main unit can communicate
with up to thirty wireless devices; each RadioPowr
Savr daylight sensor counts as one wireless device
toward the limit
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have up
to 100 daylight sensors; each Radio Powr SavrTM
daylight sensor counts as one daylight sensor
toward the limit
Available in White (WH)
For indoor use, temperature: 32 ° F-104 ° F
(0 ° C-40 ° C)
Battery included; 10-year battery life design
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 435
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount daylight sensor
TM
Explanation of features
Model numbers
Wireless daylight sensors
Ceiling-mount (434 MHz)
1
Daylight
LRF2-DCRB-WH
Ceiling-mount (868 MHz)
Daylight
LRF3-DCRB-WH
Ceiling-mount (868 limited channel MHz)
2
3
4
Daylight
Radio Powr Savr wireless daylight sensor
LRF4-DCRB-WH
Ceiling-mount (865 MHz)
Daylight
0.7 in
(17 mm)
LRF5-DCRB-WH
Ceiling-mount (434 limited channel MHz)
Daylight
LRF7-DCRB-WH
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Features
1 Sensor lens
•
2 Link button
•
3 Sensor test
button
•
4 Calibration button
•
Arrow points toward the
area viewed by the sensor
Association and
programming
Tests system functionality
Press to calibrate system
automatically
For specific radio frequency information
by country, refer to radio frequency chart
on pg. 695.
436 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
Radio Powr Savr ceiling-mount daylight sensor
TM
Sensor placement
Determine the daylight sensor mounting location using the diagram below:
•
•
•
•
Place the daylight sensor so the viewing area is centered on the nearest window at a distance from the
window of one to two times the effective window height (H)
The effective window height (H) starts at the window sill or 3 ft (1 m) up from the floor, whichever is higher,
and ends at the top of the window
Do not position the daylight sensor in the well of a skylight or above indirect lighting fixtures
For narrow areas where the daylight sensor cannot be placed 1 H-2 H from windows, place sensor near
windows facing into space
Location for average size areas
Arrow points towards the area viewed
by the sensor (toward windows)
Location for narrow areas
(corridors, private offices)
Arrow points towards the area viewed
by the sensor (away from window)
Bottom of sensor
1 H-2 H
Area
viewed by
sensor
H
3 ft
H = Effective Window Height
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 437
Wireless
sensors
Wall-mount temperature sensor
1.63 in (41 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
0.75 in
(17 mm)
profile
Shown actual size: Wireless
wall-mount temperature sensor
in Snow (LRF2-TWRB-SW)
Detects temperature and transmits information to
HVAC controller (required)
Simple installation with no wiring
Use up to four wireless temperature sensors per
HVAC controller (temperatures are averaged)
•
Battery included; 5-year battery life
•
Available in Snow (SW) or Midnight (MN)
Dimensions and mounting
•
Width: 1.63 in (41 mm)
Profile: 0.75 in (17 mm)
•
Temporary attachment method: 3M® command strip
•
Permanent attachment: wall anchor and screw
•
Surface mount to wall in space to be conditioned
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
•
Related components
seeTemp® wall control
(available separately,
see pg. 415)
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
Radio Frequency (RF) technology to other Lutron
wireless devices
Wireless temperature sensor must be located within
30 ft (9 m) of a hybrid repeater
Operates at 434 MHz
Up to four wireless temperature sensors can be
used with a single HVAC controller and up to five
temperature sensors per QS link
HomeWorks QS system can have up to 99 devices
per RF link
HVAC controller
(available separately,
see pg. 506)
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
438 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
Wall-mount temperature sensor
Explanation of features
Features
1
1 Status LED
•
2 Link button
•
3 Test button
•
2
3
Wireless wall-mount
temperature sensor
Amber LED provides
feedback during
association and
commissioning
Assigns sensor with
HVAC controller
Press to test system
functionality
.7 in
(17 mm)
Available finishes
Model numbers
Temperature sensor
Satin finishes
Wall-mount
Wireless, 434 MHz
LRF2-TWRB-XX1
Compatible with the HomeWorks® QS system.
SW
Snow
MN
Midnight
1
XX
in Snow
(SW)
andand
Midnight
(MN)
XX: 1:Available
Available
in Snow
(SW)
Midnight
(MN)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 439
Wired
sensors
Radio Shadow sensor
1.60 in (41 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
•
0.70 in
(17 mm)
depth
•
Diameter: 1.60 in (41 mm)
Depth: 0.70 in (17 mm);
Mount on window within 60 ft (18 m) line-of-sight or
30 ft (9.1 m) through walls of the QS sensor module
Communication
•
Shown actual size:
Radio Shadow sensor
(LRF2-SSW-WH)
•
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Enhances the performance of Hyperion solaradaptive shading systems by maximizing available
views and occupant comfort when shadows are
cast on buildings, or when cloudy conditions prevail
Works at the window level to communicate current
exterior conditions to the Quantum system,
enabling Hyperion to respond appropriately
•
Communicates via Lutron® reliable Clear
Connect® Radio Frequency (RF) technology
to a QS sensor module
Operates at 434 MHz
QS sensor module can communicate with up to
10 daylight sensors; each Radio Shadow sensor
counts as one daylight sensor toward the limit
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 100 daylight sensors; each Radio Shadow
sensor counts as one daylight sensor toward
the limit
Simple installation with no wiring required
Suitable for use with light levels up to 10,000
foot-candles (fc)
Available in White (WH)
For indoor use, temperature: 32° F-122° F
(0° C-50° C)
Battery included; 10-year battery life design
Download specification submittal
440 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
Radio Shadow sensor
Explanation of features
2
1
Feature
1 Programming
buttons
•
2 Arrow
•
Front accessible buttons
make set-up easy
When mounting ensure
that the arrow points up
Radio Shadow Sensor
0.7 in
(17 mm)
Model numbers
Radio Shadow sensor
434 MHz
LRF2-SSW-WH
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 441
Wireless
sensors
Radio Shadow sensor
Sensor placement
Determine the sensor mounting location using the information below
•
The arrow on the Radio Shadow sensor should point up
•
Ensure that the exterior view of the sensor is not obstructed
•
Do not position the sensor on the skylight or above indirect lighting fixtures
•
•
Mount sensor at least 6 in (15 cm) away from large metal surfaces; metal objects will affect the wireless
communication
Flush mount to window glass near top of window
One sensor per Shade Group/Area
One sensor per Facade
(Recommended for granular shadow
detection and cloudy day detection)
(Recommended for cloudy day detection)
Exterior View
Exterior View
442 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
LOS-C series ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
4.50 in (114 mm)
1.40 in
(38 mm)
depth
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dual technology sensors are self-adaptive to
automatically adjust sensitivity and timing
Coverages available from
450 ft2 - 2000 ft2 (137 m2 - 610 m2) mounted
at 8 -12 ft (2.4 m - 3.6 m) from floor
360° and 180° field-of-view models available
Models available with an additional dry
contact closure output
Available in White (WH)
For indoor use only, temperature:
32 ° F -104 ° F (0 ° C -40 ° C)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (38 mm)
Snap-locks to ceiling-mounted cover plate
Communication and wiring
Shown above: Ceiling-mount dual technology
sensor in White (LOS-CDT-2000-WH)
•
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Sensors can integrate into Lutron system or
function as stand-alone control using wired
power pack
•
Affords choice of turning lights off or dimming to
preset level in unoccupied state when integrated
into Lutron system
Models available in ultrasonic, passive infrared, or
dual technology
•
•
Download specification submittal for
Ceiling-mount passive infrared occupancy sensor
Download specification submittal for
Ceiling-mount dual technology occupancy sensor
Download specification submittal for
Ceiling-mount ultrasonic occupancy sensor
20-24 V DC
Connects to system via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring through contact closure inputs or
directly to an EcoSystem® ballast or module (with
sensor inputs), QS sensor module, Energi Savr
NodeTM module, or GRAFIK Eye® QS main unit
Uses two power draw units on the QS link when
connected to the QS sensor module; power draw
calculations are not needed for inputs connected
directly to the Energi Savr Node module, GRAFIK
Eye QS main unit, or EcoSystem ballast/module
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 100 occupancy sensors; each LOS-C series
occupancy sensor counts as one occupancy
sensor toward the limit
Power pack required for stand-alone control,
when more than one sensor is connected to
an occupancy sensor input or when sensor
is connected to the system via contact
closure interface
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 443
Wired
sensors
LOS-C series ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
Explanation of features
Features
1 Green LED
•
2 Red LED
•
Indicates when ultrasonic
motion is detected
Indicates when infrared
(IR) is detected
1
2
Ceiling-mount dual technology sensor
1.4 in (38 mm)
444 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
LOS-C series ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
Available models
Model numbers
Wired ceiling-mount occupancy sensors
Dual technology
Dual technology
occupancy
Passive infrared
occupancy
2,000 ft2 (610 m2), 360º
Additional contact closure
LOS-CDT-2000-WH
LOS-CDT-2000R-WH
1,000 ft2 (305 m2), 180º
Additional contact closure
LOS-CDT-1000-WH
LOS-CDT-1000R-WH
500 ft2 (152 m2) 180º
Additional contact closure
LOS-CDT-500-WH
LOS-CDT-500R-WH
Ultrasonic
Ultrasonic
occupancy
2,000 ft2 (610 m2), 360º
LOS-CUS-2000-WH
1,000 ft2 (305 m2), 180º
LOS-CUS-1000-WH
500 ft (152 m ), 180º
2
2
LOS-CUS-500-WH
Passive infrared
1,500 ft2 (457 m2), 360º
450 ft2 (137 m2), 360º
LOS-CIR-1500-WH
LOS-CIR-450-WH
Compatible with LCP128TM, Softswitch® 128 (XPS),
GRAFIK Eye® 4000, Quantum® and HomeWorks QS
systems
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 445
Wired
sensors
LOS-C series ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
Dual technology sensor coverage chart
LOS-CDT models (3 models available)
Top view/Plan view
500 ft2 (152 m2) coverage
1000 ft2 (305 m2) coverage
(LOS-CDT-500)
22 ft (6.7 m)
(LOS-CDT-1000)
32 ft (9.8 m)
23 ft (7 m)
16 ft (4.9 m)
32 ft (9.8 m)
23 ft (7 m)
32 ft (9.8 m)
23 ft (7 m)
12 ft (3.7 m)
12 ft (3.7 m)
16 ft (4.9 m)
22 ft (6.7 m)
2000 ft2 (610 m2) coverage
(LOS-CDT-2000)
64 ft (19.5 m)
45 ft (13.7 m)
32 ft (9.8 m)
23 ft (7 m)
Major motion detection
Minor motion detection
12 ft (3.7 m)
22 ft (6.7 m)
446 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
LOS-C series ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
Passive infrared sensor coverage chart
LOS-CIR models (2 models available)
Top view/Plan view
450 ft2 (137 m2) coverage
(LOS-CIR-450)
1500 ft2 (457 m2) coverage
(LOS-CIR-1500)
6.5 ft (1.9 m)
12 ft (3.7 m)
12 ft (3.7 m)
22 ft (6.7 m)
Major motion detection
Minor motion detection
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 447
Wired
sensors
LOS-C series ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
Ultrasonic sensor coverage chart
LOS-CUS models (3 models available)
Top view/Plan view
500 ft2 (152 m2) coverage
1000 ft2 (305 m2) coverage
(LOS-CUS-500)
(LOS-CUS-1000)
22 ft (6.7 m)
32 ft (9.8 m)
16 ft (4.9 m)
23 ft (7 m)
32 ft (9.8 m)
23 ft (7 m)
22 ft (6.7 m)
16 ft (4.9 m)
2000 ft2 (610 m2) coverage
(LOS-CUS-2000)
64 ft (19.5 m)
45 ft (13.7 m)
32 ft (9.8 m)
23 ft (7 m)
Major motion detection
Minor motion detection
448 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
LOS-W series wall-mount occupancy sensor
2.70 in (69 mm)
3.90 in
(99 mm)
depth
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dual-technology sensors are self-adaptive to
automatically adjust sensitivity and timing
Coverage of 1600 ft2 (488 m2) mounted at
8 ft to 12 ft (2.4-3.7 m) from floor
110° field-of-view
Models available with additional
dry contact closures
Available in White (WH)
For indoor use only, temperature: 32 ° F-104 ° F
(0 ° C-40 ° C)
Dimensions and mounting
5.25 in (133 mm)
•
•
•
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Sensors can integrate into Lutron system or
by using a wired power pack can function as a
stand-alone control
Affords choice of turning lights off or dimming to
preset level in unoccupied state when integrated
to Lutron system
Models available with an additional dry
contact closure output
Flexible base allows mounting on wall or ceiling
Communication and wiring
•
Shown above: Wall-mount dual
technology sensor in White
(LOS-WDT-R-WH)
Width: 2.70 in (69 mm)
Height: 5.25 in (133 mm)
Depth: 3.90 in (99 mm)
•
•
20-24 V DC
Connects to system via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 wiring through contact closure inputs or
directly to an EcoSystem® ballast or module (with
sensor inputs), QS sensor module, Energi Savr
NodeTM module, or GRAFIK Eye® QS main unit
Uses two power draw units on the QS link when
connected to the QS sensor module; power draw
calculations are not needed for inputs connected
directly to the Energi Savr Node module, GRAFIK
Eye QS main unit, or EcoSystem ballast/module
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 100 occupancy sensors; each LOS-W series
occupancy sensor counts as one occupancy
sensor toward the limit
Power pack required for stand-alone control,
when more than one sensor is connected to
an occupancy sensor input or when sensor
is connected to the system via contact
closure interface
Download specification submittal for
Wall-mount passive infrared occupancy sensor
Download specification submittal for
Wall-mount dual technology occupancy sensor
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 449
Wired
sensors
LOS-W series wall-mount occupancy sensor
Explanation of features
3.90 in (99 mm)
Features
1 Green LED
•
2 Red LED
•
1
Indicates when
ultrasonic motion
is detected
Indicates when
infrared (IR)
is detected
2
Wall-mount dual technology sensor
Available models
Model numbers
Wired wall-mount occupancy sensor
Dual technology
Passive infrared
occupancy
Dual technology,
self-adaptive
occupancy
1,600 ft2 (488 m2), 110˚
Additional contact closure
LOS-WDT-WH
LOS-WDT-R-WH
Passive infrared
1,600 ft2 (488 m2)
LOS-WIR-WH
Compatible with LCP128TM, Softswitch® 128 (XPS),
GRAFIK Eye® 4000, Quantum®, and HomeWorks QS
systems
450 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
LOS-W series wall-mount occupancy sensor
Dual technology sensor
coverage chart
Passive infrared sensor
coverage chart
Top view/Plan view
Top view/Plan view
(LOS-WDT)
(LOS-WIR)
22 ft (6.7 m)
16 ft (4.9 m)
6.5 ft (1.9 m)
12 ft (3.7 m)
Major motion detection
Minor motion detection
20 ft (6.1 m)
40 ft (12.2 m)
Major motion detection
Minor motion detection
Major motion detection
Minor motion detection
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 451
Wireless
sensors
High-bay occupancy sensor
4.00 in (102 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
•
1.50 in
(38 mm)
depth
•
•
Shown above: 360° surface-mount
high-bay occupancy sensor
(LUT-WSPSM24V-180-CPN6112)
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Passive infrared sensor designed for use in highbay applications, such as warehouses, distribution
centers and gymnasiums
Surface-mount and end-mount models available with
either 180° or 360° area lens
•
Mounted at 45 ft (14 m) from floor the 180° models
feature 50 ft (15 m) coverage radius and the 360°
models feature 1,450 ft2 (135 m2) coverage
Time-out options include 4, 8, 16 and 30 minutes
•
Available in White (WH)
•
•
Sensors can integrate into Lutron system or
by using a wired power pack can function as
a stand-alone control
•
For indoor use, temperature: 32° F-149° F
(0° C-65° C)
180° end-mount:
Width 4.00 in (102 mm)
Height: 4.50 in (114 mm)
Depth: 1.50 in (38 mm)
360° end-mount:
Width 3.60 in (91 mm)
Height: 4.40 in (112 mm)
Depth: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Surface-mount models mount directly to fixture or
to a standard 4.00 in (102 mm) x 4.00 in (102 mm)
junction box via two 1.25 in (32 mm) stainless steel
screws and locking nuts
End-mount models mount directly to end of fixture
through extended 0.5 in (13 mm) chase nipple
Maximum mounting height is 45 ft (14 m)
Communication
•
•
180° and 360° surface-mount:
Diameter: 4.00 in (102 mm)
Depth: 1.50 in (38 mm)
•
20-24 V DC
Connects to system via low-voltage IEC PELV/
NEC Class 2 wiring through contact closure inputs
or directly to an Ecosystem ballast/module (with
sensor inputs), QS sensors module, Energi Savr
Node module, or GRAFIK Eye QS main unit
Uses two power draw units on the QS link when
connected to the QS sensor module; power draw
calculations are not needed for inputs connected
directly to the Energi Savr Node module, GRAFIK
Eye QS main unit or EcoSystem ballast/module
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 100 occupancy sensors; each high-bay
occupancy sensor counts as one occupancy
sensor toward the limit
Power pack required for stand-alone control,
when more than one sensor is connected to
an occupancy sensor input, or when sensor
is connected to the system via contact
closure interface
Download specification submittal
452 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
High-bay occupancy sensor
Explanation of features
Features
1 Lens
•
2 Technology
•
Models available with
180° or 360° area lens
Passive infrared, designed
to detect
major motion
1
360° end-mount high-bay
occupancy sensor
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 453
Wireless
sensors
High-bay occupancy sensor
Available models
Model numbers
Wireless occupancy/vacancy sensors
Wired high-bay occupancy sensor
180° and 360°
surface-mount
180° end-mount
180° surface-mount
360° surface-mount
180° end-mount
360° surface-mount
LUT-WSPSM24V-180-CPN6111
LUT-WSPSM24V-360-CPN6111
LUT-WSPEM24V-180-CPN6112
FHB140NP24V-CPN5190
Compatible with LCP128, Softswitch 128 (XPS),
GRAFIK Eye 4000 and Quantum systems
360° end-mount
454 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wireless
sensors
High-bay occupancy sensor
180º high-bay sensor coverage chart
Top view/Plan view
21 ft
(6 m)
29 ft
(9 m)
42 ft (13 m) at 30 ft (9 m) mounting height
50 ft (15 m) at 45 ft (14 m) mounting height
360º high-bay sensor coverage chart
Side view
30 ft (9 m)
mounting
height
45 ft (14 m)
mounting
height
42 ft (13 m) radius
at 30 ft (9 m) mounting height
50 ft (15 m) radius
at 45 ft (14 m) mounting height
Notes: S
ensor is designed to detect major motion (i.e., walking person) only.
A delay of 1 to 2 seconds from occupancy detection to turn-on may be experienced
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 455
Wired
sensors
Photosensor
1.18 in (30 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
0.69 in
(17 mm)
profile
•
1.25 in
(32 mm)
depth
•
•
Shown actual size:
Wired photosensor
(MW-FPS-WH)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
Monitors ambient daylight levels and communicates
information to daylight controller (required)
Allows controller to automatically select scenes
based on the amount of daylight available
Optional sensor post allows sensor to be extended
from any ceiling for a length up to 36 in
Mount to ceiling or fixture with 0.375 in (10 mm)
diameter hole
Communication and wiring
•
•
Diameter: 1.18 in (30 mm)
Depth: 1.25 in (32 mm);
Profile: 0.69 in (17 mm)
•
Designed to connect to daylight controller via
IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 low-voltage wire
Total wire length from sensor to device must not
exceed 100 ft (30 m)
15 V DC
Related Component
Phototopic response matches human eye
For indoor use, temperature:
32° F-113° F (0° C-45° C)
Available in White (WH)
Daylight controller
(sold separately, see pg. 484)
Model numbers
Wired photosensor
Ceiling/fixture-mount
MW-FPS-WH
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system.
Download specification submittal
456 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
Photosensor
Sensor placement
Determine the photosensor mounting location using the diagram below
•
•
•
•
Place the photosensor so the viewing area is centered on the nearest window at a distance from the window
of one to two times the effective window height (H)
The effective window height (H) starts at the window sill or 3 ft (1 m) up from the floor, whichever is higher,
and ends at the top of the window
Do not position the photosensor in the well of a skylight or above indirect lighting fixtures
For narrow areas where the daylight sensor cannot be placed 1 H-2 H from windows, place photosensor
near windows facing into space
Location for average size areas
rrow points toward the area viewed
A
by the sensor (toward windows)
ocation for narrow areas
L
(corridors, private offices)
rrow points toward the area viewed
A
by the sensor (away from window)
Bottom of sensor
1 H-2 H
Area
viewed by
sensor
H
3 ft
H = Effective Window Height
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 457
Wired
sensors
Daylight sensor
1.18 in (30 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
0.69 in
(17 mm)
profile
•
1.25 in
(32 mm)
depth
•
•
Shown actual size: Daylight
sensor in White (EC-DIR-WH)
Diameter: 1.18 in (30 mm)
Depth: 1.25 in (32 mm);
Profile: 0.69 in (17 mm)
Optional sensor post allows sensor to be extended
from any ceiling for a length up to 36 in
Mount to ceiling or fixture with 0.375 in (10 mm)
diameter hole
Communication and wiring
•
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Automatically dims the lights when the available
daylight is sufficient and brightens the lights when
the available daylight is low in order to maintain a
specific light level
•
•
Designed to give a linear response to changes in
viewed light level
•
Photopic response matches human eye
•
Suitable for internal ambient light levels between
0 and 500 fc
Acts as an IR receiver from handheld devices and
transfers IR signals to a digital ballast, control
module or sensor interface
For indoor use, temperature: 32 ° F-113 ° F
(0 ° C-45 ° C)
•
20 V DC
Total wire length from sensor to device must not
exceed 100 ft (30 m)
Infrared (IR) receiver receives IR programming
signals from up to 8 ft (2.5 m) away
Designed to connect directly to an EcoSystem ballast
or module (with sensor inputs), QS sensor module, or
Energi Savr NodeTM via low-voltage wiring
Does not connect directly to the QS Link
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have up
to 100 daylight sensors; each wired daylight sensor
counts as one daylight sensor toward the limit
Uses one-half power draw unit on the QS link,
when connected to the QS sensor module (QSM);
power draw calculations are not needed for inputs
connected directly to the Energi Savr Node or
EcoSystem ballast/module
Available in White (WH)
Download specification submittal
458 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
Daylight sensor
Explanation of features
1
Feature
1 Sensor lens
•
2 IR receiver
•
2
Wired daylight sensor
Arrow points toward
the area viewed by the
daylight sensor
Receives and transfers
IR receivers
0.69 in
(17 mm)
Model numbers
Daylight sensor
Ceiling or fixture-mount
Sensor
EC-DIR-WH
Sensor mounting post
CPN3510
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 459
Wired
sensors
Daylight sensor
Sensor placement
Determine the daylight sensor mounting location using the diagram below
•
•
•
•
Place the daylight sensor so the viewing area is centered on the nearest window at a distance from the
window of one to two times the effective window height (H)
The effective window height (H) starts at the window sill or 3 ft (1 m) up from the floor, whichever is higher,
and ends at the top of the window
Do not position the daylight sensor in the well of a skylight or above indirect lighting fixtures
For narrow areas where the daylight sensor cannot be placed 1 H-2 H from windows, place sensor near
windows facing into space
Location for average size areas
Arrow points toward the area viewed
by the sensor (toward windows)
Location for narrow areas
(corridors, private offices)
Arrow points toward the area viewed
by the sensor (away from window)
Bottom of sensor
1 H-2 H
Area
viewed by
sensor
H
3 ft
H = Effective Window Height
460
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Wired
sensors
Daylight sensor packages
1.28 in
(33 mm)
1.85 in
(47 mm)
Shown above: Outdoor sensor
(GRX-CESO)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Daylight sensor packages that allow Lutron lighting
control systems to switch lights on/off in response
to ambient daylight level settings in the controller
Packages include a wired power pack, daylight
sensor, and daylight controller
•
•
Daylight controller features adjustable On and
Off setpoints
A variety of sensor packages are available to fit
virtually any application:
– indoor
– outdoor
– atrium
– skylight
Shown above: Atrium
or skylight sensor
(GRX-CESA/GRX-CESS)
Communication and wiring
Features and capacities
•
1.28 in
(33 mm)
1.35 in
(34 mm)
1.15 in
(29 mm)
Shown above: Indoor
sensor (GRX-CESI)
2.25 in
(57 mm)
•
Daylight controller connects to system through
contact closure inputs and to sensors directly via
low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wiring
When interfacing to a Lutron system, the normal
close contact will turn lights on (contact closure
close) when daylight levels are low, and turn lights
off (contact closure open) when daylight levels
are high
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have up
to 100 daylight sensors; each sensor in a package
counts as one daylight sensor toward the limit
Each sensor is calibrated during manufacturing
to the light levels in its intended environment
Operating temperature: 13° F-140° F
(-11° C- 60° C).
All sensors are water-resistant and designed
to withstand UV radiation
Daylight controller and wired power packs for
indoor use only
Available in white (WH)
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
461
Wired
sensors
Daylight sensor packages
Dimensions and mounting
Sconce
Wall Mount
Ceiling Mount
Window
Light fixture
6 – 8 ft
1.8 – 2.4 m
Sconce
Reflecting Wall Mount
Sensor
60˚
Light fixture
Sensor
18 in
(457 mm)
Sensor
Indoor
•
•
Width: 1.28 in (33 mm)
Height: 1.15 in (29 mm)
•
Mount in .38 in (10 mm) hole using the
adhesive backing (included)
•
Reflected wall mount: Facing the reflecting
wall, not in line with any indoor lighting
Wall mount with sconces: Mount at same
height as sconce, but not directly in line
Ceiling mount: 6 to 8 ft (2 m) from window,
centrally located
Sensor
North
Snow line
1/2 in (13 mm)
conduit
Sensor
Window
•
Sensor
1/2 in (13 mm)
conduit
Outdoor
•
•
•
Skylight
Atrium
Width: 1.85 in (47 mm)
Height: 1.35 in (34 mm)
Mount in standard .50 in
(13 mm) conduit or knockout
Mount horizontally, facing
north, with the hooded portion
on top
•
•
Width: 2.25 in (57 mm)
Height: 1.28 in (33 mm)
Mount in standard 0.50 in
(13 mm) conduit or knockout,
opposite the atrium window
•
•
•
462
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Width: 2.25 in (57 mm)
Height: 1.28 in (33 mm)
Mount in standard 0.50 in
(13 mm) conduit or knockout,
near the center of the skylight
well, at least 12 in (305 mm)
from the sides
Mount vertically, facing up, with
top of sensor level with top of
skylight curb
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Wireless
sensors
Daylight sensor packages
Available models
Model numbers
Daylight sensor packages
Outdoor sensor
Indoor sensor
Skylight sensor
Atrium sensor
Indoor package**
120 V
GRX-CESI-120 PKG
277 V
GRX-CESI-277 PKG
Outdoor package**
120 V
GRX-CESO-120 PKG
277 V
GRX-CESO-277 PKG
Atrium package**
120 V
GRX-CESA-120 PKG
277 V
GRX-CESA-277 PKG
Skylight package**
120 V
GRX-CESS-120 PKG
277 V
GRX-CESS-277 PKG
Compatible with LCP 128TM, Softswitch128® (XPS),
GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and Quantum® systems
* All packages include a wired power pack, daylight
sensor and daylight controller.
** Daylight sensors, daylight controller and wired
power pack are also available as individual items,
please contact Lutron for more information.
For specific voltage by country information
refer to voltage chart on pg. 695.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 463
Wired
sensors
Infrared partition status sensor
4.56 in (159 mm)
Features and capacities
2.69 in (68 mm)
•
•
•
•
Shown above: Infrared partition status
sensor (one of a pair) (GRX-IRPS-WH)
Infrared transmitter/receiver pair detects partition
movement and coordinates lighting preset functions
Automatically combines lighting preset functions
when partition is open creating one large space
Lighting preset functions become independent as
partition is closed creating several smaller spaces
Requires contact closure input/output interface or
QS seeTouch® keypad for operation
Dimensions and mounting
•
1.50 in
(38 mm)
•
•
•
•
Width: 4.56 in (159 mm)
Height: 2.69 in (68 mm)
Depth: 1.50 in (38 mm)
Receiver and transmitter surface-mount in standard
1-gang U.S. wallboxes, 3.50 in (89 mm) deep,
mounted face down from the ceiling
The sensors must be mounted in a position where
the partition separates the transmitter and receiver
when the partition is closed
Transmitter and receiver may be located no more
than 8 ft (243 mm) apart
Adjustable mounting brackets allow easy alignment
during installation
Communication and wiring
•
•
12-24 V DC from plug-in supply
(P/N GRX-12 V DC, sold separately)
Connects to system via IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
low-voltage wiring through contact closure inputs
Download specification submittal
464 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wired
sensors
Infrared partition status sensor
GRX-IRPS-WH (pair of sensors)
Transmitter
Receiver
Ceiling
1.50 in
(38 mm)
Partition
8 ft (2.43 m)
maximum
Black boxes represent standard 1-gang U.S. wallbox
mounted facedown and flush with ceiling surface
(typical of two)
Model numbers
Infrared partition status sensor
Sensor
GRX-IRPS-WH
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and
Quantum® systems
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 465
Wireless
sensors
Power packs
3.69 in (94 mm)
Features and capacities
•
2.33 in (59 mm)
1.36 in
(35 mm)
depth
Shown above: Wired power pack (PP-120H)
•
•
•
•
Provide both the 24 V power supply to
operate Lutron® sensors as well as the 20 A
line voltage relay to control the load in one
compact housing
Models available for 120 V AC,
230 V AC (CE), 277 V AC, and 347 V AC
Relay contact rating:
20 A: 120/230/277 V ballast
15 A: 347 V ballast
15 A: 120 V incandescent
Auxiliary relay allows for direct control of
multiple lighting circuits or load types;
draws power from another power pack and
takes its control signal from the occupancy
sensors
Supports up to three Lutron LOS-C
or LOS-W series wired sensors and/or
auxiliary relay
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Unit can be placed outside or inside the
junction box with a simple nut-twist
Communication and wiring
Model numbers
•
Power packs
•
120 V AC @ 60 Hz
PP-120H
230 V AC @ 50/60 Hz
PP-230H
277 V AC @ 60 Hz
PP-277H
347 V AC @ 60 Hz
PP-347H
Auxiliary relay
Width: 3.69 in (94 mm)
Height: 2.33 in (59 mm)
Depth: 1.36 in (35 mm)
Approved for installation in spaces
designed for air handling per NEC
article 300.22(c)
24 V DC, 100 mA power output
PP-SH
Compatible with LCP128TM, Softswitch® 128 (XPS),
GRAFIK Eye® 4000 and Quantum® systems
Download specification submittal
466 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Control interfaces
Control interfaces typically provide
integration between Lutron lighting
systems and other home and
building systems.
The control interfaces addressed
in this guide are specific to each
country’s voltage and frequency
requirements. Please confirm that
the products you have selected
match the required voltages by
country on page 692.
Whole building control interfaces
Wallbox contact
closure input
interface
pg. 471
Control interfaces allow
integration with:
•
Touch screens
•
Projection screens
•
Time clocks
•
Emergency lighting interfaces
•
HVAC Equipment
Contact closure
output interface
pg. 472
Contact closure
input/output
interface
pg. 473
Ethernet interface
pg. 475
RS232 interface
pg. 477
Time clock/
programming
interface
pg. 479
DMX512 output
interface
pg. 481
DMX512
input interface
pg. 482
Wired communication
468
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Infrared
interface
pg. 483
QS contact
closure input/
output interface
pg. 492
QS motor
group controller
pg. 500
Daylight controller
pg. 484
QS RS232/
Ethernet interface
pg. 494
Energy meter
pg. 501
AC motor group
controller
pg. 487
QS DMX512
output control
interface
pg. 496
Emergency
lighting interface
pg. 502
Sivoia QED®
controller
pg. 488
QS sensor
module (QSM)
pg. 498
Data link repeater
pg. 504
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
469
Control interfaces
Whole home control interfaces
HVAC controller
pg. 505
HomeWorks QS visor
control receiver
pg. 508
Wireless communication
470
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Wallbox contact closure input interface
2.31 in (59 mm) diameter
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
0.81 in
(20 mm)
depth
Shown above: Wallbox contact
closure input interface (OMX-WCI)
Provides seven contact closure inputs
Interfaces with 3rd party low-voltage switches to
provide an alternative aesthetic to available Lutron
keypad styles
Control inputs can be set-up to simulate existing
keypad functionality
CE rated
OMX model operates at 24 V DC; GRX model
operates at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Diameter: 2.31 in (59 mm)
Depth: 0.81 in (20 mm)
Mounts behind third-party low-voltage switch
in backbox; recommended backbox depth
is 2.40 in (61 mm)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
OMX model—counts as one control interface on
OMX link; can be up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX model—GRAFIK Eye 4000 can have up to
16 keypads/wall stations and/or control interfaces;
each wallbox contact closure input interface counts
as one control interface
Model numbers
OMX interface
Wallbox contact closure input
OMX-WCI
Compatible with LCP128TM and Softswitch128®
(XPS) systems
GRX interface
Download specification submittal for OMX
Download specification submittal for GRX
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Wallbox contact closure input
GRX-WCI
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
471
Control interfaces | Contact closure output interface
5.75 in (146 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
10.75 in (273 mm)
•
•
•
Provides eight dry contact closure outputs
Compatible with motorized projection screens,
window treatments, and A/V equipment that have
contact closure output
Provides both normally open (NO)
and normally closed (NC) contacts
May be set to momentary or maintained outputs
Manual override buttons allow the testing of
the system
OMX models operate at 24 V DC; GRX models
operate at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
2.00 in
(50 mm)
depth
•
Shown above: GRX contact closure
output interface (GRX-CCO-8)
•
Model numbers
•
Contact closure output
Contact closure output (Japan)
GRX-CCO-8
GRX-CCO-8-JA
Surface mounted
Communication and wiring
•
GRX interfaces
Width: 5.75 in (146 mm)
Height: 10.75 in (273 mm)
Depth: 2.00 in (50 mm)
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
wired communication to the main control unit
and other system components
OMX models - counts as one control interface on
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wall stations
and/or control interfaces
GRX models - GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can
have up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each contact closure output interface
counts as one control interface
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
OMX interfaces
Contact closure output interface
Contact closure output (Japan)
OMX-CCO-8
OMX-CCO-8-JA
Compatible with LCP128 and Softswitch128
(XPS) systems
Download specification submittal
472
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Contact closure input/output interface
4.26 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
5.26 in (134 mm)
•
•
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
Shown above: Contact closure input/
output interface (OMX-IO)
Provides five inputs and five dry contact
closure outputs
Compatible with motion/occupancy sensors, time
clocks, motorized projection screens, skylights,
window shades, movable walls, A/V equipment
and security systems that have contact closure
input/output
Outputs provide both normally open (NO) and
normally closed (NC) contacts
Five status LEDs light when associated output
is active (on)
OMX model operates at 24 V DC; GRX model
operates at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
Width: 4.26 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.26 in (134 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mounts directly to the wall, to an A/V rack,
or in an enclosure if conduit is desired
Must be fully enclosed in unventilated metal
enclosure per applicable code for installation in
spaces designed for environmental air handling
Related components
Rack unit
(available separately,
see pg. 660)
Enclosure
(available separately,
see pg. 659)
Download specification submittal for OMX
Download specification submittal for GRX
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
473
Control interfaces | Contact closure input/output interface
Model numbers
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
OMX interface
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to main control unit
and other system components
Contact closure
OMX-IO
input/output interface
Compatible with LCP128 and Softswitch128
(XPS) systems
OMX model - counts as one control interface on the
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX model - GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can have
up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each contact closure input/output
interface counts as control interface
GRX interface
Contact closure
GRX-IO
input/output interface
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system
Functionality and operating modes
•
Using the inputs, contact closures in other
equipment can operate compatible primary controls
to (dependent on system):
– Select scenes
– Adjust scenes to reflect status of movable
walls (partitioning)
– Turn lights on or off based on room occupancy
– Perform special functions such as panic, control
lockout and scene lock-out
•
Using the outputs, scene and/or zone changes in
control units can:
– Trigger outputs to control other equipment
– Provide status feedback to other equipment
474
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Ethernet interface
4.26 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
5.26 in (134 mm)
•
•
•
•
Shown above: Ethernet interface
(OMX-CI-NWK-E)
Control and monitor dimming and switching panels
and GRAFIK Eye control units
Monitor lighting scenes and levels
OMX model operates at 24 V DC; GRX model
operates at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
profile
Allows integration with a touchscreen, PC, A/V
system or other digital equipment that supports
TCP/IP communication over Ethernet
Width: 4.26 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.26 in (134 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mounts directly to the wall, to an A/V rack
or in an enclosure if conduit is desired
Must be fully enclosed in unventilated metal
enclosure per applicable code for installation in
spaces designed for environmental air handling
Related components
Rack unit
(available separately,
see pg. 660)
Enclosure
(available separately,
see pg. 659)
Download specification submittal for OMX
Download specification submittal for GRX
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
475
Control interfaces | Ethernet interface
Model numbers
•
•
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
OMX interface
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to main control unit
and other system components
RS232/Ethernet interface
Standard CAT5 cable (328 ft (100 m) maximum
length) connects interface to Ethernet source
Multiple control interfaces may be used
in a single system
OMX model - counts as one control interface on the
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
OMX-CI-NWK-E
Compatible with LCP128™ and Softswitch128®
(XPS) systems
GRX interface
RS232/Ethernet interface
GRX-CI-NWK-E
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system
GRX model - GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can
have up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or
control interfaces; each Ethernet interface counts
as one control interface
Functionality and operating modes
•
Control
•
– Softswitch 128: scene selection, scene lockout,
zone lockout, enable/disable time clock
– LCP 128: scene selection, scene lockout,
zone lockout, zone raise/lower, enable/disable
time clock
– GRAFIK Eye 4000: scene selection, scene
lockout, sequencing zone, lockout, zone raise/
lower, set zone intensity
Monitor: current scene, button presses, zone level
476
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | RS232 interface
4.26 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
5.26 in (134 mm)
•
•
•
•
Shown above: RS232 interface
(GRX-CI-RS232)
Control and monitor dimming and switching panels
and GRAFIK Eye control units
Monitor lighting scenes and levels
OMX model operates at 24 V DC; GRX model
operates at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
profile
Allows integration with a touchscreen, PC, A/V
system or other digital equipment that supports
RS232 communication
Width: 4.26 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.26 in (134 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mounts directly to the wall, to an A/V rack
or in an enclosure if conduit is desired
Must be fully enclosed in unventilated metal
enclosure per applicable code for installation in
spaces designed for environmental air handling
Related components
Rack unit
(available separately,
see pg. 660)
Enclosure (available
separately,
see pg. 659)
Download specification submittal for OMX
Download specification submittal for GRX
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
477
Control interfaces | RS232 interface
Model numbers
•
•
•
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
OMX interfaces
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to main control unit
and other system components
RS232 interface
OMX-CI-RS232
RS232 interface (Japan)
OMX-CI-RS232-JA
Compatible with LCP128 and Softswitch128
(XPS) systems
Standard 9-pin serial connector plugs into
interface and RS232 equipment
Distance between interface and RS232 source not
to exceed 50 ft (15 m)
Multiple control interfaces may be used in
a single system
GRX interfaces
RS232 interface
GRX-CI-RS232
RS232 interface (Japan)
GRX-CI-RS232-JA
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
OMX model-counts as one control interface on
OMX link; can have up to 32 keypads/wallstations
and/or control interfaces
GRX model-GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can have
up to 16 keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each RS232 interface counts as one
control interface
478
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Time clock/programming interface
4.26 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
5.26 in (134 mm)
•
•
•
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
profile
Shown above: Time clock/programming
interface (GRX-CI-PRG)
•
•
Integrates the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 control system
with a PC or other digital equipment that supports
RS232 or TCP/IP communication
Provides a basic serial string command set that
allows a PC to monitor and control lighting;
functionality is selected in the field using
dip switches
Built-in astronomic time clock provides ability to
schedule lighting events
Acts as a programming interface, enables use of
a PC to set up GRAFIK Eye 4500 control units
Comes with easy-to-use, LIAISON™ software for
scheduling the astronomic time clock and utilizing
the programmer Interface
May be programmed to control up to eight GRAFIK
Eye 4000 series control units
Operates at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
Width: 4.26 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.26 in (134 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mounts directly to the wall, to an A/V rack or in an
enclosure if conduit is desired
Must be fully enclosed in unventilated metal
enclosure per applicable code for installation in
spaces designed for environmental air handling
Related components
Rack unit
(available separately,
see pg. 660)
Enclosure
(available separately,
see pg. 659)
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
479
Control interfaces | Time clock/programming interface
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to main control and
other system components
Standard CAT5 cable (328 ft (100 m) maximum
length) connects interface to PC or other
Ethernet Source
Model numbers
Interface
Time clock/programming interface
GRX-CI-PRG
Time clock/programming
interface (Japan)
GRX-CI-PRG-JA
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
Standard 9-pin serial connector plugs into interface
and RS232 equipment
Distance between interface and RS232 source not
to exceed 50 ft (15 m)
One interface per GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system,
automatically occupies wallstation address 16
Functionality and operating models
•
Control: scene selection, scene lockout, zone
lockout, zone raise/lower, enable/disable time clock
•
Monitor: current scene, button presses
•
Programmer interface:
– Scenes, including light levels in 1% increments
and fade times
– Load type settings
– Tamper-proof protection of scenes
– Assignment of communication between control
units and wallstations
– Panel zone and load assignment
480
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | DMX512 output interface
5.00 in (127 mm)
Features and capacities
•
7.75 in (197 mm)
•
•
•
•
Allows GRAFIK Eye® control unit to operate lighting
and other equipment that uses the DMX512
protocol, including:
– Strobes, fiber optic lighting, and LEDbased lamps
– Fog machines
– Animated characters and motorized fixtures
Converts GRAFIK Eye zone intensities into
DMX512 channel settings—each zone is assigned
to a DMX512 channel
One DMX512 output interface per system, does not
require an address
Up to 64 GRAFIK Eye lighting zones and/or
DMX512 channels per GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
Operates at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
2.50 in
(84 mm)
depth
•
•
Shown above: DMX512 output interface
(LUT‑DMX)
Mounts to a standard 4 in (102 mm) x 4 in (102 mm)
junction box or surface mount directly to wall
Communication and wiring
•
•
Model numbers
•
Interfaces
DMX512 output interface
Width: 5.00 in (127 mm)
Height: 7.75 in (197 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (84 mm)
LUT-DMX
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
Does not count toward maximum number of
keypads/wallstations/control interfaces in a
GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
Connects to theatrical equipment via DMX cable
(P/N GRX-CBL-DMX-250 or GRX-CBL-DMX-500,
sold separately)
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
481
Control interfaces | DMX512 input interface
5.00 in (127 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Mounts to a standard 4 in. (102 mm) x 4 in (102 mm)
junction box or surface mount directly to wall
7.75 in (197 mm)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
2.50 in
(84 mm)
depth
Width: 5.00 in (127 mm)
Height: 7.75 in (197 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (84 mm)
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
Connects to theatrical equipment via DMX cable
(P/N GRX-CBL-DMX-250 or GRX-CBL-DMX-500,
sold separately)
OMX link length not to exceed 2000 ft (610 m),
can be extended with the Lutron data link
repeater (pg. 505)
LCP 128 system can have up to 32 keypads/
wallstations and/or control interfaces; each DMX512
input interface counts as one control interface
Related components
Shown above: DMX512 input interface
(ODMX-512)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Provides an interface between a DMX512/1990
compatible stage lighting console and a Lutron
lighting control system
Multiple channel theatrical
consoles (sold separately,
see pg. 346)
Supports up to 32 consecutive channel levels from
the entire range of 512 channels
Each channel can be mapped to one or more
circuits on the system
•
Control can be shared between systems
•
Operates at 24 V DC
Model numbers
Interface
DMX512 input interface
ODMX-512
Compatible with the LCP128 system
Download specification submittal
482
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Infrared interface
1.75 in (45 mm) width
Features and capacities
•
•
4.1 in (105 mm) height
•
Allows auxiliary systems equipped with an infrared
(IR) emitter to control the Lutron lighting control
system by accessing functions using IR codes
Address the GRAFIK Eye main units to the IR
interface in the field via DIP switches
Standard Lutron IR codes allow control of the
GRAFIK Eye main units as a group:
– Select 16 scenes plus Off
– Raise/lower all zones
•
0.90 in
(23 mm)
depth
Lutron PRO IR codes can be used for ultimate
flexibility, providing individual control of any of the
GRAFIK Eye main units assigned to the group:
– Select 16 scenes plus Off
– Raise/lower any one or all zones
– Save current setting as a scene (GRAFIK Eye
4500 series only)
Shown above:
Infrared interface
(GRX-IRI)
•
Operates at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 1.75 in (45 mm)
Height: 4.1 in (105 mm)
Depth: 0.90 in (23 mm)
Mount in a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox or
directly to the wall
Communication and wiring
•
•
Model numbers
Interface
Infrared
GRX-IRI
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and other system components
GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can have up to
sixteen keypads/wallstations and/or control
interfaces; each infrared interface counts as
one control interface
Up to eight GRAFIK Eye main units can
communicate with the IR interface
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
483
Control interfaces | Daylight controller
8.94 in (227 mm)
1.94 in
(49 mm)
depth
4.56 in (116 mm)
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
Shown above: Daylight controller (GRX-DACPI-A-WH)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
Automatically selects preset scenes in response
to ambient daylight levels
Features range qualification time which eliminates
lighting level fluctuations by waiting two minutes
before an automatic scene change
Monitors ambient light, automatically selecting
scenes as daylight levels set cross thresholds
Device lets you set up four banks of thresholds and
scenes; three different thresholds can be set-up for
each bank
Works with up to three Lutron wired photosensors
wired in parallel or one 0 -10 V photosensor
by others
•
Operates at 32 V DC
•
Available in White (WH) with matching opaque top
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 8.94 in (227 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.94 in (49 mm)
Profile 0.31 (8 mm)
Mounts in a 4-gang U.S. backbox, 3.50 in
(89 mm) deep
Communication and wiring
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
standard wired communication to the main control
unit and photosensor
GRAFIK 4000 system can have up to 16 keypads/
wallstations and/or control interfaces; each daylight
controller counts as one control interface
Related components
Wired photosensor
(available separately, see pg. 456)
484
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Daylight controller
Explanation of features
5
1
2
3
4
0.31 in
(8 mm)
1.94 in
(49 mm)
Daylight controller with top open
Feature
1 Photocell
calibrate
•
Calibrates the photocell connected to the daylight controller
2 Threshold
raiser/lower
•
Used to set-up 3 thresholds for each bank
•
Each threshold must be equal to or lower than the next threshold
3 Bank selection
•
Select which bank of scenes the daylight controller utilizes
•
LED 1 lights for bank 1, LED 2 for bank 2, LED 2 for bank 3, LED 4 for bank 4
4 Scene
selection
buttons
5 Enforce toggle
button and
LED
•
•
•
Select scenes
– 1 to 4 with bank 1
– 5 to 8 with bank 2
– 9 to 12 with bank 3
– 13 to 16 with bank 4
Forces the daylight controller to re-select the appropriate scene every 5 minutes—
even if daylight levels stay the same.
LED lights when enforce mode is on
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
485
Control interfaces | Daylight controller
Available models
Model number
Interface
Daylight controller
Daylight controller
486
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
GRX-DACPI-A-WH
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | AC motor group controller
12.00 in (305 mm)
Dimensions and mounting
•
7.90 in (200 mm)
•
2.75 in
(70 mm)
depth
•
•
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
4-channel AC motor controller that provides
capability to seamlessly integrate AC motorized
window treatments (or projection screens) into a
Lutron lighting control system
Surface mounted
Communication and wiring
•
Shown above: AC motor group controller
(GRX‑4M-GC)
Width: 12.00 in (305 mm)
Height: 7.90 in (200 mm)
Depth: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 standard wired communicated to
GRAFIK Eye 4000 series control unit
Metal enclosure separates line voltage and
low-voltage wiring for ease of installation
Up to 8 AC motor group controllers per
GRAFIK Eye 4000 system, does not require
an address
Does not count toward maximum number of
keypads/wallstations/control interfaces in a
GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
Related components
Models available for 120 V and 220‑240 V (CE)
@ 50/60 Hz
Requires a dedicated zone on GRAFIK Eye control
unit for each channel in group controller
Allows AC motorized window treatments to be
controlled independently or to be incorporated into
lighting scenes
seeTouch window
treatment keypad
(sold separately,
see pg. 335)
Provides dry contact closure inputs for control by
low-voltage, dry contact closure devices
Provides open, close, and stop terminals for contact
closure input
Provides LED indication of last position of
AC window treatments (Open, Close, Stop)
Model numbers
AC motor group controllers
120 V
220-240 V (CE)
GRX‑4M-GC
GRX‑4M-GC-CE
Compatible with the GRAFIK Eye® 4000 system
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
487
Control interfaces | Sivoia QED controller
®
2.75 in (70 mm)
Features and capacities
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
•
•
•
4.56 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
•
Provides programming and control of one group
of Sivoia QED window treatments
Allows Sivoia QED window treatments to be
controlled independently or to be incorporated
into lighting scenes
Window treatment may be set to Open, Close,
or Unaffected in each and every lighting scene,
including the Off scene
Front accessible DIP switches allow change of
address without removing the unit from the wall
Large, rounded buttons are easy to use
Backlit buttons or text make it easy to find and
operate the keypad in low light conditions
One Sivoia QED needed per group of Sivoia QED
window treatment (up to 96 electronic drive units)
Requires a dedicated zone on GRAFIK Eye® control
unit for each Sivoia QED controller
Operates at 12/24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
Shown above: Sivoia QED controller
non-insert style in White (SG‑SVCN-WH)
•
Width: 2.75 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Mounts into a standard 1-gang U.S. backbox
Communication and wiring
•
•
Operates via low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
wiring standard wired communication to the main
control unit and other system components
GRAFIK Eye 4000 system can have up to sixteen
keypads/wallstations and/or control interfaces; each
Sivoia QED controller counts as one
control interface
Related components
Download specification submittal
488
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
seeTouch® window treatment keypad
(available separately, see pg. 335)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Sivoia QED controller
®
Available finishes
Faceplate F
Buttons B
Engraving E
Insert I
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: SG-SVCN-WH)
Architectural matte finishes (Available for insert and non-insert style keypads; coordinating faceplates included)
WH
White F,I,B
Gray E
BE
Beige F,I,B
Gray E
IV
Ivory F,I,B
Gray E
GR
Gray F,I,B
White E
TP
Taupe F,I,B
(non-insert only)
Gray E
BR
Brown F,I,B
White E
BL
Black F,I,B
White E
Architectural metal finishes (Available for insert and non-insert style keypads; coordinating faceplates included)
BN
Bright Nickel F
Black B,I
White E
BC
Bright Chrome F
Black B,I
White E
BRA
Brass Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B,I
White E
SB
Satin Brass F
Black B,I
White E
CLA
Clear Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B,I
White E
QB
Antique Brass F
Black B,I
White E
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
SC
Satin Chrome F
Black B,I
White E
SN
Satin Nickel F
Black B,I
White E
QZ
Antique Bronze F
Black B,I
White E
BB
Bright Brass F
Black B,I
White E
BLA
Black Anodized
Aluminum F
Black B,I
White E
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
489
Control interfaces | Sivoia QED controller
®
Explanation of features
Feature
1 Status LEDs
1
•
•
2
2 Open button
•
3 Preset buttons
•
3
4
5
•
Sivoia QED controller
0.31 in 1.06 in
(8 mm) (27 mm)
4 Close button
5 Raise/lower
buttons
490
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
•
•
Utilized during programming
Indicate which controller button
has been activated
Pressing the Open button once
will cause the window treatment(s)
to move to fully open position;
pressing the Open button again
while the window treatment(s) is
opening will stop movement
Pressing the Preset 1, Preset 2,
or Preset 3 button once will cause
the window treatment(s) to move
to the first, second, and third
preset level, respectively
If the Preset 1, Preset 2, or
Preset 3 button is pressed
while the window treatment(s)
is moving, the window treatments
will stop
Pressing the Close button
once will cause the window
treatment(s) to move to the fully
closed position; pressing the
Close button again while the
window treatment(s) is closing
stop movement
Pressing the raise/lower buttons
will cause the window treatment(s)
to open/close while the button
is pressed
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Sivoia QED controller
®
Available models
Model numbers
(Available in insert and non-insert styles,
non-insert style shown)
Sivoia QED controller
Non-insert style
Insert style
SO-SVCN-XX-EEE
SO-SVCI-XX-EEE
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye 4000 system
Sivoia QED controller
XX: Architectural matte and metal color codes,
see pg. 489)
EEE: Engraving codes, see pg. 668)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
491
Control interfaces | QS contact closure input/output interface
4.26 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
5.26 in (134 mm)
•
•
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
•
Provides five inputs and five dry contact
closure outputs
Compatible with motion/occupancy sensors, time
clocks, motorized projection screens, skylights,
window shades, movable walls, A/V equipment
and security systems that have contact-closure
input/output
Outputs provide both normally open (NO) and
normally closed (NC) contacts
Five status LEDs light when associated output
is active (on)
Outputs programmable for both momentary (pulse)
and maintained (latching)
Operates at 24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
Shown above: Contact closure input/output
interface (QSE-IO)
•
•
Width: 4.26 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.26 in (134 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mounts directly to the wall, to an A/V rack,
or in an enclosure if conduit is desired
Must be fully enclosed in unventilated metal
enclosure per applicable code for installation in
spaces designed for environmental air handling
Related components
Rack unit
(available separately,
see pg. 660)
Enclosure
(available separately,
see pg. 659)
Download specification submittal
492
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | QS Contact closure input/output interface
Model numbers
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wired
communication via the QS link
Uses three power draw units on the QS link
Interface
QS Contact closure interface
QSE-IO
Compatible with Quantum® and
HomeWorks® QS systems
Each QS link on a Quantum or HomeWorks QS
processor can have up to 99 QS devices; each
QS contact closure input/output interface counts
as one device toward the limit
Functionality and operating modes
•
•
Contact closure inputs and outputs are
fully programmable using the Quantum and
HomeWorks QS software
Using the inputs, contact closures in other
equipment can operate compatible primary
controls to:
– Select scenes
– Adjust scenes to reflect status of movable
walls (partitioning)
– Toggle any combination of zones in the system
between Off and a configurable preset value
– Turn lights on or off and/or move shades based
on room occupancy
– Perform special functions such as sequencing,
control lockout, and time clock disable
•
Using the outputs, scene and/or zone changes
in control units can:
– Trigger outputs to control other equipment
– Provide status feedback to other equipment
•
Using the inputs, contact closures in other
equipment can operate Sivoia® QS window
treatments to:
– Open or close
– Raise/lower or stop
– Select adjustable presets
•
Using the outputs, key presses on QS window
treatment keypads or GRAFIK Eye QS window
treatment buttons can:
– Trigger outputs to other motorized window
treatment equipment
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
493
Control interfaces | QS RS232/Ethernet interface
4.26 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
5.26 in (134 mm)
•
•
•
Interface allows integration with a touch screen,
PC, A/V systems, or other digital equipment
that supports RS232, or TCP/IP communication
over Ethernet
Control and monitor GRAFIK Eye QS main
units, Sivoia® QS shades and draperies,
Energi Savr Node modules and other products
on the wired QS link
Monitor lighting scenes, levels, and
shade positions
Operates at 24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
•
•
Shown above: RS232/Ethernet interface
(QSE-CI-NWK-E)
•
Width: 4.26 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.26 in (134 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mounts directly to the wall, to an A/V rack
or in an enclosure if conduit is desired
Must be fully enclosed in unventilated metal
enclosure per applicable code for installation in
spaces designed for environmental air handling
Related components
Rack unit
(available separately,
see pg. 660)
Enclosure
(available separately,
see pg. 659)
Download specification submittal
494
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | QS RS232/Ethernet interface
Model numbers
•
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Interfaces and mounting units
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wired
communication via the QS link
Interfaces
Up to ten QS RS232/Ethernet interfaces are
allowed per QS link
Each QS link on a Quantum or HomeWorks QS
processor can have up to 99 QS devices; the QS
RS232/Ethernet interface counts as one device
toward the limit
QS RS232/Ethernet interface
QSE-CI-NWK-E
Compatible with Quantum® and HomeWorks® QS
systems
Uses two power draw units on the QS link
Functionality and operating modes
•
•
•
Control: scene selection, sequencing, zone raise/
lower, master raise/lower, set shade group level,
simulate button press/release
Monitoring: current scene, zone level, button
presses, shade group levels
For a full list of features refer to the Lutron
Integration Protocol Guide (P/N 040-249)
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
495
Control interfaces | QS DMX512 output control interface
4.26 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
5.26 in (134 mm)
•
•
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
•
Zones can be mapped to either a single DMX512
channel or to three separate DMX512 channels, for
RGB/CMYK
color-control applications
Integral RGB/CMYK lookup table that maps
zone intensities to RGB/CMYK values (colors)
DMX512 link terminators as needed at both ends
of the DMX512 link (available from Lutron®, part
number LT-1)
Each interface can control a maximum
of 32 DMX512 channels
Operates at 24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
Shown above: DMX control interface
(QSE-CI-DMX)
Allows control of DMX512-controlled devices
•
•
Width: 4.26 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.26 in (134 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mounts directly to the wall, to an AV rack
or in an enclosure
Must be fully enclosed in unventilated metal
enclosure per applicable code for installation in
spaces designed for environmental air handling
Related components
Rack unit
(available separately,
see pg. 660)
Enclosure
(available separately,
see pg. 659)
Download specification submittal
496
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | QS DMX512 output control interface
Model numbers
•
•
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Interfaces and mounting units
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wired
communication via the QS link
Interfaces
Connects to theatrical equipment via DMX cable
(P/N GRX-CBL-DMX-250 or GRX-CBL-DMX-500,
sold separately)
Compatible with Quantum and HomeWorks
QS systems
QS DMX interface
QSE-CI-DMX
One DMX512 output control interface per
QS link; counts toward the 99 QS device limit
on each of the QS links on a Quantum or
HomeWorks QS processor
Each channel counts as a single zone; each QS link
on a Quantum or HomeWorks QS processor has a
512 zone limit
Uses two power draw units on the QS link
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
497
Control interfaces | QS sensor module
4.04 in (103 mm)
0.74 in
(19 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
•
0.43 in
(11 mm)
profile
•
Shown above: QS sensor module–434 MHz
(QSM2-4W-C)
Integrates Lutron® wireless and wired
sensors and controls through the QS
communication link to Energi Savr NodeTM
modules, GRAFIK Eye® QS main units, and
Sivoia® QS shades and draperies
Connects to up to four Lutron wired sensors or
controls—occupancy sensors, daylight sensors,
EcoSystem® infrared (IR) receivers, EcoSystem
wallstations or Pico® wired controls (does not
apply to wireless only models)
Connects to up to ten of each type of wireless
device—occupancy/vacancy sensors, daylight
sensors, Radio shadow sensor, or Pico®
wireless controls
Operates at 24 V DC
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
0.74 in
(19 mm)
depth
Diameter: 4.04 in (103 mm)
Depth: 0.74 in (19 mm)
Profile: 0.43 in (11 mm)
Ceiling-mount where visible from inside the
space to guarantee wireless range
Communication and wiring
•
0.43 in
(11 mm)
profile
•
•
•
•
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear
Connect® Radio Frequency (RF) technology
to other Lutron wireless devices
Radio Frequency (RF) range: 60 ft (18 m) line of
sight, or 30 ft (9 m) through walls
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wired
communication via the QS link
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can have
up to 99 QS devices; each QS sensor module
counts as one device toward the limit
Uses three power draw units on the QS link,
not including wired inputs
Models available for 434 MHz, 434 limited
channel MHz, 865 MHz, 868 MHz and 868
limited channel MHz
Download specification submittal
498
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | QS sensor module
Model numbers
Wired and wireless inputs
North America (434 MHz)
For J-box mounting
QSM2-4W-C
QSM2-4W-J
European Union and
U.A.E.(868 MHz)
QSM3-4W-C
China and Singapore
(868 MHz limited channel)
Hong Kong
(434 MHz limited channel)
QSM4-4W-C
QSM7-4W-C
Wireless inputs only
North America (434 MHz)
For J-box mounting
QSM2-XW-C
QSM2-XW-J
European Union and
U.A.E.(868 MHz)
QSM3-XW-C
China and Singapore
(868 MHz limited channel)
QSM4-XW-C
India (865 MHz)
Hong Kong
(434 MHz limited channel)
QSM5-XW-C
QSM7-CW-C
Wired input only
Wired input only, non-RF
QSMX-4W-C
Compatible with the Quantum® system
For specific radio frequency information by
country, refer to radio frequency chart
on pg. 695.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
499
Control interfaces | QS motor group controller
6.4 in (162 mm)
Features and capacities
3.5 in (90 mm)
Shown above: QS motor group controller
(QSE-CI-4M-D)
2.4 in
(61 mm)
depth
•
•
•
•
Provides seamless integration of QS
stand-alone systems with AC blinds, shades,
louvers, projection screens, or any compatible
AC motor
Can be controlled by the GRAFIK Eye® QS
main unit, seeTouch® QS keypad, or Pico®
wireless control
Provides four independently controllable
AC raise/lower outputs from one common
AC input feed; 1.5 A maximum motor load per
channel, 6 A maximum total input current
Operating voltage: 120-240 V (CE)
@ 50/60 Hz
Dimensions and mounting
•
Width: 6.40 in (162 mm)
Height: 3.50 in (90 mm)
Depth 2.40 in (61 mm)
•
Mounts to standard DIN-rail (width = 9.5 mm)
•
9 DIN-wide device
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
Model numbers
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wired
communication via the QS link
Requires QS sensor module for
wireless communication
Each QS link on a Quantum processor can
have up to 99 QS devices and 512 zones;
each QS motor group controller counts as
four zones and one device toward the limit
Does not provide nor consume power draw
units on QS link
QS motor group controller (DIN-rail)
QS motor group controller (DIN-rail)
QSE-CI-4M-D
120-240 V (CE)
Compatible with the Quantum system
Download specification submittal
500
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Energy meter
7.00 in 178 mm)
3.25 in
(83 mm)
depth
Dimensions and mounting
•
7.50 in (191 mm)
Shown above: Energy meter
LUT-SUBM208-100C-CPN5898
•
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Metered data contributes to LEED certification and
helps meet requirements for industry regulation
and/or regional rebates and incentives
Models available for 120/208 V, 277/480 V
or 347/600 V
Each meter includes one set of three split-core
current sensors; connect up to three sets of current
sensors (all same amperage) to monitor up to three
loads of the same voltage with one meter
Current sensors available for 100 A, 200 A, 400 A,
800 A, 1600 A or 3200 A
Battery back-up in event of power failure, 8-year
battery life expectancy
Q-Manager server is required
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Energy meter is surface mounted
Communication and wiring
•
Provides accurate, real-time energy measurement
of lighting, HVAC, and/or plug loads coupled with
verification capability via Quantum GreenGlance®
and Q-AdminTM software
Current Sensor
– 100 A or 200 A: Width: 3.75 in (95 mm);
Height: 2.75 in (70 mm); Depth: 1.3 in (33 mm)
– 400 A; Width: 3.75 in (95 mm);
Height: 4.25 in (108 mm); Depth: 1.3 in (108 mm)
– 800 A/1600 A: Width: 6.09 in (155 mm);
Height: 5.75 in (146 mm); Depth: 1.25 in (32 mm)
– 3200 A: Width: 7.75 in (197 mm);
Height: 9.28 in (231 mm); 1.25 in (32 mm)
•
•
Width: 7.00 in (178 mm)
Height: 7.50 in (191 mm)
Depth: 3.25 in (83 mm)
•
•
Connects to the Q-Manager server via Ethernet
Each meter requires an Ethernet connection and
a static IP address
May be installed in a fixed electrical system on the
load side of the branch circuit distribution panel
Quantum system can have up to 500 meters
How to build a model number
Energy meter
LUT-SUBMGL480-400C-CPN5898
Voltage Amperage
Addition set of three current sensors
LUT-SUB-CS400-CPN5899
Amperage
Voltage
208 for 120/208 V
480 for 277/480 V
600 for 347/600 V
Amperage
100 for 100 A
200 for 200 A
300 for 300 A
400 for 400 A
800 for 800 A
1600 for 1600 A
3200 for 3200 A
Compatible with the Quantum system
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
501
Control interfaces | Emergency lighting interface
5.00 in (127 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
7.75 in (197 mm)
•
•
2.50 in
(64 mm)
depth
•
•
Shown above: Emergency lighting interface
(LUT-ELI-3PH)
•
Turns all or designated lighting loads to “full on”
output or other programmed emergency lighting
level (interface does not provide emergency power)
UL924 Listed as “Emergency Lighting and
Power Equipment”
Senses the normal (non-essential) line voltage on all
phases of normal power. When one or more phases
of power are lost, the interface will send a signal to
the panel circuit selector/controller, GRAFIK Eye®
QS main unit or Energi Savr NodeTM module with
emergency (essential) power,
causing it to enter the emergency lighting mode.
Sense voltage range: 100-347 V @ 50/60 Hz,
30 mA, 1 Phase or 3 Phase
Status indicator indicates the phase status;
indicator ON is normal mode, OFF is
emergency mode
A test switch is provided to perform a functional test
of the system by simulating an emergency situation
Provides inputs for a Fire Alarm Control Panel
(FACP); a maintained dry contact closure received
between the FACP inputs will actuate the
emergency mode
For more information on the emergency
lighting interface see application note #106
at www.lutron.com/applicationnotes
Download specification submittal
502
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | Emergency lighting interface
Model numbers
•
•
•
Dimensions and mounting
Interfaces
Width: 5.00 in (127 mm)
Height: 7.75 in (197 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Emergency lighting interface
Mounts to a standard 4 in (102 mm) x
4 in (102 mm) junction box
LUT-ELI-3PH
Compatible with LCP128, Softswitch 128 (XPS),
GRAFIK Eye 4000 and Quantum systems
Approved for installation in spaces
designed for environmental air handling
per 2011 NEC® article 300.22(C)
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wiring
Sense voltage input to the emergency lighting
interface must be from the normal (non-essential)
power source
Separate 24 V DC power supply must be used with
an Energi Savr Node unit
One emergency lighting interface may be used
with up to 32 circuit selectors, Energi Savr Node
modules, GRAFIK Eye QS main units or Quantum
bus supplies
Only one Quantum bus supply per Quantum light
management hub needs to be connected per
emergency lighting interface; up to eight Quantum
hubs can be connected to one interface
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
503
Control interfaces | Data link repeater
5.00 in (127 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
7.75 in (197 mm)
•
Additionally, extends the maximum distance and
increases the power (needed when large number of
controls utilized) of the OMX link on LCP 128 and
Softswitch 128 systems
Links may be extended 2,000 ft (600 m) for every
repeater added (maximum of three repeaters per
link); total maximum length including boosters not
to exceed 8,000 ft (2,400 m)
Models available for 120 V or 220-240 V (CE)
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
2.50 in
(64 mm)
depth
Width: 5.00 in (127 mm)
Height: 7.75 in (197 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Mounts to a standard 4 in (102 mm) x 4 in (102 mm)
junction box
Communication and wiring
•
Shown above: Data link repeater
(MX‑RPTR)
Allows power panel links to be extended beyond
their normal maximum distances
•
•
Low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC Class 2 wiring for
communication
Requires 120 V or 220-240 V external power
Connection of the repeater to link should be made
inside the repeater enclosure or in a junction box
located no more than 8 ft (24 m) from the device
Model numbers
Data link repeater
120 V
MX‑RPTR
220-240 V (CE)
MX-RPTR-220/240
Compatible with LCP128, Softswitch128 (XPS) and
Quantum systems
Download specification submittal
504
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | HVAC controller
4.25 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
Provides the ability to adjust heating and cooling
systems any time of day with manual button press
or time clock input
5.25 in (133 mm)
•
Connects to and controls mechanical
HVAC equipment
Can utilize either a wireless or wired
temperature sensor
•
Available exclusively in White (WH)
•
Operates at 24 VAC
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 4.25 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.25 in (133 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Mount on a wall, ceiling or flat surface
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
Communicates via Lutron reliable Clear Connect®
radio frequency (RF) technology to other Lutron
wireless devices
Shown above: HVAC controller
(available only in a package)
Operates at 434 MHz
HVAC controller must be located within 30 ft (9 m)
of a hybrid repeater
Related components
Wires to and is powered by HVAC equipment
using standard 24 V AC thermostat wiring
HomeWorks QS system can have up to
99 devices per RF link
Requires one wired sensor (air duct or flushmount); when using wireless sensor, wired sensor
ignored until battery loss
Up to four wireless temperature sensors can be
used with a single HVAC controller
Wireless wall-mount
temperature sensor
(available separately,
see pg. 438)
seeTemp® wall control
(available separately,
see pg. 415)
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
505
Control interfaces | HVAC controller
Explanation of features
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
HVAC controller
Features
1 HVAC System
Status LEDs
•
2 Wireless
temperature
sensor status
LEDs
•
3 Test and link
buttons
•
4 Test and link
LEDs
•
506
•
Indicate the status of
the control outputs—
when an LED is lit the
corresponding relay
is closed
5 HVAC equipment
connections
•
6 Wired sensor
input
•
Active—LED is lit when
at least 1 sensor
is active
7 System type DIP
switches
•
Battery Low—indicates
low battery for at least
1 sensor
24 V HVAC relays to
control HVAC equipment
Connection for wired
backup temperature
sensor
Must be configured to
correctly control attached
HVAC equipment
Used to set
up and troubleshoot
the RF connection
Flashes green to indicate
that the system is in Test
mode or Link mode
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Air duct sensor
Flush mount sensor
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | HVAC controller
Available models
Model numbers
HVAC controller packages
HVAC controller
System package includes:
LR-HVAC-PKG-WH
1 HVAC controller**
1 seeTemp® wall control (°F) (WH)
1 wireless wall-mount temperature sensor (SW)
1 wired return air duct sensor
System package includes:
LR-HVAC-PKG-C-WH
1 HVAC controller**
1 seeTemp wall control (°C) (WH)
1 wireless wall-mount temperature sensor (SW)
1 wired return air duct sensor
System package includes:
LR-HVAC-INT-XX*
1 HVAC controller**
1 wireless wall-mount temperature sensor*
1 wired return air duct sensor
System package includes:
LR-HVAC-INT-FLSH
1 HVAC controller**
1 wired flush mount sensor**
Compatible with HomeWorks QS system
* Available in Snow (SW) and Midnight (MN)
** Only available in White (WH)
For specific radio frequency information by
country, refer to radio frequency chart
on pg. 695.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
507
Control interfaces | HomeWorks QS visor control receiver
®
4.25 in (108 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Includes two Contact Closure Inputs (CCI) for
integration with other systems, and four Contact
Closure Outputs (CCO) to control garage doors,
and motorized gates
5.25 in (133 mm)
•
Allows the control of lights, shades, HVAC, and
other equipment from the car with just a touch
of a button from the visor control transmitter
(available separately)
CCIs can be configured to accept maintained or
momentary contact closures
Receiver can be programmed to control
up to seven scenes
Outputs can be controlled from the visor control
transmitter, keypads, or system time clock
1.06 in
(27 mm)
depth
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 4.25 in (108 mm)
Height: 5.25 in (133 mm)
Depth: 1.06 in (27 mm)
Shown above: HomeWorks QS visor
control receiver (HQR-VCRX-WH)
Mount receiver on a wall, ceiling or flat surface
Communication and wiring
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Communicates via Lutron reliable
Clear Connect® radio frequency (RF) technology to
other Lutron wireless devices
Related components
Visor control receiver must be located
within 30 ft (9 m) of a hybrid repeater
Operates at 434 MHz
Requires 120 V source for 9 V DC adapter
(included)
Up to 10 visor control transmitters can be used
with one visor control receiver
HomeWorks QS visor control transmitter
(available separately, see pg. 413)
HomeWorks QS system can have up to
99 devices per radio frequency (RF) link
HomeLink® compatible
Download specification submittal
508
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces | HomeWorks QS visor control receiver
®
Explanation of features
1
2
3
4
5
HomeWorks QS visor control receiver
6
7
Features
1 Input buttons
•
2 Output buttons
•
3 Keypad buttons
4 Labels
•
•
Press to test
contact closure input
programming
Press to test
contact closure output
programming
Press to test keypad
programming
Place pre-printed
or custom labels in
depression to identify
keypads/inputs/outputs
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
5 Learn button
•
6 Contact closure
terminal blocks
•
7 Power jack
•
Press and hold for
3 seconds to enter learn
mode — learn any
button from transmitter
to receiver
Maximum 50 ft (15 m) to
equipment
Powered by 9 V DC
adapter (supplied)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
509
Control interfaces | HomeWorks QS visor control receiver
®
Available models
Visor control receiver
Visor Control Receiver
Inputs
Security
1
3
2
Outputs
Model numbers
Receiver
Keypad
1
2
3
HQR-VCRX-WH
4
Visor Transmitter
Compatible with the Quantum system
Learn
Power
Inputs
Outputs
9V
1
2
3
C
1
C
2
C
3
C
4
C
HomeWorks QS
visor control receiver
For specific radio frequency information by
country, refer to radio frequency chart
on pg. 695.
510
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Control interfaces |
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
511
Power interfaces
A power interface is a device
wired between a dimmer and a
lighting load. An interface provides
additional control, increases power/
wattage capacity above the dimmer
capacity, and it provides voltage and
control signals.
The power interfaces addressed
in this guide are specific to each
country's voltage requirements.
Please confirm that the products you
have selected match the required
voltages by country on pg. 692.
Phase-adaptive
power module
pg. 514
3-wire fluorescent
power module
pg. 516
Phase-adaptive power module
with 3-wire fluorescent input
pg. 518
Switching power module
pg. 520
512 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power booster
pg. 522
Electronic low-voltage
interface
pg. 524
Fluorescent dimming
ballast interface
pg. 526
0-10 V interface
pg. 528
Pulse width
modulation
interface
pg. 530
Synthetic minimum
load interface
pg. 532
EcoSystem fixture
module
pg. 538
EcoSystem to 0-10 V
interface
pg. 540
EcoSystem® dimming
power module
pg. 534
EcoSystem switching
power module
pg. 536
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 513
Power interfaces | Phase-adaptive power module
6.30 in (160 mm)
1.20 in
(31 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
5.10 in (130 mm)
•
•
•
1.40 in
(36 mm)
profile
Provides power and dimming for one zone
Up to three power modules may be
wired on a single zone
Not for use with non-dimmable loads
•
Minimum load requirement is 10 W
Dimensions and mounting
•
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Electronic low-voltage
Magnetic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
CFL/LED (screw-base)1
•
•
•
Operating voltages2
•
Automatically detects load types and
selects leading-edge or trailing-edge
dimming for low-voltage transformers
(electronic/magnetic)
•
Shown above: Phase-adaptive power module
(PHPM-PA-120-WH)
•
Provides 16 A capability for a zone on
a compatible control unit to dim a fully
loaded circuit of lighting
Models available to accept 120 V or 100 V
(Japan) control power
•
Models available for 120 V, 120-277 V or 100 -200 V
load power
Width: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Height: 5.10 in (130 mm)
Depth: 1.20 in (31 mm)
Profile: 1.40 in (36 mm)
Can be surface or recess mounted
Mount in a 2-gang U.S. wallbox
3.50 in (89 mm) deep or in a 4.00 in
(102 mm) x 4.00 in (102 mm) junction
box, 2.10 in (53 mm) deep
Requires incoming power feed wires,
incoming control wires and outgoing
load wires
Approved and listed for installation in
spaces designed for environmental
air handling per 2011 National Electrical
Code® (NEC) article 300.22 (c)
Related components:
Power booster for
220-240 V applications
1
Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this module.
2
Contact Lutron for model availability
for 277 V load power
(available separately,
see pg. 522)
Download specification submittal
514 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | Phase-adaptive power module
Model numbers
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Modules
Separate neutrals are required for load
circuit – no common neutrals
Phase-adaptive
120 V
The load breaker may be on a different phase
than the control breaker
Dual voltage phase-adaptive
120-277 V
The power module may be on the same
circuit as the control unit only if the total load
does not exceed the rating of the breaker
Phase-adaptive
PHPM-PA-JA-WH
100-200 V for Japan
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS, GRAFIK Eye QS
with EcoSystem®, GP dimming panel, LCP128 spec
grade dimming panel, LP dimming panel, LCP128 or
CCP panel with dimming and/or adaptive dimming
module, HomeWorks QS hybrid keypad, HomeWorks
QS wallbox power module, HomeWorks QS remote
power panel with dimming and/or adaptive dimming
module and HomeWorks QS spec grade panel.
PHPM-PA-120-WH
PHPM-PA-DV-WH
GRAF
(100-1
Typical multiple power feed wiring with a GRAFIK Eye QS system
GRAFIK Eye QS
(100-120 V)
1 2 3 4 5 6 L N
}
N
H/L
Wire to appropriate
zone
120 V
Control breaker
{
Load wiring1
Legend
H/L
N
SH
DH
H/L
N
Hot/Live
Neutral
Switched Hot
Dimmed Hot
Ground
Not Used
Load
DH
{
Load wiring1
Load breaker
H/L
N
Load breaker
H/L
N
Zone in
Control Neutral
Legend
H/L
N
SH
DH
Hot/Live
Neutral
Switched Hot
Dimmed Hot
Ground
Not Used
PHPM-PA-120-WH
Load feed: 120 V for PHPM-PA-120-WH; 120 V-277 V for PHPM-PA-DV-WH;
100 V-200 V for PHPM-PA-JA-WH
1
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 515
Power interfaces | 3-wire fluorescent power module
6.30 in (160 mm)
1.20 in
(31 mm)
depth
5.10 in (130 mm)
1.00 in
(25 mm)
profile
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Shown above: 3-wire fluorescent power module
(PHPM-3F-120-WH)
Direct lighting loads
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
Operating voltages1
•
•
•
•
Models accept 120 V control power only
Models available for 120 V or 120-277 V
load power
•
•
1
Provides power and dimming for
one zone
Utilizes Softswitch® arcless
switching technology
Up to three power modules may be
wired on a single zone
Dimensions and mounting
•
/
Provides 16 A capability for a zone on a
compatible control unit to dim fluorescent
and LED lights that have Lutron
3-wire line-voltage control electronic
dimming ballasts (Hi-lume, Hi-lume 3D,
EcoSystem) or LED drivers
(Hi-lume A-Series)
Width: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Height: 5.10 in (130 mm)
Depth: 1.20 in (31 mm)
Profile: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Can be surface or recess mounted
Mount in a 2-gang U.S. wallbox
3.50 in (89 mm) deep or in a 4.00 in
(102 mm) x 4.00 in (102 mm) junction box,
2.10 in (53 mm) deep
Requires incoming power feed wires,
incoming control wires and outgoing
load wires
Approved and listed for installation
in spaces designed for environmental
air handling per 2011 NEC® article
300.22 (c)
Contact Lutron for model availability
for 277 V load power
Download specification submittal
516 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | 3-wire fluorescent power module
Model numbers
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Modules
Separate neutrals are required for load
circuit – no common neutrals
3-wire fluorescent
120 V
The load breaker may be on a different phase
than the control breaker
Dual voltage 3-wire fluorescent
PHPM-3F-DV-WH
120-277 V
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS, GRAFIK Eye QS
with EcoSystem®, GP dimming panel, LCP128 spec
grade dimming panel, LP dimming panel, LCP128 or
CCP panel with dimming and/or adaptive dimming
module, HomeWorks QS dimmer/hybrid keypad,
HomeWorks QS wallbox power module, HomeWorks
QS remote power panel with dimming and/or
adaptive dimming module and HomeWorks QS
spec grade panel.
The power module may be on the same
circuit as the control unit only if the total load
does not exceed the rating of the breaker
PHPM-3F-120-WH
GRAF
(100-1
Typical multiple power feed wiring with a GRAFIK Eye QS system
GRAFIK Eye QS
(120 V)
1 2 3 4 5 6 L N
}
N
H/L
Wire to appropriate
zone
120 V
Control breaker
{
Load wiring1
Legend
H/L
N
SH
DH
Hot/Live
Neutral
Switched Hot
Dimmed Hot
Ground
Lutron
ballast/driver
H/L
N
SH
DH
{
Load wiring1
Load breaker
H/L
N
Load breaker
H/L
N
Zone in
Control Neutral
Legend
H/L
N
SH
DH
Hot/Live
Neutral
Switched Hot
Dimmed Hot
Ground
Not Used
PHPM-3F-120-WH
Load feed: 120 V for PHPM-3F-120-WH; 120 V-277 V for PHPM-3F-DV-WH
1
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 517
Power interfaces | Phase-adaptive power module
with 3-wire fluorescent input
6.30 in (160 mm)
1.20 in
(31 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
5.10 in (130 mm)
•
•
1.40 in
(36 mm)
profile
Shown above: Phase-adaptive power module with
3-wire fluorescent input
(PHPM-WBX-120-WH)
•
•
•
Up to three power modules may be
wired on a single zone
•
Minimum load on power module is 10 W
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
•
Models accept 120 V control power only
Models available for 120 V or 120-277 V
load power
Provides power and dimming for one zone
Not for use with non-dimmable loads
Direct lighting loads
Operating voltages
Automatically detects load types and
selects leading-edge or trailing-edge
dimming for low-voltage transformers
(electronic/magnetic)
•
•
Incandescent/halogen
Electronic low-voltage
Magnetic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
Tu-Wire® fluorescent
CFL/LED (screw-base)*
When connected to a 20 A circuit
breaker, provides capacity on a
compatible control unit for full 16 A load
of lighting
•
Width: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Height: 5.10 in (130 mm)
Depth: 1.20 in (31 mm)
Profile: 1.40 in (36 mm)
Can be surface or recess mounted
Mount in a 2-gang U.S. wallbox
3.50 in (89 mm) deep or in a 4.00 in
(102 mm) x 4.00 in (102 mm) junction
box, 2.10 in (53 mm) deep
Requires incoming power feed wires,
incoming control wires and outgoing
load wires
Approved and listed for installation in
spaces designed for environmental
air handling per 2011 NEC® article
300.22 (c)
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this module.
Download specification submittal
518 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces |
Phase-adaptive power module
with 3-wire fluorescent input
Model numbers
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Modules
Separate neutrals are required for load
circuit – no common neutrals
Phase-adaptive with
3-wire fluorescent input
120 V
The load breaker may be on a different phase
than the control breaker
PHPM-WBX-120-WH
Dual voltage phase-adaptive
PHPM-WBX-DV-WH
with 3-wire fluorescent input
120-277 V
Compatible with HomeWorks QS dimmer and
EcoSystem dimming power module.
The power module may be on the same
circuit as the control unit only if the total load
does not exceed the rating of the breaker
GRAF
(100-1
Typical single power feed wiring with a 3-wire fluorescent dimmer
Circuit breaker
120 V
{
H/L
N
H/L
N
3-wire
fluorescent
dimmer
120 V
Load breaker
{
Load wiring1
SH (red wire)
Cap off
H/L
N
Load*
120 V
H/L
N
DH
(yellow or orange wire)
Zone in
Control Neutral
DH
Legend
H/L
N
SH
DH
Hot/Live
Neutral
Switched Hot
Dimmed Hot
Ground
Not Used
For additional wiring diagrams, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
* Load
feed: 120 V for PHPM-WBX-120-WH; 120 V-277 V for PHPM-WBX-DV-WH
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 519
Power interfaces | Switching power module
6.30 in (160 mm)
1.20 in
(31 mm)
depth
•
5.10 in (130 mm)
Shown above: Switching power module
(PHPM-SW-DV-WH)
Features and capacities
•
1.00 in
(25 mm)
profile
•
•
•
Provides 16 A capability for a zone on
a compatible control to switch a fully
loaded circuit of lighting
May be used to switch incandescent/
halogen, electronic low-voltage,
magnetic low-voltage, HID, fluorescent
ballasts and neon/cold cathode lighting
sources, and LED non-dimmable
drivers/sources
Utilizes Softswitch® arcless
switching technology
Provides power and switching for
one zone
Up to three power modules may be
wired on a single zone
Dimensions and mounting
Direct lighting loads
Non-dim lighting
HID
Motor loads:
0.50 HP at 120 V
1.00 HP at 277 V
Fan loads
•
•
•
Operating voltages
•
•
Models available to accept 120 V or 100 V
(Japan) control power
•
Model available for 120-277 V or 100 V-200 V
load power
•
Width: 6.30 in (160 mm)
Height: 5.10 in (130 mm)
Depth: 1.20 in (31 mm)
Profile depth: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Can be surface or recess mounted
Mount in a 2-gang U.S. wallbox
3.50 in (89 mm) deep or in a 4.00 in
(102 mm) x 4.00 in (102 mm) junction box,
2.10 in (53 mm) deep
Requires incoming power feed wires,
incoming and outgoing load wires
Approved and listed for installation
in spaces designed for environmental
air handling per 2011 NEC® article
300.22 (c)
Download specification submittal
520 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | Switching power module
Model numbers
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Modules
Separate neutrals are required for load
circuit – no common neutrals
Dual voltage‑switching
120-277 V
The load breaker may be on a different phase
than the control breaker
Switching
PHPM-SW-JA-WH
100 V-200 V for Japan
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS, GRAFIK Eye
QS with EcoSystem®, GP dimming panel, LCP128
spec grade dimming panel, LP dimming panel,
Softswich128 switching panel, XP switching panel,
LCP128 or CCP with dimming, adaptive dimming,
and/or relay module, HomeWorks QS switch/hybrid
keypad, HomeWorks QS wallbox power module,
HomeWorks QS remote power panel with dimming,
adaptive dimming, and/or relay module, HomeWorks
QS spec grade panel, and EcoSystem switching
power module.
The power module may be on the same
circuit as the control unit only if the total load
does not exceed the rating of the breaker
PHPM-SW-DV-WH
GRAF
(100-1
Typical multiple power feed wiring with GRAFIK Eye QS system
GRAFIK Eye QS
(100-120 V)
1 2 3 4 5 6 L N
}
N
H/L
Wire to appropriate
zone
Load breaker
120 V
{
Control breaker
Load wiring1
Load breaker
{
Load wiring1
Legend
H/L
N
SH
DH
H/L
N
Hot/Live
Neutral
Switched Hot
Dimmed Hot
Ground
Not Used
Load
H/L
N
Zone in
SH
Control Neutral
H/L
N
Legend
H/L
N
SH
DH
Hot/Live
Neutral
Switched Hot
Dimmed Hot
Ground
Not Used
PHPM-SW-DV-WH
For additional wiring diagrams, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
Load feed: 120-277 V for PHPM-SW-DV-WH; 100 V or 100-200 V for PHPM-SW-JA-WH
1
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 521
Power interfaces | Power booster
4.57 in (116 mm)
1.88 in
(48 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
4.57 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
0.69 in
(17 mm)
profile
•
•
•
•
•
Incandescent/halogen
Magnetic low-voltage
Tu-Wire® Fluorescent
Neon/cold cathode
CFL/LED (screw-base)*
Allows the zone to dim or switch a fully-loaded
circuit of lighting
Dims most popular lighting sources and load types
For 120 V application, phase-adaptive power
module is recommended, see pg. 514
Two power boosters may be used on a zone to
double the capacity
For indoor use only
Dimensions and mounting
Shown above: Power booster
(NGRX-PB-CE-WH)
Direct lighting loads
Provides capability for a zone on a control unit to
control a larger load
•
Width: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Height: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.88 in (48 mm)
Profile: 0.69 in (17 mm)
Can be surface or recess-mounted
Mount in 2-gang U.S. wallbox
3.50 in (89 mm) deep
Requires incoming power feed wires
and outgoing load wires
Approved and listed for installation
in spaces designed for environmental
air handling per 2011 NEC® article 300.22 (c)
Operating voltages
•
Models available for 220-240 V,
230 V (CE) or 100 V @ 50/60 Hz input power
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this booster.
Download specification submittal
522 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | Power booster
Model numbers
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Boosters
Separate neutrals are required for load circuit—
no common neutrals
Power Booster
220-240 V 2400 W/VA
NGRX-PB-AU-WH
The load breaker/MCB may be on a different phase
than the control breaker/MCB
Power Booster
230 V (CE) 1200 W/VA
flush mount with faceplate
NGRX-PB-CE-WH
Power Booster
230 V (CE) 1840 W/VA
surface mount without faceplate
NGRX-PB-CE-WH
The power module may be on the same circuit
as the control unit only if the total load does not
exceed the rating of the breaker
Power Booster
NGRX-PB-JA-WH
100 V 1600 W/VA for Japan
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS, GRAFIK Eye
QS with EcoSystem®, Energi Savr NodeTM phase
adaptive (DIN-rail), GP dimming panel, LP dimming
panel, LCP128 or CCP panel with dimming, adaptive
dimming and/or electronic low-voltage module,
HomeWorks QS wallbox power module, HomeWorks
QS remote power panel with dimming and/or
adaptive dimming module, HomeWorks QS spec
grade panel and HomeWorks QS phase adaptive
power module (DIN-rail).
Dual-feed wiring diagram for NGRX-PB 100 V, 120 V and 220–240 V
NGRX-PB-WH
DO NOT USE
ZONE IN
NEUTRAL N
EAR TH/GROUND
ZONE OUT
HOT/LIVE
Rear View of PB
H/L
N
TO NEUTRAL
TO HOT/LIVE
Feed 1 from
Distribution
Panel
GRAFIK Eye QS
Control Unit
TO APPLICABLE ZONE
Load
Load Neutral
N
H/L
Feed 2 from
Distribution
Panel
For 230 V wiring and single-feed wiring, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 523
Power interfaces | Electronic low-voltage interface
4.57 in (116 mm)
1.88 in
(48 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
•
4.57 in (116 mm)
•
0.69 in
(17 mm)
profile
•
•
Shown above: Electronic low-voltage
interface (NGRX-ELVI-CE-WH)
•
•
Direct lighting loads
Electronic low-voltage
CFL/LED (screw-base)*
Incandescent and electronic low-voltage sources
may be controlled on same zone; up to 30% of the
electronic low-voltage interfaces capacity may be
used for incandescent lighting
For 120 V application, phase-adaptive power
module is recommended, see pg. 514
Two electronic low-voltage interfaces may be used
on a zone to double capacity (up to 2400 watts)
For indoor use only
Dimensions and mounting
Width: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Height: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.88 in (48 mm)
Profile: 0.69 in (17 mm)
Can be surface or recess mounted
•
Mount in a 2-gang U.S. wallbox 3.50 in (89 m) deep
•
Models available for 220-240 V,
or 230 V (CE)
Operates electronic low-voltage lighting; works only
with electronic (solid state) low-voltage transformers
that are manufacturer approved for reverse phase
control dimming
•
Operating voltages
•
Provides power and up to 1200 watts dimming
capacity for one electronic low-voltage zone
•
Requires incoming power feed wires, incoming
control wires and outgoing load wires
Approved and listed for installation in spaces
designed for environmental air handling per 2011
NEC® article 300.22 (c)
* Visit www.lutron.com/LEDtool for a complete
list of LEDs compatible with this interface.
Download specification submittal
524 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | Electronic low-voltage interface
Model numbers
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Separate neutrals are required for load circuit—
no common neutrals
Interfaces
The load breaker/MCB may be on a different
phase than the control breaker/MCB
Electronic low-voltage interface NGRX-ELVI-CE-WH
230 V (CE) 1200 W/VA
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS, GRAFIK Eye
QS with EcoSystem®, Energi Savr NodeTM phase
adaptive (DIN-rail), GP dimming panel, LP dimming
panel, LCP128 or CCP panel with dimming, adaptive
dimming and/or electronic low-voltage module,
HomeWorks QS wallbox power module, HomeWorks
QS remote power panel with dimming and/or
adaptive dimming module, HomeWorks QS spec
grade panel and HomeWorks QS phase adaptive
power module (DIN-rail).
The power module may be on the same circuit
as the control unit only if the total load does not
exceed the rating of the breaker
Electronic low-voltage interface NGRX-ELVI-AU-WH
220-240 V 1200 W/VA
Dual-feed wiring diagram for 230 V (CE)
NGRX-ELVI-CE-WH
DO NOT USE
ZONE IN
NEUTRAL N
EAR TH/GROUND
ZONE OUT
HOT/LIVE
Rear View of PB
H/L
N
TO NEUTRAL
TO HOT/LIVE
Feed 1 from
Distribution
Panel
GRAFIK Eye QS
Control Unit
TO APPLICABLE ZONE
Load
Load Neutral
N
H/L
Feed 2 from
Distribution
Panel
For 230 V wiring and single-feed wiring, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 525
Power interfaces | Fluorescent dimming ballast interface
4.57 in (116 mm)
1.88 in
(48 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
4.57 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
Dim fluorescent lights that have Lutron 3-wire
line-voltage control electronic dimming ballasts
(Hi-lume®, EcoSystem®, and Hi-lume® 3D)
For 120 V application, 3-wire fluorescent
power module is recommended, see pg. 516
Two fluorescent dimming ballast interfaces can
be connected to one zone
For indoor use only
Dimensions and mounting
0.69 in
(17 mm)
profile
Shown above: Fluorescent dimming ballast
interface (NGRX-FDBI-AU-WH)
•
•
•
•
•
Direct lighting loads
Fluorescent (3-wire)
Width: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Height: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.88 in (48 mm)
Profile: 0.69 in (17 mm)
Can be surface or recess mounted
Mount in a 2-gang U.S. wallbox 3.50 in
(89 m) deep
Requires incoming power feed wires, incoming
control wires and outgoing load wires
Approved and listed for installation in spaces
designed for environmental air handling per 2011
NEC® article 300.22 (c)
Operating voltages
•
Models available for 220-240 V
Download specification submittal
526 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | Fluorescent dimming ballast interface
Model numbers
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Interfaces
Separate neutrals are required for load circuit—
no common neutrals
Fluorescent dimming ballast interfaces
220–240 V 10 A
NGRX-FDBI-AU-WH
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS, GRAFIK Eye
QS with EcoSystem®, Energi Savr Node phaseadaptive (DIN rail) module, GP dimming panel, LP
dimming panel, LCP128 or CCP with dimming,
adaptive dimming, and/or electronic low-voltage
module, HomeWorks QS wallbox power module,
HomeWorks QS remote power panel with dimming
and/or adaptive dimming module, HomeWorks
QS phase‑adaptive power module (DIN-rail) and
HomeWorks QS spec grade panel.
The load breaker/MCB may be on a different
phase than the control breaker/MCB
The power module may be on the same circuit
as the control unit only if the total load does not
exceed the rating of the breaker
Typical multiple-feed wiring diagram for GRAFIK Eye QS system
Black
Dimming Ballast
Earth/Ground
Neutral N
Zone In
SW Hot
Hot/Live
Earth/Ground
Zone Out
NGRX-FDBI-AU-WH
Hot/Live Feed 1 from
Distribution
Neutral Panel
TO NEUTRAL
TO HOT/LIVE
GRAFIK Eye QS
Control Unit
TO APPLICABLE ZONE
Orange
White
Hot/Live Feed 2 from
Distribution
Neutral Panel
Load Neutral
For additional wiring diagrams, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 527
Power interfaces | 0-10 V interface
6.10 in (155 mm)
Operating voltages2
•
•
Provides 100-127 V or 200-240 V (CE) power
to loads
Requires 100-127 V or 200-240 V power
for internal operations
Features and capacities
•
12.50 in (318 mm)
•
•
•
•
•
3.30 in
(84 mm)
depth
Shown above: 0-10 V interface (GRX-TVI)
•
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)1
Non-dim lighting
Motor loads
Fan loads
1
Visit www.lutron.com/ledtool
for compatibility information.
2
Contact Lutron for model availability
for 277 V load power
Dims 0-10 V electronic fluorescent or 0-10 V
dimming ballast powered by 100-277 V
(ballast must provide 0-10 V source)
Switches up to 16 A of electronic capacitive
fluorescent ballasts/other loads
Switches motors up to 0.25 HP @ 100-127 V,
0.50 HP @ 200-277 V
0-10 V control output current rating:10µA-127mA
(sink only)
Up to five 0-10 V Interfaces may be connected
to one control unit zone; this allows one zone to
control up to five 16 A circuits of 0-10 V electronic
dimming ballasts, or LED drivers or five motors
Indoor use only
Dimensions and mounting
•
Direct lighting loads
/
Dims 0-10 V LED drivers powered by 100-277 V
(driver must provide 0-10 V source); consult Lutron®
for LED performance
•
•
•
Width: 6.10 in (155 mm)
Height: 12.50 in (318 mm)
Depth: 3.30 in (84 mm)
Wall-mount
Requires incoming power feed wires, incoming
control wires and outgoing load wires
Approved for installation in spaces
designed for environmental air handling
per 2011 NEC® article 300.22 (c)
Download specification submittal
528 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | 0-10 V interface
Model numbers
•
•
Communication and wiring
Interfaces
Separate neutrals are required for
load circuit—no common neutrals
0-10 V interface
Each terminal can accept up to two
12 AWG (2.50 mm2) conductors
Typical multiple feed wiring diagram for
GRAFIK Eye QS system
GRX-TVI
GRX-TVI
L2/H2 is the Hot/Live feed that powers
the internal circuitry of the GRX-TVI.
Use L2/H2 220-240 V/CE only if your
line/mains voltage is 220-240 V.
Use L2/H2 100-127 V only if your
line/mains voltage is 100-127V.
GRX-TVI
0-10 V interface for Japan
GRX-TVI-JA
Compatible with, GRAFIK Eye® QS, GRAFIK Eye QS
with EcoSystem®, Energi Savr Node phase-adaptive
(DIN-rail) module, GP dimming panel, LP dimming
panel, LCP128 spec grade panel, LCP128 or CCP
panel with dimming, adaptive dimming, relay and/
or electronic low-voltage module, XP switching
panel, Softswitch128 switching panel, HomeWorks
QS dimmer/switch/hybrid keypad, HomeWorks QS
wallbox power module, HomeWorks QS remote
power panel with dimming, adaptive dimming,
and/or relay module, HomeWorks QS spec grade
panel, HomeWorks QS phase-adaptive power
module (DIN-rail), EcoSystem dimming power module
and EcoSystem fixture module amd EcoSystem
switching power module.
NOTICE: 0-10 V Control Signal Wires —
DO NOT CONNECT TO LINE VOLTAGE.
Lutron is not liable for damage due to
miswiring.
0-10 V Ballast
Earth/Ground
Switched Hot/Live
Neutral
GRAFIK Eye QS
Control Unit
Dimmed Hot/Live
0-10 V Ballast
EARTH/GROUND
CONNECTIONS
Earth/Ground
Neutral
To additional ballasts*
Hot/Live
Use 20 A (16 A CE) maximum circuit breaker/MCB
Hot/Live
Distribution
Panel A
Neutral
Earth/Ground
Hot/Live
Distribution
Panel B
Neutral
Earth/Ground
For additional wiring diagrams, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
*Ballast must provide 0–10 V source only.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 529
Power interfaces | Pulse width modulation interface
6.10 in (155 mm)
Operating voltages
•
•
Provides 100-277 V @ 50/60 Hz power to loads
Requires 100-127 V @ 50/60 Hz power
for internal operations
Feature and capacities
•
12.50 in (318 mm)
•
•
•
Switches and dims any pulse width modulation
fluorescent dimming ballast or LED driver powered
by 100-277 V that conforms to JISC 8120-2
Switches up to 16 A of electronic capacitive
fluorescent ballasts/other loads
Switches motors up to 0.25 HP @ 100-127 V,
0.50 HP @ 200-277 V
Up to five pulse width modulation interfaces may be
connected to one control unit zone. This allows one
zone to control up to five 16 A circuits of electronic
dimming ballasts or five motors
Dimensions and mounting
•
3.30 in
(84 mm)
depth
Shown above: Pulse width modulation
interface (GRX-PWM)
•
•
•
Width: 6.10 in (155 mm)
Height: 12.50 in (318 mm)
Depth: 3.30 in (84 mm)
Wall-mount
Requires incoming power feed wires, incoming
control wires and outgoing load wires
Approved for installation in spaces
designed for environmental air handling
per 2011 NEC® article 300.22 (c)
Direct lighting loads
/
Fluorescent/LED* (PWM)
Non-dim lighting
Motor loads
Fan loads
* Visit www.lutron.com/ledtool for
compatibility information.
Download specification submittal
530 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | Pulse width modulation interface
Model numbers
•
•
Communication and wiring
Interfaces
Separate neutrals are required for load
circuit—no common neutrals
PWM interface
GRX-PWM
PWM interface for Japan
GRX-PWM-JA
Compatible with GRAFIK® Eye QS, GRAFIK Eye QS
with EcoSystem, Energi Savr Node phase-adaptive
(DIN-rail) module, GP dimming panel, LP dimming
panel, LCP128 spec grade panel, LCP128 or CCP
panel with dimming, adaptive dimming, relay, and/
or electronic low-voltage module, XP switching
panel, Softswitch128 switching panel, HomeWorks
QS dimmer/switch/hybrid keypad, HomeWorks QS
wallbox power module, HomeWorks QS remote
panel with dimming, adaptive dimming, and/or
relay module, HomeWorks QS spec grade panel,
HomeWorks QS phase-adaptive power module
(DIN-rail), EcoSystem dimming power module and
EcoSystem fixture module and EcoSystem switching
power module.
Each terminal can accept up to two
12 AWG (2.50 mm2) conductors
Typical wiring diagram for 100/120 V GRX-PWM with multiple distribution panels
220100240V 127V
L2/H 2
N2 DL2/DH2
Control Inputs
H2 is the Hot feed
that powers the internal
circuitry of the GRX-PWM. Use
H2 only if your line voltage is
100/120 V
GRAFIK Eye® QS
Control Unit
Dimmed Hot
L1/H1
100277V
N1
N 1 SL1/SH 1
Load Switched
0-10 Volt
L1/H 1
N1
N1
SL1/SH 1
L2/H 2 220-240V
L2/H2 100-120V
N2
DL2/D H 2
GRX-PWM
+
–
0-10V
Max 0.3A
NEUTRA L
EAR TH/GROUND
CONNECTIONS
12 V
PWM
H2
N2 DH2 H1 N1 N1 SH1
+
SH1
N1
Earth/Ground
Switched Hot
100-277 V
Hot
Neutral
Earth/Ground
connections
Hot
Distribution
Panel
N
PWM Ballast
100/120 V
Neutral
Use 20 A
maximum circuit
breaker/MCB
PWM Control Signal Wires - DO NOT
CONNECT TO LINE VOLTAGE.
Lutron is not liable for damage due to
miswiring.
Neutral
+
SH1
N1
PWM Ballast
Earth/Ground
To additional ballasts (50 max.)
Earth/Ground
Hot
Distribution
Panel
N
Neutral
Earth/Ground
For additional wiring diagrams, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 531
Power interfaces | Synthetic minimum load interface
4.57 in (116 mm)
1.87 in
(48 mm)
depth
Features and capacities
•
4.57 in (116 mm)
•
•
•
0.68 in
(17 mm)
profile
•
•
Shown above: Synthetic minimum load
interface (LUT-LBX-WH)
•
Operating voltages
•
Models available for 120 V 100 mA and 220–240 V
65 mA (CE), and 100 V input power @ 50/60 Hz
Single circuit input: 120 V 100 mA
Provides capability for certain control units to
control low-wattage loads from 0 W up to the
minimum rating
Works with forward-phase or
leading-edge dimmers and reverse-phase
or trailing-edge dimmers
This “load-side” equipment installs on the zone
wiring in parallel with the lighting load
Dissipates a maximum of 10 W when the
controlling dimmer is near high-end
Does not change the approved load types of
control unit, only the minimum load requirement
Dimensions and mounting
Direct lighting loads
Incandescent/halogen
Electronic low-voltage
Magnetic low-voltage
Neon/cold cathode
/
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
Presents a simulated load to the dimmer to meet
the minimum load requirements even when the
actual load is smaller
•
•
Width: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Height: 4.57 in (116 mm)
Depth: 1.87 in (48 mm)
Profile: 0.68 in (17 mm)
Recess or surface-mount in 2-gang U.S. wallbox
3.50 in (89 mm) deep or in a 4.00 in (102 mm)
x 4.00 in (102 mm) junction box, 2.10 in
(53 mm) deep
Download specification submittal
532 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | Synthetic minimum load interface
Model numbers
Communication and wiring
Interfaces
•
Accepts up to two #12 AWG (2.50 mm2) wires
LUT-LBX-WH
•
Single and dual-zone wiring
Synthetic minimum load interface
120 V
Synthetic minimum load interface
220-240 V (CE)
LUT-LBX-CE-WH
Synthetic minimum load interface LUT-LBX-JA-WH
100 V for Japan
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS, GRAFIK Eye
QS with EcoSystem, GP dimming panel, LCP128
spec grade dimming panel, LCP128 or CCP panel
with dimming, adaptive dimming and/or electronic
low‑voltage module, HomeWorks QS dimmer/hybrid
keypad HomeWorks QS wallbox power module,
HomeWorks QS remote power panel with dimming
and/or adaptive dimming module and HomeWorks
QS spec grade panel.
Typical single-zone wiring
Dimmer
Circuit
Hot/Live
Dimmed Hot/Live
DIMMED HOT/LIVE
Neutral
(if necessary)
120 V~ LUT-LBX
220-240 V~
LUT-LBX-CE
NEUTRAL
EARTH/GROUND
Low-Wattage Load
100 V~
LUT-LBX-JA
LUT-LBX (-CE-JA)
Neutral
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 533
Power interfaces | EcoSystem dimming power module
®
5.00 in (130 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
7.80 in (200 mm)
•
•
2.50 in
(64 mm)
depth
Shown above: EcoSystem dimming
module (BMJ) (C5-BMJ-16A)
•
•
/
Fluorescent/LED (3-wire)
Continuous, flicker-free dimming from 100% to
minimum ballast level (10% for EcoSystem,
1% for Hi-lume®, 5% for Hi-lume 3D) relative light
output
Dim additional loads when the appropriate Lutron
phase-adaptive power module is used
Load types (120 V ONLY):
– Lutron® Tu-Wire® fluorescent dimming ballasts
– Incandescent (tungsten/halogen)
– Magnetic low-voltage transformer
– Neon/cold cathode
Provides power to one wired occupant sensor,
one wired daylight sensor, and one wired personal
control input (infrared receiver or wallstation)
Dimensions and mounting
•
Direct lighting loads
Allows integration of Lutron 3-wire dimming ballasts
or LED drivers into EcoSystem digital link
•
Width: 5.00 in (130 mm);
Height: 7.80 in (200 mm);
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Mount the EcoSystem Power Module onto
a 4.00 in (102 mm) x 4.00 in (102 mm) standard
(1900) junction box
Mount on a vertical or horizontal surface
Approved for installation in spaces designed
for environmental air handling per 2011 NEC®
article 300.22 (c)
Operating voltages
•
•
Universal voltage input: 100–277 V @ 50/60 Hz
Output rating: 16 A Softswitch® relay maximum
non-dimmable load
Download specification submittal
534 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | EcoSystem dimming power module
®
Model numbers
•
•
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Modules
Wiring between module and ballast shall not
exceed 500 ft (150 m)
EcoSystem dimming power module
C5-BMJ-16A
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS with EcoSystem,
Energi Savr NodeTM with EcoSystem and Quantum
light management hub (QP2).
Maximum distance from module to
sensor/keypad is 100 ft (30 m)
Communicates status and sensor levels over
the EcoSystem digital link
E1 and E2 wires are not polarity sensitive
Digital link length is limited by the wire gauge
used for E1 and E2
Typical load wiring diagram to a Lutron 3-wire dimming ballast
Green*
White*
Black*
Distribution
Panel
Green (ground)*
White (neutral)*
Red (switched hot)*
Orange (dimmed hot)*
Ground
Neutral
Hot
C5-BMJ-16A
E1 E2
Green*
White*
Black*
Orange*
Green*
White*
Black*
Orange*
Fixture Ground
Lutron
3-wire phase control
dimming ballast
Fixture Ground
Lutron
3-wire phase control
dimming ballast
For additional wiring diagrams, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
*Colors indicate the module and ballast wire colors and/or ballast terminal colors.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 535
Power interfaces | EcoSystem switching power module
®
5.00 in (130 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
7.80 in (200 mm)
•
•
•
•
Shown above: EcoSystem switching
module (XPJ) (C5-XPJ-16A)
Capable of switching 16 A of lighting (magnetic
fluorescent ballast, electronic fluorescent ballast,
incandescent/halogen, magnetic low-voltage,
neon/cold cathode) and motor loads
Provides power to one wired occupant sensor,
one wired daylight sensor, and one personal
control input (infrared receiver or wallstation)
Do not use to switch receptacles or HID loads
Dimensions and mounting
•
2.50 in
(64 mm)
depth
Allows integration of non-dim loads into
EcoSystem digital link
•
Width: 5.00 in (130 mm);
Height: 7.80 in (200 mm);
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Mount the EcoSystem Power Module onto
a 4.00 in (102 mm) x 4.00 in (102 mm) standard
(1900) junction box
Mount on a vertical or horizontal surface
Approved for installation in spaces
designed for environmental air handling
per 2011 NEC® article 300.22 (c)
Direct lighting loads
Non-dim lighting
Motor loads:
0.25 HP at 100-120 V
0.50 HP at 200-277 V
Fan loads
Operating voltages
•
•
Universal voltage input: 100-277 V @ 50/60 Hz
Output Rating: 16 A Softswitch® relay maximum
non-dimmable load
Download specification submittal
536 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | EcoSystem switching power module
®
Model numbers
•
•
•
•
•
Communication and wiring
Module
Wiring between module and ballast shall not
exceed 500 ft (150 m)
EcoSystem switching power module
C5-XPJ-16A
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS with EcoSystem®,
Energi Savr NodeTM with EcoSystem, and Quantum
light management hub (QP2).
Maximum distance from module to
sensor/keypad is 100 ft (30 m)
E1 and E2 wires are not polarity sensitive
Digital link length is limited by the wire gauge
used for E1 and E2
Communicates status and sensor levels over
the EcoSystem digital link
Typical load wiring diagram to a Lutron 3-wire dimming ballast
Green*
Green (ground)*
White*
Black*
White (neutral)*
Red (switched hot)*
Fixture Ground
Green*
White*
Distribution
Panel
Non-Dim Loads
Black*
Ground
Neutral
Fixture Ground
Hot
Green*
White*
E1 E2
C5-XPJ-16A
Non-Dim Loads
Black*
For additional wiring diagrams, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
*Colors indicate the module and ballast wire colors and/or ballast terminal colors.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 537
Power interfaces | EcoSystem fixture module
®
9.30 in (236 mm)
1.18 in (30 mm)
1.00 in (25 mm)
depth
Shown above: EcoSystem fixture module (BMF)—fixture mounted
(C5-BMF-2A)
Features and capacities
Direct lighting loads
Fluorescent (3-wire)
Operating voltages
•
Universal voltage input:
120/240/277 V @ 50/60 Hz
•
•
•
Allows integration of Lutron 3-wire dimming ballasts
into EcoSystem digital link
Provides power to one wired occupant sensor,
one wired daylight sensor, and one wired personal
control input (infrared receiver or wallstation)
Continuous, flicker-free dimming from 100% to
minimum ballast level (10% for EcoSystem,
1% for Hi-lume®/Hi-lume 3D) relative light output
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Width: 9.30 in (236 mm)
Height: 1.18 in (30 mm)
Depth: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Mounts using two screws within
a fluorescent fixture
Download specification submittal
538 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | EcoSystem fixture module
®
Model numbers
•
Communication and wiring
Modules
Wiring between module to ballast shall not
exceed 50 ft (15 m)
EcoSystem fixture module
C5-BMF-2A
Compatible with, GRAFIK Eye® QS with EcoSystem,
Energi Savr NodeTM with EcoSystem and Quantum
light management hub (QP2).
Maximum distance from module to
sensor/keypad is 100 ft (30 m)
•
Do not exceed 2 A of ballast current per
fixture module output, consult 3-wire ballast
specification for ballast current draw
•
Communicates status and sensor levels over
the EcoSystem digital link
•
E1 and E2 wires are not polarity sensitive
•
Digital link length is limited by the wire gauge
used for E1 and E2
•
Typical wiring diagram to multiple ballasts
BALLAST
SH
DH
NEU
POWER
Hi-lume® 3D, EcoSystem
or Hi-lume ballast
NEU
HOT
C5-BMF-2A
Hi-lume 3D, EcoSystem
or Hi-lume ballast
Main Voltage
For additional wiring diagrams, see the specification submittal on www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 539
Power interfaces | EcoSystem to 0-10 V interface
®
4.90 in (124 mm)
3.00 in (76 mm)
1.00 in
(25 mm)
depth
Shown actual size: EcoSystem® to 0-10 V interface (TVI-LMF-2A)
Direct lighting loads
/
•
Fluorescent/LED (0-10 V)
•
Operating voltages
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
120 V, 220/240 V, or 277 V @ 50/60 Hz input
•
Features and capacities
•
Provides a control gateway from an EcoSystem®
link to a 0-10 V compatible lighting device, typically
an LED driver
•
Allows for individual addressability of the 0-10 V
device, but only provides one-way communication
from the controls to the 0-10 V device
•
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
540 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Width: 3.00 in (76 mm); Height: 4.90 in (124 mm)
Depth: 1.00 in (25 mm)
Mounts via studs or tabs to outside of an LED
fixture or on a junction box
Complies with requirements for use in a
compartment handling environmental air (plenum)
per NEC® 2011 300.22(C)
Communication and wiring
This interface is not intended for control of
multiple fixtures
Incorporates Lutron® Softswitch® technology,
allowing a minimum of 1,000,000 relay cycles
0-10 V control output current rating:
25 mA max (sink only)
Dimensions and mounting
Provides one 120 V, 220/240 V, or
277 V @ 50/60 Hz 2 A relay output
For fixtures that have multiple drivers installed
(such as two or three drivers being needed to
reach certain output wattages), only one interface
may be necessary
Occupies one EcoSystem unit address
Provides one 0-10 V low-voltage IEC PELV/NEC
Class 2 control output for devices compliant with
IEC 60929 Annex E2 (control by DC voltage)
EcoSystem digital link wiring connects the interface
together with Lutron compatible controls
with EcoSystem
EcoSystem digital link can be wired Class 1
or IEC PELV/NEC Class 2
Sensors cannot directly connect to the EcoSystem
to 0-10 V interface
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Power interfaces | EcoSystem to 0-10 V interface
®
Model numbers
Interfaces
EcoSystem to 0-10 V interface
EcoSystem to 0-10 V interface
TVI-LMF-2A
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye® QS with EcoSystem,
Energi Savr NodeTM with EcoSystem, and Quantum®
light management hub (QP2).
Typical wiring diagram to multiple ballasts
To breaker panel (unswitched)
Switched Hot
Line
In
Ground
Neutral
Hot
EcoSystem®
Link (E1, E2)
EcoSystem® to
0-10 V Interface
0-10 V
Neutral
0-10 V LED Driver
(By Others)
E1
E2
To LEDs
Wiring within fixture
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 541
Ballasts and drivers
Fluorescent and LED lighting is used
widely in educational, institutional and
commercial buildings. These sources
meet energy-conscious design
criteria such as ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1
standards and LEED guidelines.
Fluorescent and LED lighting is also
increasingly found in residential
spaces, especially in recessed
downlights and coves.
®
Dimming fluorescent lighting instead
of repeated switching helps maintain
lamp life and saves energy. All Lutron
fluorescent dimming ballasts and
LED drivers are 100% performancetested at the factory and come with
a 5-year limited warranty with Lutron
field service commissioning (3-year
standard warranty) from date of
purchase. Lutron Quality Systems are
registered to ISO 9001.2008.
Fluorescent ballasts
EcoSystem® H-Series
ballasts
EcoSystem digital control
pg. 552
CE, CSA, CCC AND INMETRO
MODELS AVAILABLE
®
The ballasts and drivers addressed
in this guide are specific to each
country’s voltage requirements. Please
confirm that the products you have
selected match the required voltages
by country shown on pg. 692.
542 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
Hi-lume® 3D ballasts
EcoSystem digital control
3-wire control
pg. 554
EcoSystem ballasts
EcoSystem digital control
3-wire control
pg. 556
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
LED drivers
EcoSystem ballasts for compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL)
EcoSystem digital control
3-wire control
pg. 558
Hi-lume A-Series LED drivers
EcoSystem digital control
3-wire control
2-wire forward phase control
pg. 564
Hi-lume ballasts
3-wire control
pg. 560
EcoSystem LED drivers
EcoSystem digital control
pg. 566
CE MODELS ONLY
Tu-Wire® ballasts
Tu-Wire control
pg. 562
For additional information on ballasts,
please visit www.lutron.com/ballast
For additional information on LEDs,
please visit www.lutron.com/LED
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 543
Ballasts and drivers | Quick reference guide
EcoSystem compatible ballasts and drivers
®
Family
Fluorescent ballasts
EcoSystem H-Series ballasts
pg. 552
Compatible Lamp Types and Wattages
•
•
•
EcoSystem H-Series ballasts
pg. 552
Global models
Hi-lume® 3D ballasts pg. 554
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
EcoSystem ballasts pg. 556
•
•
•
•
•
•
EcoSystem compact ballasts
pg. 558
•
•
T8 linear and U-bent: 17 W, 25 W, 32 W
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W
T5 linear: 14 W, 21 W, 28 W
T8 linear: 32 W
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W
T5 linear: 14 W, 21 W, 28 W
NOTE: For model availability, please refer to
page 316.
T8 linear and U-bent: 17 W, 25 W, 32 W, 40 W
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W, 80 W
T5 linear: 14 W, 21 W, 28 W
T5 twin-tube: 36 W, 40 W, 50 W
T8 linear and U-bent: 17 W, 25 W 32 W
T8 linear Reduced Wattage: 25 W, 28 W, 30 W
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W
T5 linear: 14 W, 21 W, 28 W, 35 W
T5 twin-tube: 36 W, 39 W, 40 W, 50 W, 55 W
T5 twin-tube Reduced Wattage: 25 W
T4 4-pin quad-tube CFL: 18 W, 26 W
T4 4-pin triple-tube CFL: 26 W, 32 W, 42 W
Input Voltage
•
•
UNV: 120 V, 220/240 V,
277 V @ 50/60 Hz
127-220 V INMETRO
@ 50/60 Hz
•
220-240 V CE @ 50/60 Hz
•
220-240 V CCC @ 50/60 Hz
•
347 V CSA @ 60 Hz
•
•
•
UNV: 120 V, 220/240 V,
277 V @ 50/60 Hz
UNV: 120 V, 220/240 V,
277 V @ 50/60 Hz
UNV: 120 V, 220/240 V,
277 V @ 50/60 Hz
LED drivers
Hi-lume® A-Series
LED drivers
pg. 564
EcoSystem LED drivers
pg. 566
CE model
544 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
•
•
•
LED light engines, up to 40 W
LED light engines, up to 25 W
•
•
UNV: 120 V, 220/240 V,
277 V @ 50/60 Hz
120 V only for forward
phase control models
220-240 V CE @ 50/60 Hz
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Quick reference guide
Control Options
Available Case Types (pgs. 548-551)
Low-end
dimming level
Integral
Sensor
Connections
0.70% for T8
•
EcoSystem digital link
•
EcoSystem digital link
M-case
G-case
M-case
C-case
(for 347 V only)
1% for T% and
T5HO
No
1%
No
0.70% for T8
•
EcoSystem digital link
•
3-wire
•
EcoSystem digital link
•
3-wire control
•
Low-voltage wallbox
controls, occupancy
and daylight sensors
•
EcoSystem digital link
•
3-wire
•
EcoSystem digital link
•
3-wire
•
•
2-wire forward phase
control (neutral required)
1% for T5 and T5 HO
C-case
G-case
J-case
G-case
K-case
K-case
5% for T5 twin-tube
and T5 HO 80 W
No
10%
Yes
5%
No
1%
No
1%
No
M-case
EcoSystem digital link
P-case
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 545
Ballasts and drivers | Quick reference guide
3-Wire and Tu-Wire compatible ballasts
®
(For other 3-wire compatible ballasts, see pgs. 554, 556)
Family
Compatible Lamp Types and Wattages
Input Voltage
Fluorescent ballasts
Hi-lume® ballasts pg. 560
•
•
Tu-Wire ballasts pg. 562
•
•
•
546 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W
T4 4-pin triple-tube CFL: 26 W, 32 W
•
120 V, 277 V @ 60 Hz
T8 linear and U-bent: 25 W, 32 W
T4 4-pin quad-tube CFL: 18 W, 26 W
T4 4-pin triple-tube CFL: 18 W, 26 W, 32 W
•
120 V @ 60 Hz
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Quick reference guide
Control Options
•
3-wire
•
Tu-Wire (fluorescent)
Available Case Types (pgs. 548-551)
C-case
A-case
A-case
B-case
C-case
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Low-end
dimming level
Integral
Sensor
Connections
1%
No
5%
No
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 547
Ballasts and drivers | Quick reference guide
Case dimensions
A-case
8-32 Threaded stud
0.29 in (7.37 mm) long
A
B
F
G
C
I
H
E
B-case
A
B
G
D
8-32 Threaded stud
0.29 in (7.37 mm) long
F
C
I
H
E
548 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
D
A
B
C
D
E
4.20 in (107 mm)
1.00 in (25 mm)
3.00 in (76 mm)
4.90 in (124 mm)
4.60 in (117 mm)
(mounting centers)
F 2.00 in (51 mm)
G 1.08 in (27 mm)
H 1.60 in (41 mm)
I 1.39 in (35 mm)
A
B
C
D
E
6.00 in (152 mm)
1.00 in (25 mm)
3.00 in (76 mm)
6.75 in (171 mm)
6.50 in (165 mm)
(mounting centers)
F 2.00 in (51 mm)
G 1.16 in (29 mm)
H 1.60 in (41 mm)
I 1.39 in (35 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Quick reference guide
Case dimensions
C- or J-case
A
B
E
G
F
C
D
Note: D
otted area for sensor attachment applies
to EcoSystem® J-case only.
G-case
B
Lamp wires are
36 in (0.90 m)
for leaded models
E
16.12 in (409 mm)
1.00 in (25 mm)
1.18 in (30 mm)
18.00 in (457 mm)
17.70 in (450 mm)
(mounting centers)
F 6.82 in (173 mm)
(J only)
G 0.394 in (10 mm)
(J only)
A 7.13 in (181 mm)
B 1.00 in (25 mm)
C 2.38 in (60 mm)
(slot mounting centers)
D 9.50 in (241 mm)
E 8.91 in (226 mm)
A
C
A
B
C
D
E
D
Power and control
wires are 18 in (457 mm)
for leaded models
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
If using 4-hole mount,
mounting centers are 9.00 in
(229 mm) x 1.06 in (27 mm).
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 549
Ballasts and drivers | Quick reference guide
Case dimensions
K-case (Ballast)
A
A
B
C
D
E
4.20 in (107 mm)
1.00 in (25 mm)
3.00 in (76 mm)
4.90 in (124 mm)
4.60 in (117 mm)
(mounting centers)
F 1.42 in (36 mm)
G 1.99 in (51 mm)
C
Non-studded:
B
F
G
E
D
A
Studded:
J
I
For studded models only:
H 1.09 in (28 mm)
I 2.00 in (51 mm)
J 1.60 in (41 mm)
C
H
B
G
F
E
D
8-32 Threaded stud
0.29 in (7.37 mm) long
K-case (LED Driver)
S
A
B
C
D
E
4.20 in (107 mm)
1.00 in (25 mm)
3.00 in (76 mm)
4.90 in (124 mm)
4.60 in (117 mm)
(mounting centers)
F 1.42 in (36 mm)
G 1.99 in (51 mm)
T
Non-studded:
U
A
Studded:
V
J
I
C
For studded models only:
H 1.09 in (28 mm)
I 2.00 in (51 mm)
J 1.60 in (41 mm)
H
B
F
E
G
D
For non-studded models only:
S 1.38 in (35 mm)
T 0.64 in (16 mm)
U 0.88 in (22 mm)
V 1.53 in (39 mm)
8-32 Threaded stud
0.29 in (7.37 mm) long
550 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Quick reference guide
Case dimensions
M-case
A 14.13 in (359 mm)
B 13.78 in (350 mm)
(mounting centers)
C 1.18 in (30 mm)
D 0.98 in (25 mm)
P-case
(International models only)
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
FF
G
G
A
B
C
31.80
31.8mm
mm
9090.0
mm mm
154.70
154.7mm
mm
134.60
mm
134.6 mm
13.60
13.6mm
mm
6.95
mm
6.95 mm
76.05
mm
76.05
mm
Mounting centers
G
F
E
D
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 551
Ballasts and drivers | EcoSystem H-Series ballast
®
Highest performance dimming to 1% at a low cost
EcoSystem digital link controlled
CE, CSA, CCC AND INMETRO
MODELS AVAILABLE
Shown above: EcoSystem H-Series, M-case
Model numbers are organized by lamp type, refer to pg. 568 for additional information.
EcoSystem H-Series digitally addressable ballasts offer a low-cost, flexible solution for any space
in an application. Providing industry-leading dimming to 1% or less, they meet the needs of the
most demanding applications. The EcoSystem digital link also provides individual control, which
eliminates the need to rewire, reduces design time, and provides a scalable solution from a small
area to an entire building.
Operating voltage
•
Available case types
Universal input (120 V, 220/240 V and 277 V
@ 50/60 Hz) and 347 V @ 60 Hz
Lamp types and wattages
•
G-case
•
M-case
•
C-case (347 V only)
UL Listed (for North America):
Key standards
•
T8 linear and U-bent: 17 W, 25 W, 32 W
•
•
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W
•
•
T5 linear: 14 W, 21 W, 28 W
Global models:
•
T8 linear: 32 W
•
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W
•
T5 linear: 14 W, 21 W, 28 W
•
•
•
Control option
•
•
EcoSystem digital link
California Energy Commission Listed
UL Listed (evaluated to the requirements
of UL 935)
CSA Certified (evaluated to the requirements
of C22.2 No. 74)
Meets FCC Part 18 Non-Consumer requirements
for EMI/RFI emissions
Select models are NOM listed
Models are also available to meet global countryspecific standards. See pg. 588 for a listing of
global model numbers
Download specification submittal for 120 V-220 V-277 V
Download specification submittal for 347 V
Download specification submittal for 220 V-240 V
Download high resolution product image
552 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | EcoSystem H-Series ballast
®
Specifications
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming down to 0.70% or
1% of full light output for T8 lamps, 1% for T5 and
T5 HO lamps
The EcoSystem digital link allows for re-zoning
without rewiring, and can be wired as Class 1 or
Class 2—perfect for retrofit and new construction
The EcoSystem® digital link supports up to
64 digital ballasts, 64 occupancy sensors,
16 daylight sensors, and 64 wall stations or
infrared (IR) receivers
The PowPak® dimming module with EcoSystem
supports 32 EcoSystem ballasts or drivers,
nine Pico® wireless controls, six occupancy/vacancy
sensors and one daylight sensor
Power factor greater than 0.95
•
Ballast factor equal to 1.00 or 1.17 for T8 lamps
•
•
•
•
•
Ballast factor equal to 1.00 for T5 and T5 HO lamps
and all international models
Non-volatile memory restores all ballast settings
after power failure
Frequency of operation greater than 42 kHz
Built-in inrush-current limiting circuitry (maximum
of 7 amps at 120 V and 3 amps at 277 V)
Factory-tuned ballast factors available to
customize the ballast for different applications
(not available for models outside the US)
Environment
•
Sound rating: Class A
•
Minimum lamp starting temperature 10º C (50º F)
Communicates with wired or wireless sensors and
controls via compatible device
•
Maximum ballast case temperature 75º C (167º F)
•
Slim-profile design
•
•
Sensors cannot connect directly to EcoSystem
H-Series ballasts
Line-voltage miswire protection of EcoSystem link
•
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): less than 10%
Low-voltage, 2-conductor EcoSystem digital link
provides individual, reconfigurable fixture control
•
•
•
Wiring
•
Ballasts maintain consistent light output for different
lamp lengths, ensuring fixture-to-fixture uniformity
Lamps turn on at any dimmed level without going to
full brightness
100% performance-tested, including burn-in at
the factory
•
EcoSystem H-Series ballasts require four wires plus
Ground (E1, E2, Constant Hot and Neutral); one 1618 AWG solid copper Class 1 or Class 2 wire per
terminal
The 16 AWG control wire must not exceed 900 ft,
and the 18 AWG must not exceed 550 ft; maximum
ballast-to-lamp-socket lead length is 7 ft (2 m) for
T8, T5 and T5 HO linear lamps
Mounting
•
•
•
•
Ballast mounts using two screws (or sheet metal
feature and one screw) within a fluorescent fixture
Ballast is grounded via a mounting screw to the fixture
Lutron and NEMA® recommend sockets complying
with IEC 60400. Sockets must have a UL mark
as well. Use rapid start sockets, not instant
start sockets.
Terminals accept 16-18 AWG (0.75 to 1.50 mm2)
solid copper or tinned stranded wire
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 553
Ballasts and drivers | Hi-lume 3D ballast
®
Highest performance dimming to 1%
EcoSystem® digital link or 3-wire controlled
Shown above: Hi-lume 3D, G-case
Model numbers are organized by lamp type, refer to pg. 568 for additional information.
Hi-lume 3D is a high-performance, energy-efficient, digitally addressable dimming ballast for
demanding architectural applications. Hi-lume 3D is the world’s first fluorescent dimming ballast
that dims lights to 1% or less for T8 lamps. With Hi-lume 3D you get the highest performance
fluorescent dimming with the same efficiency as non-dimmable ballasts.
Operating voltage
Available case types
Universal input
(120 V, 220/240 V, 277 V @ 50/60 Hz)
•
•
C-case
•
G-case
Lamp types and wattages
Key standards
•
T8 linear and U-bent: 17 W, 25 W, 32 W, 40 W
•
California Energy Commission Listed
•
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W, 80 W
•
UL Listed (evaluated to the requirements of UL 935)
•
T5 linear: 14 W, 21 W, 28 W
•
T5 twin tube1: 36 W, 40 W, 50 W
1
•
•
Control options
•
EcoSystem digital link
•
3-wire control
1
•
CSA certified (evaluated to the requirements of
C22.2 No. 74, specific model numbers only)
Meets FCC Part 18 Non-Consumer requirements
for EMI/RFI emissions
Select models are NOM listed
80 W T5 HO model and T5 twin-tube models dim to 5%
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
554 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Hi-lume 3D ballast
®
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Industry-leading ballast efficacy of up to 100 lumens
per watt
Broadest dimming range: continuous, flicker-free
dimming down to 0.70% of full light output for T8
lamps, 1% for T5 and T5 HO lamps, and 5% for
T5 twin-tube and T5 HO 80 W lamps
The EcoSystem® digital link supports up to
64 digital ballasts, 64 occupancy sensors,
16 daylight sensors, and 64 wallstations or
infrared (IR) receivers
The PowPak® dimming module with EcoSystem
supports 32 EcoSystem ballasts or drivers,
nine Pico® wireless controls, six occupancy/vacancy
sensors and one daylight sensor
EcoSystem digital link allows for rezoning without
rewiring, and can be wired as Class 1 or Class 2—
perfect for retrofit and new construction
Sensors cannot connect directly to the
Hi-lume 3D ballasts
Line-voltage miswire protection of EcoSystem link
•
Slim-profile design
•
•
Sound rating: Class A
•
Minimum lamp starting temperature 10º C (50º F)
•
Maximum ballast case temperature 75º C (167º F)
Mounting
•
•
•
•
Lamps turn on at any dimmed level without going to
full brightness
•
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): less than 10%
•
Power factor greater than .95
•
Ballast factor equal to 1.00 or 1.17 for T8 lamps
•
Ballast factor equal to 1.00 for T5 lamps
•
Frequency of operation greater than 42 kHz
Ballast is grounded via a mounting screw to
the fixture
Lutron and NEMA® recommend sockets complying
with IEC 60400. Sockets must have a UL mark
as well. Use rapid start sockets, not instant
start sockets.
Terminals accept 16-18 AWG (0.75 to 1.50 mm2)
solid copper or tinned stranded wire
EcoSystem digital link: Hi-lume 3D ballasts require
4 wires plus Ground (E1, E2, Constant Hot and
Neutral); one 16-18 AWG solid copper Class 1 or
Class 2 wire per terminal
3-Wire: Hi-lume 3D ballasts require three wires
plus Ground (Dimmed Hot, Switched Hot and
Neutral); one 16-18 AWG solid copper Class 1 wire
per terminal
•
100% performance-tested, including burn-in at
the factory
•
Ballast mounts using two screws (or sheet metal
feature and one screw) within a fluorescent fixture
Wiring
Ballasts maintain consistent light output for different
lamp lengths, ensuring fixture-to-fixture uniformity
Specifications
•
•
Communicates with wired or wireless sensors and
controls via compatible device
•
•
Environment
•
The 16 AWG control wire must not exceed 900 ft,
and the 18 AWG must not exceed 550 ft; maximum
ballast-to-lamp-socket lead length is 7 ft (2 m) for
T8, T5 and T5 HO linear lamps, and 3 ft (1 m) for T5
twin-tube lamps
Ballast is grounded via case
Factory-tuned ballast factors available to customize
the ballast for different applications
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 555
Ballasts and drivers | EcoSystem ballast
®
Light management performance dimming to 10%
EcoSystem digital link or 3-wire controlled
Shown above: EcoSystem ballast, G-case
Model numbers are organized by lamp type, refer to pg. 568 for additional information.
EcoSystem digitally addressable dimming ballasts employ revolutionary technology allowing each
device to listen, think, decide, remember, and react to its environment. EcoSystem fluorescent lighting
control solutions are built on a simple building block architecture of fluorescent dimming ballasts,
sensors, and controls, free from interfaces and power packs. EcoSystem redefines fluorescent lighting
control as easy to design, easy to install, easy to maintain, and cost effective.
Operating voltage
•
Universal input (120 V, 220/240 V, 277 V
@ 50/60 Hz)
Available case types
•
G-case
•
J-case
Lamp types and wattages
Key standards
•
T8 linear and U-bent: 17 W, 25 W, 32 W
•
T8 linear Reduced Wattage: 25 W, 28 W, 30 W
•
California Energy Commission Listed
•
T5 HO linear: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W
•
UL Listed (evaluated to the requirements of UL 935)
•
T5 linear: 14 W, 21 W, 28 W, 35 W
•
•
T5 twin-tube: 36 W, 39 W, 40 W, 50 W, 55 W
•
T5 twin-tube reduced wattage: 25 W
Control options
•
EcoSystem digital link
•
3-Wire control
•
•
CSA Certified (evaluated to the requirements
of C22.2 No. 74)
Select models are NOM listed
Meets FCC Part 18 Non-Consumer requirements
for EMI/RFI emissions
Download specification submittal for T4
Download specification submittal for T5 Linear
Download high resolution product image
556 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | EcoSystem ballast
®
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Features
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming from
100% to 10%
•
EcoSystem digital link allows for re-zoning without
rewiring, and can be wired as Class 1 or Class 2—
perfect for retrofit and new construction
The EcoSystem digital link supports up to
64 digital ballasts, 64 occupancy sensors,
16 daylight sensors, and 64 wallstations or
infrared (IR) receivers
The PowPak® dimming module with EcoSystem
supports 32 EcoSystem ballasts or drivers,
nine Pico® wireless controls, six occupancy/vacancy
sensors and one daylight sensor
Low-voltage, 2-conductor EcoSystem digital link
provides individual, reconfigurable fixture control
Supports digital control and standard 3-wire
line-voltage phase control technology
Communicates with wired or wireless sensors and
controls via local wired sensor connections
or compatible device
Line-voltage miswire protection of EcoSystem link
•
Slim-profile design
•
•
•
Sound rating: Class A
•
Minimum lamp starting temperature 10º C (50º F)
•
Maximum ballast case temperature 75º C (167º F)
Mounting
•
•
•
•
•
•
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): less than 10%
(select models are less than 15%)
•
Ballast factor equal to 0.85 for T8 lamps
•
Ballast factor equal to 1.00 for T5 and T5 HO lamps
Ballast is grounded via a mounting screw to the fixture
Lutron® and NEMA® recommend sockets complying
with IEC 60400. Sockets must have a UL mark
as well. Use rapid start sockets, not instant
start sockets.
Terminals accept 16-18 AWG (0.75 to 1.50 mm2)
solid copper or tinned stranded wire
EcoSystem digital link: EcoSystem ballasts require
four wires plus Ground (E1, E2, Constant Hot and
Neutral); one 16-18 AWG solid copper Class 1 or
Class 2 wire per terminal
3-Wire: EcoSystem ballasts require three wires
plus Ground (Dimmed Hot, Switched Hot and
Neutral); one 16-18 AWG solid copper Class 1 wire
per terminal
100% performance-tested, including burn-in at
the factory
Power factor greater than 0.95
Ballast mounts using two screws (or sheet metal
feature and one screw) within a fluorescent fixture
Wiring
Lamps turn on at any dimmed level without going to
full brightness
•
Factory-tuned ballast factors available to customize
the ballast for different applications
•
Ballasts maintain consistent light output for different
lamp lengths, ensuring fixture-to-fixture uniformity
Specifications
Frequency of operation ensures that ballast does
not interfere with infrared devices
Environment
Sensors can connect directly to EcoSystem
ballasts; all sensor and wall station wiring is Class 2
•
•
•
Non-volatile memory restores all ballast settings
after power failure
•
The 16 AWG control wire must not exceed 900 ft,
and the 18 AWG must not exceed 550 ft; maximum
ballast-to-lamp-socket lead length is 7 ft (2 m) for
T8, T5 and T5 HO linear lamps, and 3 ft (1 m) for T5
twin-tube lamps
Ballast is grounded via case
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 557
Ballasts and drivers | EcoSystem compact ballast
®
High performance dimming to 5%
EcoSystem digital link or 3-wire controlled
Shown above: EcoSystem compact ballast, K-case
Model numbers are organized by lamp type, refer to pg. 568 for additional information.
EcoSystem compact ballasts provide high-performance dimming for any compact fluorescent application,
completing the EcoSystem solution. With a 100% to 5% dimming range for T4 CFL lamps, EcoSystem
compact ballasts provide both energy savings and flexibility.
Operating voltage
•
Available case type
Universal input (120 V, 220/240 V,
277 V @ 50/60 Hz)
•
K-case
Quick comparison
Lamp types and wattages
Feature
EcoSystem
Compact
EcoSystem
pg. 363
Dimming Level
5%
10%
Key standards
Integral sensor
No
Yes
•
UL Listed (evaluated to the requirements of UL 935)
connection
•
UL Type 1 Outdoor for damp locations
Maximum
number of lamps
per ballast
2
3
Maximum
ballast to lamp
socket lead length
3 ft (1 m)
7 ft (2 m)
•
T4 4-pin quad-tube CFL: 18 W, 26 W
•
T4 4-pin triple-tube CFL: 26 W, 32 W, 42 W
•
•
•
CSA Certified (evaluated to the requirements
of C22.2 No. 74)
Select models are NOM listed
Meets FCC Part 18 Non-Consumer requirements
for EMI/RFI emissions
Control options
•
EcoSystem digital link
•
3-Wire control
Download high resolution product image
558 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | EcoSystem compact ballast
®
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming from 100% to 5%
for T4 CFL lamps
EcoSystem digital link allows for re-zoning without
rewiring, and can be wired as Class 1 or Class 2—
perfect for retrofit and new construction
The EcoSystem digital link supports up to
64 digital ballasts, 64 occupancy sensors,
16 daylight sensors, and 64 wallstations or
infrared (IR) receivers
The PowPak® dimming module with EcoSystem
supports 32 EcoSystem ballasts or drivers,
nine Pico® wireless controls, six occupancy/vacancy
sensors and one daylight sensor
Environment
•
Sound rating: Class A
•
Minimum lamp starting temperature 10º C (50º F)
•
Maximum ballast case temperature 75º C (167º F)
Mounting
•
•
•
•
Low-voltage, 2-conductor EcoSystem digital link
provides individual fixture control
Communicates with wired or wireless sensors and
controls via compatible device
Sensors cannot connect directly to EcoSystem
compact ballasts
•
•
One model can control both 26 W and 32 W
T4 lamps
Ballasts maintain consistent light output for different
lamp lengths, ensuring fixture-to-fixture uniformity
•
Specifications
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): less than 10%
•
Power factor greater than 0.95
•
Ballast factor equal to 0.95 for T4 lamps
•
•
Ballast is grounded via a mounting screw
to the fixture
Lutron and NEMA® recommend sockets complying
with IEC 60400. Sockets must have a UL mark
as well. Use rapid start sockets, not instant
start sockets.
Terminals accept 16-18 AWG (0.75 to 1.50 mm2)
solid copper or tinned stranded wire
EcoSystem digital link: EcoSystem compact
ballasts require four wires plus Ground (E1, E2,
Constant Hot and Neutral); one 16-18 AWG solid
copper Class 1 or Class 2 wire per terminal
3-Wire: EcoSystem compact ballasts require
three wires plus Ground (Dimmed Hot, Switched
Hot and Neutral); one 16-18 AWG solid copper
Class 1 wire per terminal
Ultra-low standby power (<1 W) when lamps are off
•
“No studs” case option available
Wiring
Line-voltage miswire protection of EcoSystem link
100% performance-tested, including burn-in at
the factory
Ballast mounts using two mounting tabs or
studs within a fluorescent fixture
•
The 16 AWG control wire must not exceed 900 ft,
and the 18 AWG must not exceed 550 ft; maximum
ballast-to-lamp-socket lead length is 3 ft (1 m) for T4
compact lamps
Ballast is grounded via case
Non-volatile memory restores all ballast settings
after power failure
Factory-tuned ballast factors available to customize
the ballast for different applications
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 559
Ballasts and drivers | Hi-lume ballast
®
Highest performance dimming to 1%
3-wire controlled
Shown above: Hi-lume ballast, A-case
Model numbers are organized by lamp type, refer to pg. 568 for additional information.
Experience the benefits of full-range, 100% to 1% fluorescent dimming. Designed to meet the most
demanding lighting requirements, Hi-lume ballasts enable you to provide the ideal visual environment
for any application. The Hi-lume family is extensive, featuring the world’s only 100% to 1% dimming
ballasts for T4 compact fluorescent lamps. Integrating Hi-lume 1% technology into your designs
affords you full control over the lighting in any space.
Operating voltage
•
120 V or 277 V @ 60 Hz
Lamp types and wattages
•
T5 HO: 24 W, 39 W, 54 W
•
T4 4-pin triple-tube CFL: 26 W, 32 W
Control options
•
3-wire control
Available case types
•
A-case
•
C-case
Key standards
•
•
•
•
•
California Energy Commission Listed
UL Listed (evaluated to the
requirements of UL 935)
CSA certified (evaluated to the
requirements of C22.2 No. 74)
MIL Std. 461E compliant (meets the
requirements of CE101, RE101 and RE102)
Meets FCC Part 18 Non-Consumer requirements
for EMI/RFI emissions
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
560 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Hi-lume ballast
®
Features
•
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming from
100% to 1%
Ballasts maintain consistent light output for different
lamp lengths, ensuring fixture-to-fixture uniformity
Sensors cannot connect directly to Hi-lume ballasts
•
Line-voltage miswire protection
•
Slim-profile design
•
•
•
•
3-wire line voltage control for consistent fixture-tofixture dimming
•
•
Mounting
Lamps turn on at any dimmed level without going to
full brightness
•
•
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): less than 10%
•
Power factor greater than 0.95
•
Ballast factor equal to 0.95 for T4 lamps
•
Ballast factor equal to 1.00 for T5 HO lamps
Ballast is grounded via a mounting screw to the fixture
Lutron® and NEMA® recommend sockets complying
with IEC 60400. Sockets must have a UL mark
as well. Use rapid start sockets, not instant
start sockets.
Terminals accept 16-18 AWG (0.75 to 1.50 mm2)
solid copper or tinned stranded wire
Wiring
•
100% performance-tested, including burn-in at
the factory
Specifications
Ballast mounts using two screws (or sheet metal
feature and one screw) within a fluorescent fixture
•
•
Hi-lume ballasts require three wires plus Ground
(Dimmed Hot, Switched Hot and Neutral); one
16‑18 AWG solid copper Class 1 wire per terminal
Maximum ballast-to-lamp-socket lead length is
7 ft (2 m) for T5 HO linear lamps, and 3 ft (1 m)
for T4 compact lamps
Ballast is grounded via case
Environment
•
Sound rating: Class A
•
Minimum lamp starting temperature 10º C (50º F)
•
Maximum ballast case temperature 75º C (167º F)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 561
Ballasts and drivers | Tu-Wire ballast
®
High performance dimming to 5%
Tu-Wire controlled
Shown above: Tu-Wire ballast, B-case
Model numbers are organized by lamp type, refer to pg. 568 for additional information.
Tu-Wire ballasts offer high performance 100% to 5% dimming for linear and compact fluorescent
lamps. Retrofit applications can benefit from the ease of installation offered by Lutron Tu-Wire dimming
ballasts. Tu-Wire ballasts require only two wires (dimmed hot and neutral) for power and control.
Lutron offers a wide range of compatible Tu-Wire controls, making Tu-Wire ballasts the perfect choice
for many applications. Additionally, one-lamp T4 models have been designed to meet FCC Part 18
consumer requirements for residential applications.
Operating voltage
•
120 V @ 60 Hz
Lamp types and wattages
•
T8 linear and U-bent: 25 W, 32 W
•
T4 4-pin quad-tube CFL: 18 W, 26 W
•
T4 4-pin triple-tube CFL: 18 W, 26 W, 32 W
Control option
•
Tu-Wire control
Available case types
•
A-case
•
B-case
•
C-case
Key standards
•
California Energy Commission (CEC) Listed
•
UL Listed (evaluated to the requirements of UL 935)
•
•
•
CSA certified (evaluated to the requirements of
C22.2 No. 74)—all models except T8 25 W
1-lamp ballasts for T4 CFL meet FCC Part 18
requirements for residential use
Meets FCC Part 18 Non-Consumer requirements
for EMI/RFI emissions
Download specification submittal
Download high resolution product image
562 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Tu-Wire ballast
®
Features
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming from 100% to 5%
•
Works with all Lutron Tu-Wire fluorescent controls
for consistent dimming performance
•
•
Sensors cannot connect directly to Tu-Wire ballasts
•
2-Wire line voltage control ideal for retrofit
•
Line-voltage miswire protection
•
Slim-profile design
•
•
•
Mounting
Low-line voltage protection circuitry prevents
damage to the ballast or lamps if the ballast is
connected to an incompatible dimmer
•
Specifications
•
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) less than 20%
•
Power factor greater than 0.95
•
Ballast factor greater than 0.95 for T4 lamps
•
Ballast factor equal to 1.00 for T8 lamps
Lutron and NEMA® recommend sockets complying
with IEC 60400. Sockets must have a UL mark
as well. Use rapid start sockets, not instant
start sockets.
Terminals accept 16-18 AWG (0.75 to 1.50 mm2)
solid copper or tinned stranded wire
Wiring
•
Lamps turn on at any dimmed level without going to
full brightness
100% performance-tested, including burn-in at
the factory
Ballast mounts using two mounting tabs or studs
within a fluorescent fixture
•
•
Tu-Wire ballasts require two wires plus Ground
(Dimmed Hot and Neutral); one 16-18 AWG solid
copper Class 1 wire per terminal
Maximum ballast-to-lamp-socket lead length
is 7 ft (2 m) for T8 lamps and 3 ft (1 m) for T4
compact lamps
Ballast is grounded via case
Environment
•
Sound rating: Class A
•
Minimum lamp starting temperature 10º C (50º F)
•
Maximum ballast case temperature 75º C (167º F)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 563
Ballasts and drivers | Hi-lume A-Series LED driver
®
Highest performance dimming to 1%
EcoSystem® digital link, 3-wire or 2-wire forward phase controlled
Shown above: Hi-lume A-Series LED driver, K-case
Model number is determined by load and control type. See pg. 591 for additional information.
Hi-lume A-Series is a high-performance LED driver that provides smooth, continuous 1% dimming for
virtually any LED fixture, whether it requires constant current or constant voltage. It is the world’s most
versatile LED driver family offered today due to the wide variety of compatible LED arrays, multiple form
factors and numerous control options.
Operating Voltage
•
•
Available case types
Universal input (120 V, 220/240 V and
277 V @ 50/60 Hz)
120 V only for 2-wire forward phase models
•
K-case
•
M-case
LED operating specifications
Control options
•
•
•
2-Wire forward phase control
(neutral required at control)*
EcoSystem digital link
3-wire control
•
•
•
Lamp types and wattages
•
LED light engines, up to 40 W*
•
•
•
Download specification submittal for 120 V-277 V
Download specification submittal for 220 V-240 V
Download specification submittal for 120 V
564 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
Constant Current
200 mA-2.10 A (in 10 mA steps)
5 W-40 W
Pulse width modulation (PWM) or constant current
reduction (CCR) dimming
Constant Voltage
10 V-40 V (in 0.50 V steps)
5 W-40 W
PWM dimming
*For a complete list of compatible controls,
visit www.lutron.com/HilumeLED
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Hi-lume A-Series LED driver
®
Environment
Key standards
•
•
•
•
UL 8750 Recognized
FCC Part 15 compliant for commercial applications
at 120 V or 277 V and for residential applications
at 120 V
•
Sound rating: Class A
•
Maximum case temperature is 65º C (149º F)
Mounting
Meets ANSI C62.41 category A surge protection
standards up to and including 4 kV
•
Models available to meet LED Driver requirements
for Energy Star 1.10
•
•
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming from 100% to 1%
Efficiency greater than 80% at 40 W
A rated lifetime of 50,000 hours
EcoSystem digital link allows for re-zoning without
rewiring, and can be wired as Class 1 or Class 2—
perfect for retrofit and new construction
Standard 3-wire line-voltage phase-control
technology for consistent dimming performance
and compatibility with all Lutron 3-wire
fluorescent dimmers
CCR and PWM dimming available for constant
current light engines; constant voltage light engines
operate with pulse width modulation (PWM)
dimming only
Sensors cannot connect directly to the driver
Line-voltage miswire protection
Instant light output at any level when turned on,
without flashing to full on
Specifications
•
Power factor greater than 0.90 at 40 W
•
Inrush current less than 2 A
K-case driver typically mounts via studs or tabs to
the outside of an LED fixture or on a junction box
“No studs” case option available
Any fixture type (downlight, cove light, sconce,
under-cabinet, etc.) will work with the Hi-lume
A-Series driver family, if the LED light engine
operates at either the constant current or
constant voltage levels specified
Wiring
•
EcoSystem digital link: Hi-lume A-Series LED
drivers require 4 wires plus Ground (E1, E2,
Constant Hot and Neutral); one 16-18 AWG solid
copper Class 1 or Class 2 wire per terminal
3-Wire: Requires three wires plus Ground (Dimmed
Hot, Switched Hot and Neutral); one 16-18 AWG
solid copper Class 1 wire per terminal
2-Wire forward phase: Requires two wires plus
Ground (Dimmed Hot and Neutral); one 16-18 AWG
solid copper Class 1 or Class 2 wire per terminal
•
•
The 16 AWG control wire must not exceed 900 ft,
and the 18 AWG must not exceed 550 ft; maximum
driver-to-LED light engine wire length is 10 ft (3 m)
Driver is grounded by a mounting screw to the
grounded fixture (or by terminal connection on
the K-case)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 565
Ballasts and drivers | EcoSystem LED driver
®
Highest performance dimming to 1%
CE MODELS ONLY
EcoSystem digital link controlled
Shown above: EcoSystem LED driver, P-case
Model number is determined by load and control type. See pg. 591 for additional information.
Providing smooth and continuous 1% dimming, the high-performance EcoSystem LED driver works
with virtually any LED fixture. It communicates via the EcoSystem digital link, a revolutionary technology
that allows the driver to react to its environment. It also allows for individual control of the drivers, which
eliminates the need to rewire, and provides a scalable solution for almost any application. The EcoSystem
LED driver is available for fixtures requiring either constant current or constant voltage.
Operating Voltage
•
220-240 V CE @ 50/60 Hz
Control options
•
LED operating specifications
EcoSystem digital link
•
•
•
Lamp types and wattages
•
LED light engines, up to 25 W
•
•
Available case types
•
P-case
•
Constant Current
0.20 A-1.05 A (in 0.01 A increments)
5 W-25 W
Pulse width modulation (PWM) or constant current
reduction (CCR) dimming
Constant Voltage
8 V-38 V (in 0.50 V increments)
5 W-25 W
PWM dimming
Download specification submittal
566 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | EcoSystem LED driver
®
Specifications
Key standards
•
CE and ENEC Mark
•
Power factor greater than 0.95 at 25 W
•
RoHS 2006 Compliant
•
Low harmonic distortion
•
IEC Rated
•
Inrush current less than 2 A
Features
•
•
•
Continuous, flicker-free dimming from
100% to 1%
Protected from miswires of input power to
EcoSystem control inputs
•
•
Independent control gear with integral strain relief
•
•
•
Efficiency of 80% at 25 W
CCR and PWM dimming available for constant
current light engines; constant voltage light engines
operate with pulse width modulation (PWM)
dimming only
A rated lifetime of 50,000 hours
•
Environment
LEDs turn on to any dimmed level without flashing
to full brightness
Sensors cannot connect directly to the driver
Sound rating: inaudible in a 27 dB
ambient environment
Mounting
•
Independent control gear, driver requires
no particular mounting means
Wiring
•
•
EcoSystem LED drivers require four wires plus
Ground (E1, E2, Live and Neutral); one 0.75 mm2
to 1.50 mm2 solid copper Class 1 or Class 2 wire
per terminal
The 1.50 mm2 control wire must not exceed 310 m,
and the 0.75 mm2 must not exceed 50 m; maximum
driver-to-LED light engine wire length
is 3 m for any output type
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 567
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
Understanding ballast model numbers
Lutron ballast model numbers are designed to illustrate basic information about the ballast. For example:
EcoSystem® H-Series ballasts
EcoSystem ballasts
EHD T8 32 M U 1 10
EC5 T5 36 J UNV 1
Family
Ballast factor
Lamp type
Lamp quantity
Lamp wattage
Family
Lamp type
Universal voltage
Lamp wattage
Lamp quantity
Universal voltage
Case size
Case size
Generate part numbers, confirm ballast performance
specifications (input power, system lumens, ballast
factor) and select the proper ballast by utilizing the
Ballast Selection Tool.
NEW
This tool also enables users to choose a Custom
Ballast Factor (percentage of light output for a given
lamp ballast combination). Reduced ballast factors
achieve greater energy savings and are available for
all Lutron ballasts with EcoSystem control.
Updated Ballast Selection Tool with Custom
Ballast Factor. Find and configure the ballast that best
fits your project: www.lutron.com/BallastTool
568 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T8 and U-bent
EcoSystem® H-Series (1% or less dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 1% or less
Compatible with Lutron EcoSystem digital controls
Energy saving and cost effective
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
EHD T817 M U 1 10
M
2
EHD T817 M U 2 10
M
1
EHD T825 M U 1 10
M
2
EHD T825 M U 2 10
M
EHD T832 M U 1 10
M
EHD T832 M U 1 17
M
EHD T832 M U 2 10
M
EHD T832 M U 2 17
M
EHD T832 G U 3 10
G
EHD T832 G U 3 17
G
17 W
(24 in)
25 W
(36 in)
1
32 W
(48 in)
2
3
Input
Input
Input
Voltage Current Power
(VAC)
(A)
(W)
277
0.08 22.20
240
0.09 21.60
120
0.18 21.60
277
0.15 41.60
240
0.18 43.20
120
0.35 42.00
277
0.11 30.50
240
0.11 26.40
120
0.26 31.20
277
0.20 55.40
240
0.23 55.20
120
0.47 56.40
277
0.12 33.20
240
0.14 33.60
120
0.29 34.80
277
0.15 41.60
240
0.17 40.80
120
0.34 40.80
277
0.24 66.50
240
0.28 67.20
120
0.57 68.40
277
0.28 77.60
240
0.32 76.80
120
0.65 78.00
277
0.37 93.50
240
0.40 94.90
120
0.83 95.40
277
0.41 105.70
240
0.47 106.50
120
0.95 106.80
Ballast
Factor
(BF)**
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.17
1.17
1.17
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.17
1.17
1.17
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.17
1.17
1.17
Ballast Relative
System System Efficacy System
Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1,300
90
4.51
0.77
1,300
93
4.63
0.79
1,300
93
4.63
0.79
2,600
96
2.41
0.82
2,600
93
2.31
0.79
2,600
95
2.38
0.81
1,900
62
3.28
0.82
1,900
72
3.79
0.95
1,900
61
3.21
0.80
3,800
69
1.81
0.90
3,800
69
1.81
0.91
3,800
67
1.77
0.89
3,000
90
3.01
0.96
3,000
89
2.98
0.95
3,000
86
3.01
0.92
3,510
84
2.82
0.92
3,510
86
2.87
0.92
3,510
86
2.87
0.90
6,000
90
1.50
0.96
6,000
89
1.49
0.95
6,000
88
1.46
0.94
7,020
91
1.51
0.97
7,020
91
1.52
0.98
7,020
90
1.50
0.96
9,000
96
1.07
1.03
9,000
95
1.05
1.01
9,000
94
1.05
1.01
10,530
100
1.11
1.06
10,530
99
1.10
1.05
10,530
99
1.10
1.05
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 569
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T8 and U-bent (continued)
Hi-lume® 3D (1% or less dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 1% or less
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem® digital controls
Energy saving
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
H3D T817 C U 1 10
H3D T817 G U 1 10
C
G
H3D T817 C U 1 17
H3D T817 G U 1 17
C
G
H3D T817 C U 2 10
H3D T817 G U 2 10
C
G
H3D T817 C U 2 17
H3D T817 G U 2 17
C
G
H3D T817 G U 3 10
G
H3D T817 G U 3 17
G
H3D T825 C U 1 10
C
H3D T825 C U 1 17
C
H3D T825 C U 2 10
C
H3D T825 C U 2 17
C
1
17 W
(24 in)
2
3
1
25 W
(36 in)
2
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.08
240
0.09
120
0.18
277
0.08
240
0.10
120
0.19
277
0.15
240
0.18
120
0.35
277
0.15
240
0.17
120
0.35
277
0.21
240
0.25
120
0.48
277
0.23
240
0.27
120
0.55
277
0.11
240
0.11
120
0.26
277
0.12
240
0.14
120
0.28
277
0.20
240
0.23
120
0.47
277
0.22
240
0.25
120
0.51
Input
Power
(W)
22.20
21.60
21.60
22.20
24.00
22.80
41.60
43.20
42.00
41.60
40.80
42.00
58.20
60.00
57.60
63.70
64.80
66.00
30.50
26.40
31.20
33.20
33.60
33.60
55.40
55.20
56.40
60.90
60.00
61.20
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1.00 1,300
59
4.51
0.77
1.00 1,300
60
4.63
0.79
1.00 1,300
60
4.63
0.79
1.17 1,521
69
5.28
0.90
1.17 1,521
63
4.88
0.83
1.17 1,521
67
5.13
0.87
1.00 2,600
63
2.41
0.82
1.00 2,600
60
2.31
0.79
1.00 2,600
62
2.38
0.81
1.17 3,042
73
2.82
0.96
1.17 3,042
75
2.87
0.98
1.17 3,042
72
2.79
0.95
1.00 3,900
67
1.72
0.88
1.00 3,900
65
1.67
0.85
1.00 3,900
68
1.74
0.89
1.17 4,563
72
1.84
0.94
1.17 4,563
70
1.81
0.92
1.17 4,563
69
1.77
0.90
1.00 1,900
62
3.28
0.82
1.00 1,900
72
3.79
0.95
1.00 1,900
61
3.21
0.80
1.17 2,223
67
3.52
0.88
1.17 2,223
66
3.48
0.87
1.17 2,223
66
3.48
0.87
1.00 3,800
69
1.81
0.90
1.00 3,800
69
1.81
0.91
1.00 3,800
67
1.77
0.89
1.17 4,446
73
1.92
0.96
1.17 4,446
74
1.95
0.98
1.17 4,446
73
1.91
0.96
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
570 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T8 and U-bent (continued)
Hi-lume 3D (1% or less dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
H3D T832 C U 1 10
H3D T832 G U 1 10
C
G
H3D T832 C U 1 17
H3D T832 G U 1 17
C
G
H3D T832 C U 2 10
H3D T832 G U 2 10
C
G
H3D T832 C U 2 17
H3D T832 G U 2 17
C
G
H3D T832 G U 3 10
G
H3D T832 G U 3 17
G
H3D T840 C U 1 10
C
H3D T840 C U 1 17
C
H3D T840 C U 2 10
C
H3D T840 C U 2 17
C
1
32 W
(48 in)
2
3
1
40 W
(60 in)
2
Input
Input
Input
Voltage Current Power
(VAC)
(A)
(W)
277
0.12 33.20
240
0.14 33.60
120
0.29 34.80
277
0.15 41.60
240
0.17 40.80
120
0.34 40.80
277
0.24 66.50
240
0.28 67.20
120
0.57 68.40
277
0.28 77.60
240
0.32 76.80
120
0.65 78.00
277
0.37 102.50
240
0.40 96.00
120
0.83 99.60
277
0.41 113.60
240
0.47 112.80
120
0.95 114.00
277
0.16 42.80
240
0.18 43.00
120
0.37 43.80
277
0.18 49.60
240
0.21 49.40
120
0.43 50.60
277
0.32 88.90
240
0.37 88.40
120
0.77 90.90
277
0.36 98.20
240
0.41 97.20
120
0.84 100.30
Ballast
Factor
(BF)**
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.17
1.17
1.17
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.17
1.17
1.17
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.17
1.17
1.17
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.17
1.17
1.17
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.17
1.17
1.17
Ballast Relative
System System Efficacy System
Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
3,000
90
3.01
0.96
3,000
89
2.98
0.95
3,000
86
2.87
0.92
3,510
84
2.82
0.90
3,510
86
2.87
0.92
3,510
86
2.87
0.92
6,000
90
1.50
0.96
6,000
89
1.49
0.95
6,000
88
1.46
0.94
7,020
91
1.51
0.97
7,020
91
1.52
0.98
7,020
90
1.50
0.96
9,000
88
0.98
0.94
9,000
94
1.04
1.00
9,000
90
1.00
0.96
10,530
93
1.03
0.99
10,530
93
1.04
1.00
10,530
92
1.03
0.99
3,800
89
2.34
0.94
3,800
88
2.33
0.93
3,800
87
2.28
0.91
4,446
90
2.36
0.94
4,446
90
2.37
0.95
4,446
88
2.31
0.92
7,600
86
1.13
0.90
7,600
86
1.13
0.91
7,600
84
1.10
0.88
8,892
91
1.19
0.95
8,892
92
1.20
0.96
8,892
89
1.17
0.93
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 571
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T8 and U-bent (continued)
Tu-Wire® (5% dimming) 120 V dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 5%
Compatible with Lutron Tu-Wire fluorescent controls
Energy saving
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
1
25 W
(36 in)
2
1
32 W
(48 in)
2
Model Number
2W-T825-120-1
2W-T825-120-2
2W-T832-120-1
2W-T832-120-2
Case
Type*
C
C
C
C
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
120
0.30
120
0.50
120
0.37
120
0.70
Input
Power
(W)
36.00
60.00
44.40
84.00
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
0.85 1,828
51
2.36
0.76
0.85 3,655
61
1.42
0.91
0.85 2,550
57
1.91
0.61
0.85 5,100
61
1.01
0.65
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
572 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T8 and U-bent (continued)
EcoSystem® (10% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 10%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Integral sensor connections
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Case
Model Number Type*
1
EC5 T817 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T817 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T825 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T825 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T832 J UNV 1
J
EC5 T832 J UNV 2
J
EC5 T832 G UNV 2L ††
G
EC5 T832 G UNV 3L††
G
EC5 T832 G UNV 317L††
G
17 W
(24 in)
25 W
(36 in)
2
32 W
(48 in)
3
Input
Input
Input
Voltage Current Power
(VAC)
(A)
(W)
277
0.08 20.60
240
0.08 20.00
120
0.17 20.10
277
0.13 36.20
240
0.15 37.00
120
0.31 37.00
277
0.10 27.60
240
0.11 27.00
120
0.23 26.90
277
0.18 48.90
240
0.20 49.00
120
0.41 49.00
277
0.11 31.60
240
0.13 31.00
120
0.26 31.30
277
0.21 57.40
240
0.25 59.00
120
0.49 59.10
277
0.22 59.60
240
0.25 57.60
120
0.49 58.80
277
0.31 86.50
240
0.36 84.00
120
0.72 85.90
277
0.41 105.70
240
0.47 106.50
120
0.95 106.80
Ballast
Factor
(BF)**
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
1.17
1.17
1.17
Ballast Relative
System System Efficacy System
Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1,190
58
4.13
0.70
1,190
60
4.25
0.72
1,190
59
4.23
0.72
2,380
66
2.35
0.80
2,380
64
2.30
0.78
2,380
64
2.30
0.78
1,828
66
3.08
0.77
1,828
68
3.15
0.79
1,828
68
3.16
0.79
3,665
75
1.74
0.87
3,665
75
1.73
0.87
3,665
75
1.73
0.87
2,550
81
2.69
0.86
2,550
82
2.74
0.87
2,550
81
2.72
0.87
5,100
89
1.48
0.95
5,100
86
1.44
0.92
5,100
86
1.44
0.92
5,100
86
1.43
0.91
5,100
89
1.48
0.94
5,100
87
1.45
0.93
7,650
88
0.98
0.94
7,650
89
1.01
0.97
7,650
89
0.99
0.95
10,530
100
1.11
1.06
10,530
99
1.10
1.05
10,530
99
1.10
1.05
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
††
Ballast ships with leads.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 573
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
Reduced Wattage T8 and U-bent
EcoSystem® (10% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 10% for reduced wattage (energy saving) lamps
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Integral sensor connections
Lamp
Watts
(Length)
25 W
(48 in)
28 W
(48 in)
30 W
(48 in)
Lamps
per
Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
EC5 T8RW J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T8RW J UNV 2
J
3 EC5 T8RW G UNV 3L††
G
1
EC5 T8RW J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T8RW J UNV 2
J
3 EC5 T8RW G UNV 3L††
G
1
EC5 T8RW J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T8RW J UNV 2
J
3
EC5 T8RW G UNV 3L
G
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.09
240
0.10
120
0.21
277
0.17
240
0.19
120
0.38
277
0.25
240
0.28
120
0.58
277
0.10
240
0.11
120
0.22
277
0.18
240
0.20
120
0.42
277
0.26
240
0.30
120
0.60
277
0.11
240
0.12
120
0.24
277
0.19
240
0.22
120
0.44
277
0.28
240
0.32
120
0.65
Input
Power
(W)
24.80
24.50
24.90
46.60
45.90
46.50
67.90
67.40
69.00
26.30
26.20
26.50
48.90
48.60
50.00
71.10
70.40
71.60
28.90
28.70
29.20
52.50
52.50
53.40
76.30
76.30
78.10
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
0.85 2,061
83
3.43
0.86
0.85 2,061
84
3.47
0.87
0.85 2,061
83
3.41
0.85
0.85 4,123
88
1.82
0.91
0.85 4,123
90
1.85
0.93
0.85 4,123
89
1.83
0.91
0.85 6,184
91
1.25
0.94
0.85 6,184
92
1.26
0.95
0.85 6,184
90
1.23
0.92
0.85 2,202
84
3.23
0.90
0.85 2,202
84
3.24
0.91
0.85 2,202
83
3.21
0.90
0.85 4,403
90
1.74
0.97
0.85 4,403
91
1.75
0.98
0.85 4,403
88
1.70
0.95
0.85 6,605
93
1.20
1.00
0.85 6,605
94
1.21
1.01
0.85 6,605
92
1.19
1.00
0.85 2,350
81
2.94
0.88
0.85 2,350
82
2.96
0.89
0.85 2,350
80
2.91
0.87
0.85 4,701
90
1.62
0.97
0.85 4,701
90
1.62
0.97
0.85 4,701
88
1.59
0.96
0.85 7,051
92
1.11
1.00
0.85 7,051
92
1.11
1.00
0.85 7,051
90
1.09
0.98
Please consult lamp manufacturer’s specification to determine the dimmability of the reduced wattage lamp.
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
574 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 Linear
EcoSystem H-Series (1% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 1%
Compatible with Lutron EcoSystem digital controls
Energy saving and cost effective
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
EHD T514 M U 1 10
M
2
EHD T514 M U 2 10
M
1
EHD T514 M E 1 10
M
2
EHD T514 M E 2 10
M
1
EHD T521 M U 1 10
M
2
EHD T521 M U 2 10
M
1
EHD T521 M E 1 10
M
2
EHD T521 M E 2 10
M
1
EHD T528 M U 1 10
M
2
EHD T528 M U 2 10
M
1
EHD T528 M E1 10
M
2
EHD T528 M E 2 10
M
14 W
(21.6 in)
14 W
(549 mm)
21 W
(33.4 in)
21 W
(848 mm)
28 W
(45.2 in)
28 W
(1 148
mm)
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.07
240
0.08
120
0.16
277
0.13
240
0.15
120
0.31
240
0,08
220
0,09
240
0,15
220
0,16
277
0.10
240
0.11
120
0.22
277
0.18
240
0.20
120
0.41
240
0,11
220
0,12
240
0,20
220
0,21
277
0.12
240
0.13
120
0.28
277
0.22
240
0.26
120
0.52
240
0,13
220
0,15
240
0,26
220
0,29
Input
Power
(W)
19.40
19.20
19.20
36.00
36.00
36.00
19,2
19,8
36,0
35,2
26.60
26.30
26.30
48.50
48.60
48.70
26,4
26,4
48,0
46,2
33.00
31.20
33.60
59.80
62.40
62.40
31,2
33,0
62,4
63,8
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1.00 1,350
70
5.16
0.72
1.00 1,350
70
5.21
0.73
1.00 1,350
70
5.21
0.73
1.00 2,700
75
2.78
0.78
1.00 2,700
75
2.78
0.78
1.00 2,700
75
2.78
0.78
1,00 1 350
70
5,21
0,73
1,00 1 350
68
5,05
0,71
1,00 2 700
75
2,78
0,78
1,00 2 700
77
2,84
0,80
1.00 2,100
79
3.76
0.79
1.00 2,100
80
3.81
0.80
1.00 2,100
80
3.81
0.80
1.00 4,200
87
2.06
0.87
1.00 4,200
86
2.06
0.86
1.00 4,200
86
2.05
0.86
1,00 2 100
80
3,79
0,80
1,00 2 100
80
3,79
0,80
1,00 4 200
88
2,08
0,88
1,00 4 200
91
2,16
0,91
1.00 2,900
88
3.03
0.85
1.00 2,900
93
3.21
0.90
1.00 2,900
86
2.98
0.83
1.00 5,800
97
1.67
0.94
1.00 5,800
93
1.60
0.90
1.00 5,800
93
1.60
0.90
1,00 2 900
93
3,21
0,90
1,00 2 900
88
3,03
0,85
1,00 5 800
93
1,60
0,90
1,00 5 800
91
1,57
0,88
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 575
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 Linear (continued)
Hi-lume® 3D (1% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 1%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem® digital controls
Energy saving
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
H3D T514 C U 1 10
C
2
H3D T514 C U 2 10
C
1
H3D T521 C U 1 10
C
2
H3D T521 C U 2 10
C
1
H3D T528 C U 1 10
C
2
H3D T528 C U 2 10
C
14 W
(21.6 in)
21 W
(33.4 in)
28 W
(45.2 in)
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.07
240
0.08
120
0.16
277
0.13
240
0.15
120
0.30
277
0.10
240
0.11
120
0.22
277
0.18
240
0.20
120
0.41
277
0.12
240
0.13
120
0.28
277
0.22
240
0.26
120
0.52
Input
Power
(W)
19.40
19.20
19.20
36.00
36.00
36.00
26.60
26.30
26.30
48.50
48.60
48.70
33.00
31.20
33.60
59.80
62.40
62.40
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1.00 1,350
70
5.16
0.72
1.00 1,350
70
5.21
0.73
1.00 1,350
70
5.21
0.73
1.00 2,700
75
2.78
0.78
1.00 2,700
75
2.78
0.78
1.00 2,700
75
2.78
0.78
1.00 2,100
79
3.76
0.79
1.00 2,100
80
3.81
0.80
1.00 2,100
80
3.81
0.80
1.00 4,200
87
2.06
0.87
1.00 4,200
86
2.06
0.86
1.00 4,200
86
2.05
0.86
1.00 2,900
88
3.63
0.85
1.00 2,900
93
3.21
0.90
1.00 2,900
86
2.98
0.83
1.00 5,800
97
1.67
0.94
1.00 5,800
93
1.60
0.90
1.00 5,800
93
1.60
0.90
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
576 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 Linear (continued)
EcoSystem (10% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 10%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Integral sensor connections
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
EC5 T514 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T514 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T521 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T521 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T528 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T528 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T535 J UNV 1
J
14 W
(21.6 in)
21 W
(33.4 in)
28 W
(45.2 in)
35 W
(57.1 in)
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.07
240
0.08
120
0.16
277
0.12
240
0.14
120
0.28
277
0.09
240
0.12
120
0.22
277
0.17
240
0.20
120
0.39
277
0.12
240
0.14
120
0.27
277
0.23
240
0.27
120
0.54
277
0.15
240
0.18
120
0.35
Input
Power
(W)
19.00
19.20
19.20
32.80
33.30
33.30
24.90
28.80
26.40
46.00
47.20
47.20
32.60
32.90
32.90
64.50
65.00
65.20
42.00
42.30
42.20
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1.00 1,350
71
5.26
0.74
1.00 1,350
70
5.21
0.74
1.00 1,350
70
5.21
0.74
1.00 2,700
82
3.05
0.85
1.00 2,700
81
3.00
0.85
1.00 2,700
81
3.00
0.85
1.00 2,100
84
4.01
0.84
1.00 2,100
73
3.47
0.73
1.00 2,100
80
3.79
0.80
1.00 4,200
91
2.17
0.91
1.00 4,200
89
2.12
0.89
1.00 4,200
89
2.12
0.89
1.00 2,900
89
3.07
0.86
1.00 2,900
88
3.04
0.85
1.00 2,900
88
3.04
0.85
1.00 5,800
90
1.55
0.87
1.00 5,800
89
1.54
0.86
1.00 5,800
89
1.53
0.86
1.00 3,650
87
2.38
0.83
1.00 3,650
87
2.38
0.83
1.00 3,650
87
2.38
0.83
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 577
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 HO Linear
EcoSystem® H-Series (1% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 1%
Compatible with Lutron EcoSystem digital controls
Energy saving and cost effective
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
EHD T524 M U 1 10
M
2
EHD T524 M U 2 10
M
1
EHD T524 M E 1 10
M
2
EHD T524 M E 2 10
M
1
EHD T539 M U 1 10
M
2
EHD T539 M U 2 10
M
1
EHD T539 M E 1 10
M
2
EHD T539 M E 2 10
M
1
EHD T554 M U 1 10
M
2
EHD T554 M U 2 10
M
1
EHD T554 M E 1 10
M
2
EHD T554 M E 2 10
M
24 W
(21.6 in)
24 W
(549 mm)
39 W
(33.4 in)
39 W
(848 mm)
54 W
(45.2 in)
54 W
(1148
mm)
Input
Input
Input
Voltage Current Power
(VAC)
(A)
(W)
277
0.10 27.70
240
0.12 28.80
120
0.25 30.00
277
0.20 55.40
240
0.23 55.20
120
0.46 54.60
240
0,12
28,8
220
0,13
28,6
240
0,22
52,8
220
0,25
55,0
277
0.17 46.00
240
0.19 44.90
120
0.37 44.40
277
0.29 81.40
240
0.35 84.00
120
0.70 84.00
240
0,18
43,2
220
0,19
41,8
240
0,34
81,6
220
0,39
85,8
277
0.23 63.70
240
0.26 62.40
120
0.54 64.80
277
0.42 116.30
240
0.48 115.20
120
0.95 114.00
240
0,26
62,4
220
0,29
63,8
240
0,48 115,2
220
0,51 112,2
Ballast
Factor
(BF)**
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1,00
1,00
1,00
1,00
Ballast Relative
System System Efficacy System
Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
2,000
72
3.61
0.87
2,000
69
3.47
0.83
2,000
67
3.33
0.80
4,000
72
1.81
0.87
4,000
72
1.81
0.87
4,000
73
1.83
0.88
2 000
69
3,47
0,83
2 000
70
3,50
0,84
4 000
76
1,89
0,91
4 000
73
1,82
0,87
3,500
76
2.17
0.85
3,500
78
2.23
0.87
3,500
79
2.25
0.88
7,000
86
1.23
0.96
7,000
83
1.19
0.93
7,000
83
1.19
0.93
3 500
81
2,31
0,90
3 500
84
2,39
0,93
7 000
86
1.23
0,96
7 000
82
1,17
0,91
5,000
78
1.57
0.85
5,000
80
1.60
0.87
5,000
77
1.54
0.83
10,000
86
0.86
0.93
10,000
87
0.87
0.94
10,000
88
0.88
0.95
5 000
80
1,60
0,87
5 000
78
1,57
0,85
10 000
87
0,87
0,94
10 000
89
0,89
0,96
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
578 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 HO Linear (continued)
Hi-lume® 3D (1% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 1%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Energy saving
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
H3D T524 C U 1 10
C
2
H3D T524 C U 2 10
C
1
H3D T539 C U 1 10
C
2
H3D T539 C U 2 10
C
1
H3D T554 C U 1 10
C
2
H3D T554 C U 2 10
C
24 W
(21.6 in)
39 W
(33.4 in)
54 W
(45.2 in)
Input
Input
Input
Voltage Current Power
(VAC)
(A)
(W)
277
0.10 27.70
240
0.12 28.80
120
0.25 30.00
277
0.20 55.40
240
0.23 55.20
120
0.46 54.60
277
0.17 46.00
240
0.19 44.90
120
0.37 44.40
277
0.29 81.40
240
0.35 84.00
120
0.70 84.00
277
0.23 63.70
240
0.26 62.40
120
0.54 64.80
277
0.42 116.30
240
0.48 115.20
120
0.95 114.00
Ballast
Factor
(BF)**
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Ballast Relative
System System Efficacy System
Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
2,000
72
3.61
0.87
2,000
69
3.47
0.83
2,000
67
3.33
0.80
4,000
72
1.81
0.87
4,000
72
1.81
0.87
4,000
73
1.83
0.88
3,500
76
2.17
0.85
3,500
78
2.23
0.87
3,500
79
2.25
0.88
7,000
86
1.23
0.96
7,000
83
1.19
0.93
7,000
83
1.19
0.93
5,000
78
1.57
0.85
5,000
80
1.60
0.87
5,000
77
1.54
0.83
10,000
86
0.86
0.93
10,000
87
0.87
0.94
10,000
88
0.88
0.95
Hi-lume® 3D (5% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 5%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Energy saving
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
80 W
(57.1 in)
1
Model Number
H3D T580 C U 1 10
Input
Input
Case Voltage Current
Type*
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.32
C
240
0.37
120
0.73
Input
Power
(W)
1.00
1.00
1.00
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
88.60
7000
79
1.13
0.90
88.80
7000
79
1.13
0.90
87.60
7000
80
1.14
0.91
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 579
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 HO Linear (continued)
Hi-lume® (1% dimming) 120 V and 277 V dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 1%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls
Energy saving
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
24 W
(21.6 in)
39 W
(33.4 in)
54 W
(45.2 in)
1
2
1
2
1
2
Model Number
FDB-T524-277-1
FDB-T524-120-1
FDB-T524-277-2
FDB-T524-120-2
FDB-T539-277-1
FDB-T539-120-1
FDB-T539-277-2
FDB-T539-120-2
FDB-T554-277-1
FDB-T554-120-1
FDB-T554-277-2
FDB-T554-120-2
Case
Type*
C
C
C
C
C
C
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.15
120
0.31
277
0.24
120
0.62
277
0.19
120
0.38
277
0.32
120
0.76
277
0.25
120
0.58
277
0.45
120
1.10
Input
Power
(W)
36.00
31.20
55.40
54.00
47.10
45.60
85.90
91.20
69.3
69.6
124.7
132.0
Ballast
Factor
(BF)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Ballast Relative
System System Efficacy System
Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
2,000
56
2.78
0.67
2,000
64
3.21
0.77
4,000
72
1.81
0.87
4,000
74
1.85
0.89
3,500
74
2.12
0.83
3,500
77
2.19
0.86
7,000
82
1.16
0.91
7,000
77
1.10
0.86
5,000
72
1.44
0.78
5,000
72
1.44
0.78
10,000
80
0.80
0.87
10,000
76
0.76
0.82
Select Hi-lume ballasts have been discontinued. Please refer to The Fluorescent ballast and LED driver
selection guide (367-2248) for discontinued ballasts and drivers.
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
580 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 HO Linear (continued)
EcoSystem® (10% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 10%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Integral sensor connections
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
EC5 T524 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T524 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T539 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T539 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T554 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T554 J UNV 2
J
24 W
(21.6 in)
39 W
(33.4 in)
54 W
(45.2 in)
Input
Input
Input
Voltage Current Power
(VAC)
(A)
(W)
277
0.11 30.00
240
0.13 28.80
120
0.24 28.80
277
0.20 54.80
240
0.23 54.00
120
0.45 53.90
277
0.16 43.30
240
0.18 44.00
120
0.37 44.00
277
0.30 83.00
240
0.35 84.00
120
0.70 84.30
277
0.21 56.50
240
0.24 58.00
120
0.48 57.90
277
0.40 110.10
240
0.52 119.00
120
0.99 119.30
Ballast
Factor
(BF)**
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Ballast Relative
System System Efficacy System
Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
2,000
67
3.33
0.80
2,000
69
3.47
0.83
2,000
69
3.47
0.83
4,000
73
1.82
0.89
4,000
74
1.85
0.89
4,000
74
1.86
0.89
3,500
81
2.31
0.90
3,500
80
2.27
0.89
3,500
80
2.27
0.89
7,000
84
1.20
0.94
7,000
83
1.19
0.93
7,000
83
1.19
0.93
5,000
88
1.77
0.96
5,000
86
1.73
0.93
5,000
86
1.73
0.93
10,000
91
0.91
0.98
10,000
84
0.84
0.91
10,000
84
0.84
0.91
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 581
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 Twin-Tube
Hi-lume® 3D (5% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 5%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem® digital controls
Energy saving
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
H3D T536 G U 1 10
G
2
H3D T536 G U 2 10
G
1
H3D T540 G U 1 10
G
2
H3D T540 G U 2 10
G
3
H3D T540 G U 3 10
G
1
H3D T550 G U 1 10
G
2
H3D T550 G U 2 10
G
36 W
(15.5 in)
40 W
(22.5 in)
50 W
(22.5 in)
Input
Input
Input
Voltage Current Power
(VAC)
(A)
(W)
277
0.14 38.40
240
0.17 40.40
120
0.33 39.20
277
0.26 71.30
240
0.31 73.70
120
0.61 72.50
277
0.16 43.90
240
0.18 42.80
120
0.36 42.80
277
0.27 74.00
240
0.32 76.00
120
0.64 76.00
277
0.40 109.70
240
0.47 111.70
120
0.95 112.90
277
0.20 54.80
240
0.23 54.60
120
0.45 53.50
277
0.36 98.70
240
0.42 99.80
120
0.84 99.80
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1.00 2,850
74
2.60
1.04
1.00 2,850
71
2.48
0.99
1.00 2,850
73
2.55
1.02
1.00 5,700
80
1.40
1.12
1.00 5,700
77
1.36
1.09
1.00 5,700
79
1.38
1.10
1.00 3,100
71
2.28
0.91
1.00 3,100
72
2.34
0.93
1.00 3,100
72
2.34
0.93
1.00 6,200
84
1.35
1.08
1.00 6,200
82
1.32
1.05
1.00 6,200
82
1.32
1.05
1.00 9,300
85
0.91
1.09
1.00 9,300
83
0.90
1.07
1.00 9,300
82
0.89
1.06
1.00 4,000
73
1.82
0.91
1.00 4,000
73
1.83
0.92
1.00 4,000
75
1.87
0.93
1.00 8,000
81
1.01
1.01
1.00 8,000
80
1.00
1.00
1.00 8,000
80
1.00
1.00
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
582 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T5 Twin-Tube (continued)
EcoSystem (10% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 10%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Integral sensor connections
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
EC5 T536 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T536 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T540 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T540 J UNV 2
J
3
EC5 T540 G UNV 3L††
G
1
EC5 T550 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T550 J UNV 2
J
1
EC5 T555 J UNV 1
J
2
EC5 T555 J UNV 2
J
36/39 W
(15.5 in)
40 W
(22.5 in)
50 W
(22.5 in)
55 W
(20.7 in)
Input
Input
Input
Voltage Current Power
(VAC)
(A)
(W)
277
0.14 38.80
240
0.17 39.60
120
0.33 39.60
277
0.26 72.00
240
0.31 73.20
120
0.61 73.20
277
0.16 44.30
240
0.18 43.20
120
0.36 43.20
277
0.27 74.80
240
0.32 76.80
120
0.64 76.80
277
0.40 111.30
240
0.47 112.40
120
0.95 113.20
277
0.20 55.40
240
0.23 54.00
120
0.45 54.00
277
0.36 99.70
240
0.42 100.80
120
0.84 100.80
277
0.20 55.40
240
0.23 55.20
120
0.46 55.20
277
0.40 110.80
240
0.46 110.40
120
0.92 110.40
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1.00 2,850
73
2.57
0.93
1.00 2,850
72
2.53
0.91
1.00 2,850
72
2.53
0.91
1.00 5,700
79
1.39
1.00
1.00 5,700
78
1.37
0.98
1.00 5,700
78
1.37
0.98
1.00 3,100
70
2.26
0.90
1.00 3,100
72
2.31
0.93
1.00 3,100
72
2.31
0.93
1.00 6,200
83
1.34
1.07
1.00 6,200
81
1.30
1.04
1.00 6,200
81
1.30
1.04
1.00 9,300
84
0.90
1.08
1.00 9,300
83
0.89
1.07
1.00 9,300
82
0.88
1.06
1.00 4,000
72
1.81
0.90
1.00 4,000
72
1.85
0.93
1.00 4,000
74
1.85
0.93
1.00 8,000
80
1.00
1.00
1.00 8,000
79
0.99
0.99
1.00 8,000
79
0.99
0.99
0.90 4,320
78
1.62
0.89
0.90 4,320
78
1.63
0.90
0.90 4,320
78
1.63
0.90
0.90 8,640
78
0.81
0.90
0.90 8,640
78
0.82
0.90
0.90 8,640
78
0.82
0.90
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
††
Ballast ships with leads.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 583
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
Reduced Wattage T5 Twin-Tube
EcoSystem® (10% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 10% for reduced wattage (energy saving) lamps
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Integral sensor connections
Lamp Lamps
Watts
per
(Length) Ballast
Case
Model Number Type*
1 EC5 T540 RW J UNV 1
J
2 EC5 T540 RW J UNV 2
J
25 W
(22.5 in)
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.12
240
0.14
120
0.28
277
0.21
240
0.25
120
0.49
Input
Power
(W)
34.30
34.50
34.10
59.30
61.00
59.30
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
1.00 2,600
76
2.91
0.73
1.00 2,600
75
2.89
0.72
1.00 2,600
76
2.93
0.73
1.00 5,200
88
1.68
0.84
1.00 5,200
85
1.64
0.82
1.00 5,200
88
1.68
0.84
Please consult lamp manufacturer’s specification to determine the dimmability of the reduced wattage lamp.
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
†
584 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T4 Compact
Hi-lume® (1% dimming) 120 V and 277 V dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 1%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls
Energy saving
Lamps
Lamp
per
Watts Ballast
26 W
(Triple
1
Tube)
32 W
(Triple
1
Tube)
Model Number
HL3-T426-277-1-S‡
HL3-T426-120-1-S‡
HL3-T432-277-1-S‡
HL3-T432-120-1-S‡
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
0.95 1,710
51
2.86
0.74
Input
Input
Case Voltage Current
Type*
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.12
A
120
0.26
Input
Power
(W)
33.20
31.20
0.95
1,710
55
3.04
0.79
277
0.13
36.00
0.95
2,280
63
2.64
0.84
120
0.35
37.20
0.95
2,280
61
2.55
0.82
A
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
‡
Mounting studs standard. Delete -S suffix in the model number if mounting studs are not needed.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 585
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T4 Compact (continued)
EcoSystem® (5% dimming) universal voltage digital dimming ballasts
•
•
•
Dimming to 5%
Compatible with Lutron 3-wire fluorescent controls and EcoSystem digital controls
Energy saving
Lamps
Lamp
per
Watts Ballast
18 W
(Triple/
Quad
Tube)
26 W
(Triple/
Quad
Tube)
32 W
(Triple
Tube)
42 W
(Triple
Tube)
Model Number
Case
Type*
1
EC3D T418 K U 1 S‡
K
2
EC3D T418 K U 2 S‡
K
1
EC3D T4MW K U 1 S‡
K
2
EC3D T4MW K U 2 S‡
K
1
EC3D T4MW K U 1 S‡
K
2
EC3D T4MW K U 2 S‡
K
1
EC3D T442 K U 1 S‡
K
2
EC3D T442 K U 2 S‡
K
Input
Input
Voltage Current
(VAC)
(A)
277
0.08
240
0.09
120
0.18
277
0.15
240
0.17
120
0.34
277
0.10
240
0.11
120
0.22
277
0.19
240
0.21
120
0.43
277
0.12
240
0.14
120
0.29
277
0.24
240
0.26
120
0.55
277
0.15
240
0.18
120
0.36
277
0.31
240
0.35
120
0.73
Input
Power
(W)
20.80
21.40
21.30
39.90
39.40
41.10
27.00
26.90
26.40
51.40
50.60
51.60
33.20
33.60
34.80
65.50
63.00
66.00
42.60
42.70
43.20
85.40
85.10
87.60
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)**
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
0.95 1,140
55
4.57
0.82
0.95 1,140
53
4.44
0.80
0.95 1,140
54
4.46
0.80
0.95 2,280
57
2.38
0.86
0.95 2,280
58
2.41
0.87
0.95 2,280
56
2.31
0.83
0.95 1,710
63
3.52
0.92
0.95 1,710
64
3.54
0.92
0.95 1,710
65
3.60
0.94
0.95 3,420
67
1.85
0.96
0.95 3,420
68
1.88
0.98
0.95 3,420
66
1.84
0.96
0.95 2,280
69
2.86
0.91
0.95 2,280
68
2.83
0.90
0.95 2,280
66
2.73
0.87
0.95 4,560
70
1.45
0.93
0.95 4,560
72
1.51
0.96
0.95 4,560
69
1.44
0.92
0.95 3,040
71
2.23
0.94
0.95 3,040
71
2.23
0.93
0.95 3,040
70
2.20
0.92
0.95 6,080
71
1.11
0.93
0.95 6,080
72
1.12
0.94
0.95 6,080
69
1.08
0.91
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
**Factory-tuned ballast factors available. To customize, visit www.lutron.com/BallastTool
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
‡
Mounting studs standard. Delete -S suffix in the model number if mounting studs are not needed.
586 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Fluorescent ballast model numbers
T4 Compact (continued)
Tu-Wire® (5% dimming) 120 V dimming ballasts
•
•
•
•
Dimming to 5%
Designed for retrofit applications
Compatible with Lutron Tu-Wire fluorescent controls
Energy saving
Lamps
Lamp
per
Watts Ballast
18 W
(Triple/
2
Quad
Tube)
26 W
1
(Triple/
Quad
2
Tube)
32 W
1
(Triple
2
Tube)
Model Number
Input
Input
Case Voltage Current
Type*
(VAC)
(A)
Input
Power
(W)
Ballast Relative
Ballast System System Efficacy System
Factor Lumens Efficacy Factor Efficacy
(BF)
(lm)† (lm/W)†
(BEF)
(RSE)
2W-T418-120-2-S‡
B
120
0.41
49.20
0.95
2,280
46
1.93
0.70
2W-T426-120-1-S‡
A
120
0.27
32.40
0.95
1,710
53
2.93
0.76
2W-T426-120-2-S‡
B
120
0.53
63.60
0.95
3,420
54
1.49
0.78
2W-T432-120-1-S‡
A
120
0.33
39.60
0.95
2,280
58
2.40
0.77
2W-T432-120-2-S‡
B
120
0.58
69.60
0.95
4,560
66
1.36
0.87
Refer to the online ballast selection tool for additional information, www.lutron.com/BallastTool
*For case type information see pgs. 548-551.
†
Actual number may vary with lamp model. Please consult the lamp manufacturer for lamp-specific data.
‡
Mounting studs standard. Delete -S suffix in the model number if mounting studs are not needed.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 587
Ballasts and drivers | Ballast models by country
The following ballast model numbers have certifications specific to certain countries. For details on these
ballast models, visit www.lutron.com
Europe (CE)
Brazil (INMETRO)
China (CCC)
EHD T514 M E 1 10
EHD T832 M E 1 10-B
EHD T514 M E 1 10-C
EHD T514 M E 2 10
EHD T832 M E 2 10-B
EHD T514 M E 2 10-C
EHD T521 M E 1 10
EHD T514 M E 1 10-B
EHD T528 M E 1 10-C
EHD T521 M E 2 10
EHD T514 M E 2 10-B
EHD T528 M E 2 10-C
EHD T524 M E 1 10
EHD T521 M E 1 10-B
EHD T554 M E 1 10-C
EHD T524 M E 2 10
EHD T521 M E 2 10-B
EHD T554 M E 2 10-C
EHD T528 M E 1 10
EHD T524 M E 1 10-B
EHD T528 M E 2 10
EHD T524 M E 2 10-B
EHD T539 M E 1 10
EHD T528 M E 1 10-B
EHD T539 M E 2 10
EHD T528 M E 2 10-B
EHD T554 M E 1 10
EHD T539 M E 1 10-B
EHD T554 M E 2 10
EHD T539 M E 2 10-B
NOTE: For specification
information, please
reference page 50
EHD T554 M E 1 10-B
EHD T554 M E 2 10-B
Canada (CSA)
EHD T832 C 347 110
EHD T832 C 347 210
EHD T832 C 347 117
EHD T832 C 347 217
EHD T528 C 347 110
EHD T528 C 347 210
EHD T554 C 347 110
EHD T554 C 347 210
588 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | Ballast models by country
Mexico (NOM)
EC5 T514 J UNV 1 N
EC3D T442 K U 1 N
H3D T817 G U 1 10 N
EC5 T514 J UNV 2 N
EC3D T442 K U 1 S N
H3D T817 G U 2 10 N
EC5 T521 J UNV 1 N
EC3D T442 K U 2 N
H3D T825 G U 1 10 N
EC5 T521 J UNV 2 N
EC3D T442 K U 2 S N
H3D T825 G U 2 10 N
EC5 T524 J UNV 1 N
EHD T514 M U 1 10 N
H3D T832 G U 1 10 N
EC5 T524 J UNV 2 N
EHD T514 M U 2 10 N
H3D T832 G U 2 10 N
EC5 T528 J UNV 1 N
EHD T521 M U 1 10 N
H3D T832 G U 3 10 N
EC5 T528 J UNV 2 N
EHD T521 M U 2 10 N
H3D T817 C U 1 10 N
EC5 T535 J UNV 1 N
EHD T524 M U 1 10 N
H3D T817 C U 2 10 N
EC5 T536 J UNV 1 N
EHD T524 M U 2 10 N
H3D T825 C U 1 10 N
EC5 T536 J UNV 2 N
EHD T528 M U 1 10 N
H3D T825 C U 2 10 N
EC5 T539 J UNV 1 N
EHD T528 M U 2 10 N
H3D T832 C U 1 10 N
EC5 T539 J UNV 2 N
EHD T539 M U 1 10 N
H3D T832 C U 2 10 N
EC5 T540 J UNV 1 N
EHD T539 M U 2 10 N
H3D T832 C U 1 17 N
EC5 T540 J UNV 2 N
EHD T554 M U 1 10 N
H3D T832 C U 2 17 N
EC5 T550 J UNV 1 N
EHD T554 M U 2 10 N
H3D T514 C U 1 10 N
EC5 T550 J UNV 2 N
EHD T817 M U 1 10 N
H3D T514 C U 2 10 N
EC5 T554 J UNV 1 N
EHD T817 M U 2 10 N
H3D T521 C U 1 10 N
EC5 T554 J UNV 2 N
EHD T825 M U 1 10 N
H3D T521 C U 2 10 N
EC5 T555 J UNV 1 N
EHD T825 M U 2 10 N
H3D T524 C U 1 10 N
EC5 T555 J UNV 2 N
EHD T832 M U 1 10 N
H3D T524 C U 2 10 N
EC5 T817 J UNV 1 N
EHD T832 M U 2 10 N
H3D T528 C U 1 10 N
EC5 T817 J UNV 2 N
EHD T832 M U 1 17 N
H3D T528 C U 2 10 N
EC5 T825 J UNV 1 N
EHD T832 M U 2 17 N
H3D T536 G U 1 10 N
EC5 T825 J UNV 2 N
H3D T536 G U 2 10 N
EC5 T832 J UNV 1 N
Japan (PSE)
H3D T539 C U 1 10 N
EC5 T832 J UNV 2 N
H3 T432 K 100 1 J
H3D T539 C U 2 10 N
EC3D T418 K U 1 N
H3 T832 G UNV 1 J
H3D T540 G U 1 10 N
EC3D T418 K U 1 S N
H3 T832 G UNV 2 J
H3D T540 G U 2 10 N
EC3D T418 K U 2 N
H3D T540 G U 3 10 N
EC3D T418 K U 2 S N
H3D T550 G U 1 10 N
EC3D T4MW K U 1 N
H3D T550 G U 2 10 N
EC3D T4MW K U 1 S N
H3D T554 C U 1 10 N
EC3D T4MW K U 2 N
H3D T554 C U 2 10 N
EC3D T4MW K U 2 S N
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 589
Ballasts and drivers | Ballast models by country
Argentina (S)
H3D T817 C 220 1 10
H3D T540 G 220 2 10
EC5 T521 J 220 1
H3D T817 C 220 2 10
H3D T540 G 220 3 10
EC5 T521 J 220 2
H3D T817 C 220 1 17
H3D T550 G 220 1 10
EC5 T528 J 220 1
H3D T817 C 220 2 17
H3D T550 G 220 2 10
EC5 T528 J 220 2
H3D T817 G 220 1 10
HL3 T426 220 1 S
EC5 T535 J 220 1
H3D T817 G 220 2 10
HL3 T426 220 1
EC5 T817 J 220 1
H3D T817 G 220 1 17
HL3 T432 220 1 S
EC5 T817 J 220 2
H3D T817 G 220 2 17
HL3 T432 220 1
EC5 T825 J 220 1
H3D T817 G 220 3 10
EC3D T418 K 220 1
EC5 T825 J 220 2
H3D T817 G 220 3 17
EC3D T418 K 220 1 S
EC5 T832 G 220 2L
H3D T825 C 220 1 10
EC3D T418 K 220 2
EC5 T832 G 220 3L
H3D T825 C 220 2 10
EC3D T418 K 220 2 S
EC5 T832 G 220 3 17L
H3D T825 C 220 1 17
EC3D T442 K 220 1
EC5 T832 J 220 1
H3D T825 C 220 2 17
EC3D T442 K 220 1 S
EC5 T832 J 220 2
H3D T832 C 220 1 10
EC3D T442 K 220 2
H3D T832 C 220 2 10
EC3D T442 K 220 2 S
H3D T832 C 220 1 17
EC3D T4MW K 220 1
H3D T832 C 220 2 17
EC3D T4MW K 220 1 S
H3D T832 G 220 1 10
EC3D T4MW K 220 2
H3D T832 G 220 2 10
EC3D T4MW K 220 2 S
H3D T832 G 220 1 17
EC5 T536 J 220 1
H3D T832 G 220 2 17
EC5 T536 J 220 2
H3D T832 G 220 3 10
EC5 T540 J 220 1
H3D T832 G 220 3 17
EC5 T540 J 220 2
H3D T840 C 220 1 10
EC5 T540 G 220 3L
H3D T840 C 220 2 10
EC5 T550 J 220 1
H3D T840 C 220 1 17
EC5 T550 J 220 2
H3D T840 C 220 2 17
EC5 T555 J 220 1
H3D T514 C 220 1 10
EC5 T555 J 220 2
H3D T514 C 220 2 10
EC5 T524 J 220 1
H3D T521 C 220 1 10
EC5 T524 J 220 2
H3D T521 C 220 2 10
EC5 T539 J 220 1
H3D T528 C 220 1 10
EC5 T539 J 220 2
H3D T528 C 220 2 10
EC5 T554 J 220 1
H3D T536 G 220 1 10
EC5 T554 J 220 2
H3D T536 G 220 2 10
EC5 T514 J 220 1
H3D T540 G 220 1 10
EC5 T514 J 220 2
590 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | LED driver model numbers
LED
Example: L3DA4U1UKS-HC070
How to build a Hi-lume® A-Series LED model number:
L__ __A4U1U__ __ – __ __ __ __ __
1
Control type:*
2
3D= EcoSystem® or
3-wire control
For assistance, contact our
LED Center of Excellence at
1.877.346.5338 or
LEDS@lutron.com, or use the
online model number tool at
www.lutron.com/LEDBuildAModel
Current level (for constant current):*
020=0.20 A; 021=0.21 A…210=2.10 A
TE= 2-Wire forward
phase control
(neutral required)
Voltage level (for constant voltage):*
100=10.00 V; 105=10.50 V…600=60.00 V
Driver output:*
Case size:
C=Constant current driver with pulse width
modulation (PWM) dimming
K=Compact
M=Stick
Case style:
A=Constant current driver with constant
current reduction (CCR) dimming
S=Studded
(K-case only)
V=Constant voltage driver with pulse width
modulation (PWM) dimming
N=Non-studded
Led load output range
(contact fixture manufacturer for specifications)
Class 2 constant voltage
Class 2 constant current
A=10.00 V-12.00 V
3.30 A maximum
E=0.20 A-0.50 A 30 V-54 V
Isolated Non-class 2
constant current
F=0.51 A-1.00 A 30 V-54 V
Y=0.20 A-0.50 A 30 V-60 V
B=12.50 V-20.00 V
G=0.20 A-0.70 A 8 V-20 V
Z=0.51 A-1.00 A 30 V-60 V
C=20.50 V-24.00 V
H=0.20 A-0.70 A 15 V-38 V
D=24.50 V-38.00 V
I=0.71 A-1.05 A 8 V-20 V
J=0.71 A-1.05 A 15 V-38 V
Isolated Non-class 2
constant voltage
X=38.50 V-60.00 V
K=1.06 A-1.50 A 8 V-20 V
L=1.06 A-1.50 A 15 V-38 V
M=1.51 A-2.10 A 8 V-20 V
(30 W maximum)
*For details on control types, see pg. 593.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 591
Ballasts and drivers | LED driver model numbers
LED
How to build an EcoSystem® LED model number (CE models):
L DE A2E1C PA – __ __ __ __ __
1
Control type:*
2
DE=Digital Only
EcoSystem
Current level (for constant current):*
020=0.20 A; 021=0.21 A … 105=1.05 A
Voltage level (for constant voltage):*
100=10.00 V; 105=10.50 V … 400=40.00 V
Driver output:*
C=Constant current driver with pulse width
modulation (PWM) dimming
A=Constant current driver with constant
current reduction (CCR) dimming
V=Constant voltage driver with pulse width
modulation (PWM) dimming
LED load output range (see following
pages for explanation and examples):
Constant voltage
Constant current
A=8.00 V-12.00 V
G=0.20 A-0.70 A 8 V-20 V
B=12.50 V-20.00 V
H=0.20 A-0.70 A 15 V-40 V
C=20.50 V-24.00 V
I=0.71 A-1.05 A 8 V-20 V
D=24.50 V-40.00 V
J=0.71 A-1.05 A 15 V-40 V
1.05 A and 25 W maximum
40 V and 25 W maximum
*For details on control types, see pg. 593.
592 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | LED driver model numbers
Details for building a Lutron® LED driver model number
1
2
1 Choosing a control type input
The following control technologies refer to the signal and wiring between the control on the wall and the
LED driver. The compatibility of a dimmer with a particular LED fixture begins with making sure they both
use the same control method. These control technologies are used in stand-alone applications and control
systems as well as in wired and wireless lighting controls.
Selection of a control is typically driven by the requirements of the project.
Control type
2-Wire forward
phase control
Features
•
•
•
EcoSystem digital
link control
•
•
Typically used for incandescent and
MLV light sources
Generally the only control used for LED
retrofit lamps
Most common method of dimming control
Digitally addressable and allows LED drivers to
communicate and react to environmental changes
Allows for rezoning without rewiring, and all links
are miswire protected
Ideal applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3-Wire control
•
•
•
Requires a third line voltage control wire,
resulting in more precise performance and less
electrical noise
Stable over long wire runs
•
Easily wired
•
•
Retrofit projects
Residential and
commercial system
applications
Applications that
have a neutral wire
in the backbox
Projects requiring digital
control for individual
fixture addressability
Upgrade from analog
0-10 V control
Multi-zone applications
Small, retrofit applications
using
Lutron Energi TriPak®
LED dimming
applications requiring
precise control
For more information, please use the following resources:
LED Driver Selection Tool (www.lutron.com/LEDBuildAModel)
Lutron LED Control Center of Excellence (1.877.DIM.LED8 or email LEDs@lutron.com)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 593
Ballasts and drivers | LED driver model numbers
Details for building a Lutron® LED driver model number
1
2
2 Choosing an LED driver output
Lutron LED drivers offer models for both constant current and constant voltage applications. These two
types of drivers are not interchangeable, and the design of the LED array, decided upon by the fixture
manufacturer, determines which driver is appropriate.
The driver’s output is determined by the design of the fixture’s LED array, and must therefore be selected
by the fixture manufacturer.
Typical applications
Constant
current
•
Down light or sconce
Details
•
•
Constant
voltage
•
•
•
Cove, under-cabinet light
or an area with a variable
number of fixtures
•
•
One light source per driver (much like a fluorescent
lamp with its associated ballast)
For a pre-made LED array designed to operate at
or below a set current level
For one or more LED arrays connected in parallel
Similar to electronic or magnetic low-voltage power
supplies that often have 12 V and 24 V outputs
For more information, please use the following resources:
LED Driver Selection Tool (www.lutron.com/LEDBuildAModel)
Lutron LED Control Center of Excellence (1.877.DIM.LED8 or email LEDs@lutron.com)
594 Volume 2 P/N 367-2066
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Ballasts and drivers | LED driver model numbers
Details for building a Lutron LED driver model number
1
2
Choosing an LED dimming method
2
For constant current LED drivers, there are two mechanisms for dimming: pulse width modulation (PWM)
and constant current reduction (CCR). Constant voltage LED drivers always use PWM. In a PWM driver,
the current is switched at a high frequency between zero and the rated output current. The ratio of on time
to off time determines the perceived light level. In a CCR supply, the current flows continuously at a set
amount to achieve a given light level.
Certain applications may favor a particular dimming method for best results. In most cases, either
approach is suitable.
Driver output
Suitable applications
Pulse width
•
modulation
•
Fixtures that must be dimmed very low and still maintain consistent color
Color mixing applications that require precise levels for each color
(PWM)
•
Most commonly used driver output
Constant
•
current reduction
(CCR)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fixtures requiring a UL Class 2 rated output with an output voltage higher than
the UL Class 2 PWM voltage level
Applications where long wire runs may exist between the driver and the light
engines and high performance dimming is required
Applications that have strict EMI requirements, such as medical suites
Applications with high motion activity or rotating machinery
For more information, please use the following resources:
LED Driver Selection Tool (www.lutron.com/LEDBuildAModel)
Lutron LED Control Center of Excellence (1.877.DIM.LED8 or email LEDs@lutron.com)
Controlling LEDs whitepaper P/N 367-2035 REV B
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 2 P/N 367-2066 595
Software applications and system programming
Programming methods range from
button-press (manual) programming
at the wallstation, to software based
programming from a touch screen.
Methods vary by system, consult the
following pages for more information.
GRAFIK Eye LiasonTM
software
pg. 598
Q-adminTM software
for lights
pg. 599
Q-admin software
for shades
pg. 600
Custom floor plan
software
pg. 601
596
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Green Glance®
software
pg. 602
Personna PC
software
pg. 606
Q-Reporting
software
pg. 603
Q-control+
software
pg. 607
BACnet
software
pg. 604
PC Desktop/Laptop
pg. 608
DALI Emergency
Ballast Management
software
pg. 605
Q-ManagerTM
server
pg. 609
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
HomeWorks® QS
software
pg. 610
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
597
Software applications
GRAFIK Eye Liaison™ software
and system programming
Features and benefits
•
•
Windows-based utility that allows the programming
of a GRAFIK Eye® 4500 series main unit
Programming functionality includes:
–
–
–
–
–
Setting scenes
Identifying load types
Addressing control units
Assigning control units and zones
Scheduling time-of-day and astronomical
time clock events
– Defining sequencing
Shown above: Screen shot of GRAFIK Eye
Liaison software
•
•
In addition, allows the extraction of system
information and backup of the programming data
for archival purposes
Requires Microsoft Windows 95 or later operating
system, or Microsoft Windows NT* version 4.0 or
later to operate
Required hardware
•
•
•
•
GRAFIK Eye 4500 series main unit(s)
Time clock/programming interface
(P/N GRX-CI-PRG)
This component may be used in the
following system(s):
GRAFIK Eye 4000 pg. 213
Download software
598
IBM compatible PC (Pentium 266 MHz,
32 MB RAM, 15 MB free hard drive space,
VGA graphics)
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
* Does not support Microsoft Windows Vista or
Microsoft Windows 7
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Software applications
Q-admin™ software for lights
and system programming
Features and benefits
•
•
•
•
Allows facility staff to manage the electric light and
daylight in the space to maximize energy efficiency,
comfort and productivity:
Control and monitoring
System navigation and status reporting performed
by using a tabular view
Control and monitor the lighting system as follows:
– Area lights can be monitored for status,
turned on/off or sent to a specific level or
predefined scene
– Individual zones may be controlled
– Scenes can be modified in real time
Shown above: Screen shot of Q-Admin software for
lights (QSW-L-PP-A)
•
•
•
•
IntelliDemand allows the application of load shed
reduction to selected areas
Scheduling automates lighting functions by creating
time of day and astronomic time clock events
Diagnostics checks the status of all equipment in
the light control system and provides a status of
OK, Missing, or Unknown
One licensed required per Quantum® processor
Required hardware
•
Q-ManagerTM server
•
Quantum light management hub (Q2 or Q3)
Model numbers
Software
Q-Admin for lights
QSW-L-PP-A
Compatible with the Quantum system.
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
599
Software applications
Q-admin™ software for shades
and system programming
Features and benefits
•
•
Allows facility staff to manage the motorized
window treatments in the space to maximize energy
efficiency, comfort and productivity:
Control and Monitoring
– System navigation and status reporting
performed by using a tabular view
– Area shade groups can be opened/closed, sent
to a preset or sent to a specific position
– Monitor groups for current preset or
position status
Shown above: Screen shot of Q-Admin software for
shades (QSW-L-PP-A)
•
Hyperion® solar adaptive algorithm
– Calculates the sun’s position in the sky relative
to the building and creates a unique shade
adjustment schedule for each facade
– Automatically positions the shade to limit direct
sunlight penetration, which can cause glare and
heat gain
•
•
•
Scheduling automates shade functions (for
shades not operating as part of Hyperion)
by creating time of day and astronomic time
clock events
Diagnostics checks the status of all equipment in
the light control system and provides a status of
OK, Missing, or Unknown
One licensed required per Quantum processor
Required hardware
•
Q-Manager server
•
Quantum light management hub (Q2 or Q3)
Model numbers
Software
Q-Admin for shades
QSW-S-PP-A
Compatible with the Quantum system.
Download specification submittal
600
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Software applications
Custom floorplan software
and system programming
Features and benefits
•
•
•
•
Shown above: Screen shot of custom floorplan
software (CUST-FPS-A)
Simple, intuitive graphical user interface that
provides control of lighting and shades via the
Q-AdminTM software
Enhances the basic tabular view navigation and
reporting offered in Q-Admin
Utilizes reflected ceiling plans of the projects
to provide a visual representation for real-time
monitoring and control that is easily understood
by any user
Provides color-coded feedback of the current
light and window treatment status in each area,
in addition to supplying the current occupied and
daylighting conditions
•
Offers pan and zoom functionality
•
Q-Admin software for lights and/or shades required
Model numbers
Software
Custom floorplan
CUST-FPS-A
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
601
Software applications
Green Glance software
and system programming
®
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Shown above: Screen shot of Green Glance software
(QSW-GGL-PP-A)
•
•
Allows real-time and historical lighting energy
data to be displayed on an LCD display or
computer monitor
Displays lighting energy savings compared to a fullon state, and equivalent savings expressed in terms
of coal not burned and CO2 not emitted
Data is organized in graphical format intended for
public viewing
Maximum of six concurrent Green Glance displays
per system
One license required per Quantum processor
Q-Admin software for lights and Q-Reporting
software required to operate
Required hardware
•
Q-Manager server
•
Quantum light management hub (Q2 or Q3)
•
User-supplied display
(minimum resolution of 1024 x 768) or client PC*
Model numbers
Software
Green Glance
QSW-GGL-PP-A
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
* Must meet the minimum requirements of the Lutron
PC desktop or laptop (see pg. 608)
Download specification submittal
602
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Software applications
and system programming
Q-Reporting software
Features and benefits
Creates the following detailed reports to
simplify operations:
•
Lighting power and energy usage
– Gathers historical information about the
buildings usage
– Provides a comparison of cumulative energy
used over period of time
– Shows power usage over a period of time
•
Shown above: Screen shot of Q-Reporting
software (QSW-RPT-PP-A)
•
•
Lamp maintenance report supplies a list of all
failed fluorescent lamps connected to Ecosystem
or DALI ballasts
System activity reports are detailed reports of
all events that occurred in the system, such as
occupant activity, ballast replacement and time
clock activity
IntelliDemand monitors and displays real-time
building power usage for the current day, assisting
staff in the load shed reduction decision
•
One license required per Quantum processor
•
Q-Admin software for lights required to operate
Required hardware
•
Q-Manager server
•
Quantum light management hub (Q2 or Q3)
Model numbers
Software
Q-Reporting
QSW-RPT-PP-A
Compatible with the Quantum system.
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
603
Software applications
BACnet software
and system programming
Features and benefits
•
Shown above: Screen shot of BACnet software
(QSW-BAC-PP-A)
•
•
Enables a third-party building management systems
to control, monitor and manage lights
and shades within the Quantum system
Share information, such as occupancy, power
usage, and lighting level status with other
control systems
One license required per Quantum® processor
Required hardware
•
Quantum light management hub (Q2 or Q3)
Optional software
•
•
•
Q-Admin software for lighting—required for each
processor in the system if controlling lights
Q-Admin software for shades—required for each
processor in system if controlling motorized
window treatments
Q-Reporting—required for each processor if power
data via BACnet is required
Model numbers
Software
BACnet
QSW-BAC-PP-A
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Download specification submittal
604
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Software applications
and system programming
DALI emergency ballast
management software
Features and benefits
•
•
Provides the ability to monitor, manage and test
DALI emergency devices that are connected to the
Quantum® system
Allows the user to schedule and perform functional
and duration tests for all DALI emergency ballasts
in system
– Functional—verifies proper communication with
system, checks for lamp failures and confirms
that the batter circuit is functional
– Duration—verifies that the batteries attached to
the devices operate within their limits
•
Shown above: Screen shot of DALI Emergency
Ballast Management software (QSW-DEM-PP-A)
•
Permits user to group the ballasts into one of seven
emergency groups and to define the day of the
week that each group will be tested
Allows the user to configure the amount of time
the devices will stay at the emergency light level
after an event has ended and normal power has
been restored
•
One license required per Quantum® processor
•
Q-AdminTM software for lights required to operate
Required hardware
•
Q-ManagerTM server
•
Quantum light management hub (Q2 or Q3)
•
DALI Emergency ballasts must be connected to
Quantum system via a Lutron® Energi Savr NodeTM
with DALI main unit (see pg. 605)
Model numbers
Software
DALI Emergency Ballast
Management
QSW-DEM-PP-A
Compatible with the Quantum system.
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
605
Software applications
and system programming
Personna® PC software
Features and benefits
•
•
Allows the occupants of the building personal
control of their lighting and window treatments from
any device that can run a web browser, further
enhancing comfort and productivity
Supported web browsers include:
–
–
–
–
•
Shown above: Screen shot of Personna PC
software (QSW-PPC-PS-A)
•
•
•
Microsoft Internet Explorer (Version 7 or higher)
Mozilla Firefox (Version 3 or higher)
Apple Safari (Version 4 or higher)
Google Chrome (Version 8 or higher)
Grants control of the lighting* (from individual fixture
to entire area) and window treatments (individual
shade to group of shades) by individual users
User can save their favorite light level and shade
position so that it’s easily recalled by clicking the
Preset button
One license required per seat; maximum of
10,000 users
Requires connection to corporate network and
Q-Manager server and access to email server
Required hardware
•
Q-Manager server
•
Quantum light management hub (Q2 or Q3)
•
Separate server (Microsoft Internet Information
Services) to host Personna PC website for
500 users or more
Model numbers
Software
Personna PC
QSW-PPC-PS-A
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
* Daylight harvesting, high-end tuning and
IntelliDemand load shed will limit the maximum
light levels and energy usage
Download specification submittal
606
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Software applications
and system programming
Q-Control+ software
Features and benefits
•
•
•
Allows control and programming of the Quantum®
system via an Apple® iPad® mobile digital device on
a local area network (LAN) or corporate intranet
Provides mobile control and monitoring of area
lighting and window treatments
Offers editing functionality*:
– Adjust area scene lighting levels and
shade presets
– Change area scene fade and delay times
– Make zones unaffected in scenes
•
Shown above: Screen shot of Q-Control+
iPad app
•
•
•
•
Provides area access control to restrict access
to specific areas
Utilize as a hand-held device or a wall-mounted
touchscreen
Supports English, Spanish, French,
German, Simplified Chinese and Brazilian
Portuguese languages
One license required per iPad mobile device
Requires Quantum version 2.6 or later, Lutron®
Q-Control+ app downloaded from the iTunes® Store
and a standard wireless network to operate
Required hardware
Model numbers
•
Q-ManagerTM server or PC desktop/laptop
•
Quantum light management hub (Q2 or Q3)
•
iPad mobile digital device
Software
Q-Control+
QSW-MC-PS-A
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
* When utilizing GRAFIK Eye QS as load controller
within system, reconfiguration of scenes is done
from the GRAFIK Eye QS main unit not the
mobile app; app cannot control contact closure
output zones
iPad and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the
U.S. and other countries.
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
607
Software applications
PC desktop/laptop
and system programming
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Desktop or laptop PC used to run the Quantum®
light management software application
Q-AdminTM or the Green Glance® energy savings
display software (one PC needed per Green
Glance terminal)
Dedicated for Lutron® Quantum software only
Intended for periodic use only; a server-based
machine is required for 24/7 operation
Minimum hardware configuration required
PC desktop
•
Single Intel CPU with minimum speed of 2.0 GHz
•
512 MB RAM
•
36 GB hard drive
•
•
One 10/100/1000 Ethernet network interface for
communication to Quantum® light management
hub(s) or Q-Manager™ server
17 in. (43 cm) monitor/LCD screen of
1024 x 768 resolution
•
48X CD/DVD-ROM drive
•
3 USB 2.0 port (desktop) or 1 USB 2.0 port (laptop)
Software required
•
Licensed installation of U.S. English Microsoft®
Windows® 7 Professional
PC laptop
Model numbers*
PC
Desktop
QS-A-CMP-D-0
Laptop
QS-A-CMP-L-0
Compatible with the Quantum system.
•
This component may be used in the
following system(s):
Quantum® pg. 612
* PC desktop or laptop may be supplied by customer
(P/N QS-A-CMP-DBO-0 or QS-A-CMP-LBO-0,
must meet all minimum requirements listed.
Download specification submittal
608
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Software applications
Q-Manager™—server
and system programming
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Dedicated server used to collect and record data
from the Quantum® system
Server is dedicated for Lutron® Quantum
software only
All Lutron rack mount servers come with rails for
a standard 4-post rack only
Two versions available: standard or high-reliability
Minimum hardware configuration required
•
•
•
•
Server (QS-A-CMP-S-0)
•
Model numbers*
Standard Server
Tower server with keyboard,
mouse, monitor and UPS
QS-A-CMP-S-0
Rack Mount server with UPS
QS-A-CMP-S-K
Rack mount server with a rack
QS-A-CMP-S-C
mount console with a keyboard,
mouse, slide-out monitor and UPS
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
Single Intel Xenon processor with minimum speed
of 2.0 GHz or Dual Core Intel processor with
minimum speed of 1.86 GHz
2 GB RAM minimum
80 GB hard drive (hot-swappable RAID 5 hard drive
—3 hard drives—included with high reliability only)
Two 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports*—one for
communication to Quantum panels and one for
communication to corporate intranet
17 in. (43 cm) monitor with 1024 x 768 resolution
and graphics card capable of same resolution
•
48X CD/DVD-ROM driver
•
4 USB 2.0 ports
•
Dual hot-swappable power supplies
Software required
•
Licensed installation of U.S. English Microsoft
Windows Server 2008 Pack 1
High Reliability Server
Tower server with keyboard,
mouse, monitor and UPS
QS-A-CMP-R-0
Rack Mount server with UPS
QS-A-CMP-R-K
Rack mount server with a rack
QS-A-CMP-R-C
mount console with a keyboard,
mouse, slide-out monitor and UPS
Compatible with the Quantum® system.
* Server may be supplied by customer
(P/N QS-A-CMP-SBO-0), must meet all
minimum requirements listed
** Only one Ethernet port required if all Quantum
panels and client PCs are on same network
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
609
Software applications
QS software
Software
applications andHomeWorks
system programming
|
and system programming
®
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
Shown above: Screen shot of HomeWorks QS software
Design the system by defining controls, loads, and
equipment, and assigning the devices to links; a
customized device toolbox can be tailored to your
design preferences
Program the system by creating presets/scenes,
assigning items, scheduling time clock events, and
occupancy sensing settings
Integrate third-party devices, such as HVAC and
A/V systems, using Lutron integration protocol
Provides commissioning support through
communication diagnostics
Creates customized report packages—bill of
material, load schedule, wiring, and engraving
Required hardware
•
610
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
PC desktop/laptop
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
611
Quantum®®Select
Quantum
Select|
Quantum Select packages are
simple, cost-effective options for
adding select capabilities of larger,
centralized lighting and energy
management systems to smaller,
more specialized applications
Ideal for standalone or panel-based
projects that desire only select
Quantum functionality, Quantum
Select packaged solutions include
a light management hub and the
appropriate software licenses.
Available functionality
•
Time clock
•
Building integration
•
Solar-adaptive shade control
•
Energy display and reporting
•
Central control of lights
•
Central control of shades
All Quantum Select packages come
ready to add occupancy/vacancy
sensing, daylight harvesting, highend trim and personal control;
additional components required.
612 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Quantum® Select |
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 613
Quantum® Select | Packages
Shades
Lights
HVAC
BACnet
Central time clock package
Building systems integration package
Designed for projects that require a simple,
cost-effective and scalable system, the Central
Control package provides the ability to adjust
and monitor your lighting control system easily
from a computer. Package includes light
management hub (QP3) and Q-Admin for
lights software.
Ideal for integrating a Lutron light control system
with a third-party building management system,
the Building System Integration package
provides the necessary software licenses to
manage your building from a single point of
control. Package includes light management
hub (QP3), Q-Admin for lights and BACnet
software licenses.
Features and benefits
•
•
•
Features and benefits
Provide automatic control of a Lutron system
with an astronomic time clock
•
Manage and monitor electric light and daylight
for maximum energy efficiency, comfort and
productivity
•
Meet automatic shutoff requirements (for all
major codes and standards)
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
Provide automatic control of a Lutron system
with an astronomic time clock
Easily integrate with other building systems for a
single point of control
Native BACnet eliminates the need for additional
interfaces or gateways
Manage and monitor electric light and daylight
for maximum energy efficiency, comfort and
productivity
Share sensor information between systems to
reduce material costs and energy bills
Download specification submittal
Model numbers
Model numbers
Quantum Select package
Quantum Select package
Central control
QSL-BAS-PKG
Compatible with the Quantum system.
Building system integration
QSL-BMS-PKG
Compatible with the Quantum system.
614 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Quantum® Select | Packages
Hyperion package
Green Glance package
Designed for buildings that have direct exposure
to daylight, the Hyperion package is ideal for
applications that will utilize automatic shading
systems to control the amount of daylight
entering a space based on the position of the
sun. Package includes light management hub
(QP3) and Q-Admin for shades software license.
Intended for organizations focused on
monitoring and promoting energy use to
facilitate effective energy management, the
Green Glance package features display software
that provides real-time and historical data on
lighting energy savings. Package includes
light management hub (QP3) and Q-Admin
for shades, Q-Reporting and Green Glance
software licenses.
Features and benefits
•
•
•
•
•
Automatically adjust shades based on time of
day and position of the sun (solar-adaptive)
Features and benefits
Provide centralized control and monitoring
capability for shades
•
Increase employee productivity and comfort by
reducing glare
•
Reduce HVAC costs by minimizing solar
heat gain
Save money by minimizing maintenance
requirements
•
•
•
Download specification submittal
Provide automatic control of a Lutron system
with an astronomic time clock
Use the GreenGlance display to help promote
your energy saving efforts to visitors and
employees
Evaluate energy usage and identify opportunities
for increased efficiency
Adjust and refine light control strategies based
on system data
Manage and monitor electric light and daylight
for maximum energy efficiency, comfort and
productivity
Download specification submittal
Model numbers
Model numbers
Quantum Select package
Quantum Select package
Hyperion
QSL-HYP-PKG
Compatible with the Quantum system.
GreenGlance
QSL-GG-PKG
Compatible with the Quantum system.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 615
Shading systems
The Sivoia QS family of wired and
wireless shading systems utilize an
ultra-quiet, precision controlled
Electronic Drive Unit with Intelligent
Hembar Alignment (IHA). Sivoia QS
wired and wireless drive units are
available for a variety of shade styles.
®
Options include:
•
Roller shades
•
Tensioned shades/skylight shades
•
Roman shades with
CERUS technology
®
•
Drapery tracks
•
Kirbé vertical drapery systems
•
Venetian blinds
•
Insulating Honeycomb Shades
®
616 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 617
Shading systems | Styles
•
•
•
•
•
Controllable roller shades
Tensioned shades
Roller shades are designed for ultra-quiet,
precision control of daylight.
The tensioned shade combines Lutron®
technology with a new patent-pending
tension system. Fabric is kept taut and
parallel to window or skylight regardless
of slope.
Available models: roller 20TM, roller 64TM,
roller 100TM, roller 150TM, roller 225TM,
roller 200CW, and roller 300TM
Provides maximum window coverage with
the smallest possible light gaps, .75 in
(19 mm) between the shade fabric and the
window frame
Light gaps are symmetrical on both
sides of shade
Convenient one-touch control from elegant
keypads and intuitive handheld remotes
Wired and/or wireless controls
•
Manual shades also available
•
•
•
Uniform, precision movement of
multiple shades
•
•
•
•
•
Ability to group multiple shades together on
a drive with angled and in‑line couplers
•
Available with all Lutron roller shade fabrics.
Commercial options are also available
•
•
618
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Available models: roller 100, 150,
and 300
Unique tension-absorbing frame
eliminates stress on the surrounding
ceiling structure
Angle of installation between
- 135° and + 135° for bottom up,
angles, and skylight installations
Meet-in-the-middle module uses two
tension shades in one frame to cover
openings up to 24 ft
Inside, recessed, and outside surface
mounting options
Light blocking fascia eliminates gaps
around fabric when closed
Pre-assembled shipping available to
make installation more convenient
Available with all Lutron roller shade
fabrics. Commercial options are also
available
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Shading systems | Styles
Kirbé® vertical drapery system *
An entirely new type of window
treatment that smoothly pulls
the drapery up and out of the way,
eliminating stackback.
•
Available model: roller 100™
•
Exclusive to Lutron®—an industry first
•
•
•
Custom sized cornices are available in
multiple shapes and fabric options
Offered in several sheer colors
and styles
Pair with a blackout roller shade for
room-darkening capability
Drapery systems and
finished draperies *
Provide privacy with elegant draperies
of any fabric and color.
•
•
Available models: D105, D145, and D175
Available in pinch pleat and ripple
fold styles
•
Operates up to 175 lb (79.40 kg) draperies
•
Left, right, and center-draw drapery
•
Single or dual drapery tracks available
•
Straight and custom-curved tracks
•
•
Custom sized cornices are available in
multiple shapes and fabric options
Can be used with a Lutron finished
drapery or other standard draperies
* Shown without cornice
For further information on Lutron shading systems please see Lutron Shading Solutions Product
Guide P/N 367-1455, visit our website, www.lutron.com/shadingsolutions, or contact shades
customer service at 1.800.446.1503.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
619
Shading systems | Styles
Roman shades with
CERUS® safety technology
The Cord Eliminating Roman
Uptake System (CERUS)
eliminates lifting cords
associated with normal
Roman shade construction
and creates safer shades with
silent and smoother operation.
•
•
•
Venetian blinds
Venetian blinds maintain
uniform tilt and lift positions
across blinds and combines
smooth, quiet motion with
independent control of lift
and tilt.
•
Available models: roller 64™,
roller 100™, and roller 150™
Offered in four unique pleat
styles for soft fabrics and flat
style for woven woods
Available with Lutron Roman
shades in soft fabrics and
woven woods. Commercial
options are also available
•
•
•
620
Blinds feature Intelligent
Hembar Alignment™,
a hallmark of all Lutron®
shading systems, which
maintains hembar position
within 0.125 in (3 mm) at
all times
System provides the ability
to store and recall presets
Full range of tilt can be
adjusted in either direction
down to a fixed tilt angle
With more than 50 wood
colors, 14 aluminum choices,
23 optional decorative tapes
and four valance styles, your
intelligent blind can be
tailored to complement
any décor
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Sivoia® QS Wireless insulating
honeycomb shades
Battery-powered, wire-free,
remote-controlled shades set a
new standard of affordability and
provide excellent insulation for
your windows, saving energy.
•
•
•
•
•
Adjust shades with a wire-free
handheld or wall-mounted
remote control from anywhere
in the room
Set multiple shades in motion
with a single button press
Lutron Triathlon® power
technology utilizes a hybrid drive
design and ultra-efficient standby
power, which extends the battery
life to three years*
Offered in a variety of fabrics,
colors, styles and textures, all
with cord-free operation
Air pockets trap heat to provide
superior insulation for enhanced
energy efficiency
* 3-year battery life based on two complete
up and two complete down movements
per day assuming a 3 ft wide by 5 ft tall
shade using light-filtering fabric. Battery
life can vary between two to five years
depending on shade size and fabric
selection.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Shading systems | Fabrics
Product type
Fabric collection
Fabric options
Additional options
Sheer
Bottom bar style
No
Dim-out
Bottom bar style
No
Blackout
Bottom bar style
Gallery™ collection
Sheer
Bottom bar style
(ABB style required)
No
COM (see below)
Dim-out
Bottom bar style
(ABB style required)
No
Sheer
Frame color
No
Dim-out
Frame color
No
Blackout
Frame color
No
Pinch pleats
Liner options
Ripplefold
Liner options
Optional roller 64™
blackout shade
Cornice styles
Hobbled style
Liner options
Knife style
Liner options
Flat style
Liner options
Casual style
Liner options
Classico™ collection
Roller shades
Tensioned shades
Drapery track
Kirbé® vertical
drapery system
Classico collection
Avant™ collection
COM (see below)
Avant collection
Avant collection
Roman shades
with CERUS®
safety technology
COM (see below)
Cornice
Avant collection
Venetian blinds
Venetian collection
Insulating
honeycomb shades
Insulating
honeycomb
collection
Soft fabrics
Sheer fabrics
and privacy
Soft fabrics
Sill angle
Side channel
Liner options
Woven woods
Flat style
Soft fabrics
Shape
No
Wood slats
Valance style
(optional)
Decorative tape
Aluminum slats
Edge binding
No
Light filtering
Room
darkening
Headrail materials
variability
No
Sheer
Customer’s Own Material (COM) is an option when designing roller shades, Romans shades with
CERUS technology, finished drapery panels and cornices. Please contact shades customer service for
more information at 1.800.446.1503.
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
621
Shading systems | Fabrics
Choosing the right fabric is critical to a successful shading project. Select from sheer, dim-out, or blackout
fabrics to find a solution that’s right for your project.
The Classico™ Collection
For larger roller shade applications, durable and
long-lasting fabrics are a necessity. The Classico Collection
by Lutron® includes wide roll widths, fire-rated materials,
and an array of sustainable options.
The Gallery Collection
The Gallery Collection by Lutron offers a variety of colors,
textures, and patterns to accent any residential décor.
Add beauty to traditional roller shades with interesting
patterns, intricate weaves, sophisticated suedes, or
colorful linens.
The Avant™ Collection
Featuring woven woods, sheers, and soft fabrics,
the Avant Collection offers over 100 contemporary
and traditional materials for Kirbé® vertical drapery
systems, cornices, finished drapery systems, and
Roman shades with CERUS® safety technology.
Insulating Honeycomb Fabric Collection
Insulating honeycomb shades come in a variety of
colors and textures to complement any style.
Available in single-cell and double-cell options and
with light-filtering, room darkening, and sheer fabrics.
Lutron Venetian Blinds
Options include an extensive line of genuine hardwoods,
available in designer paints or rich wood stains, painted
or brushes aluminum choices, decorative tapes, and four
valance styles. All slats come with finished ends for the
finest quality.
Sustainability
Often fabrics are manufactured with chemicals to make them durable. Lutron sustainable fabrics reduce or
remove many of these chemicals in order to improve indoor air quality. Others are made from recycled content
in order to protect the environment. GreenScreen® Revive fabric is comprised of 89% REPREVE® polyester
(pre- and post-consumer waste) recycled content, which is sourced primarily from plastic water bottles.
Visit www.lutron.com/greenscreen to find out more about Lutron’s green fabric offering.
622
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Shading systems | Power options
Power supplies
QS link individual power supply
4.00 in (102 mm)
2.75 in (70 mm)
Features
•
•
•
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
QS link power supply
•
•
Works with Sivoia® QS wired and wireless shades
24 V DC supply that provides power to shades,
drapery drive units, keypads, and accessories
Simple wiring scheme uses 4-conductor,
low-voltage link to provide power and
communication for QS electronic drive units
(EDUs), seeTouch® QS keypads and QS
integration interfaces
Mounting tabs and small size allow for
discrete installation
Universal input voltage (100-240 V AC)
enables global specification
Sivoia QS Wireless 120 V power supply panel
(10 output)
9.50 in (241 mm)
Features
•
•
•
17.50 in (444 mm)
•
Works with Sivoia QS Wireless shades
24 V DC supply that provides power to shades
and drapery drive units
10 output panel provides power for 10-30 shades
based on shade dimensions
Up to two power panels on a 120 V x 20 A feed.
Also available in other voltages
3.90 in
(99 mm)
profile
Sivoia QS wireless 120 V power
supply panel with lid removed
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
623
Shading systems | Power options
Power supplies
Sivoia® QS wired power supply panel (10 output)
9.50 in (241 mm)
Features
•
•
•
17.50 in (444 mm)
•
•
•
3.90 in
(99 mm)
profile
Sivoia QS wired power supply
panel with cover removed
•
•
•
4.31 in (109 mm)
24 V DC supply that provides power to shades,
drapery drive units, keypads, and accessories
Simple wiring scheme uses 4-conductor low-voltage
link to provide power and communication for both
QS electronic drive units (EDUs) and seeTouch®
QS keypads
Flexible wiring topology for easy installation
and integration
10 output panel provides power for 10 to 30 shades
based on shade dimensions
Smart diagnostics reduce installation time and
system verification
Confirms system communication and facilitates
system installation
Provides easy system testing with manual override
buttons for shades
Up to two power panels on a 120 V x 20 A feed.
Also available in other voltages
QS J-box Power Supply
4.10 in (104 mm)
0.31 in
(8 mm)
profile
QS J-box Power Supply
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
624
Works with Sivoia QS wired shades
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Works with Sivoia QS wired and wireless shades
24 V supply that provides power to shades,
keypads (wired only), and accessories (wired only)
Simple wiring scheme uses 4-conductor,
low-voltage link to provide power and
communication for both QS electronic drive units
(EDUs) and seeTouch QS keypads
Flexible wiring topology for easy installation
and integration
Form factor allows the power supply to be hidden
in utility spaces
The J-box power supply is mounted on a four inch
square junction box
The power supply os protected electronically in
the event of a miswire, and will automatically reset
when wiring is correct
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Shading systems | Power options
Power supplies
Energi Savr Node™ with EcoSystem®
for shades
16.00 in (406 mm)
Features
•
•
•
24.50 in (622 mm)
•
•
•
•
4.50 in
(114 mm)
profile
•
24 V- supply that provides power to QS shades,
drapery drive units, keypads, and accessories
Controls up to 128 EcoSystem Ballasts
Simple wiring scheme uses 4-conductor low
voltage link to provide power and communication
for QS devices
Flexible wiring topology for easy installation
and integration
10 output panel provides power for 10-30 shades
based on shade dimensions
Smart diagnostics reduce installation time and
system verification
Confirms system communication and facilitates
system installation
Provides easy system testing with manual
override buttons for shades and lighting
EcoSystem with shades Energi Savr
NodeTM with cover removed
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
625
Shading systems | Power options
Power supplies
Insulating Honeycomb Shade plug-in supply
1.50 in
(39 mm)
1.30 in
(33 mm)
profile
Features
•
3.40 in (86 mm)
•
•
•
•
Electronic over current and over
temperature protection
Class 2 12 V DC power supply for Insulating
Honeycomb Shades
Simple installation—supply output plug
can be connected directly to a Insulating
Honeycomb Shade
Unobtrusive—same form factor as a typical cell
phone charger
Energy efficient—International Efficiency Level V
Insulating Honeycomb Shade
plug-in supply
Insulating Honeycomb Shade power panel
power supply
9.25 in (234,95 mm)
Features
•
•
13.25 in (337 mm)
•
•
•
3.16 in
(80 mm)
profile
Universal input voltage 120-240 V~ 50/60 Hz
Electronic over current and over
temperature protection
Class 2 12 V DC supply that can power up to
10 Insulating Honeycomb Shades
Simple wiring scheme uses 2-conductor low
voltage link to provide power
Energy efficient—International Efficiency Level V,
Energy Star 2.0 & CeC compliant
Insulating Honeycomb Shade
panel power supply
626
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Shading systems | Control options
Compatible controls via other Lutron systems
Wired controls
seeTouch® QS
keypads
GRAFIK Eye® QS main units
Wireless controls
Sivoia® QS
wireless keypads
Sivoia QS wireless
tabletop keypads
Pico® wireless
controls
IR remote
controls
For further information on Lutron shading systems please see Lutron Shading Solutions Product
Guide P/N: 367-1455, visit our website, www.lutron.com/shadingsolutions, or contact shades
customer service at 1.800.446.1503
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
627
Shading systems | Control options
Mobile devices
If you have a residential Lutron system, you can
control your shades from your mobile device with
a Lutron® app—as well as lights, temperature,
and small appliances—even when you’re away
from home.
Time clocks (Time of day control)
A time clock works in conjunction with a home or
commercial building control system to automatically
raise or lower your shades based on programmed
times. For example, shades can be set to lower
automatically every day at noon to block harsh
sunlight and protect interiors and furnishings.
Third-party integration
Shade control (as well as lights) can be integrated
with other manufacturer’s systems, such as security,
for another level of control. If the security system
is triggered, shades can open and interior and/or
exterior lights can flash.
628
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Shading systems |
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
629
Wallplates and accessories
Wallplates come in a variety of
colors, opening styles and grouping
configurations. Combine these with
accessories such as receptacles,
cables, enclosures and other devices
to finalize your project.
Architectural wallplates
and accessories
pg. 632
Wallplates and
accessories include:
•
Single and multi-gang wallplates
•
Custom control options
•
Engraving options
•
Cable and wiring
Designer Claro®/
Satin Colors® wallplates
and accessories
pg. 640
International
accessories
pg. 647
International square
wallplate for Pico®
pg. 653
630 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
QS link
power supplies
pg. 655
Electronic low-voltage
transformer
pg. 656
Lamp socket wiring tester
pg. 657
Lockable cover
pg. 658
Enclosure for QS
control interfaces
pg. 659
Mounting rack for QS
control interfaces
pg. 660
Cable/wiring
pg. 661
Ganging
and derating
pg. 665
Engraving
pg. 667
Custom
control options
pg. 669
Mounting
pg. 664
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 631
Wallplates and accessories | Architectural
4.56 in (116 mm)
0.30 in (8 mm)
4.56 in (116 mm)
Shown actual size: 2-gang Architectural matte wallplate in White
(VWP-2R-WH)
Product family features
•
•
•
Product comes with crisp beveled edge
•
Architectural wallplates can be used with
insert style seeTouch® QS keypads, QS
keyswitches and accessories
All Lutron wallplates are screwless, seamless,
and have no visible hardware; the front plate
securely snaps into the alignment adapter plate
•
Customize your Architectural wallplate with
engraving or by adding a corporate logo,
contact customer service to get started at
1.888.LUTRON1
Matte finish wallplates can be custom
colored to perfectly match a paint color
number, swatch, or sample
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
632 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Architectural
Color options
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: VWP-R-SI)
Architectural matte finishes
WH
White
LA
Light Almond
AL
Almond
BE
Beige
GR
Gray
SI
Sienna
BR
Brown
BL
Black
IV
Ivory
TP
Taupe
QZ
Antique Bronze
Architectural metal finishes*
BN
Bright Nickel
BC
CLA
SC
Bright Chrome Clear Anodized Satin Chrome
Aluminum
SN
Satin Nickel
AU
Gold Plated
BB
Bright Brass
QB
BLA
Antique Brass Black Anodized
Aluminum
BRA
SB
Brass Anodized Satin Brass
Aluminum
*Metal finish wallplates include black plastic trim/adapter, visible from side. Match with separate
Black (BL) or Midnight (MN) controls.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 633
Wallplates and accessories | Architectural
Wallplate options
1-gang*
VWP-R-XX1
W: 2.75 in (70 mm); H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Profile: 0.30 in (8 mm)
2-gang*
VWP-2R-XX1
W: 4.56 in (116 mm); H: 4.56 in (116 mm)
Profile: 0.30 in (8 mm)
Multiple devices with line and low-voltage can
be mounted behind a common wallplate using a
standard barrier backbox. See application note
#213 (combining low-voltage and line-voltage wiring
devices in a multi-gang box) at
www.lutron.com/applicationnotes.
XX1: Architectural matte color codes,
see pg. 633.
For metal finishes, contact Customer
Service at 1.888.LUTRON1.
634 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Multi-gang dimmer installations may require
derating, see pg. 665.
*Metal finish wallplates include black plastic
trim/adapter, visible from side. Match with
separate Black (BL) controls.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Architectural
Custom Architectural wallplates
Custom configurations, colors, engraving and
silkscreenings available. Contact customer
service 1.888.LUTRON1.
Custom multi-gang wallplates required for the
following cases:
•
Multi-gang metal finishes
•
Full-capacity ganging ("No Fins Broken")
•
Large Nova Tb controls (1500/2000 W)
•
Nova controls
For further information, go to
www.lutron.com/customganging
4-5
0256
ve
Mau
4-4
urple
0256
tic P
Majes
4-3
0256
low
Lily G
Custom coloring available for all Architectural
matte finish wallplates. Contact Customer Service
at 1.888.LUTRON1.
Custom engraving available for all Traditional,
Designer, Architectural and New Architectural
style wallplates (except Stainless Steel).
For wallplate engraving schedules, go to
www.lutron.com/engraving
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 635
Wallplates and accessories | Architectural
Cable jack
•
•
F-style, 75-Ohm
coaxial cable
Includes 1-gang wallplate
Single cable jack*
NT-CJ-XX1
Telephone jack
•
6-conductor jack, RJ11
•
Includes 1-gang wallplate
Single telephone jack*
NT-PJ-XX1
Multiple devices with line and low-voltage can
be mounted behind a common wallplate using
a standard barrier backbox, see Application
Note #213 (Combining Low-Voltage and LineVoltage Wiring Devices in a Multi-Gang Box) at
www.lutron.com/applicationnotes.
XX1: Architectural matte color codes, see pg. 633
(1-gang wallplate included)
636 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
*Metal finishes are only available as separate
wallplates. Match with separate Black (BL)
controls and accessories.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Architectural
Receptacles
Isolated ground receptacles
•
•
Includes 1-gang wallplate
•
Tamper resistant receptacles
include tamper resistant shutter
mechanism (shutters are white)
•
•
Tamper resistant receptacles*
Receptacle is orange
for easy ID and circuit delineation
Model number color code is for
wallplate only
Includes 1-gang wallplate
Isolated ground receptacles*
15 A
125 V
NTR-15-TR-XX1
15 A
125 V
NTR-15-IG-OR-XX1
20 A
125 V
NTR-20-TR-XX1
20 A
125 V
NTR-20-IG-OR-XX1
15 A
125 V
NTR-15-XX1
20 A
125 V
NTR-20-XX1
Receptacles
GFCI/GFTR receptacles
•
•
•
•
Press test button to confirm
LED indicator status
Press reset button to reset
GFCI after circuit interruption
Includes 1-gang wallplate
Tamper resistant shutter
mechanism (shutters are white)
Tamper resistant GFCI receptacles*
15 A
125 V
GFCI
NTR-15-GFTR-XX1
20 A
125 V
GFCI
NTR-20-GFTR-XX1
XX1: Architectural matte color codes, see pg. 633
(1-gang wallplate included)
*Metal finishes are only available as separate
wallplates. Match with separate Black (BL)
controls and accessories.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 637
Wallplates and accessories | Architectural
Receptacles for dual dimming use
Replacement plugs for dimming
(use with receptacles for dimming use)
Duplex for dimming
both connected loads
•
This plug required for use with
Lutron receptacles for dimming
use—plug will work in standard
receptacle
•
Projecting nubs prevent standard
plugs from being used
•
Requires replacement plugs for
dimming use, see next page
•
Easily replaces the existing plugs
on lamps
•
Includes 1-gang wallplate
•
Tamper resistant
shutter mechanism
(shutters are white)
•
Dual dimming, tamper resistant
15 A
120/125 V*
NTR-15-DDTR-XX1
20 A
120/125 V*
NTR-20-DDTR-XX1
120/125 V
White
RP-FDU-10-WH
120/125 V
Brown
UL/CSA/NOM regulatory approvals
RP-FDU-10-BR
Important application notes:
Receptacles and plugs for dimming use are UL
listed for use with Lutron controls included in this
catalog
•
Receptacles for half dimming use
Top half for dimming
•
If there is only one electrical feed to the receptacle,
then the duplex DDTR must be used
•
Projecting nub prevents standard
plug from being used
•
If the hot and dimmed hot feeds to the split
duplex HDTR are supplied from different circuits
or split-wired, with separate switch-legs, a means
to simultaneously disconnect these circuits must
be provided at the panel board where they
originate (NEC 210.7(C) 2002 Edition). A 2-pole
circuit breaker or two single-pole circuit breakers
with an approved handle tie can be used to
accomplish this simultaneous disconnect. Feedthrough dimming panels, which are those without
breakers, are recommended when using the HDTR.
•
Requires replacement plugs for
dimming use
•
Bottom half is a general use
receptacle and will fit standard
duplex plugs
•
Includes 1-gang wallplate
•
Tamper resistant
shutter mechanism
(shutters are white)
•
Half dimming, tamper resistant
•
15 A
120/125 V*
NTR-15-HDTR-XX1
20 A
120/125 V*
NTR-20-HDTR-XX1
XX1: Architectural matte color codes, see pg. 633
(1-gang wallplate included)
638 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
For detailed information, see Application Notes #91
(Guide to Dimming Table Lamps) and #109 (Guide
to Dimming Portable Lamps via Receptacles) at
www.lutron.com/applicationnotes.
*Metal finishes are only available as separate
wallplates. Match with separate Black (BL)
controls and accessories.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Architectural
Theatrical receptacles
Field customizable 6-port frame
•
•
•
•
Shipped with six blanks in
matching colors
•
Connectors sold separately
Connectors snap in
(no tools required)
Provide standard pinout for
DMX512 theatrical protocol
•
Five-pin XLR-style jack
•
Includes 1-gang wallplate
Includes 1-gang wallplate
6-port frame*
NT-6PF-XX1
Male jack, stageboard
Female jack, fixture equipment
NT-DMXJ-IN-WH
NT-DMXJ-OUT-WH
Connectors for 6-port frame
Telephone/network jacks
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 3
CON-1P-C3-XX2
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 5e
CON-1P-C5E-XX2
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 6
CON-1P-C6-XX2
Fiber jacks
MT-RJ feed through
CON-1F-MTRJ-WH
SC simplex
CON-1F-SC-WH
LC non-flush mount
CON-1F-LC-WH
ST style
CON-1F-ST-WH
Cable jack
F-style,
75-Ohm coaxial cable
CON-1C-XX2
BNC jack
BNC connector, 50-Ohm
CON-1B-WH
Connectors only for use with 6-port frame.
Multiple devices with line and low-voltage can
be mounted behind a common wallplate using
a standard barrier backbox, see Application
Note #213 (Combining Low-Voltage and Line
Voltage Wiring Devices in a Multi-Gang Box) at
www.lutron.com/applicationnotes.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
XX1: Architectural matte color codes, see pg. 633
XX2: Only available in White (WH) and Black (BL)
*Metal finishes are only available as separate
wallplates. Match with separate Black (BL)
controls and accessories.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 639
Wallplates and accessories | Designer Claro /Satin Colors
®
®
4.75 in (121 mm)
0.31 in (8 mm)
4.69 in (119 mm)
Shown actual size: 2-gang Claro® wallplate in gloss White (CW-2-WH)
Product family features
•
•
Product comes with rounded edges to match
designer-style controls
Designer wallplates can be used with,
HomeWorks® QS dimmer/switches/keypads,
seeTemp wall controls, Pico® wireless controls,
Pico wired controls, EcoSystem® wallstations,
insert style seeTouch® and seeTouch QS
keypads and accessories.
•
•
•
•
All Lutron wallplates are screwless, seamless
and have no visible hardware; the front plate
securely snaps into the alignment adapter plate
Full line of wiring devices in designer-style opening
Blank inserts available for gloss colors (DV-BI-) and
Satin Colors® (SC-BI-)
Customize your designer wallplate with engraving;
contact customer service to get started at
1.888.LUTRON1
Download high resolution product image
Download engraving sheet for faceplates
640 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Designer Claro /Satin Colors
®
®
Color options
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: SC-1-PL)
Gloss finishes
LA
Light Almond
AL
Almond
IV
Ivory
GR
Gray
BR
Brown
BL
Black
SW
Snow
LS
Limestone
BI
Biscuit
ES
Eggshell
PD
Palladium
TP
Taupe
ST
Stone
BG
Bluestone
PL
Plum
SG
Sea Glass
TQ
Turquoise
GS
Goldstone
DS
Desert Stone
GB
Greenbriar
MS
Mocha Stone
TC
Terracotta
SI
Sienna
HT
Hot
MR
Merlot
MN
Midnight
WH
White
Satin finishes
SS
Stainless Steel
*Stainless Steel finish only available as separate wallplate. Match with separate Black (BL) or Midnight (MN)
controls and accessories.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 641
Wallplates and accessories | Designer Claro /Satin Colors
®
®
Designer wallplates
1-gang*
CW-1-XX1
SC-1-XX2
W: 2.94 in (75 mm); H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
2-gang*
CW-4-XX1
SC-4-XX2
W: 8.37 in (213 mm); H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
CW-2-XX1
SC-2-XX2
5-gang*
CW-5-XX1
SC-5-XX2
W: 10.18 in (259 mm); H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Multiple devices with line and low-voltage can
be mounted behind a common wallplate using
a standard barrier backbox, see Application
Note #213 (Combining Low-Voltage and LineVoltage Wiring Devices in a Multi-Gang Box) at
www.lutron.com/applicationnotes.
W: 4.75 in (121 mm); H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
3-gang*
4-gang*
CW-3-XX1
SC-3-XX2
W: 6.56 in (167 mm); H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
XX1: Gloss and Stainless Steel color codes,
see pg. 641.
XX2: Satin color codes, see pg. 641.
642 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Multi-gang dimmer installations may require
derating, see pg. 665.
*Stainless Steel finish wallplates include black
plastic trim/adapter, visible from side. Match
with separate Black (BL) or Midnight (MN)
controls and accessories.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Designer Claro /Satin Colors
®
®
Receptacles
Designer wallplates
•
•
6-gang*
CW-6-XX1
SC-6-XX2
W: 12.00 in (305 mm); H: 4.69 in (119 mm)
Profile: 0.31 in (8 mm)
Wallplate sold separately
indicator status
Tamper resistant receptacles
include tamper resistant shutter
mechanism (shutters are white)
Tamper resistant receptacles*
15 A
15 A
125 V
125 V
CARS-15-TR-XX3
SCRS-15-TR-XX2
20 A
125 V
SCRS-20-TR-XX2
15 A
15 A
125 V
125 V
CAR-15 -XX3
SCR-15-XX2
20 A
125 V
SCR-20-XX2
Receptacles*
Cable jacks
F-style, 75-Ohm coaxial cable
•
Wallplate sold separately
•
GFCI Receptacles
•
Single cable jack*
•
CA-CJ-XX3
SC-CJ-XX2
•
•
Telephone jacks
6-conductor telephone jack, RJ11
•
•
Wallplate sold separately
Single telephone jack*
Press test button to confirm LED
indicator status
Press reset button to reset GFCI
after circuit interruption
Wallplate sold separately
Tamper resistant shutter
mechanism (shutters are white)
Tamper resistant GFCI receptacles*
15 A
15 A
125 V
GFCI
125 V
CAR-15-GFTR-XX3
SCR-15-GFTR-XX2
20 A
125 V
SCR-20-GFTR-XX2
GFCI
CA-PJ-XX3
SC-PJ-XX2
XX1: Gloss and Stainless Steel color codes,
see pg. 641.
2
XX : Satin color codes, see pg. 641.
XX3: Gloss color codes, see pg. 641.
*Stainless Steel finish only available as
separate wallplate. Match with separate
Black (BL) or Midnight (MN) controls and
accessories.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 643
Wallplates and accessories | Designer Claro /Satin Colors
®
Receptacles for half dimming use
Receptacles for dual dimming use
Duplex for dimming
both connected loads
Top half for dimming
•
•
Projecting nub prevents
standard plug from being used
•
Projecting nubs prevent standard
plugs from being used
•
®
Requires replacement plugs for
dimming use, see next page
•
Requires replacement plugs for
dimming use, see next page
•
Bottom half is a general use
receptacle and will fit standard
duplex plugs
•
Tamper resistant
shutter mechanism
•
•
Wallplate sold separately
Tamper resistant
shutter mechanism
•
•
Dual dimming, tamper resistant
15 A
120/125 V*
Wallplate sold separately
Half dimming, tamper resistant
CAR-15-DDTR-XX1
15 A
120/125 V*
CAR-15-HDTR-XX1
SCR-15-DDTR-XX2
SCR-15-HDTR-XX2
20 A
20 A
120/125 V*
CAR-20-DDTR-XX1
SCR-20-DDTR-XX2
120/125 V*
CAR-20-HDTR-XX1
SCR-20-HDTR-XX2
XX1: Gloss color code and Stainless Steel,
see pg. 641.
2
XX : Satin color codes, see pg. 641.
*Stainless Steel finish only available as
separate wallplate. Match with separate
Black (BL) or Midnight (MN) controls and
accessories.
644 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Designer Claro /Satin Colors
®
®
Replacement plug for dimming
(use with receptacles for dimming use)
This plug required for use with
Lutron® receptacles for dimming
use—plug will work in standard
receptacle
•
Easily replaces the existing plugs
on lamps
•
120/125 V
White
RP-FDU-10-WH
120/125 V
RP-FDU-10-BR
Brown
UL/CSA/NOM regulatory approvals.
Important notes
•
•
•
•
Receptacles and plugs for dimming use are
UL listed for use with Lutron controls included in
this catalog.
If there is only one electrical feed to the receptacle,
then the duplex DDTR must be used.
If the hot and dimmed hot feeds to the split
duplex HDTR are supplied from different circuits or
split-wired with separate switch-legs, a means to
simultaneously disconnect these circuits must be
provided at the panel board where they originate
(NEC 210.7(C) 2002 Edition). A 2-pole circuit
breaker or two single-pole circuit breakers with an
approved handle tie can be used to accomplish this
simultaneous disconnect. Feed-through
dimming panels, which are those without breakers,
are recommended when using the HDTR.
For detailed information, see Application Notes #91
(Guide to Dimming Table Lamps) and #109 (Guide
to Dimming Portable Lamps via Receptacles) at
www.lutron.com/applicationnotes.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 645
Wallplates and accessories | Designer Claro /Satin Colors
®
Field customizable 6-port frame
•
•
•
®
Switches
Shipped with six blanks in
matching colors
Connectors and wallplate
sold separately
•
Paddle turns on/off
•
Use with any 15 A load
General purpose switching of
all sources and motor loads
•
Connectors snap in
(no tools required)
No derating if ganged
•
•
Wallplate available separately,
see pg. 642-643.
General purpose switches (120/277 V)
6-port frame*
CA-6PF-XX
1
SC-6PF-XX
2
Connectors for 6-port frame
Telephone/network jacks
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 3
CON-1P-C3-XX3
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 5e
CON-1P-C5E-XX3
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 6
CON-1P-C6-XX3
Fiber jacks
MT-RJ feed through
CON-1F-MTRJ-WH
SC simplex
CON-1F-SC-WH
LC non-flush mount
CON-1F-LC-WH
ST style
CON-1F-ST-WH
Single-pole
15 A*
3-way
15 A*
4-way
15 A*
CA-1PS-XX1
SC-1PS-XX2
CA-3PS-XX1
SC-3PS-XX2
CA-4PS-XX1
SC-4PS-XX2
General purpose switch with locator light
(120 V only)
Single-pole
15 A*
3-way
15 A*
4-way
15 A*
CA-1PSNL-XX4
SC-1PSNL-XX5
CA-3PSNL-XX4
SC-3PSNL-XX5
CA-4PSNL-XX4
SC-4PSNL-XX5
Cable jack
F-style,
75-Ohm coaxial cable
CON-1C-XX3
BNC jack
BNC connector, 50-Ohm
CON-1B-WH
Connectors only for use with 6-port frame.
XX1: Gloss color codes, see pg. 641.
XX2: Satin color codes, see pg. 641.
XX3: Only available in White (WH) and Black (BL)
XX4: Only available in Almond (AL), Ivory (IV),
Light Almond (LA), and White (WH)
5
XX : Only available in Biscuit (BI), Eggshell (ES),
Goldstone (GS), Limestone (LS), Sea Glass
(SG), and Snow (SW)
*Stainless Steel finish only available as
separate wallplate. Match with separate
Black (BL) or Midnight (MN) controls and
accessories.
646 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | International
3.39 in (86.10 mm)
3.39 in (86.10 mm)
Shown actual size: 1-gang switch with unframed
wallplate in Arctic White (RN-SS10-B-FAW-M)
Product Family Features
•
•
•
•
Full line of wiring devices
Matte, metallic and metal finishes available to
coordinate with Lutron controls
CE and IEC rated
All Lutron wallplates are screwless, seamless, and
have no visible hardware; the front plate securely
snaps into the alignment adapter plate
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 647
Wallplates and accessories | International
Color options
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: RN-SS10-B-FAW-M)
Matte finishes
Metallic finishes
AW
Arctic White
MC
Mica
AR
Argentum
Metal finishes*
SN
Satin Nickel
BN
Bright Nickel
BB
Bright Brass
SB
Satin Brass
SC
Satin Chrome
BC
Bright Chrome
AU
Gold Plated
QB
Antique Brass
QZ
Antique Bronze
Model numbers
Dual Switch, 2-way
Single switch, 2-way
•
10 AX, 250 V~
•
Unframed
RN-SS10-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-SS10-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-SS10-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: .81 in (20.50 mm)
648 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
2 x 10 AX, 250 V~
Unframed
RN-DS10-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-DS10-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-DS10-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: .81 in (20.50 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | International
Model numbers
Shutter R/L switch
Intermediate switch
•
2 x 10 AX, 250 V~
•
10 AX, 250 V~
Unframed
CPW0856-FXX1-M
Framed
CPW0856-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
CPW0856-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.81 in (20.50 mm)
Unframed
RN-IS10-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-IS10-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-IS10-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.93 in (23.60 mm)
Single momentary switch
Dual Intermediate switch
•
•
10 AX, 250 V~
•
2 x 10 AX, 250 V~
For use with step/
impulse relay
Unframed
RN-SM10-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-SM10-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-SM10-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.87 in (22 mm)
Unframed
CPW0732-FXX1-M
Framed
CPW0732-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
CPW0732-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.93 in (23.60 mm)
Dual momentary switch
•
•
2 x 10 AX, 250 V~
For use with step/
impulse relay
Unframed
RN-DM10-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-DM10-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-DM10-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: .87 in (22 mm)
XX1: Matte, metallic and metal color codes,
see pg. 648
XX2: Metal color codes, see pg. 648
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 649
Wallplates and accessories | International
RJ11 phone jack
Schuko socket
•
16 A, 250 V
•
6-conductor jack
•
Cat 3
Framed
RN-RS16-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-RS16-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 1.21 in (30.70 mm)
Unframed
RN-RJ11-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-RJ11-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-RJ11-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 1.02 in (26 mm)
French socket
RJ45 network jack
•
16 A, 250 V
•
8-conductor jack
•
With earthing pin (type E)
•
Cat 5
Framed
RN-RE16-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-RE16-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 1.21 in (30.70 mm)
Unframed
RN-RJ45-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-RJ45-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-RJ45-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 1.02 in (26 mm)
French phone jack
Sat jack
Framed
RN-FRPJ-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-FRPJ-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.68 in (17.20 mm)
•
F-style
•
75-Ohm
•
Coaxial cable jack
Unframed
RN-TF75-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-TF75-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-TF75-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.43 in (11 mm)
XX1: Matte, metallic and metal color codes,
see pg. 648.
XX2: Metal color codes, see pg. 648.
650 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | International
Frames
Triplexer-terminated
•
5-2300 MHz
•
Loss ≤ 4 dB
Framed
RN-TRI1-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-TRI1-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.83 in (21 mm)
1-gang
RN-1GANG-B-IXX1-M
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
Triplexer-intermediate
•
5-2300 MHz
•
Loss ≤ 7 dB
Framed
RN-TRI2-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-TRI2-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.83 in (21 mm)
2-gang
RN-2GANG-B-IXX1-M
W: 6.19 in (157.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
3-gang
RN-3GANG-B-IXX1-M
W: 8.98 in (228.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
Trim ring
•
For use when retrofitting
dimmers in shallow
backboxes
Trim ring
RN-TRRG-B-XX3-M
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.52 in (13.10 mm)
XX1: Matte, metallic and metal color codes,
see pg. 648.
XX2: Metal color codes, see pg. 648.
XX3: Available in Arctic White (AW), Mica (MC),
Argentum (AR), and Black (BL)
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 651
Wallplates and accessories | International
Connectors for 1- and 2-port frames
Blank faceplate
Telephone/network jacks
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 3
CON-1P-C3-XX3
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 5e
CON-1P-C5E-XX3
Unframed
RN-BLFP-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-BLFP-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-BLFP-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
8-conductor,
RJ45 category 6
CON-1P-C6-XX3
SC simplex
CON-1F-SC-WH
1-port frame
LC non-flush mount
CON-1F-LC-WH
ST style
CON-1F-ST-WH
•
Use with any snap-in
connectors
Fiber jacks
MT-RJ feed through
CON-1F-MTRJ-WH
Cable jack
F-style,
75-Ohm coaxial cable
Unframed
RN-1PFR-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-1PFR-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-1PFR-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.43 in (11 mm)
CON-1C-XX3
BNC jack
BNC connector, 50-Ohm
CON-1B-WH
Connectors only for use with 6-port frame.
Cable outlet module
Diameter range 1.80 to 8 mm
CON-COTL-XX3
2-port frame
•
Use with any 2 snap-in
connectors
Unframed
RN-2PFR-B-FXX1-M
Framed
RN-2PFR-B-IXX1-M
(matching frame and insert)
Framed
RN-2PFR-B-BXX 2 -M
(black frame/metal insert)
W: 3.39 in (86.10 mm); H: 3.39 in (86.10 mm)
D: 0.43 in (11 mm)
XX1: Matte, metallic and metal color codes,
see pg. 648.
XX2: Metal color codes, see pg. 648.
XX3: Only available in White (WH) and Black (BK)
652 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | International square wallplate for Pico
®
3.39 in (86 mm)
0.31 in (8 mm)
3.39 in (86 mm)
Shown actual size: 1-gang International square wallplate
for Pico in Arctic White (PFP-1-B-FAW-CPN5692)
Product family features
•
•
•
Pico mounted inside a
one Pico control opening
international square wallplate
in Arctic White
(PFP-1-B-FAW-CPN5692)
Intended to mount flush to the wall,
no backbox required
Use with Pico wireless controls
All Lutron® wallplates are screwless, seamless
and have no visible hardware; the front plate
securely snaps into the alignment adapter plate
•
Available for one or two Pico controls
•
Adapter plate included with the wallplate as a kit
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 653
Wallplates and accessories | International square wallplate for Pico
®
Color options
Use BOLD color code in model number (Example: PFP-1-B-FSN-CPN5692)
Matte finishes
AW
Arctic White
MN
Midnight
Metal finishes*
SN
Satin Nickel
BN
Bright Nickel
BB
Bright Brass
SB
Satin Brass
Model numbers
Square wallplate
1 Pico control opening
PFP-1-B-FXX1-CPN5692
2 Pico control openings
PFP-2-B-FXX1-CPN5692
Two Pico wireless controls in a two
Pico control openings international
square wallplate
XX1: Limited matte and metal color codes,
see above.
*Metal finish wallplates include black plastic
trim/adapter, visible from side. Match with
separate Black (BL) Pico controls.
654 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | QS link power supplies
4.0
0in
(
m
102
2.5
m)
7 in
(70
Dimensions and mounting
mm
)
•
•
1.20 in
(31 mm)
depth
•
Shown above: QS link plug-in power
supply (QSPS-P1-1-50)
•
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
Supplies power to processors, keypads, shades,
and accessories
Output voltage: 24 V DC
Simple wiring scheme utilizing 4-conductor
low-voltage link
Available in plug-in and hard-wired models
(junction box mounted, DIN-rail mounted or panel)
•
Plug-in:
Width: 2.57 in (70 mm)
Height: 4.00 in (102 mm)
Depth: 1.20 in (31 mm)
Surface mount
J-box:
Width: 4.10 in (104 mm)
Height: 4.30 in (109 mm)
Depth: 1.40 in (36 mm)
Mount in 4.00 in (102 mm) x 4.00 in (102 mm)
junction box
DIN-rail:
Width: 3.50 in (90 mm)
Height: 5.90 in (150 mm)
Depth: 2.40 in (61 mm)
Surface mount or mount on DIN-rail
HomeWorks QS DIN-Rail:
Width: 3.50 in (90 mm)
Height: 3.50 in (90 mm)
Depth: 2.40 in (61 mm)
Surface mount or mount on DIN-Rail
Panel:
Width: 9.50 in (241 mm)
Height: 17.50 in (444 mm)
Depth: 3.90 in (99 mm)
Surface mount
Model numbers
QS link power supply
Plug-in, 100-240 V AC, NEMA 5-15 plug
QSPS-P1-10-50
Plug-in, 100-240 V AC, CEE 7/7 plug
QSPS-P2-10-50
Plug-in, 100-240 V AC, BS 1363 plug
QSPS-P3-10-50
J-box, 120 V AC
DIN-rail, 100-240 V AC
QSPS-J1-1-50
STEP-PS/1AC/24DC/3.8/C2LPS-CPN5550
DIN-rail, HomeWorks QS, 100-240 V AC
QSPS-DH-1-60
Panel, 120 V AC
QSPS-P1-10-60
Panel, 230 V AC (CE)
QSPS-P2-10-60
Panel, 100 V AC (CE)
QSPS-P4-10-60
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 655
Wallplates and accessories | Electronic low-voltage transformer
5.90 in (150 mm)
1.65 in (42 mm)
1.26 in
(32 mm)
diameter
Features and capacities
•
•
•
SELV-equivalent step-down converter for
halogen lamps
Compatible with Lutron leading or
trailing edge 230 V (CE) products
Incorporates short-circuit, thermal, and overload
protection with self-resetting capabilities
•
Input power: 230-240 V AC 50/60 Hz
•
Available in 60 W or 105 W rated models
Dimensions and mounting
•
•
Length: 5.90 in (150 mm)
Height: 1.65 in (42 mm)
Depth: 1.26 in (32 mm)
Screw fixing located under each terminal cover/
strain relief for mounting
Model numbers
60 W electronic low-voltage transformer
Terminals only
on primary and secondary
ELVXF-60-T20-CE
Lead wires
one pair on secondary
ELVXF-60-L21-CE
Lead wires
ELVXF-60-L22-CE
one pair on primary and secondary
105 W electronic low-voltage transformer
Terminals only
on primary and secondary
ELVXF-105-T20-CE
Download specification submittal
656 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Lamp socket wiring tester
5.76 in (146 mm)
0.76 in (19 mm)
Shown actual size: Lamp socket wiring tester (FDB-LSWT-T5/T8)
0.75 in
(19 mm)
diameter
Features and capacities
•
•
•
•
•
•
Enables installers to easily verify proper pin
wiring for fluorescent lamp sockets
Aids in identifying: lamps wired in series, instant
start sockets, wires not connected to the
socket or ballast, and shorted socket wires
Assist in avoiding common problems
associated with ballast retrofits
Test wires without having to open fixtures
It is not designed to diagnose incorrect input
wiring to the ballast or controls
600 V, 100 kHz, 0.125 A maximum, CAT III
Dimensions
•
Product dimensions:
Width: 5.76 in (146 mm)
Height: 0.76 in (19 mm)
Diameter: 0.75 in (19mm)
Model number
Tester
Lamp socket wiring tester
FDB-LSWT-T5/T8
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 657
Wallplates and accessories | Lockable cover
Features and capacities
•
Prevents tampering with GRAFIK Eye/GRAFIK Eye®
QS main units and system keypads/wallstations
•
Permits infrared operation
•
Models available for 1-, 2-, 3-, and 4-gang devices
•
Available in translucent smoked gray
•
Cover slides left or right
Model numbers
Lockable covers
1-gang
GRX-1GLC
2-gang
GRX-2GLC
3-gang
GRX-3GLC
4-gang
GRX-4GLC
658 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Enclosure for QS control interfaces
5.75 in (146 mm)
Features and capacities
•
•
•
10.75 in (273 mm)
2.00 in
(51 mm)
depth
•
Provides mounting for one QS control interface
Includes six available side knockouts as well as two
bottom and one top knockout.
Provides access for installations where running
wiring through piping is desired or required by
local code.
Steel construction with black powder coat finish
Dimensions and mounting
•
Width: 5.75 in (146 mm)
Height: 10.75 in (273 mm)
Depth: 2.00 in (50 mm)
•
Screws to attach cover included
•
Mounting screws provided by customer
Shown above: Enclosure
for QS control interfaces
(LUT‑5X10-ENC)
Model numbers
Enclosure
Enclosure for QS control interfaces LUT-5X10-ENC
Compatible with QS contact closure input/output
interface, QS RS232/Ethernet interface and QS
DMX512 output control interface
Download specification submittal
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 659
Wallplates and accessories | Mounting rack for QS control interfaces
Features and capacities
•
•
•
Audiovisual rack that will hold up to four QS control
interfaces
When mounting, provide sufficient space for
connecting cables
The unit can also be placed in the LUT-19AV-1U AV
rack using the screws provided with the unit.
Dimensions and mounting
•
Shown above: Mounting rack for QS
control interfaces (LUT-19AV-1U)
•
•
Width: 18.94 in (481 mm)
Height: 1.75 in (44 mm)
Depth: 5.19 in (132 mm)
Mounts in standard 19 in AV-1U racks
Unit mounting screws included with QS control
interface units
•
Mounting screws provided by customer
•
Steel construction with black powder coat finish
Model numbers
Mounting rack
Mounting rack for
QS control interfaces
LUT-19AV-1U
Compatible with QS contact closure input/output
interface, QS RS232/Ethernet interface and QS
DMX512 output control interface
Download specification submittal
660 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Cable/wiring
4-conductor cable
Features
#18 AWG
(0.75 mm2)
•
#18 AWG
(0.75 mm2)
#22 AWG
(0.25 mm2)
#22 AWG
(0.25 mm2)
•
300 V rated
•
UL/CSA listed
•
Capacitance of 22 AWG (0.25 mm2) twisted wire pair:
– conductor to shield: 48 pf/ft max
– conductor to conductor: 25 pf/ft max
Plenum rated
•
Listed as cable type CL3P or CMP
•
Total outer jacket diameter: 0.17 in (4.37 mm)
•
Plenum sheath, 75° C rated
•
Rated FT6
Non-plenum rated
4-conductor cable
Non-plenum rated cable
Plenum rated for use in ceilings and enclosures
that are also used by the building air distribution
system to transport environmental air
•
Model numbers
Plenum rated cable
Five conductors:
Common—#18 AWG (0.75 mm2)
Power—#18 AWG (0.75 mm2)
MUX data—#22 AWG (0.25 mm2)
MUX data—#22 AWG (0.25 mm2)
Drain wire—#24 AWG (0.20 mm2)
•
TWP*
#24 AWG
(0.20 mm2) drain
Available in 500 ft (150 m) spool
GRX-PCBL-346S
GRX-CBL-346S
Compatible with LCP128, Softswitch 128 (XPS),
GRAFIK Eye 4000, Quantum and
HomeWorks QS systems
•
Listed as cable type CL3R or CMR
•
Total outer jacket diameter: 0.21 in (5.30 mm)
•
PVC sheath, 75° C rated
•
Rated FT4
*TWP = twisted wire pair
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 661
Wallplates and accessories | Cable/wiring
5-conductor cable
Features
#12 AWG
(4.0 mm2)
•
#12 AWG
(4.0 mm2)
•
#18 AWG
(0.75 mm2)
#22 AWG
(0.25 mm2)
#22 AWG
(0.25 mm2)
Available in 250 ft (75 m) or 500 ft (150 m) spools
Six conductors:
Common—#12 AWG (4.0 mm2)
Power—#12 AWG (4.0 mm2)
MUX data—#22 AWG (0.25 mm2)
MUX data—#22 AWG (0.25 mm2)
Sense line—#18 AWG (0.75 mm2)
Drain wire—#24 AWG (0.20 mm2)
•
300 V rated
•
UL/CSA listed
•
Capacitance of 22 AWG (0.25 mm2) twisted wire pair:
– conductor to shield: 48 pf/ft max
– conductor to conductor: 25 pf/ft max
TWP*
#24 AWG
(0.20 mm2) drain
Plenum rated
•
Plenum rated for use in ceilings and enclosures
that are also used by the building air distribution
system to transport environmental air
•
Listed as cable type CL3P or CMP
•
Total outer jacket diameter: 0.17 in (4.37 mm)
•
Plenum sheath, 75 ° C rated
•
Rated FT6
Non-plenum rated
Model numbers
5-conductor cable
Plenum rated cable—250 ft
GRX-PCBL-46L-250
Plenum rated cable—500 ft
GRX-PCBL-46L-500
Non-plenum rated cable—250 ft GRX-CBL-46L-250
•
Listed as cable type CL3R or CMG
•
Total outer jacket diameter: 0.325 in (8.25 mm)
•
PVC sheath, 75 ° C rated
•
Rated FT4
Non-plenum rated cable—500 ft GRX-CBL-46L-500
Compatible with GRAFIK Eye 4000 and
Quantum systems.
*TWP = twisted wire pair
662 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Cable/wiring
EcoSystem cable
®
Features
•
•
EcoSystem sensor cable
•
•
•
Internal conductors match EcoSystem® device
terminal and lead color scheme
Each conductor sized for direct connection to
EcoSystem ballast and module terminals
Three types of EcoSystem digital link cable: nonplenum cable (CL3R) for Class 2 applications,
non-plenum cable (TC) for Class 1 applications and
plenum cable for plenum Class 2 applications
Two types of EcoSystem Class 2 sensor cable:
plenum sensor cable (CL2P), non-plenum sensor
cable (CL2R)
Available in 1000 ft (305 m) +/- 10% spool
Plenum rated
EcoSystem digital link cable
•
Rated to a maximum of 300 V
Non-plenum rated
•
Dual rated to a maximum of 300 V or 600 V
dependant upon application
Model numbers
EcoSystem cable
Plenum rated digital link cable,
Class 2
C-PCBL-216-CL-1
Non-plenum rated digital link
cable, Class 1
C-CBL-216-WH-1
Non-plenum rated digital link
sensor cable, Class 2
C-CBL-216-GR-1
Plenum rated sensor cable
C-PCBL-522S-CL-1
Non-plenum rated sensor cable C-CBL-522S-WH-1
Compatible with Quantum and
HomeWorks QS systems.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 663
Wallplates and accessories | Mounting
Mounting requirements for dimmers, switches, sensors and accessories
Individual devices
Individual dimmers, switches, wall sensors and
accessories typically mount in standard 1-gang
electrical boxes (fig. A). No derating (reduction
in maximum capacity) required.
A
Standard ganging
Multiple dimmers, switches, wall sensors, and
accessories typically mount in standard multi-gang
electrical backboxes (fig. B-D) under standard
multi-gang wallplates. Some devices may
require derating.
B
C
D
Custom Architectural ganging
Architectural dimmers, switches, and accessories
may be ganged without derating (fig. E), but
wider-than-standard electrical backboxes and
customized wallplates may be required. For more
information on custom Architectural ganging.
2-gang box
Width: 4.00 in (102 mm)
Height: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
3-gang box
Width: 6.00 in (152 mm)
Height: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
4-gang box
Width: 8.00 in (203 mm)
Height: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
E (2) 1-gang boxes
with 0.75 in (19 mm) spacer
Lighting load power interfaces (pg. 514)
Interfaces typically mount to a standard electrical
junction box (fig. F); must be mounted within seven
degrees of vertical. Maximum output: 5.10 in x 6.30 in.
Interfaces project 1.20 in in front of box.
Ceiling/wall mount sensors (pg. 435)
Ceiling/wall mount sensors (fig. G) mount to brackets
provided utilizing included mounting hardware.
Radio Powr SavrTM wireless sensors can be mounted
temporarily with adhesive strips (P/N L-CMDPIRKIT)
664 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
1-gang box
Width: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Height: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
F
Junction box
Width: 4.00 in (102 mm)
Height: 4.00 in (102 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
G Wireless sensor
mounting bracket
(3.20 in (81 mm) diameter
footprint, mounting
brackets are spaced
1.80 in (46 mm) apart)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Ganging and derating
Standard ganging and fins broken derating examples:
=
One HomeWorks® QS
dimmer
+
No fins broken
Full capacity
=
Two HomeWorks® QS
dimmers
“Fins Broken” ganging
Standard 1-gang
backbox
+
+
+
Inside: Two fins broken*
Full derating
1-gang
Claro® wallplate
Standard 2-gang
backbox
One fin broken*
Partial derating
=
Three HomeWorks® QS
dimmers
“Fins Broken” ganging
+
2-gang
Claro wallplate
+
Standard 3-gang
backbox
3-gang
Claro wallplate
Outside: One fin broken*
Partial derating
For further information on ganging and derating, visit www.lutron.com/multigang.
*The fins are scored and designed to be removed easily.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 665
Wallplates and accessories | Derating
Derating table
HomeWorks® QS
No fins broken
1 fin broken
2 fins broken
600 W
500 W
400 W
1000 W
800 W
650 W
600 VA/ 450 W
500 VA/400 W
400 VA/300 W
1000 VA/800 W
800 VA/600 W
650 VA/500 W
600 W
500 W
400 W
Incandescent
Dimmers
Magnetic low-voltage
Dimmers
Electronic low-voltage
Dimmers
Fluorescent/LED
Hi-lume®/EcoSystem®/Hi-lume 3D/Hi-lume A-series LED Driver
Dimmer
60 ballasts or 6 A
50 ballasts or 5 A
35 ballasts or 3.5 A
Switch
8A
6.5 A
5A
Dual-voltage switch
8A
8A
7A
Switch
3 A or 0.10 HP
3 A or 0.10 HP
3 A or 0.10 HP
Dual-voltage switch
3 A or 0.10 HP
3 A or 0.10 HP
3 A or 0.10 HP
Lighting
Motor
666 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Engraving
Engraving, backlit buttons/text, and icon table overview
seeTouch® QS and international QS keypads and
GRAFIK Eye® QS main unit engraving codes
Omit Unengraved
Ships with engraving certificate that customer
can redeem at no charge
Engraving
•
•
EGN Standard Engraving
SGN Symbol-based Engraving
1
1
Open
2
Open
Preset
2
3
Preset
Close
3
4
Close
4
Off
Off
Lighting
keypad
•
•
Shade
column
10 characters maximum
(including spaces)
Seven characters maximum
(including spaces) when using ALL CAPS
(see next page for icon codes)
Seven characters maximum
(including spaces) when using an icon
Text engraving color varies by button color.
Lighter colored buttons use gray text and
darker colored buttons use white text.
Visit www.lutron.com/engraving for
further information.
Example
NST Non-standard Text Engraving
When ordering product with non-standard text
engraving (NST) a completed engraving form must
be submitted. Product will ship engraved as specified
by customer.
Open
For open icon window #1:
Text
O
Backlit buttons/text
Icon code
p
e
n
0
1
Seven characters maximum when using icon
Depending on color of buttons, engraving is either
displayed as backlit text or on backlit buttons.
Download engraving sheets:
Backlit buttons,
typically on lighter
colored buttons
Backlit text,
typically on darker
colored buttons
(BR, BL, SI, MN)
GRAFIK Eye QS main unit (button kit)
GRAFIK Eye QS main unit (faceplate)
seeTouch QS keypad (Architectural matte
and metal finishes)
seeTouch QS keypad (Satin finishes)
International seeTouch QS keypad
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 667
Wallplates and accessories | Engraving
Lutron character symbols - icon table
APPEARANCE ON:
LIGHT*
DARK**
BUTTON BUTTON
CODE COLOR
COLOR
LIGHT*
BUTTON
CODE COLOR
DARK**
BUTTON
COLOR
LIGHT*
BUTTON
CODE COLOR
DARK**
BUTTON
COLOR
LIGHT*
BUTTON
CODE COLOR
DARK**
BUTTON
COLOR
64.
* Light button colors include:
White (WH) Beige (BE) Almond (AL)
Ivory (IV)
Gray (GR)
Light Almond (LA)
668 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Biscuit (BI)
Eggshell (ES)
Snow (SW)
Taupe (TP)
** Dark button colors include:
Black (BL)
Brown (BR)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Wallplates and accessories | Custom controls
Customized examples
Two-gang International seeTouch® QS control with
custom button configuration
Tabletop control to match seeTouch
wall controls
Two unique custom controls with customized
button placements and engraving
As a finishing touch, add custom engraving, such as text,
icons, and images
For more information on custom controls visit www.lutron.com/customcontrols.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 669
Ivalo
®
Smart design marries creative
vision with progressive technology.
Guided by this principle, Ivalo
products aim to be functional,
high-quality aesthetic solutions
for every type of inhabitable space.
Ivalo fixtures are designed as
architectural elements that are
solutions to design problems.
Each dimension and aspect of
the form—including the canopy—
is carefully considered.
Ivalo products are assembled in
America with exceptional attention
to detail and with our new available
quick-ship program, select models
can be delivered in two weeks.
670
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
671
Ivalo
®
Overview—Pendants
Interior
Interior
Aliante®
Rotare®
Aliante is designed for ballrooms and
private offices, or over conference room
tables, reception desks, dining tables, and
kitchen islands.
Rotare is designed for lobbies, atriums and
private offices, or over conference room
tables, reception desks, dining tables, and
kitchen islands.
•
Length: 4 ft or 5 ft (adjustable)
•
Length: 4 ft 4 in (adjustable)
•
Light Orientation: direct/indirect or indirect only
•
Light Orientation: direct/indirect
•
•
Lamp: dimmable and non-dimmable 1- or
2-lamp linear fluorescent T5 HO and T5 HE*
Interior use
•
•
Lamp: dimmable and non-dimmable 1- or
2-lamp linear fluorescent T5 HO or T5 HE*
Interior use
*Lamps are not included.
672
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Ivalo
®
Overview—Pendants
Interior
Interior
L’ale®
Daedalus®
L'ale is designed for ballrooms, lobbies, atriums
and private offices, or over conference room
tables and reception desks.
Daedalus is designed for ballrooms,
lobbies, atriums, reception areas, galleries
restaurants and entry ways.
•
Length: 4 ft 8 in (adjustable)
•
Length: 5 ft (adjustable)
•
Light Orientation: direct/indirect
•
Light Orientation: direct
•
•
Lamp: dimmable and non-dimmable 2-lamp
compact fluorescent*
Interior use
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
•
•
Lamp: Eight dimmable MR-11 low-voltage or
non-dimmable LED MR-11 (available)*
Interior use
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
673
Ivalo
®
Overview—Sconces
Exterior/interior
Exterior/interior
Aliante®
Rotare®
Aliante is designed for flanking doors, on
columns, on building facades, and between
windows/elevators.
Rotare is designed for cove lighting in
lobbies, conference rooms, reception
areas and private offices.
•
Length: 4 ft or 5 ft
•
Length: 4 ft 4 in
•
Light Orientation: direct/indirect or indirect only
•
Light Orientation: indirect
•
•
Lamp: dimmable and non-dimmable linear
fluorescent T5 HO and T5 HE*
Exterior/interior use
•
•
Lamp: dimmable and non-dimmable linear
fluorescent T5 HO and T5 HE*
Exterior/interior use
*Lamps are not included.
674
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Ivalo
®
Overview—Sconces
Exterior/interior
•
•
•
•
•
Exterior/interior
Interior
Interior
Aliante® demi
Silvus®
L’ale®
Inflection®
Aliante demi is
designed for
flanking doors,
TVs and fireplaces,
and between
windows/elevators.
Silvus is designed for
flanking doors and
elevators, or mounted
on columns; use singly,
in a column,
or in a field.
L'ale is designed
for flanking doors,
TVs and fireplaces
or between
windows/elevators.
Inflection is designed
for ballrooms, lobbies,
atriums, foyers,
conference rooms, and
reception areas.
•
Length: 24 in or 30 in
•
Light Orientation:
direct/indirect
•
Length: 21 in or 27 in
(27 in mount available
for exterior models)
Light Orientation:
direct/indirect or
indirect only
Lamp: (interior)
incandescent,
dimmable and nondimmable CFL,
dimmable white
LED (exterior) nondimmable CFL, HID
•
•
•
•
Lamp: white, amber,
red, green, blue
or dynamic colorchanging RGB LED
Exterior/interior use
•
Length: 27 in
Light Orientation:
direct/indirect
Lamp: dimmable
and non-dimmable
white LED
•
•
•
Interior use
•
Length: 23 in
Light Orientation:
indirect
Lamp: dimmable
and non-dimmable
compact fluorescent
white, green and
blue LED
Interior use
Exterior/interior use
Energy Star® qualified
with Tu-Wire® control
option
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
675
Ivalo
®
Pendant and sconce colors and finishes
Graphite (GG / MG)
Slate (GS / MS)
Copper (GC / MC)
Flame (GF / MF)
Lapis (GL / ML)
Ebony (GE / ME)
Arctic White (GA /MA)
Pearl White (GP / MP)
Neutral (AN)
Black (AB)
Model
Titanium (GT / MT)
Brushed
Bronze (PB)
interior
Automotive Paint
Metallic Silver (PM)
interior (available in Gloss and Matte)
Powder Coat
Silver (PS)
exterior/interior
Finish Type
Aliante® Pendant
o
o
o
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Aliante Interior Sconce
o
o
o
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Aliante Exterior Sconce
•
•
o
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Daedalus® Pendant
x
x
x
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
x
x
Inflection® Sconce
o
o
o
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
x
x
L’ale® Pendant
x
x
x
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
x
x
L’ale Sconce
o
o
o
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
x
x
Rotare® Pendant/Sconce
o
o
o
•
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
x
x
Silvus® Interior Sconce
•
•
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
x
x
Silvus Exterior Sconce
•
•
o
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Powder Coat
Automotive Paint 2
Standard colors
Special colors3
Brushed Anodized4
Titanium
Arctic White
Flame
Clear
Available colors
Silver
Slate
Pearl White
Copper
Black
Metallic Silver
Graphite
Lapis
Ebony
Bronze (special color)
Colors and Finishes Key
• Standard color options
o Special color options
x Not available
676
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Ivalo
®
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
677
Ivalo
®
Overview—Recessed Lighting
Interior
Project Versatility
Finiré®
Finiré LED recessed lighting is designed for
kitchens, great rooms, master bathrooms and
theater rooms.
•
Opening: 4 in
•
15 W/22 W
•
•
•
•
•
Light orientation: downlight, wallwash,
and adjustable
Lamp: dimmable LED standard with Lutron®
Hi-lume® A-Series LED driver
•
Interior use
•
Energy Star® qualified
•
Title 24 compliant
•
•
•
•
678
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
Insulation contact (IC) (15 W only) and non-insulation
contact (Non-IC) options are available.
Easy maintenance
Field-replaceable LED light module and driver.
Change the color temperature and wattage after
Finiré is installed without removing the fixture
housing from the ceiling.
Extended LED lamp and driver life
Finiré contains a high-performance heat-sink for
maximum LED life and the Lutron Hi-lume LED
driver—both rated for 50,000 hours.
Color Temperature
Ranges from cool to warm, equivalent to the light
output of 60-75 W incandescent lighting.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com
Ivalo
®
Trim Finish and Color Options
Matte
Soft Glow
Metal
Clear
Bright Alzak
Wheat
White*
Matte
Black
Alzak
Oil-Rubbed
Bronze
Round*
•
•
•
•
•
•
Round Trimless
•
•
•
•
•
•
Round Pinhole
Round Slotted
•
•
•
•
Square Trimless
•
•
Square Pinhole
•
•
Pinhole
Square
Round*
Round
Trimless
Round
Pinhole
Round
Slotted Pinhole
Square
Square
Trimless
Square
Pinhole
Lens Options
Micro Prism
Solite™*
Frosted
Glass
None
Round
•
•
•
Square
•
•
•
Decorative Trim Options
Clear Glass
Frosted Glass
Ring
Tier Center
Frosted Glass
Stainless Steel
Bezel
Round
•
•
•
•
Square
•
•
Round
Clear
Glass
Round
Frosted
Glass Ring
Round Tier
Center Frosted
Glass
Round
Stainless
Steel Bezel
Square
Clear
Glass
Square
Frosted
Glass Ring
* standard option
www.lutron.com | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 REV A
679
Appendix | Glossary
0 -10 V Control
An analog lighting control protocol. A 0-10 V control
modifies a voltage between 0-10 V DC to produce a
varying intensity level. There are two existing 0-10 V
standards and they are not compatible with each
other. The two 0-10 V control types are 1) current
source (theatrical dimming standard ESTA E1.3
and 2) current sink (dimming ballast standard IEC
Standard 90626).
Advanced control function
Additional product capabilities that provide users with
features beyond the normal operation.
After-hours mode
An energy saving mode that is used to turn lights off
at the end of normal hours until the beginning of the
next day.
Air-Gap Switch
A safety feature in all Lutron controls that provides
true “off” function by disconnecting power to a
lighting load. The switch physically separates
two contacts, resulting in an air gap between the
contacts. The switch is visible and front accessible.
Styles vary for each dimmer type.
Audiovisual integration (AV)
Interconnection of the lighting control, window
shading and other systems with an AV control
system. Provides for the operation from the AV
control panels or touch screens the other connected
systems. Common connection methods are contact
closures, RS232 and Ethernet TCP/IP.
Automatic shut off
Ability of the lighting or other equipment in a building
to be turned off without manual intervention. The
common methods to provide shut-off are time
switches and occupancy sensors. Automatic
shut-off of all lighting in commercial buildings is
a requirement in most energy codes.
Auxiliary repeater
In RF control systems (RadioRA® or RadioRA 2) an
additional device that extends the communication
range of the system.
Backbox
A metal or plastic enclosure housing one or more
electrical devices. Standard USA 1 gang size is used
for Lutron® domestic controls (H: 3.00 in x D: 2.75 in).
Also known as switchbox or wallbox.
Backlight
Internal illumination of a control device, panel or
dimmer that creates a glow of the device. Allows
for easy location of the device in a dark space
and provide improved identification of elements
of the control.
ANSI
American National Standards Institute.
Amperes/Amps (A)
Electrical current unit of measurement.
Architectural lighting
The general/ambient lighting that illuminates the
interior ceiling, walls and architectural features.
Backlit engraving
Illumination of engraved lettering or symbols from
behind. Allows improve visibility of the engraved
elements in low light conditions.
ASHRAE
ASHRAE stands for American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers.
Astronomic time clock
A time scheduling device that is programmed for a
specific geographic location to provide automatic
timed event control of lights and/or shades. The
programmed time is coordinated with seasonal
variations of sunrise and sunset times that change
throughout the year.
BACnet/LonWorks BMS integration
Connection of a Building Management System (BMS)
to a lighting, shading or other system using industry
standard communication protocols. BACnet and
LonWorks are two of the commonly used protocols.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
680 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | Glossary
Ballast
An electrical device required to operate all fluorescent
and high intensity discharge (HID) lamps. Ballasts
furnish the necessary voltage and current, for
starting and operating the lamp(s). Internationally it is
sometimes referred to as control gear.
Ballast current (A)
The total electrical current in Amperes (A) that is
drawn by a ballast.
Ballast factor
A ballast’s light output with respect to “reference
ballast” light output. The reference ballast is a ballast
that produces full light output as defined by the ANSI.
Basic control functions
The normal operation of a control used on a
regular basis.
Blackout fabric
Shade systems material that completely blocks light.
Combined with side channels, they provide a 100%
complete light seal used in AV rooms, home theaters,
and bedrooms.
Lutron® blackout fabrics offer versatility with standard
or dual-sided options.
BMS
Building Management System.
Burn-in
A term used when dimming fluorescent lamps; refers
to running them at full output for 100 hours. Also
known as seasoning.
Bus
1) Denotes the power source
2) A control link
California Energy Commission (CEC Title 24)
California’s primary energy policy and planning
agency. The Commission responsibilities include:
Forecasting future energy needs, promoting energy
efficiency by setting the state’s appliance and
building efficiency standards and working with local
government to enforce those standards, Supporting
public interest energy research.
CCC mark
A mark that is placed on products that are certified to
meet the required product safety standards in China.
CE mark
A mark placed on products that are declared to meet
the applicable EU directives for a given product type.
A CE marked product often meets the requirements
of other countries that adhere to the IEC standards.
Central processor
For a large lighting control system, the major control
and intelligence that is located within one processor
that communicates to other system components
located remotely.
Circuit
An electrical term that refers to one closed loop
of subsystem of the building electrical system—
individually protected and dedicated to a specific use:
lighting, data processing, power, etc. It usually refers
to a 20 Amp circuit, which offers different wattage
capacity at 120 V, 220 V or 277 V operation.
Clear Connect® RF Technology
Lutron’s advanced wireless RF communication
protocol. Provides reliable communication between all
Lutron® wireless products. It operates on a dedicated
quiet frequency band, essentially free of interference.
Using Lutron’s own dedicated network ensures
communication between system devices is reliably
delivered, while the command structure ensures
smooth, rapid system response.
COM (Customer’s own material)
A shade systems acronym that stands for
“Customer’s Own Material” when motorized drapes
are supplied. Customers occasionally submit a
material for testing for a shade to ensure it performs
properly and wears well.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 681
Appendix | Glossary
Compact Fluorescent Lamp (CFL)
A high efficiency lamp type that can be dimmed using
a matching dimming ballast and dimmer. Standard
lamp types are Twin Tube, Quad Tube, and Triple
Tube. They are available in 2-pin and 4-pin versions.
To operate, both require an external ballast located
in the fixture; 2-pin versions are not dimmable, and
4-pin versions are dimmable when used with a
dimming ballast. Screw-base CFLs are designed to
replace incandescent lamps in existing fixtures, but
most are not dimmable.
Companion dimmer
Allows for dimming from two or more wall locations
when used with a compatible multi-location dimmer.
Companion switch
Allows for switching from two or more wall locations
when used with a compatible multi-location switch.
Contact closure
A manual switch, relay, or transistor used as means
to interface Lutron control systems to/from other
control systems.
Control interface
A general term for devices that allow the
interconnection of various system components.
Typically provides the connection of third party
systems to Lutron systems. Usually operate on the
input/low-voltage side of the device and connect to
the digital (QS) bus.
Control zone
A lighting fixture or group of fixtures that are controlled
simultaneously. For example: two wall sconces wired
together and controlled with one dimmer is a control
zone. Window shades can also be grouped together
as zones.
Cornice
A top treatment option that offers flexibility and
permits outside mount for shading systems without
the need for recess pockets. Works with roller
shades, roman shades and drapery systems.
Coupled shades
Shades systems’ term for one electronic drive unit
mechanically connected to control one or more
adjacent roller shade panels.
Current
The electrical rate of flow, expressed in Amperes,
similar to the water flow rate in a pipe (gal/min).
Daylighting
Lighting strategies that use the sun and sky as a
diffuse light source, while shielding direct sunlight.
Modern “Sustainable/Green” designs use Daylighting
PhotoSensors that control dimmers/dimming ballasts
to reduce electric lighting loads.
Daylight sensor
A device that senses daylight providing feedback for
automatic dimming or switching of electrical lights,
based upon changes of available daylight.
Derate
To reduce the current or power capacity (lighting load)
that a control can reliably handle. Lutron controls
must be derated when side sections of the yoke
or fin have been removed from the unit (control) for
ganging. The industry also derates other items such
as circuit breakers.
Digital fade dimmers
A Lutron dimmer that has a gradual fade-to-off/
fade-to-on feature when the switch is pressed, as
compared to the more traditional slide-to-off or rotary
dimmers with a knob that turns on/off. They include
LED indicator lights show the relative light level in the
room. Only available in certain styles.
Dimmed hot
Used in reference to the wiring connection of Lutron
3-wire dimming ballasts. It is the wire connection that
provides a variable line voltage signal to the ballast.
This signal adjusts the output level of the ballast. The
other connections to the ballast are Neutral (N) and
Switched Hot (SH).
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
682 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | Glossary
Dimmer
An electronic control device used to vary the intensity
of light output from a lamp source. Electronic
dimmers provide energy savings as it reduces light
level and power for any lamp type. It also provides
longer lamp life for incandescent, halogen, lowvoltage sources, e.g. 10% dimming doubles the
expected lamp life.
Dimming ballast
An alternate device used to obtain the conditions
(voltage, current and waveform) for starting and
operating the lamp(s) while providing variable light
output, i.e. dimming fluorescent lamp source(s);
it must be matched to the lamp type, voltage
and quantity. It is available, with less capability,
for HID sources.
Dimming module
A subassembly that is installed into an electrical
panel (dimming panel). The module provides one or
more dimmer outputs. Modules are either a specific
defined dimmer type or are programmable to be one
of a selection of dimmer types. The electrical panels
will contain one or more modules and vary in size
depending on project requirements.
Dimming panel
An electrical cabinet containing three or more
dimmers used to control multiple lighting zones.
It is generally mounted in an electrical closet or
equipment room.
Dimming range
Relative minimum and maximum light output
achievable by a control or ballast, usually expressed
as a percentage of measured light output.
Dim-out fabric
Dim-out fabric creates privacy from the outside while
still allowing light to penetrate through the fabric.
Dim-out fabrics by Lutron® are offered in two
categories—translucent and privacy. Translucent
fabrics reduce the view to shapes and shadows,
while privacy fabrics showcase no view—only a soft
glow of light.
DMX integration
Communicating with systems and devices that
operate using the DMX-512 protocol. There are two
aspects to integrating with DMX equipment. First
sending DMX-512 commands and second receiving
DMX commands.
Sending DMX: a Lutron® system generates DMX
commands and communicates them over a bus to
devices that operate using DMX. See DMX-512-A.
Receiving DMX: Lutron dimming systems accept
DMX commands from third party control systems (i.e.
theatrical stageboards). Common for applications are
where there is both architectural lighting and theatrical
lighting that needs to be controlled from the same
control system.
Double-tap
A feature of some Lutron products in which two fast
presses (in quick succession) bring lights on to full
intensity, temporarily overriding any preset light level.
Driver
Auxiliary device(s) needed to operate and vary the
intensity of light output from LED lamp source(s)
by regulating the voltage and current powering
the source.
Dual device
A combination dimmer, switch, timer or fan control
that offers control for more than one group of lights
or fans mounted in a one-gang electrical backbox.
Dual technology
In reference to occupancy sensors, the sensor
uses combines two different sensing technologies.
Typically IR sensing and ultrasonic sensing are
utilized together.
Efficiency
See Luminous efficacy.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 683
Appendix | Glossary
Electronic low-voltage (ELV)
A low-voltage lighting source that uses a solid-state
electronic transformer to step down the incoming line
voltage to the voltage required by the lamp (typically
12 V). Some ELV transformers are not dimmable and
some are dimmable using reverse phase control.
Track and recessed down lights can be electronic
low-voltage or magnetic low-voltage. Dimmable ELV
transformers should be used with an electronic lowvoltage dimmer only.
Electronic Switch
Uses semiconductor device(s) to turn on and off the
current flow into the load. These switches also include
a mechanical disconnect (air-gap switch) to manually
disconnect power for safety when replacing lamps.
They typically need to be derated when ganged.
Electronic switches can only be used with the load
type they are approved to operate and are listed
under UL1472 or UL508.
Fade time
The total time it takes a dimmer to change the lighting
from one preset level to another. The time can vary
from 0 seconds to 60 minutes.
Fan-motor Hum
The noise made by a fan motor at lower speeds when
controlling the fan using fully variable technology.
Lutron has quiet 3-speed and 7-speed controls that
do not cause the fan motor to hum.
FASSTM (Front Accessible Service Switch)
An air-gap switch that can be activated without
removing the wallplate of a control. Power is
completely removed from the device’s load circuit
by the air-gap switch.
Fin
The raised vertical metal dividers or side sections on
certain Lutron dimmers—these serve as a “heat sink”
to dissipate heat.
Fins broken (FB)
Removing a portion of the fins (heat sink) to fit
dimmers into a standard backbox, using standard
size wallplates. The dimmer's wattage capacity must
be derated. Also see Ganging and Derating,
page 665 when ganging dimmers.
Electrostatic Discharge Protection
Protects Lutron products from static discharges
(static shocks) common in dry climates, up to
16 kiloVolts, without damage or loss of memory.
ELVI (Electronic low-voltage interface)
An interface unit that allows standard phase
control dimmers to control electronic low-voltage
(ELV) transformers.
Fixture
Common term for a luminaire.
Emergency lighting
When the normal power supply fails, emergency
lighting is the illumination that automatically lights the
path towards the exit location(s). It may also serve to
satisfy life safety and security lighting requirements.
Flap and hanger
Shading Systems’ two-piece structure designed
to conceal the roller system in a recessed
ceiling installation.
Fade delay
The time interval between the selection of a new
light intensity for a particular lighting zone and the
beginning of that zone’s change to the new level.
Fade override
The ability to temporarily or permanently disable fade
times or delays.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
684 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | Glossary
Fluorescent lamp
A low intensity “discharge” lamp that produces light
when electric current passes through low-pressure
mercury gas. The resulting arc produces ultraviolet
energy, which causes the phosphor coating on
the inside of the glass envelope and produce light.
Fluorescent lamps require a ballast to start the lamp
and maintain the light output. Fluorescent dimming
ballasts are available for most fluorescent lamps
to be dimmed down to as low as 1% of the lamps
maximum, measured light output. The dimming
ballast reduces the current through the lamp.
Ganging
The act of mounting one or more dimmers, switches,
receptacles or controls side-by-side in a series of
connected (ganged) back boxes.
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI)
A safety device that monitors current flow, and
quickly turns off a circuit when the current returning
on the neutral wire is less than what is going out
on the hot wire (difference ≥ 6 mA). It is intended to
provide protection from potentially dangerous
ground-fault currents.
Halogen lamp
A higher efficiency type of incandescent lamp in
which halogen is added to the filling gas and has
a quartz glass inner envelope. These additions
allow the lamp to operate more efficiently at a higher
color temperature. (Also called quartz halogen or
tungsten halogen).
Hand-held programmer
Hand-held device used to assist in programming a
lighting control system.
HVAC
Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning systems
designed by mechanical engineers.
IES/NA
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America.
Incandescent lamp
An electric lamp in which a filament gives off light
when heated by an electric current. Standard light
bulbs are incandescent line voltage (120 Volt). They
offer excellent color rendering and are simple to
replace. Newer types of incandescent bulbs include
halogen and tungsten-halogen (quartz).
Infrared (IR)
Signals in the frequency range just below visible
light. IR signals are often used for remote controls
for televisions and other audio video products. Many
products use Lutron® IR signals for hand-held remote
control of lighting and/or shades.
Infrared (IR) receiver
A component that receives signals from an IR
transmitter. Requires line-of-sight for functionality.
Lutron products with IR receivers include dimmers,
control units and shading products.
Infrared (IR) transmitter
A component that transmits signals to an IR receiver.
Requires line-of-sight for functionality. Often referred
to as a “hand-held” remote control device.
Inmetro mark
A mark that is placed on products that are certified
to meet required product safety standards in Brazil.
Interface
A) A power-handling device that allows a control to
dim or switch additional lighting load types.
B) A low-voltage device that allows equipment such
as telephone interfaces, astronomical time clocks, car
visor controls, photocells, shades, screens, security
systems, and other types of controls to work in
conjunction with various Lutron controls and systems.
IECC
International Energy Conservation Code—
a U.S. cross national energy codes standard.
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 685
Appendix | Glossary
Lamp debuzzing coil
An inductor connected between the control and the
load to minimize lamp or transformer buzz and radio
frequency interference.
Load type optimization
Each dimmer is designed for the specific load type it
is meant to control. This optimizes performance and
reliability in the most demanding applications.
Lamp life
Average rated time period of the operation of a lamp
before it fails to produce light. For incandescent and
fluorescent lamps, manufacturers define this as the
point in time when 50% of the lamps have failed. LED
lamp life is defined as when the light output from the
LED falls below 70% of its maximum lumen output.
Locator light
A small indicator light on some dimmers and
accessory controls that remains illuminated to help a
user locate the control in a dark space.
LED (Light emitting diode)
A solid-state light source that is used in multiple
arrays of “white” or RGB “red/green/blue.” LED
arrays operate with a driver, in a fixture, and a
control. These components must all be compatible
in order to ensure that their proper system operation
is maintained.
LEDs are a long-life light source. They also produce
very little heat on the object being illuminated,
but require heat sinks to keep the LEDs at proper
operating temperature. More detailed information is
available at www.lutron.com/led.
LED driver
Auxiliary device(s) needed to operate LED lamps.
They operate by regulating the voltage and current
powering the LED source. There are both dimming
and non-dimming types.
LED lamp
A collection of LEDs in a single housing used as an
alternative to an incandescent lamp.
Line voltage
The voltage between the lines of a supplying power
system. Usually 120 V AC in U.S., 240 V AC in the
U.K. 100 V in Japan. Also see Low-voltage.
Load type
An industrial term for a category of lighting used in the
selection of dimming devices that must “match” the
load type.
Low-voltage (LV)
Lighting fixtures that require a transformer for
operation to step voltage down from line supply
(120, 220, or 277 V) to 6, 12, or 24 V. The bulbs
contain a smaller filament than incandescent bulbs
for higher efficiency and more precise beam control.
These bulbs have a long life expectancy and bright
white light. Low-voltage lighting may use magnetic or
electronic transformers. Also see Line voltage.
Luminous efficacy
The ratio of light emitted to the power required for a
light source or luminaire. Commonly used to measure
energy efficiency, it is the lumens per watt from a light
source (amount of light per watt of power).
Magnetic low-voltage (MLV)
A lighting source that uses a magnetic transformer to
step down the incoming line voltage to that required
by the lamp (typically 12 V). Recessed lights are most
often magnetic low-voltage. Magnetic low-voltage
lights tend to be larger and heavier than electronic
low-voltage.
Mechanical (general purpose) switch
An on/off device that uses a set of metal contacts,
which open or spread apart to turn off a load and
make contact or come together to turn the load on.
These devices sometimes have a locator light circuit
across these contacts. These locator lights may
either be LED or neon indicator. Mechanical switches
typically do not need to be derated when ganged.
This product is listed under UL20, which is the
standard for general-purpose snap switches.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
686 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | Glossary
Microprocessor
A microprocessor incorporates most or all of the
functions of a central processing unit (CPU) on a
single integrated circuit (IC).
Multi-gang wallplate (faceplate)
A one-piece wallplate that covers multiple controls
without any visible screws, seams, or hardware.
It is available as a standard product for multiple
size openings, in many standard colors, up to
6-gang sizes.
Multi-location dimming
A technology that allows full-range dimming from all
locations in 3-way (two locations) and 4-way (multilocation) circuits. A multi-location dimmer can be
used with companion dimmers or accessory dimmers
for dimming from two or more locations.
Neon/Cold cathode (NCC)
A tubular shaped lamp that is filled primarily with
neon or argon gas. A large voltage is put across
the lamp, which creates an arc across the tube.
This arc creates ultraviolet light. The phosphor
coating on the tube then changes the ultraviolet
light to visible light. Dimming controls must be
matched to transformer type.
Non-Dimmed Load (Switched Load)
A load that can only be turned on/off and not set
at any intermediate lighting level or motor speed.
This term can refer to a lighting load, a fan, or a
motor load.
Occupancy/vacancy sensor
A device that detects the presence/absence of
people in a space and provides automatic switching
or dimming of lighting. Their primary purpose is to
automatically turn lighting Off when an area is not
occupied to ensure energy savings. Both types of
sensors turn lighting Off after a preset period of time
when they no longer detect a person. An occupancy
sensor will also turn lighting On automatically when
it detects a person (Auto On/Auto Off). Also see
Vacancy sensor.
Openness factor
Openness factor is a percentage indicating how
much of a fabric’s weave is open to permit light and
views to pass into a space. Percentages typically
range between 1%, 3%, 5%, and 10%, where 1%
allows less light transmittance and 10% offers
greater light transmittance.
Override
A temporary setting that does not affect a
system’s programming.
Partitioning
A room that is divisible by moveable walls is called
a partitioned room. Partitioning is when a lighting
control system can adapt its controls according to
how that room is currently partitioned.
PELV
Protective extra low-voltage. Common usage
IEC PELV.
Pendant lighting
Lighting fixtures suspended from the ceiling surface
via pipe, chain or cable—requires power wires to be
considered in selection/design of fixture (derives from
“hanging ornament”).
Phase control
A form of pulse width modulation (PWM) for power
limiting, applied to AC voltages. It works by using
a solid-state switch, such as a triac, to only allow
current to flow for part of the time.
Photo Sensor
Another name for a daylight sensor.
Pinch pleat
Refers to a style of drape characterized by
pleats gathered at the top of the drapery. Also
see Ripplefold.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 687
Appendix | Glossary
Pocket
A) C
eiling recess in which a shade is installed.
Hardware is hidden above the ceiling, providing
a clean look.
Repeater
Communication backbone for a Lutron Wireless
system; it ensures robust communication.
B) Metal casing provided by Lutron® used when
shades are installed in a ceiling recess.
Power failure memory
After a power failure, lighting and shading is restored
to the same levels set prior to the power-failure.
This minimizes the inconvenience of power service
interruptions. Lighting and shading does not shut off
or go to a preprogrammed level.
Radio frequency (RF)
The emission of electromagnetic waves, at a specific
frequency that are able to pass through most
materials. This provides a method of sending and
receiving wireless communication signals between
system components.
Radio frequency interference (RFI)
Potentially disruptive set of radio frequency emissions
caused by electronic devices.
Preset
Predetermined light intensity or shading level for
one or more lighting zones that can be recalled by
pressing a single button.
RFI Filter
An electrical circuit that is part of all Lutron dimmers.
It is intended to reduce radio frequency interference
(RFI) and lamp buzz.
Preset dimmers
Dimmers that have a separate On/Off switch that
allows the user to turn lights On to a preset light level.
Ripplefold
Refers to a style of drape characterized by an “S”
shaped wave of fabric at the drapery track. Ripplefold
does not gather with a pleat, see pinch pleat for
further information.
Primary controls
The main dimming control required for any dimmer
or system to handle the lighting load. The primary
control(s) can be used with companion dimmers,
accessory dimmers or accessory controls, however,
these are not required for the primary controls to
function properly.
Privacy fabric
Refers to a type of fabric that allows for light
transmission, but no view. Privacy fabric is often
used in residential applications.
Roller shades
Shades that operate by rolling fabric around a
tube. Roller shades may utilize sheer, dim-out,
or blackout fabrics.
Scene
The lighting effect achieved by adjusting one
or more zones of lighting to the desired intensity.
Also see Preset.
Programming mode
An operating state that allows the user to set
up or modify a system configuration (also called
setup mode).
Screw-base Compact Fluorescent Lighting (CFL)
Screw-in CFLs that are rated for dimming will typically
only dim down to about 10% to 30% of the lamp’s
light output. For more information on dimming these
lamps please visit www.lutron.com/dimcflled.
QED
Acronym that stands for the Lutron® “Quiet Electronic
Drive” used with Lutron shades and drapes. This
Lutron drive technology is rated at less than 44 dBA.
44 decibels is comparable to rustling leaves.
Screw-base LED Lighting
Screw-in LEDs that are rated for dimming will typically
only dim down to about 5% to 15% of the lamp’s light
output. For more information on dimming these bulbs
please visit www.lutron.com/dimcflled.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
688 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | Glossary
Sensor
A device that detects motion, heat, partition status,
etc. that allows for automatic control of dimming and
switching systems. (See Occupancy, Vacancy, and
Daylight sensors).
Sequencing
The mode during which preset lighting scenes
change in a designated order using fade times that
have been programmed.
Sheer fabric
Sheer fabrics reduce solar heat gain and UV
penetration while maintaining views to the outside.
Lutron® sheer fabrics are offered in SheerShade®,
designer, and dual-sided sheer fabric options to
accommodate the needs of any space. SheerShade
fabrics are measured by “openness factor” which
describes the ration of open space to fabric yarn
in a weave.
Sill angle
A two-sided piece of metal designed to work with
shades in order to complete a blackout design by
stopping light leaks below the shade.
Single-pole switch/dimmer
A switch or dimmer that controls a lighting zone from
one location only.
Single-gang backbox
A device installed in a wall intended to house a single
switch or dimmer.
Slider
The linear actuator on the front of a dimmer that
adjusts the light level.
Softswitch
A Lutron patented one million cycle switching
solution, which limits in-rush current at turn-on.
Solar transmittance
Percentage of solar radiation that passes through
the fabric.
Solid-state
A product or system that utilizes a semiconductor.
Specification series
A class of products specifically designed to meet
or exceed the rigorous demands of heavy-use/
commercial applications. Dimmer(s) that meet
this specification are comprised of heavy-duty
components for surge protection and long product
life, electrostatic discharge protection and voltage
compensation. They include features such as power
failure memory, Square Law Dimming, Superior RFI
Listed.
suppression, and are
Specifications
Specifications define the qualitative requirement for
products, materials, workmanship, and administrative
requirements upon which the project is based.
Specifications provide detailed requirement for
the physical properties, chemical constituents,
performance requirements, and standards of
workmanship associated with the manufacture and
installation of materials, equipment, and components.
Square law dimming
A dimmer is calibrated so that the linear slider position
or LED indicator column provides a representation of
the light level perceived by the user. For example, if
the slider is set at the halfway point or one-half or the
column of LEDs is lit the light level appears to be at
50%. Dimmers adjusted in this way will also use the
full range of the slider or LED indicators without any
“dead” travel at the top or bottom slide position or
indicator LED.
Solar radiation
Radiant energy emitted by the sun. Solar shades
work to reduce this energy.
Solar reflectance
Percentage of solar radiation reflected back out
by the fabric.
For more detailed glossary of terms, go to
www.lutron.com/glossaryofterms.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 689
Appendix | Glossary
75
50
25
Square law dimming
iv
ed
v
t le
h
lig
el
ur
ve
100
% Light
Surge Protection
Circuitry that protects Lutron products against a
near lightning strike surge of 6000 V, 3000 A, as
recommended by the ANSI/IEEE standard c62.41.
er
w
po
ng
i
m
dim
e
rc
e
p
c
% Slider Travel
25
50
75
100
Surge suppression
Circuitry that reduces the potential for damage
caused by lightning strikes and other power spikes.
Switching system
A switching system is designed for a facility to
turn lighting zones on and off on a schedule or
by responding to multiple control devices or
input locations.
Tap switch
A style of Lutron dimmer with a flat mechanical button
that, when pressed, allows the lights to turn on to
a desired preset level and to off. Some models are
available with a small slider or rocker that allows the
user to adjust the lights to suit any activity.
Time clock
Allows various Lutron® systems to control lights
based on time of day. Also see Astronomical
time clock.
Toggle (On/Off)
A switch or keypad that alternates between two
states (typically on/off) with each touch.
690 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Transformer
A device that changes line voltage (120 V or 277 V)
to 24 V, 12 V, or 6 V needed for low voltage lighting
sources. It can be integral to the lighting fixture for low
voltage lamps (e.g., MR-16 or Par 36). Standalone
(remote) transformers can supply multiple lamps
or luminaires (e.g., for a low voltage lighting strip in
a ceiling cove). Transformers can be electronic or
magnetic, and dimmers must be matched to
either type.
Triac
The electronic component responsible for the
dimming function in many Lutron dimmers.
This component reduces the power to a light by
switching on/off very rapidly (120 times per second).
Lutron products use heavy-duty-rated triacs that are
tested to last over 10 years.
Tungsten-Halogen Lamp
See halogen lamp.
label (UL Listed)
UL
A product adhering to the standards of Underwriters
Laboratories, a company nationally recognized
for product safety testing (the product is not
“approved” nor tested for performance). Underwriters
Laboratories was initially created by insurance
companies to reduce fire risks. In Canada, CSA is
the listing required; in other countries, other listings
are required. All Lutron products are UL listed.
standard
UL
A document published by UL which details the
requirements that must be met by a specific product
type in order to be listed or recognized.
Vacancy sensor
A device that detects the absence of people in a
space and provides automatic switching or dimming
of lighting. The primary purpose is to automatically
turn lighting Off when an area is not occupied to
ensure energy savings. A vacancy sensor relies on a
person operating a manual switch to turn lighting On
(Manual On/Auto Off). Also see Occupancy sensor.
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | Glossary
Voltage
The electrical potential, measured in Volts (V),
supplied by an electrical system. In the U.S. the
standard voltage systems operate at a 60 Hz
frequency. In residential applications the standard
service is referred to as 120/240 V, commonly known
as a single-phase system. Commercial buildings have
two common service types; in smaller buildings it is
120/208 V known as a 3-phase service. The interior
lighting in these applications generally uses 120 V
feeds. In larger buildings the primary service can be
277/480 V, which also known as 3-phase service. The
interior lighting in these applications generally uses
277 V feeds. To learn more about voltage supply go to
www.lutron.com.
Voltage Compensation
Special circuitry that maintains consistent power
delivered to the lamp, in the event of incoming
line-voltage variations.
Zone
A lighting fixture or group of fixtures that are controlled
simultaneously. An example would be two wall sconces
wired together with one dimmer. Lutron window
shades can also be grouped together as zones.
Zone capacity
The maximum capacity limit of watts/VA per zone for
an individual control, e.g. GRAFIK Eye® 3000 product
line has a limit of 800 watts per zone.
Zone capture
A programming shortcut that adds a particular circuit
to a specific zone.
Zone lighting
In dimming, lights that are operated together.
See Control Zone.
Wallbox
A Lutron term that refers to a metal or plastic
enclosure housing one or more electrical devices.
Standard USA size is used for Lutron® domestic
controls (H: 3.00 in x D: 2.75 in).
Wallplate
A decorative component that covers a lighting
control by attaching to the front of the unit. Lutron
multi-gang wallplates have no visible screws or
seams, and are available in up to gangs of 6 for
certain wallplate styles.
Wallstation
Typically, a Class 2 (low-voltage) control that selects
scenes, raises/lowers zones, or actuates other
functions such as partitions, sequences, etc. Also
known as Keypad.
Watt (W)
Basic unit of measurement for electrical power.
Wire connector
Capping device that provides and insulated
mechanical and electrical connection for electrical
wiring. Do not use wire nuts.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 691
Appendix | Voltages by country
Africa
Algeria
230 V (CE)
Malawi
230 V
Angola
220 V
Mali
220 V
Benin
220 V
Mauritania
220 V
Botswana
230 V
Mauritius
230 V
Burkina Faso
220 V
Morocco
127/220 V
Burundi
220 V
Cameroon
220 V
Mozambique
220 V
Canary Islands
220 V
Namibia
220 V
Cape Verde
220 V
Niger
220 V
Nigeria
240 V
Rwanda
230 V
Central African
Republic
220 V
Chad
220 V
Réunion Island
220 V
220 V
São Tomé
and Principe
220 V
Senegal
230 V
Seychelles
240 V
Comoros
Congo, Dem. Rep.
of (former Zaire)
220 V
China, People’s
Republic of
220 V
East Timor
220 V
Hong Kong
220 V
India
230 V
Indonesia
127/230 V
Iraq
230 V
Israel
220 V
Japan
100/200 V
Jordan
230 V
Kazakhstan
220 V
Kuwait
240 V
Kyrgyzstan
220 V
Laos
230 V
Lebanon
110/220 V
Macau
220 V
Malaysia
240 V
Maldives
230 V
Mongolia
220 V
Congo, People’s
Republic of
230 V
Sierra Leone
230 V
Cote d’Ivoire
220 V
Djibouti
220 V
Somalia
220 V
Egypt
220 V
South Africa
220/230 V
Equatorial Guinea
220 V
Swaziland
230 V
Eritrea
230 V
Tanzania
230 V
Myanmar
(formerly Burma)
230 V
Ethiopia
220 V
Togo
220 V
Nepal
230 V
Gabon
220 V
Tunisia
230 V
Oman
240 V
Gambia
230 V
Uganda
240 V
Pakistan
220 V
Ghana
230 V
Zambia
230 V
Philippines
220 V
Guinea
220 V
Zimbabwe
220 V
1
Qatar
240 V
Guinea-Bissau
220 V
Russia
220 V
Saudi Arabia1
127*/220 V
Ivory Coast
(see Cote d’Ivoire)
Asia
Afghanistan
220 V
Singapore
230 V (CE)
Kenya
240 V
Bahrain
230 V
South Korea
220 V
Lesotho
220 V
Bangladesh
220 V
Sri Lanka
230 V
Liberia
120 V
Bhutan
230 V
Syria
220 V
Libya
127 V
Brunei
240 V
Tajikistan
220 V
Madagascar
220 V
Cambodia
230 V
Taiwan
110 V
* Currently available, but soon to be phased out.
1
Scheduled to require products with CE marking in the future.
692 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Thailand
220 V (CE)
Gibraltar
Turkey
230 V (CE)
Turkmenistan
220 V
240 V
Spain
230 V (CE)
Great Britain
(see United Kingdom)
Sweden
230 V (CE)
Switzerland
230 V (CE)
Greece
240 V (CE)
Ukraine
220 V
United Arab
Emirates
220 V
Hungary
230 V (CE)
United Kingdom
230 V (CE)
Uzbekistan
220 V
Iceland
230 V (CE)
Vatican City
230 V (CE)
Vietnam
127/220 V
Ireland (Eire)
230 V (CE)
Yemen, Rep. of
220/230 V
Isle of Man
240 V
Wales
(see United Kingdom)
Italy
230 V (CE)
Latvia
220 V (CE)
Europe
North America/
Central America/
Caribbean
Albania
220 V
Liechtenstein
230 V (CE)
Andorra
230 V
Lithuania
230 V (CE)
Armenia
220 V
Luxembourg
240 V (CE)
Anguilla
110 V
Austria
230 V (CE)
Antigua
230 V
Azerbaijan
220 V
Macedonia
(FYROM)
230 V (CE)
Aruba
127 V
Azores
220 V
Madeira
220 V
Bahamas
120 V
Balearic Islands
220 V
Malta
240 V (CE)
Barbados
115 V
Belarus
220 V
Moldova
220/240 V
Belize
110/220 V
Belgium
230 V (CE)
Monaco
127/220 V
Bermuda
120 V
Bosnia
220 V
Montenegro
220 V
Canada
120/347 V
Bulgaria
230 V (CE)
Netherlands
230 V (CE)
Cayman Islands
120 V
Channel Islands
230 V
Costa Rica
120 V
Croatia
230 V (CE)
Netherlands
Antilles
127/220 V
Dominica
230 V
Cyprus
240 V (CE)
Norway
230 V (CE)
120 /240 V
Czech Republic
230 V (CE)
Northern Ireland
(see United Kingdom)
Dominican
Republic
El Salvador
115 V
Denmark
230 V (CE)
Poland
230 V (CE)
Greenland
220 V
England
(see United Kingdom)
Portugal
230 V (CE)
230 V (CE)
230 V (CE)
230 V
Estonia
Romania
Grenada
(Windward Is.)
230 V
220 V
230 V
Guadeloupe
Faroe Islands
San Marino
Guatemala
120 V
Finland
230 V (CE)
Scotland
(see United Kingdom)
Haiti
110 V
France
230 V (CE)
Serbia
220 V
Honduras
110 V
Georgia
220 V
Slovak Republic
230 V (CE)
Jamaica
110 V
Germany
230 V (CE)
Slovenia
230 V (CE)
Martinique
220 V
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 693
Appendix | Voltages by country
Oceania
Mexico
127 V
Montserrat
(Leeward Island)
230 V
Nicaragua
120 V
Panama
110/120 V
Puerto Rico
120/277 V
St. Kitts and Nevis
(Leeward Island)
230 V
St. Lucia
(Windward Is.)
240 V
South America
American Samoa
120 V
Argentina
220 V
Australia
240 V
Bolivia
220/230 V
Cook Islands
240 V
Brazil
127/220 V
Fiji
240 V
Chile
220 V
Guam
110 V
Colombia
110 V
Kiribati
240 V
Ecuador
120-127 V
Marshall Islands
110 V
Falkland Islands
240 V
Micronesia
(Federal States of)
120 V
French Guiana
220 V
Nauru
240 V
Guyana
240 V
New Caledonia
220 V
Paraguay
220 V
Peru
220 V
Suriname
127 V
Uruguay
220 V
Venezuela
120 V
St. Vincent and
the Grenadines
(Windward Island)
230 V
New Zealand
230 V (CE)
Trinidad & Tobago
115 V
Palau
110-120 V
Palmyra Atoll
120 V
United States
of America
120/277 V
Virgin Islands
(British and U.S.)
115 V
Papua New Guinea 240 V
Samoa
230 V
Solomon Islands
220 V
Tahiti
110/220 V
Tonga
240 V
Tuvalu
220/240 V
Vanuatu
230 V
Contact your Lutron®
representative
for countries not listed.
Primary source: www.kropla.com/electric2.htm
694 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | International radio frequencies
434 MHz
(434-437)
Limited
434 MHz
Limited
315 MHz
(433.05-434.79)
(312.3314.8)
865 MHz
868 MHz
(865.5-866.5)
(868-870)
Limited
868 MHz
(868.0-868.6)
U.S.A.
Canada
Mexico
Brazil
Chile
Panama
Costa Rica
Ecuador
Dominican
Republic
El Salvador
Peru
Trinidad and
Tobago
Bermuda
Venezuela
Columbia
Japan
Argentina
European
Economic Area
(EEA)
Saudi Arabia
UAE
India
Hong Kong
China
Singapore
Not all products are certified in every country.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 695
Appendix | International radio frequencies
RF frequencies
434MHz
RF frequencies
434 MHz
434MHz Limited Channel
865MHz
868MHz
868MHz Limited Channel
No RF product approvals
434 MHz Limited Channel
315 MHz
865 MHz
868 MHz
868 MHz Limited Channel
No RF product approvals
696 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Hong Kong
Macau
Singapore
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 697
Appendix | International backbox styles
Backbox styles
Backbox styles
US style
Square backbox
(EBB-15-SQ)
Round backbox
(EBB-15-RD)
Italian style
U.S. style backbox
Round backbox
(EBB-15-RD)
Square backbox
(EBB-15-SQ)
Italian style backbox
698 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 699
Appendix | International backbox styles
Backbox dimensions
U.S. style backbox
2.00 in
(51 mm)
2.50 in
(64 mm)
3.00 in (76 mm)
1-gang box
Width: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Height: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
Round backbox (EBB-15-RD)
2.81 in (71 mm)
1-gang box
Width: 2.81 in (71 mm)
Height: 2.81 in (71 mm)
Depth: 2.38 in (60 mm)
2.38 in
(60 mm)
Square backbox (EBB-15-SQ)
2.38 in (60 mm)
1.88 in (47 mm)
1-gang box
Width: 2.38 in (60 mm)
Height: 2.38 in (60 mm)
Depth: 1.88 in (47 mm)
Italian style backbox
3.00 in (76 mm)
2.50 in
(64 mm)
2.00 in
(51 mm)
700 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
1-gang box
Width: 3.00 in (76 mm)
Height: 2.00 in (51 mm)
Depth: 2.50 in (64 mm)
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | Power Draw Units (PDUs)
Power Draw Units (PDUs) on the QS Link
On the QS link, there are devices that supply power
and devices that consume power. Each device has a
specific number of Power Draw Units (PDUs) it either
supplies or consumes.
A Power Group consists of one device that supplies
power and one or more devices that consume
power; each Power Group may have only one powersupplying device.
Within Power Groups on the QS link, connect all four
terminals (1, 2, 3, and 4), shown by the letter A in the
diagram. Between devices on the QS link that supply
power, connect only terminals 1, 3, and 4 (NOT
terminal 2), shown by the letter B on the diagram.
Wiring can be T-tapped or daisy-chained.
Power Group Wiring Example
A
Power group 1
A
LUTRON
GRAFIK Eye® QS
control unit
Supplies PDUs
Connect all four
terminals within
a power group:
1: Common
2: 24 V 3 and 4: Data
LUTRON
Control interfaces
Consume PDUs
B
Wallstations
Consume PDUs
(Do not connect terminal 2: 24 V)
Power group 2
A
LUTRON
Energi Savr NodeTM
QS unit
Supplies PDUs
LUTRON
LUTRON
Wallstations
Consume PDUs
B
(Do not connect terminal 2: 24 V)
B
Connect only 3
terminals between
power groups:
1: Common
3 and 4: Data
Do not connect
Terminal 2: 24 V -
Power group 3
A
Wireless occupancy
sensor does not
consume PDUs
LUTRON
QS power supply
Supplies PDUs
Control interfaces
Consume PDUs
Wallstations
Consume PDUs
B
(Do not connect
terminal 2: 24 V)
Quantum®
processor
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
QS sensor module with
wired occupancy sensor
Consumes PDUs
Note: Each QS link has a limit of 100 total devices;
device count can vary depending on your
system and your connected devices.
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 701
Appendix | Power Draw Units (PDUs)
QS Power Draw Unit (PDU) information*
On the QS link, there are devices that supply power and devices that consume power. Each device has
a specific number of Power Draw Units (PDUs) it either supplies or consumes.
QS device
GRAFIK Eye® QS
Energi Savr
NodeTM
QS link
power supply
Product
description
Model
number
3-Zone phase control
QSGRJ-3P
3
4-Zone phase control
QSGRJ-4P
4
6-Zone phase control
QSGRJ-6P
6
6-Zone EcoSystem®
QSGRJ-6E
6
8-Zone EcoSystem
QSGRJ-8E
8
16-Zone EcoSystem
QSGRJ-16E
16
6-Zone DALI
QSGRK-6D
6
8-Zone DALI
QSGRK-8D
8
16-Zone DALI
QSGRK-16D
16
Softswitch®
QSN-4S16-S
0-10 V
QSN-4T16-S
0-10 V/Switching
(DIN-rail)
QSNE-4T10-D
Switching (DIN-rail)
QSNE-4S10-D
DALI (DIN-rail)
QSNE-2DAL-D
EcoSystem Single-Link
QSN-1ECO-S
EcoSystem Dual-Link
QSN-2ECO-S
EcoSystem Dual-Link
(DIN-rail)
QSNE-2ECO-D
Phase-adaptive
(DIN-rail)
QSNE-4A-D
Plug-in power supply
QSPS-P1-1-50
10-Output shade panel
QSPS-P1-10-60
J-box power supply
QSPS-J-1-50
DIN-rail power supply
QSPS-DH-1-60
702 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Zone
count
Device PDUs
PDUs
count supplied consumed
3
1
3
4
16
0
14
1
3
0
30
Up to
100
3
4
4
0
8
1
8 per
output
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
75
0
0
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
QS device
Product
description
Model
number
Zone
count
Device PDUs
PDUs
count supplied consumed
Link A:0
1 or 2
Quantum light
management
hub
QS sensor
module
QP2
QP20
QP3
QP3-1PL-100-240
1
QS sensor module
QSM2-4W-C
1
Added wired
occ/vac sensor
LOS-…
Added wired
daylight sensor
EC-DIR-WH
Added wired IR receiver EC-IR-WH
Added 4-button
EcoSystem wallstation
CC-4BRL-WH
Added Pico®
Wired control
PX-…
seeTouch® QS keypad
QSWS2-
0
Link A, B:
32 each
3
0.5
0
0
0
0.5
1
0.5
0
1
0
1
QS contact
closure interface
QSE-IO
QS network interface
QSE-CI-NWK-E
0
QS DMX interface
QSE-CI-DMX
0
2
QS keyswitch
QSWS2-KS...
0
1
QS infrared Eye
QSE-IR-WH
0
1
—
1
Electronic Drive Unit
Shades
Link B,
C, D:
32 each
2
International QS keypad
QSWEwallstation
Other QS
accessories
based
on # of
processors
QS Smart Panel Power
Supply
Up to
5
—
1
1
0
3
2
1
0
See Spec.
Submittal
1
See
Spec.
Submittal
0
*Specification of Lutron® products subject to change.
Review of current specification documents recommended.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 703
Product
description
Model
number
Processor
HQP6-2-120
0
1
0
8
Hybrid repeater
(without plug-in)
HQR-REP-120
0
1
0
3
Hybrid repeater
HomeWorks® QS (with plug-in)
HQR-REP-120
0
1
0
0
Wallbox power module
HQRJ-WPM-6D-120
6
1
0
0
seeTouch keypad
Various
0
1
0
1
Dynamic keypad
HQ-J-DK420-
0
1
0
6
QS device
704 Volume 3 P/N 367-2102
Zone
count
Device PDUs
PDUs
count supplied consumed
| 1.800.523.9466 | www.lutron.com/specificationguide
Appendix | Lutron trademarks
The following are registered trademarks of Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.:
Abella; Aliante; Ariadni; Attaché; Aurora; Aviena; C•L; Ceana; Centurion; CERUS; Chronos; Claro; Clear
Connect; Credenza; Daedalus; Dalia; Dimming by Lutron; Diva; Earn & Learn; Eco-10; eco-dim; ecominder; EcoSystem; EcoSystem H-Series ballast; Energi Savr Node with EcoSystem; Energi Savr Node
with Softswitch; Energi TriPak; Faedra; Fandial; Fassada; Finiré; Glyder; GRAFIK 6000; GRAFIK Eye; GRAFIK
Eye 3600; GRAFIK Eye 4000; GRAFIK Eye 4100/4500; GRAFIK Eye QS; GRAFIK Eye QS with EcoSystem/
DALI; GreenGlance; Greenovation; Hi-lume A-Series LED driver; Hi-lume ballast; Hi-lume 3D ballast;
HomeWorks; HomeWorks Illumination; HomeWorks QS; Hyperion; Inflection; Ivalo; Kirbé; L’ale; Light Greener,
Light Better; Lumea; Lutron; Lutron Dimmers Save Energy; Lyneo; Lyneo Lx; Maestro; Maestro IR; Maestro
Wireless; microWATT; Milenyia; Nova; Nova TA; Orion; Osprey; Personna PC; Pico wireless control; Pico wired
control; PowPak; Qoto; Quantum; Quantum Select; RadioRA; RadioRA 2; RadioTouch; Ranax; Rania; Rotare;
RTISS Equipped; Satin Colors; Save Energy; See As You Save; seeTouch; seeTouch QS; Serena; SheerShade;
Silvus; Sivoia; Sivoia QED; Sivoia QS; Skylark; Skylark Contour; Softswitch; Softswitch128; Solaris; Spacer;
Spacer System; Stanza; TA; The Ultimate Home Theater Experience; Toggler; Triathlon; Tu-Wire; Vareo;
Versaplex; Vierti; Viseo.
The following are trademarks of Lutron Electronics Co., Inc.:
2Link; Architrave; Athena; Athlite; Balance LC; Classico; ControlIT; DesignIT; Digital Micronet; Digital
MicroWATT; Dim-N-Glo; Diva Duo; Earn & Learn Express; eLumen; Energi Savr Node; Energi Savr Node for
0-10 V/Switching; Energi Savr Node for DALI (DIN-rail); Energi Savr Node for 0-10 V/Switching (DIN-rail); FASS;
Favorite Scene; GRAFIK 5000; GRAFIK 7000; GRAFIK Eye Designer; GRAFIK Eye Liaison; GRAFIK Integrale;
GRAFIK RA; GRAFIK Systems; hand; Harmony; Hi-Power 2•4•6; HomeServe; HomeWorks Interactive;
Individual lift and tilt control; LCP128; LuMasterTM Lumea2; Lustra; Lutron Controls Your Light; Maestro Duo;
MeadowLark; microPS; micros; Millennium; Omnislide; One Spec; PictureIT; Piedra; Pre-Pack; Q-Admin;
Q-Manage; Radio Powr Savr wireless occupancy/vacancy sensor; Radio Powr Savr wireless daylight sensor;
Roller 100; Roller 20; Roller 225; Roller 64; Save Energy Beautifully; ScheduleIT; SecureIT; seeTemp; Signature
Series; Simplicity. Convenience. Control; SmartDimmer; Softswitch 512; SOLos; Spec Editor; Sonata;
Symphony; TapSwitch; Telume; The Avant Collection; Versaplex QS; Vibrato; Zone Capture.
Product approvals:
The products in this catalog are UL listed as required; most are CSA certified; many are
NOM certified. Not all products carry all certifications.
www.lutron.com/specificationguide | 1.800.523.9466 |
Volume 3 P/N 367-2102 705
A history of sustainability, innovation and quality
Sustainability
At Lutron, sustainability is not a new concept. Since 1961, we have been designing
industry-leading technology that saves energy and reduces greenhouse gas emissions,
and are a proud member of the U.S. Green Building Council.
SM
Our philosophy
Lutron is a company built on a belief in taking care of the people: customers, employees, and the
community. We innovate in advance of emerging market needs and continually improve our quality,
our delivery, and our value.
Innovation
Lutron owns over 1,700 patents and manufactures more than 15,000 products. For over 45 years,
we have met and exceeded the highest standards of quality and service. Every one of our products is
quality-tested before it leaves the factory.
Global service and support
You can count on a level of support unequaled anywhere in the industry and anywhere in the world.
Lutron provides 24/7 technical phone support. Lutron Field Service, made up of a global network of
customer-focused field service engineers, provides world-class services that begin before your building
is commissioned and continue throughout the life of your building.
www.lutron.com
World Headquarters 1.610.282.3800
Technical Support 1.800.523.9466 (Available 24/7)
Customer Service 1.888.LUTRON1 (1.888.588.7661)
I
© 11/2012 Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. P/N 367-2102 REV A
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.7 Linearized : Yes XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.0-c060 61.134777, 2010/02/12-17:32:00 Instance ID : uuid:64614ef5-696b-7c48-a75c-ce96bdc2d084 Document ID : xmp.did:F89A17D69C20681180838CA1A866B53C Original Document ID : adobe:docid:indd:1df9d130-5ac8-11e0-896c-822ffff4c18a Rendition Class : proof:pdf Derived From Instance ID : xmp.iid:721B25539B20681180838CA1A866B53C Derived From Document ID : xmp.did:047F4B140F2068118A6DF00D1F51EF68 Derived From Original Document ID: adobe:docid:indd:1df9d130-5ac8-11e0-896c-822ffff4c18a Derived From Rendition Class : default History Action : saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved History Instance ID : xmp.iid:AB7FEDAFB471E011B63CF2FA9D0BF58F, xmp.iid:AC7FEDAFB471E011B63CF2FA9D0BF58F, xmp.iid:64E4D60AB671E011B63CF2FA9D0BF58F, xmp.iid:A212F6C42187E011BC78DA0E7A7493D6, xmp.iid:5A7C99AAC287E011A855EB04CCBF3128, xmp.iid:4ECD242CC587E011A855EB04CCBF3128, xmp.iid:BF62B185C587E011A855EB04CCBF3128, xmp.iid:AADA088EC787E011A855EB04CCBF3128, xmp.iid:62814B07C887E011A855EB04CCBF3128, xmp.iid:C8FE5DB6162068118A6DB9D418CF6184, xmp.iid:941C088D172068118C14EA3137643AC7, xmp.iid:4745E2CD1A2068118C14EA3137643AC7, xmp.iid:F97F1174072068118A6DF00D1F51EF68, xmp.iid:6C2B5F4C0E2068118A6DF00D1F51EF68, xmp.iid:E2F59BD70E2068118A6DF00D1F51EF68, xmp.iid:E3F59BD70E2068118A6DF00D1F51EF68, xmp.iid:047F4B140F2068118A6DF00D1F51EF68, xmp.iid:B4CBEC2E0F2068118A6DF00D1F51EF68, xmp.iid:31B6C1420F2068118A6DF00D1F51EF68, xmp.iid:4B8D1D74072068118C148CAAA6462F2F, xmp.iid:865AA787072068118C148CAAA6462F2F, xmp.iid:721B25539B20681180838CA1A866B53C, xmp.iid:F89A17D69C20681180838CA1A866B53C, xmp.iid:8E72660DAB20681180838CA1A866B53C, xmp.iid:121E75D9982068118A6DDEAB37A07F80, xmp.iid:591C5972092068118A6DED4B365FEA44, xmp.iid:30A4BB4E1F2068118C14E7DF2407F98C, xmp.iid:1D1EA561202068118C14E7DF2407F98C History When : 2011:04:28 12:29:28-04:00, 2011:04:28 12:29:28-04:00, 2011:04:28 12:39:10-04:00, 2011:05:25 18:53:12-04:00, 2011:05:26 14:04:57-04:00, 2011:05:26 14:22:54-04:00, 2011:05:26 14:25:24-04:00, 2011:05:26 14:39:57-04:00, 2011:05:26 14:43:20-04:00, 2011:11:02 09:54:30-04:00, 2012:07:06 16:59:16-04:00, 2012:07:06 16:59:17-04:00, 2012:07:09 10:38:09-04:00, 2012:07:09 10:38:09-04:00, 2012:07:09 10:42:03-04:00, 2012:07:09 10:43:45-04:00, 2012:07:09 10:43:45-04:00, 2012:07:09 10:44:29-04:00, 2012:07:09 10:45:03-04:00, 2012:07:23 08:42:01-04:00, 2012:07:23 08:42:34-04:00, 2012:10:12 09:17:14-04:00, 2012:10:12 09:17:14-04:00, 2012:10:12 10:59-04:00, 2012:11:08 15:43:22-05:00, 2012:11:09 13:53:33-05:00, 2012:11:27 11:58:16-05:00, 2012:11:27 12:05:58-05:00 History Software Agent : Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0 History Changed : /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata Create Date : 2013:03:14 16:50:23-04:00 Modify Date : 2013:03:14 18:41:50-04:00 Metadata Date : 2013:03:14 18:41:50-04:00 Creator Tool : Adobe InDesign CS5 (7.0.4) Page Image Page Number : 1 Page Image Format : JPEG Page Image Width : 256 Page Image Height : 256 Page Image : (Binary data 9456 bytes, use -b option to extract) Doc Change Count : 253 Format : application/pdf Producer : Adobe PDF Library 9.9 Trapped : False Page Count : 708EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools